Quick viewing(Text Mode)

Criminal Justice

Criminal Justice

Jc^kZgh^in d[ Jc^kZgh^ind[CZl=VkZc

2008-2010 CZl=VkZc Undergraduate Catalog Undergraduate Catalog 2008-2010

CALL TOLL FREE 1.800.DIAL UNH ADMISSIONS OFFICE Undergraduate 203.932.7319 WEB 300 Boston Post Road West Haven, Connecticut 06516 www.newhaven.edu INFORMATI ON DI RECTORY

President Career Services Center Registrar, Undergraduate Maxcy Hall Kaplan Hall South Campus Hall 203-932-7276 203-932-7342 203-932-7301 Provost & Vice President Center for Learning Resources Registrar, Graduate for Academic Affairs Maxcy Hall South Campus Hall Maxcy Hall 203-932-7215 203-932-7308 Stadiu m 203-932-7267 College of Arts and Sciences Residential Life DellaCamera Ralph F. Academic Services Office Maxcy Hall Bixler Hall Maxcy Hall 203-932-7256 203-932-7076 203-932-7237 Disability Services College of Business Admissions, Undergraduate & Resources Maxcy Hall Bayer Hall Sheffield Hall 203-932-7120 203-932-7319 VOICE/TDD; 203-932-7332 Tagliatela College Admissions, International Center for Graduate & of Engineering Undergraduate Adult Student Services Buckman Hall Bayer Hall Echlin Hall 203-932-7168 203-932-7320 203-931-2907 Henry Lee College Admissions, International Financial Aid of Criminal Justice & Graduate Maxcy Hall Forensic Science Gatehouse 203-932-7315 South Campus Hall 203-932-7441 203-932-7472 Health Services Admissions, Graduate Sheffield Hall Student Activities Gatehouse 203-932-7079 Bartels Hall 203-932-7440 203-479-4582 International Services Office Alumni Office Bartels Hall UNH Southeastern New Hall 203-932-7475 New London, CT 203-932-7270 (860) 701-5454 M.K. Peterson Library Athletic Department 203-932-7197 Veterans Affairs Charger Gymnasium South Campus Hall 203-932-7016 Intercultural Relations 203-932-7304 Bartels Hall Busar’s Office 203-932-7427 Maxcy Hall 203-932-7217

Call toll-free 1-800-DIAL-UNH and ask for the four-digit extension required, or contact us on the web at: www.newhaven.edu UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG 2008–2010

300 Boston Post Road West Haven, CT 06516 203.932.7000

Undergraduate Admissions: 203.932.7319 or Toll-Free: 1.800.DIAL.UNH Fax: 203.931.6093 Email: [email protected] Financial Aid: 203.932.7315 Disability Services (Voice/TDD): 203.932.7332 Health Services Office: 203.932.7079 Health Services Fax: 203.931.6090

Website: www.newhaven.edu 2

This catalog supersedes all previous bulletins, cata- directed to the University’s equal opportunity/affir- logs, and brochures published by the University of mative action officer at 300 Boston Post Road, West New Haven and describes academic programs to be Haven, CT 06516; phone 203.932.7265. Persons offered beginning in Fall 2008. Undergraduate stu- who have special needs requiring accommodation dents admitted to the University for Fall 2008 and should notify the Director of Disability Services and thereafter are bound by the regulations published in Resources at 300 Boston Post Road, West Haven, CT this catalog. Those admitted prior to Fall 2008 are 06516, or by Voice/TDD at 203.932.7332. bound by those new regulations, which have been Every effort has been made to ensure that the duly instituted and announced prior to the semester information contained in this publication is accurate during which they are effective. and current as of the date of publication; however, The University of New Haven is committed to the University cannot be held responsible for typo- affirmative action and to a policy that provides for graphical errors or omissions that may have occurred. equal opportunity in employment, advancement, admission, educational opportunity, and administration of financial aid to all persons on the basis of Volume XXX, No. 11, June 2008 individual merit. This policy is administered without regard to race, color, national or ethnic origin, age, University of New Haven, 300 Boston Post Road, gender, religion, sexual orientation, or disabilities West Haven, CT, 06516. Postage paid at New not related to performance. It is the policy of the Haven, CT, publication number USPS 423-410. University of New Haven not to discriminate on the Postmaster: Please send Form 3579 to the Postmaster, basis of gender in admission, educational programs, University of New Haven, P.O. Box 9605, New activities, or employment policies as required by Haven, CT 06535-0605. Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments. This school is authorized under federal law to enroll non- Produced by UNH Department of Marketing and immigrant alien students. Publications. Univ. MandP 668-0308 Inquiries regarding nondiscrimination, affirmative action, equal opportunity, and Title IX may be

The University reserves the right to make, at any time, whatever changes it deems necessary in admission requirements, fees, charges, tuition, faculty, instructors, policies, regulations, and academic programs prior to the start of any class, term, semester, trimester, or session. The University reserves the right to divide, cancel, or reschedule classes or programs if enrollment or other factors so require. All such changes are effective at such times as the proper authorities determine and may apply not only to prospective students but also to those who are already enrolled in the University. 3

Dear Student,

At the University of New Haven, we provide world-class career preparation in all our programs. We consider this important to students who seek to achieve success in their careers. But we have another priority as well: to prepare students for meaningful lives. Through our courses in the arts, humanities, and sciences, we cultivate our students’ humanity; and by integrating experiential learning in our academic programs — through such areas of emphasis as community service, internships, student-faculty research, and student self-governance — we prepare our students for leadership in their careers and as members of a democratic society.

The technological and economic complexity, as well as the great cultural diversity of the world in which we live and work, will require that our graduates be exceptionally flexible, compassion- ate, and tolerant human beings. I hope the UNH experience will lead our students and alumni to measure their personal success both by career achievement and by the positive impact they will have on the lives of others. For this reason, I encourage all students to explore UNH for courses that will serve to both improve their skills and enrich their sense of societal responsibility.

The faculty at UNH has impressive academic and professional credentials, in many cases bringing with them national and even international reputations in their field. They are committed in unrivaled ways to the success of each and every one of our students, allowing for the establishing of relationships that extend beyond their experience at UNH.

One of my favorite quotations is from the late Ernest Boyer, a former president of the Carnegie Foundation, who once cautioned that the “crisis of our time relates not to technical competence, but to a loss of the social and historical perspective, to the disastrous divorce of competence from conscience.” As UNH students focus on their studies, I encourage them to also allow some time to look for ways to improve the world that they will help to form as members of a global society.

I wish all our students success in their studies and personal enrichment through their experiences at the University of New Haven.

Sincerely,

Steven H. Kaplan President 4 5 CONTENTS

The University ...... 8 Financial Aid ...... 55

Colleges of the University ...... 10 College of Arts and Sciences ...... 65

Degrees Offered by the University ...... 12 College of Business ...... 105

University Policies ...... 13 Tagliatela College of Engineering ...... 119

University Curricula ...... 15 Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and

University Core Curriculum ...... 15 Forensic Sciences ...... 151

Academic Advising ...... 18 University College ...... 167

Honors Program ...... 18 Courses ...... 171

Developmental Studies Program ...... 20 Course Descriptions ...... 172

Freshman Experience Seminar ...... 20 Board, Administration, and Faculty ...... 261

The University Community ...... 21 Undergraduate Academic Calendar ...... 292

Academic Support Systems ...... 21 Index ...... 295

Student Services ...... 22 Campus Map ...... Inside Back Cover

Student Activities ...... 26

Campus Facilities ...... 29

Office of University Advancement ...... 31

Research and Professional Facilities ...... 32

Admission to the University ...... 34

Full-Time Admission ...... 34

Part-Time Admission ...... 37

Registration ...... 38

Academic Regulations ...... 39

Tuition, Fees, and Expenses ...... 50 6

Undergraduate Programs of Study

College of Arts and Sciences Music, B.A...... 98 Music Industry, B.A...... 99 Degree Programs Music and Sound Recording, B.A., B.S...... 99 Art, B.A...... 101 Nutrition and Dietetics, B.S...... 88 Biology, B.S...... 70 Political Science, B.A...... 85 General Biology ...... 71 Psychology, B.A...... 95 Biochemistry ...... 70 Community-Clinical ...... 95 Pre-medical/Pre-dental/Pre-veterinary . . . . .70 Forensic Psychology ...... 95 Biotechnology, B.S...... 71 General ...... 95 Chemistry, B.A...... 74 Certificates Communication, A.S...... 76 Communication, B.A...... 76 Journalism ...... 77 Communication, B.S...... 76 Mass Communication ...... 77 Dental Hygiene, A.S...... 88 Public Policy ...... 85 Dental Hygiene, B.S...... 87 English, B.A...... 80 College of Business Literature ...... 80 Degree Programs Writing ...... 80 Accounting, B.S...... 108 Environmental Science, B.S...... 72 Finance, B.S...... 109 General Studies, A.S...... 68 Hotel and Restaurant Management, B.S. . . . .115 Global Studies, B.A...... 82 Management, A.S...... 112 Graphic Design, A.S...... 101 Management, B.S...... 111 Graphic Design, B.A...... 101 Management of Sports Industries ...... 111 History, B.A...... 83 Management of Sports Industries, B.S...... 115 Interior Design, A.S...... 104 Marketing, B.S...... 113 Interior Design, B.A...... 102 Public Administration, B.S...... 116 Pre-architecture ...... 103 Tourism and Event Management, B.S...... 115 Liberal Studies, B.A...... 67 Marine Biology, B.S...... 73 Tagliatela College of Engineering Mathematics, B.A...... 91 Degree Programs Education ...... 91 Mathematics, B.S...... 91 Chemical Engineering, B.S...... 124 Computer Science ...... 91 Chemistry, B.S...... 126 Applied Mathematics ...... 92 Civil Engineering, B.S...... 139 Statistics ...... 92 Computer Engineering, B.S...... 129 7

Computer Science, A.S...... 133 Legal Studies, A.S...... 160 Computer Science, B.S...... 131 Legal Studies, B.S...... 158 Electrical Engineering, B.S...... 134 Dispute Resolution ...... 160 General Engineering, B.S...... 145 Paralegal Studies ...... 160 Information Technology, B.S...... 136 Public Affairs ...... 159 Mechanical Engineering, B.S...... 141 Certificates System Engineering, B.S...... 148 Crime Analysis ...... 158 Certificates Fire/Arson Investigation ...... 166 Computer Programming ...... 134 Fire Prevention ...... 166 Logistics ...... 150 Forensic Computer Investigation ...... 156 Hazardous Materials ...... 166 The Henry C. Lee College of Industrial Fire Protection ...... 166 Criminal Justice and Forensic Information Protection and Security ...... 157 Sciences Law Enforcement Science ...... 157 Degree Programs Paralegal Studies ...... 161 Private Security ...... 157 Criminal Justice, A.S...... 156 Victim Services ...... 157 Criminal Justice, B.S...... 153 Corrections ...... 154 Crime Analysis ...... 154 Forensic Psychology ...... 154 International Justice and Security ...... 154 Investigative Services ...... 155 Juvenile and Family Justice ...... 155 Law Enforcement Administration ...... 155 Victim Services Administration ...... 156 Fire and Occupational Safety, A.S...... 165 Fire Science, B.S...... 162 Fire/Arson Investigation ...... 163 Fire Administration ...... 163 Fire Science Technology ...... 164 Fire Protection Engineering, B.S...... 164 Forensic Science, B.S...... 158 8 THE UNIVERSITY

We make tomorrow. At the University of New Haven, we are wholly dedicated to the professional future of our students and caringly committed to their achievement. We provide the people, the programs, and the places that enable our students to prepare for personal success — in their careers and in life.

The University of New Haven is a private, inde- ice, quality, integrity, and personal caring. All aca- pendent, comprehensive University based in southern demic programs, as well as campus and student life, New England, specializing in quality educational provide rich opportunities for leadership, personal opportunities and preparation of both traditional and growth, and participation in the aesthetics of life so returning students for successful careers and self- that the University of New Haven will personify a reliant, productive service in a global society. successful commitment to diversity, equality, and “the pursuit of happiness.” Our Mission Our goal is to distinguish ourselves by the measures of student admissions; retention; career develop- The University of New Haven is a student- ment; collaboration with business, industry, and focused comprehensive University with an emphasis community; and the success of our graduates and on excellence in arts and sciences and professional their support as alumni. preparation. Our mission is to prepare our students to lead purposeful and fulfilling lives in a global society through experiential, collaborative, and discovery- Our Values based learning. We emphasize these values as we strive for educational excellence: Our Vision • Belief in and practice of UNH’s mission and Our vision is to be the institution of choice for vision students who seek the highest quality education for • Commitment to the success of our students professionally oriented careers. We will be noted for through caring and responsive service our ability to combine professional education with • Teamwork: helping each other to succeed liberal arts and sciences and with the development of • Communication: trusting, open, honest, and high ethical and cultural standards among our gradu- straightforward ates. • Commitment to thoughtful action Our Guiding Principles • Thinking, articulating, doing, and evaluating • Leading by example with continuous improve- UNH is committed to educational innovation, to ment continuous improvement in career-focused and professional education, and to support for scholarship • Facing all issues and being accountable and professional development. • Respect for the individual, including his or her UNH takes pride in, and models itself by, the thoughtful input standard of best practices in its commitment to serv- • Recognizing success The University 9

How We Will Be Known The University of New Haven is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges We wish to be known for the following qualities: (NEA.S.C), Inc., a nongovernmental, nationally rec- • Excellence in career professions ognized organization whose affiliations range from • Currency in information technology and knowl- elementary schools to collegiate institutions offering edge management postgraduate instruction. • Exceptional faculty, talented students, and accom- Accreditation by NEA.S.C indicates that an insti- plished alumni tution meets or exceeds criteria for the assessment of • Mentored and engaged real-life learning institutional quality periodically applied through a peer group review process. An accredited school or • Cultural awareness in a global society college is one which has available the necessary • Community, business, and professional partner- resources to achieve its stated mission through appro- ships priate educational programs, is substantially doing so, • Ideal size and presence and gives reasonable evidence that it will continue to • Student satisfaction do so in the foreseeable future. Institutional integrity is also addressed through accreditation. The hallmarks of a UNH education are quality educational opportunities at all post-secondary levels, Accreditation by NEA.S.C is not partial but through career-oriented academic programs with a applies to the institution as a whole. It is not a guar- strong liberal arts foundation, taught by a caring and antee of the quality of every course or program highly qualified faculty in safe, convenient, and offered or of the competence of individual graduates. diverse campus environments. Rather, it provides reasonable assurance of the quality of opportunities available to students. A solid core curriculum of liberal, humanistic course work is balanced with professional programs The UNH College of Business is actively seeking in business, engineering, applied computer sciences, accreditation by the Association to Advance public safety, and other advanced technical areas. Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB). The College has voluntarily committed to participate in a system- Moreover, the University is flexible enough to atic program of quality enhancement and continuous meet the needs of students who work while they improvement that makes AACSB accreditation a attend UNH. A range of programs for part-time more realistic and operational objective. study is offered at night. A cooperative education program makes it possible for students to augment The University of New Haven’s curricula leading their academic program with related work experience. to the bachelor degrees in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering are fully The Graduate School offers students the opportu- accredited by the Engineering Accreditation nity to continue study beyond the bachelor degree on Commission of the Accreditation Board for a part-time or full-time basis. Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). The By responding to the educational needs of its stu- computer science bachelor degree program is fully dents, the University of New Haven has become a accredited by the Computing Accreditation major regional University serving both our students Commission of ABET (CAC/ABET). and the business community. Individual programs, departments, and schools hold various forms of national professional accreditation, Accreditation which are listed in relevant sections of the catalog. The University of New Haven is a comprehensive, nonsectarian, independent institution of higher learning chartered by the General Assembly of the State of Connecticut. 10

History of Arts and Sciences, the College of Business, the Tagliatela College of Engineering, the Henry C. Lee The University of New Haven was founded in College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences, 1920 as the New Haven YMCA Junior College, a and the Graduate School. division of Northeastern University. It became New Haven College in 1926 by an act of the Connecticut Undergraduate and graduate courses and programs General Assembly. For nearly forty years, the College are offered on the Main Campus in West Haven and held classes in space rented from Yale University. at other off-campus and in-plant sites. Graduate courses in selected fields are offered at our In September 1958, the College completed con- Southeastern campus in New London and in struction of a classroom building on Cold Spring Waterbury, Shelton, and Newington. The graduate Street, New Haven, for its daytime engineering pro- program in national security is also offered at a satel- grams. That same year, the College received authori- lite location in New Mexico. zation from the Connecticut legislature to offer the bachelor of science degree in the fields of business, accounting, management, and industrial engineering. Philosophy Although the student body on the new Cold Spring The University of New Haven, a private, compre- Street campus numbered fewer than 200, the College’s hensive, multi-campus University based in southern facilities were fast becoming overcrowded. To meet the New England, provides quality educational opportu- needs of the College and the local community, the nities and preparation for self-reliant, productive, Board of Governors purchased, in 1960, three build- ethical service in a global society. ings and twenty-five acres of land in West Haven for- Since its founding in 1920, the University of New merly belonging to the New Haven County Haven has been an innovator in providing quality Orphanage. educational opportunities with special emphasis on The combination of increased classroom space and programs addressing current and emerging social four-year degree programs sparked a period of tremen- needs. Building on its successful past, the University dous growth in enrollment and facilities. In 1961, the will strive to achieve prominent and distinctive lead- year after the College moved to West Haven, the gradu- ership as an institution that empowers students with ating class numbered seventy-five. Forty-seven years later substantive knowledge, the ability to communicate, the figure has climbed to 1,200 graduates annually. skills in problem-solving, and the practical experience New Haven College received full accreditation for appropriate for success as leaders in their professions its baccalaureate programs from the New England and as citizens of the local and world communities. Association of Schools and Colleges in 1966. In The University is committed to participatory gov- 1969, the College took a major step forward with the ernance and quality management through continuous addition of the Graduate School. Initially offering improvement as the means to achieve its goals and programs in business administration and industrial perform its primary service — successful student and engineering, the Graduate School expanded rapidly. faculty growth and learning. Today, twenty-eight master programs, along with a wide variety of graduate certificates, offer the approximately 1,800 graduate students many choices for Colleges of the University post-baccalaureate study. In 1970, on the fiftieth anniversary of its found- The College of Arts and Sciences ing, New Haven College became the University of The College of Arts and Sciences offers associate New Haven, reflecting the increased scope and the and bachelor’s degrees in numerous fields, from tradi- diversity of academic programs offered. Today, the tional to career-focused, all of which prepare gradu- University offers a rich variety of undergraduate and ates for life in a global environment. graduate degree programs in five schools: the College The University 11

Through the Graduate School, the College of Arts education, which often incorporates classroom learn- and Sciences also offers master’s degree programs and ing with laboratory and field experience. The graduate certificates. Detailed information on the gradu- College attracts students of varied ages and levels of ate programs is available in the Graduate School catalog. experience, from recent high school graduates to sea- soned industry professionals. It also serves profes- The College of Business sionals seeking programs designed to meet requirements of national and/or regional accredita- The College of Business offers programs in the tions and licensures. fields of business administration, accounting, marketing and electronic commerce, finance, management of Graduate degree programs are available in sports industries, hotel and restaurant management, national security and public safety, criminal justice, and tourism and hospitality management. forensic science, and fire science, as are numerous certificate programs. Through the Graduate School, the College of Business offers the M.B.A. and other master degree programs as well as a number of business-related University College graduate certificates. The University of New Haven was founded in 1920 as New Haven College to train students to meet the The Tagliatela College of local needs of the community and region, often integrating education with experiences in business and Engineering industry. For more than 80 years UNH has contin- The Tagliatela College of Engineering offers eleven ued to provide upward mobility to adult students degree programs in ten fields: chemistry, chemical en- who otherwise would not be able to receive a college gineering, civil engineering, computer engineering, education. University College was created in 2007 to computer science, electrical engineering, general engi- reflect UNH’s continued dedication to meeting the neering, information technology/network administra- educational needs of adult students. tion and security, information technology/web and database development, mechanical engineering, and The Graduate School system engineering. Master of science degree programs and graduate The Graduate School, founded in 1969, offers certificates in several engineering and applied science twenty-five master programs and a variety of graduate fields are offered through the Graduate School. certificates. The Main Campus in West Haven offers Students should consult the Graduate School catalog all our graduate programs. Courses leading to the mas- for details. ter degree in business administration, education, engineering management, public administration, industrial/organizational psychology, national security, The Henry C. Lee College of and other selected subjects are also offered at off-cam- Criminal Justice and Forensic pus locations in Connecticut (New London, Newington, Shelton, and Waterbury), and New Sciences Mexico, depending on the program. The Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice The following programs are offered by the and Forensic Sciences provides programs for students Graduate School: who wish to major in degree programs specifically oriented toward careers in criminal justice, forensic Business Administration, M.B.A. science, forensic psychology, fire science, arson inves- Business Administration, M.B.A., Emerging Leaders tigation, fire protection engineering, forensic com- Business Administration, M.B.A., Executive puter investigation, legal studies, and related Business Administration/Industrial Engineering programs. The College provides a broad professional (dual degree) 12

Business Administration/Public Administration (dual degree) Degrees Offered Cellular and Molecular Biology by the University Community Psychology Computer Science The University of New Haven offers undergradu- Criminal Justice ate programs leading to the bachelor of arts degree, Education the bachelor of science degree, and the associate in Electrical Engineering science degree. A number of undergraduate certifi- Environmental Engineering cates are also available. Environmental Science Engineering Management, M.S., Executive Bachelor’s Degrees Fire Science Forensic Science The bachelor’s degree programs at the University of New Haven require 120 or more credits of study Health Care Administration and generally take a minimum of four years for full- Human Nutrition time students. Part-time students take advantage of Industrial Engineering courses offered in the evening and complete their Industrial/Organizational Psychology undergraduate degrees on a schedule that comple- Labor Relations ments their careers. Accelerated programs for work- Management of Sports Industries ing adults are offered in various disciplines. Mechanical Engineering National Security and Public Safety Associate Degrees Public Administration (M.P.A.) Associate degree programs are designed to encour- Taxation age students to begin their college education even though they do not yet want to commit themselves Graduate certificates are also offered through the to a full, four-year course of study. A minimum of Graduate School. sixty credits is required for the associate degree, and The Graduate School operates on a trimester cal- the credits earned usually apply toward relevant bach- endar, with terms beginning in September, January, elor degree programs. and April. Classes generally meet once each week during the regular trimesters. In addition, an abbrevi- ated summer session is offered during July and Certificates August. Classes meet twice each week during the Students can take their first step toward an summer session. undergraduate degree by registering for one of the To accommodate working professionals, most certificates offered by the University. courses meet in the evenings, beginning at 5:30 or 6 Each certificate is carefully designed as a concen- p.m. A few classes are scheduled earlier in the day or trated introduction to a particular subject area and on weekends. Students may enroll either full time consists of courses totaling twelve or more credits. or part time. Later, students may choose to apply the credits Additional information regarding graduate pro- they have earned toward a relevant undergraduate grams may be obtained from the Graduate School degree at the University. Admissions Office, by emailing Please contact University College or the appro- [email protected], or by calling 203.932.7133, priate academic department for further details. or 1.800.DIAL.UNH, ext. 7133. The University 13

Graduate Degrees ance, in compliance with federal and state statutes. Benefits, privileges, and opportunities offered by the Through the UNH Graduate School, programs are University of New Haven are available to all students offered leading to the master of arts, the master of sci- and employees on a nondiscriminatory basis in accor- ence, the master of public administration, the master dance with federal and state statutes. In recruitment of business administration, the executive master of of students and employees, the University of New business administration, the executive master of sci- Haven subscribes to a policy of affirmative action and ence in engineering management, and a number of equal opportunity. Inquiries regarding affirmative graduate certificates. For more information, contact action, equal opportunity, and Title IX may be the Graduate School Admissions Office, or consult directed to the university’s Affirmative Action Officer the Graduate School catalog. at 300 Boston Post Road, West Haven, CT 06516; Phone 203.932.7479. University Policies Notification of the Family Educational Diversity Policy Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act The University of New Haven is committed to affords students certain rights with respect to their achieving a diverse and pluralistic community that education records, as follows: reflects the multiracial and culturally diverse society of contemporary America. (1) The right to inspect and review records within 45 days of the day the University receives a request for The Diversity Committee has been established to access. Students should submit to the registrar, dean, guide the University in implementing this diversity head of academic department, or other appropriate policy. The University will work toward attracting and official written requests that identify the record(s) they retaining a diverse faculty, staff, and student body for wish to inspect. The University official will make the purpose of creating a pluralistic scholarly commu- arrangements for access and notify the student of the nity. The Committee will assist the administration in time and place where the records may be inspected. If developing and implementing programs and policies the records are not maintained by the University official that support an enriched educational experience for a to whom the request was submitted, that official shall diverse University community. advise the student of the correct official to whom the The University of New Haven does not discrimi- request should be addressed. nate in admissions, educational programs, or employ- (2) The right to request amendment of records ment against any individual on the basis of gender that the student believes are inaccurate or misleading. identity or expression, race, color, religion, age, dis- Students may ask the University to amend a record ability, sexual orientation, marital or civil union sta- that they believe is inaccurate or misleading. They tus, or national or ethnic origin. should write the University official responsible for the record, clearly identify the part of the record they want Notice of Nondiscrimination/Equal changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or mislead- Opportunity Statement ing. If the University decides not to amend the record as requested by the student, the University will notify The University of New Haven is committed to equal the student of the decision and advise the student of access in educational and employment opportunities his or her right to a hearing regarding the request for for all applicants, regardless of race, color, religion, amendment. Additional information regarding hearing gender, gender identity or expression, national or eth- procedures will be provided to the student when noti- nic origin, age, sexual orientation, marital or civil fied of the right to a hearing. union status, or disabilities not related to perform- 14

(3) The right to consent to disclosures of per- employees. Education — the business of the sonally identifiable information contained in the University of New Haven — can take place only in an student’s education records, except to the extent environment in which each student and employee feels that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. safe and secure. UNH recognizes this and employs a One exception that permits disclosure without con- number of security measures including its own sworn sent is a disclosure to school officials with legitimate police department to protect the members of this com- educational interests. A school official is a person munity. employed by the University in an administrative, The Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security supervisory, academic, research, or support staff Act (Clery Act) is a federal law that requires all col- position (including law enforcement unit personnel leges and universities to disclose annually information and health staff); a person or company with whom about crime on and around their campuses. The the University has contracted (such as an attorney, Campus Crime Report includes statistics for the auditor, or collection agent); a person serving on the three most recently completed calendar years. Board of Governors; or a student serving on an offi- The full report for the University of New Haven, cial committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance prepared by the UNH Police Department, is available committee, or assisting another school official in on the UNH website and in printed form at the performing his or her tasks. A school official has a UNH Police Department. This report also includes legitimate educational interest if the official needs to information on University policies concerning sexual review an education record in order to fulfill his or assaults, alcohol, drugs, weapons, and residence hall her professional responsibility. security. (4) The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by the University of New Haven to comply Drug-Free and Smoke-Free with the requirements of FERPA. The name and Environment address of the office that administers FERPA are In accordance with federal law concerning a drug- Family Policy Compliance Office, U.S. Department free campus environment, the relevant University of Education, 600 Independence Avenue SW, policy and regulations are provided to all current stu- Washington, D.C. 20202-4605. dents and employees. The information is also available upon request at the human resource department. The Student Right-to-Know and The No Smoking policy is in effect in any campus Campus Security Act administrative, academic, or recreational building. This restriction applies to all UNH offices, class- In accordance with Connecticut’s Public Act 90- rooms, hallways, stairwells, restrooms, dining facili- 259 concerning campus safety and the 1990 federal ties, conference/meeting facilities, athletic facilities, law, PL101-542: The Student Right-to-Know and and any other public spaces within these buildings. Campus Security Act, all colleges and universities Smoking is confined to outdoor space, with ashtrays receiving state and federal financial assistance are provided at entrances to each building. required to maintain specific information related to campus crime statistics and security measures, annu- In accordance with Connecticut law, smoking is ally provide such information to current students and not permitted in the residence halls. employees, and make the data available to prospective students and their families and to prospective employees upon request. Safety on the University campus is a natural source of concern for parents, students, and University University Curricula 15 UNIVERSITY CURRICULA

University Core Curriculum must be selected from Competency 1.2 to replace E 105. That 1.2 course may not be used to also The University of New Haven’s Core Curriculum satisfy the 1.2 competency. strives to develop six basic competencies among undergraduate students so that they may better understand and get along with other people, succeed Bachelor’s Degree in their chosen careers, and pursue lifelong learning Core Requirements after completing the requirements for the bachelor Competency 1 — Communication (9 credits) — degree. The revised core aims at graduating students Ability to develop ideas from critical reading and gen- who are eral observation and to express ideas effectively through • good thinkers, speakers, and writers, writing and speaking. • skilled at analysis and problem solving, • skilled at using computer technology, CC 1.1 Required: • effective citizens of their own country and the E 105 Composition world, E 110 Composition and Literature* • aware of cultural similarities and differences, and • sensitive to artistic accomplishments. CC 1.2 Select one of the following: In consultation with a faculty adviser, the student CO 100 Human Communication will select at least 40 credits of core courses from six CO 205 Intercultural Communication* categories. Individual interests are to be encouraged E 220 Writing for Business and Industry* as is a breadth and depth of knowledge through tra- E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation* ditional and contemporary areas of study. E 230 Public Speaking Note well: Foreign Language Any Literature (E) course* 1. Courses with prerequisites are followed by an aster- (list of acceptable courses can be found at the con- isk. clusion of this section) 2. The adviser and student are cautioned to regard the prerequisites for some courses and plan core Competency 2 — Analysis and Problem Solving choices accordingly. (10–11 credits) — Ability to dissect and explain con- 3. A student may not use a single core course to sat- cepts, data, actions, and events in order to understand isfy more than one category of the core. their meaning, value, and relationship to the whole. 4. An academic worksheet may prescribe or proscribe certain choices within core categories but, in gen- CC 2.1 Select one of the following: eral, must allow the adviser and student the widest choice possible. Program worksheets may not BI 121 General and Human Biology with Lab I limit core course choices without the approval of BI 122 General and Human Biology with Lab II* the University Undergraduate Curriculum BI 125 Contemporary Issues in Biology Committee. BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Lab I BI 254 Biology for Science Majors with Lab II* 5. For students who place out of E 105, E 110 will BI 259 Anatomy and Physiology with Lab I* be the beginning English requirement. One course BI 260 Anatomy and Physiology with Lab II* 16

CH 103/104 Introduction to General Chemistry and Competency 3 — Using Technology (3 credits mini- Lab I mum) — Ability to apply computer skills to academic CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic endeavors. Chemistry with Lab CH 115/117 General Chemistry and Lab I* Select one of the following: CH 116/118 General Chemistry and Lab II* EA.S. 120 Chemistry with Applications to Option A — one of the following courses: Biosystems* BI 520 Bioinformatics* EN 101/102 Introduction to Environmental Science CS 107 Computers and their Applications and Lab CS 110 Introduction to Programming C* PH 100 Introduction to Physics with Lab* EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis* PH 103 General Physics with Lab I* EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information PH 104 General Physics with Lab II* Systems PH 150 Mechanics, Heat and Waves with Lab* M 203 Calculus III* PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Lab* M 204 Differential Equations* M 311 Linear Algebra* CC 2.2 Select one of the following: MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia* QA 380 Operations Management* M 109 Intermediate Algebra* M 127 Finite Mathematics* Option B — one of the following two-course Any more advanced mathematics or quantitative analy- sequences: sis course* Sequence I — M 228 Elementary Statistics* CC 2.3 Select one of the following: or Option A — one of the following courses: P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences* CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice* or EC 134 Principles of Economics II CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal EAS 107 Introduction to Engineering* Justice*; HS 108 History of Science and HU 300 Nature of Science* SO 350 Survey Research* PL 210 Logic PL 240 Philosophy of Science and Technology Sequence II— P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences* Option B — three laboratory science courses (4 cred- or its each) representing at least two of the following M 228 Elementary Statistics*; disciplinary groups: and P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology* Biology and Environmental Science (BI, EN, or MR prefixes) Chemistry (CH prefixes) Competency 4 — A Sense of History and Effective Physics (PH prefixes) Citizenship (3–6 credits) — Ability to understand Courses used to satisfy this option cannot be simulta- local, national, and international issues affecting one’s neously used to satisfy Competencies 2.1, 4.2, or 5.3. own nation and the world and to draw lessons from the experience of the past. University Curricula 17

CC 4.1 Select one of the following: HS 262 Modern Chinese History HS 101 Foundations of the Western World HS 264 Modern Japanese History HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times HS 270 Europe from Renaissance Through Enlightenment HS 306 Modern Technology and Western Culture CC 4.2 Select one of the following or, as directed by HS 345 Europe in the Nineteenth Century your program worksheet, take an additional course HS 351 Russia and the Soviet Union from Competency 2. HS 353 Modern Britain HS 110 American History since 1607 HS 355 Modern Germany HS 120 History of Blacks in the United States HS 381–389 Selected Studies in History HS 312 United States in the Twentieth Century HS 446 Europe in the Twentieth Century PS 121 American Government and Politics HTM 166 Touristic Geography I — The Western PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics Hemisphere PS 332 Constitutional Law* HTM 167 Touristic Geography II — The Eastern Hemisphere Competency 5 — Social Interaction and Global HTM 307 Cultural Understanding of Food and Perspective (6–9 credits) — Ability to understand, Cuisine appreciate, and work well with others. LS 350 Global Legal Studies MU 112 Introduction to World Music CC 5.1 Select one of the following: PS 222 United States Foreign Policy PS 241 International Relations CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing* PS 281–285 Comparative Governments EC 133 Principles of Economics I P 111 Introduction to Psychology PL 215 Nature of the Self CC 5.3 Select a second course from 5.1 or 5.2 or, as PL 222 Ethics directed by your program worksheet, an additional PL 333 Professional Ethics* course from Competency 2. PS 101 Introduction to Politics SO 113 Sociology Competency 6 — Aesthetic Responsiveness (3 credits) SO 114 Contemporary Social Problems* — Ability to understand and appreciate artistic achieve- SO 221 Cultural Anthropology ments. SO 390 Organizations* UNIV 450 Oskar Schindler Humanities CC 6 Select one of the following: CC 5.2 Select one of the following: AT 101 Introduction to Studio Art I AT 231 History of Art I Foreign Language (3–6 credits) AT 232 History of Art II CJ 535 Global Perspective on Crime and Justice AT 331 Contemporary Art E 201 World Literature I* Any Literature (E) course* E 202 World Literature II* (list of acceptable courses can be found at the con- E 217 African-American Literature I* clusion of this section) E 218 African-American Literature II* MU 111 Introduction to Music E 406–409 International Literature* MU 112 Introduction to World Music EC 200 Global Economy* MU 125 Elementary Music Theory GLS 100 Introduction to Global Studies MU 211 History of Rock HS 207 World History Since 1945 PL 356 Philosophy of Art HS 260 Modern Asia T 131 Introduction to Theatre 18

T 132 Theatrical Style E 393 Mark Twain T 241 Early World Drama and Theatre E 394 American Humor T 242 Modern World Drama and Theatre E 395 American Realism and Naturalism E 406–409 International Literature Associate Degree Core Requirements E 477 American Literature Between the World Wars E 478 Contemporary American Literature Students pursuing an associate degree must satisfy the E 481 Special Topics — when clearly defined as liter- following core curriculum competencies: ature by title/description Communication (CC1) — 6 credits Analysis and Problem Solving (CC2) — 3 credits Academic Advising Using Technology (CC 3) — 3 credits To assist students in their academic development, Social Interaction and Global Perspective (CC 5) the University assigns an academic adviser from the — 3 credits department of each student’s chosen field of study. As A Sense of History and Effective Citizenship soon and as often as possible, wise students seek the (CC 4) — 3 credits advice of their academic advisers regarding major requirements, career opportunities, choice of a minor, Aesthetic Responsiveness (CC 6) — 3 credits and progress in their major, as well as other areas of These competencies are explained in detail above. All personal interest. At the time of registration, the aca- core requirements satisfied by the student for the demic advisers assist in and approve course selection. associate degree will be applied toward the larger Students also confer with their advisers when adding bachelor’s degree core if the student continues study. or dropping courses, and advisers often make referrals to other qualified personnel on campus. The aca- Literature Courses demic adviser is, therefore, the link between the student and the academic regulations of the University. The following list includes all English courses that are designated in the University Core Curriculum as Literature (E) courses: The Honors Program E 201 Early World Literature The UNH Honors Program is designed for excep- E 202 Modern World Literature tionally motivated students who have shown high lev- E 211 Early British Writers els of academic achievement. In order to enter the E 212 Modern British Writers Program, students currently at the University or trans- E 213 Early American Writers fer students must have completed at least twenty-four E 214 Modern American Writers credits with a cumulative grade point average of at E 217 African-American Literature I least 3.3 at the time the first honors course is under- E 218 African-American Literature II taken. Incoming first-year students with exceptional E 260 The Short Story high-school grade point averages and strong SAT E 275 Popular Lyrics scores, particularly in the reading and writing sections, E 281 Science Fiction will be invited to make application to begin the E 290 The Bible as Literature Program upon entrance to the University. These latter E 323 The Renaissance in England students will take honors seminars during the first E 341 Shakespeare year, as well as the seminars described below. E 353 Literature of the Romantic Era Applicants for the Program are evaluated on the E 356 Victorian Literature basis of high school performance, college perfor- E 371 Literature of the Neoclassic Era mance, standardized test (SAT, ACT) scores, and rec- E 390 The Novel in English ommendations of college teachers. E 392 Poe, Hawthorne, and Melville University Curricula 19

The University requires every student, regardless The Ethics of Sport — This course examines con- of major, to take a number of core courses in six gen- troversial issues in contemporary sports within the eral areas. The Honors Program offers students an context of several major ethical frameworks. This intellectually exciting and challenging way to satisfy course draws heavily on both philosophy and some of these core requirements. sociology. Students in the Program take one honors seminar Cultural Entrepreneurialism — In this course the each semester for four semesters. Each seminar actively relationship between the cultural importance and involves students in problem-solving and inquiry. interpretation of the artifacts of Connecticut and Topics in the seminars draw from several disciplines their potential as sites for tourism and economic and study linkages between disciplines. Each course development is explored. Historical, cultural, literary, satisfies one of the University Core Curriculum and economic impact are assessed in relation to geog- requirements. raphy, population, education, cultural expectations, Honors seminars offered recently included the fol- and funding and long-range planning resources. lowing: After completing the four honors seminars, stu- Engineering and Society — Relationships between dents write an honors thesis in their major discipline engineering and society are investigated by focusing under the guidance of a professor in the major on environmental concerns. department. Up to six credits may be awarded for this thesis. The results of the research are to be pre- Contexts and Images: African-Americans in sented orally to members of the student’s major Literature and Film — This course provides an department and to members of the Honors opportunity to examine literature and film as integral Committee. elements of African-American experience, heritage, and culture, from the Civil War to the present. In order to remain in the Program, students must maintain a cumulative grade point average of at least Arabic and Christian Influences on Western 3.3 throughout their studies at UNH. Culture in the Middle Ages — The Renaissance of the fourteenth century brought forth a flowering of learning in Europe in science, art, music, politics, Advantages of the Honors Program and economics. This course investigates how forces In addition to a challenging and exciting curricu- outside of Europe — in particular the Arab world — lum, the Honors Program offers several advantages: had major influences on this rebirth of learning. Financial Aid: A student who has successfully com- Psycholinguistics and Science Fiction — This pleted four seminar courses and one additional semes- course presents a psycholinguistics investigation of ter of work on an honors thesis, all with a cumulative the impact of the influence of language on the per- grade point average of 3.3 or higher, will be granted a ception of reality as exemplified in selected works of 50 percent tuition reduction by UNH for the final science fiction. semester in residence at UNH. In addition, students in Classical Experiments in Science — In this course, the Honors Program with a cumulative grade point classical science experiments are studied in their his- average of 3.5 or higher and who are either rising jun- toric intellectual context and reproduced in the labo- iors or seniors are eligible to apply for one of six John ratory. This course is built around nine experiments: Hatfield Scholar awards. These competitive awards are three in biology, three in chemistry, and three in $1,000-per-semester tuition scholarships, given to physics. Students recreate the conditions that existed Honors Program students with high grade point aver- in the labs at the times of the experiments, conduct ages who are active in student life and community serv- the experiments, and report their findings in the con- ice. In addition to the financial award, John Hatfield text of the understanding of the day. Scholar recipients receive special parking privileges, a bronze medallion, and a certificate of recognition. 20

Small Classes: Honors Program classes provide an Freshman Experience Seminar opportunity for participation and discussion in a setting where students know their instructors and their In their first year, college students face a number fellow students especially well. of challenges. The Freshman Experience Seminar at UNH is designed to help students make the transi- Recognition: A student who successfully completes tion from high school to college. the Honors Program, including the honors thesis, This seminar incorporates the talents of more than will be designated as an Honors Scholar on the thirty University personnel, both faculty and staff, transcript and will receive an Honors Scholar and reflects the University of New Haven’s commit- medallion at graduation. Thus, prospective employment to high-quality student advising. ers, graduate schools, and other institutions will be During their first semester, all freshmen are aware of this extra accomplishment in the student’s required to take the one-credit team-taught FE 001 pursuit of the undergraduate degree. Freshman Experience Seminar, which addresses topics such as academic standards, diversity, time and stress Developmental Studies Program management, college life versus high school life, University relationships, responsible human sexuality, The Developmental Studies Program is designed exploration of self, alcohol and substance abuse, and to strengthen the basic skills of entering students. experiential learning. The goal of this seminar is to Courses within the Program are taught by members give students the tools to help them understand and of the faculty of the Mathematics Department and succeed in what can be, and increasingly is, a very the English Department. competitive environment. FE 001 is also a wonderful The English Department offers two developmental support system for students who may be away from courses: E 102 Academic Reading and Speaking and E home for the first time. FE 001 is mandatory for 103 English Fundamentals. These courses offer stu- incoming first-time freshmen with no previous col- dents a comprehensive study of the basic reading, lege experience and is a requirement for graduation. speaking, and writing skills necessary in using the A key component of the Freshman Experience English language effectively. M 103 Fundamental Seminar involves introducing the student to his or her Mathematics is taught by the Mathematics academic adviser, who will serve as the link between Department. the student and the academic regulations of the Placement in these courses is determined by stu- University. dents’ SAT scores, in the case of English, and by a placement examination, in the case of mathematics. Such placement becomes a first priority for affected students because the University believes that they can become successful college students only upon correction of skill deficiencies. Please note that although E 102, E 103, and M 103 each carry three college credits, these cannot be applied toward degree programs. E 103 and M 103 usually meet for up to six hours per week to provide intensive help. Complete descriptions of the developmental courses appear in this catalog as part of the course offerings of the Mathematics Department and the English Department. The University Community 21 THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY

The University of New Haven provides an environ- ities of both the day and evening honor societies, and ment designed to foster the personal growth of its stu- provides access to the student ombudsman, who can dents. Through its programs, services, and facilities, it assist in resolving student complaints, perceived provides the opportunity for students to become grievances, or concerns. involved in meaningful activities that can develop into lifelong interests. These activities include recreational, Center for Learning Resources social, community outreach, professional and, of course, academic pursuits. In addition, the campus The Center for Learning Resources (CLR) offers provides services to assure the comfort and well-being free tutoring and writing assistance to students seek- of its students. ing extra help with their courses. The tutoring staff consists of experienced instructors who hold advanced degrees in their respective fields. Many are Academic Support Systems instructors at UNH; thus, they bring an intimate understanding of the classroom to each session. Our Academic services are provided to facilitate and highly competent graduate and undergraduate stu- enhance students’ academic progress through the dent tutors are chosen based on the enthusiastic rec- University by furnishing guided access to advisory ommendations of their professors. sources and ancillary support systems. Many of the The CLR is located in the heart of the campus in available services are described below. Maxcy Hall, Rooms 106–110. It includes three labs: the Mathematics, Science and Business Lab; the Office of Academic Services Writing Lab; and Computer Lab. Tutoring is available six days a week throughout the semester. The Math The Office of Academic Services provides a wide Lab tutors offer drop-in help with freshman- and range of academic support to day and evening under- sophomore-level core courses in mathematics, science graduate students. and business; the Writing Lab tutors offer drop-in and Academic skills counselors work with students by-appointment assistance with all writing assign- individually or in small groups to strengthen abilities ments. The graduate student tutors in the Computer or make referrals to other qualified personnel on Lab are available for assistance with the latest campus. They help students develop an individual- Microsoft software, math tutorials, and Internet access. ized study strategy that focuses on textbook reading, lecture note-taking, time management, learning and memory strategies, and test-taking skills. Developmental Studies Program The Office provides monitoring services to enable The Developmental Studies Program is designed to counselors, mentors, and coaches to assess student strengthen the basic skills of entering students. Courses progress in their courses. The Office also coordinates within the Program are taught by members of the fac- the efforts of mentors who work with students ulty of the Mathematics Department and the English enrolled in developmental Math and English courses. Department. (See the University Curricula section of In addition, the Office provides advisers for the activ- this catalog for additional information.) 22

Freshman Experience Seminar University sanctions including, but not limited to, UNH parking tickets. The Freshman Experience Seminar at UNH is designed to smooth the transition of first-time stu- The University of New Haven is not responsible dents from high school into the substantially different for damage to, or theft from, personal vehicles parked environment of a university. (See the University on University property. Curricula section of this catalog for the course descrip- New students may obtain a Main Campus park- tion of FE 001, the Freshman Experience Seminar.) ing permit for their cars or motorcycles at the Campus Card Office or at the Campus Police Office located in the lower level of the Campus Bookstore. Student Services All cars must display a UNH parking permit; vehicles parked in violation may be ticketed or towed. The University of New Haven cares deeply about Detailed information on parking regulations, viola- the well-being of its students. A variety of services is tions, and reporting of accidents is contained in the available on campus to meet needs ranging from Student Handbook. career advising to health care. Every effort is made to accommodate special student needs, such as helping University Police Department international students to adjust to a new culture or ensuring that classes and facilities are readily accessi- The University Police Department is located in ble to students with disabilities. Many of the avail- the lower level of the Campus Bookstore building. able services are described in the following pages. The Department is staffed by certified police officers who patrol the campus 24 hours a day, year round, Campus Card Office and Parking and have full arrest powers. They have been trained in first aid, CPR and AED. A defibrillator is carried Permits by an officer on each shift. The UNH ID card is a credit-card-sized, color The Police Department is always open and staffed photo identification card issued to all members of the by a trained and certified dispatcher. In addition to University community. It is used as the official UNH handling radio and telephone communications, dis- library card and residential meal plan card. It is also patchers assist the public as needed, including issuing used for security access identification and for a number UNH parking permits. of other services. All new students are required to Officers patrol campus on foot, mountain bicycles, obtain a UNH ID card. golf carts and in fully marked cruisers. They work closely ID card photos are taken in Echlin Hall on the with local, state, and federal agencies to enforce the law. Main Campus in the Campus Card Office. Hours They also enforce the provisions of the UNH conduct are posted and emailed at the beginning of each code and other University rules and regulations. term. In order to register for a parking permit a valid The University maintains a network of emergency UNH ID card must be presented. telephones, placed in strategic locations throughout Resident freshmen are not permitted to have vehi- campus, that can be used by anyone in case of emer- cles on campus, or to park on city streets in the gency. neighborhoods adjacent to campus. Our nationally certified instructors conduct self- In the interest of maintaining good relations with defense training for women in the UNH community. our neighbors, it is important that resident students The Rape Aggression Defense (R.A.D.) course is a limit parking to the designated on-campus parking free, 12-hour awareness and self-defense course that areas. Resident student parking on city streets in the is offered each semester. neighborhoods adjacent to campus is prohibited by The UNH Police Department assists students and the University. Vehicles in violation are subject to staff with car lock-outs, and has a battery jumper to The University Community 23 loan as needed. The Department also maintains a University of New Haven students. While the CSC is Lost and Found service. not an employment service and does not guarantee The University has an Emergency Notification jobs, it does maintain an extensive listing of full-time System, “e2campus,” by which students, faculty and and part-time positions to provide a common meet- staff can receive emergency notifications to cell ing ground for employers and prospective employees. phones, wireless PDAs, and email addresses. Be Students will find this useful in locating part-time among the first to know about school closings, news and full time jobs while in school as well as employ- and events, parking and traffic advisories, and more. ment following graduation. Alumni seeking positions This is currently an opt-in feature. For details, visit are also encouraged to use the services of the CSC. http://www.newhaven.edu/campustext. Employers wishing to list positions should call or To contact the UNH Police Department: email, giving a description of the position available and other pertinent details. There is no placement fee Emergency: 203.932.7070 charged for these services. Routine: 203.932.7014 To summon emergency police, fire or EMS service Information from the City of West Haven: The CSC publishes updates of recruiter visits in Dial 9-1-1 The Charger Bulletin as well as information regarding CSC events, the employment outlook for graduates, Career Services Center and job-search hints. CSC information is also pro- The mission of the University of New Haven’s vided in University of New Haven Alumni Magazine, Career Services Center (CSC) is to contribute to the the UNH alumni publication. lifelong development and career advancement of students and alumni, and to continue development of a Office of Internships and vibrant network of alumni, students, faculty, and friends. The mission will be supported by the overar- Employer Relations ching goal of EMPOWERing the University’s vested University of New Haven students engage in a constituencies through Education, Motivation, variety of work-related experiential learning encoun- Personal development, Opportunities, Wisdom, ters including internships and cooperative education. Employment, and Reporting. Co-ops are generally arranged on a student-by-stu- The CSC provides services for students, alumni, dent and company-by-company basis. Though simi- faculty, and employers. These services include assist- lar, there are significant differences between ing with career planning and job searching, preparing internships and co-ops, including duration of assign- and reviewing resumes, providing mentorship oppor- ment and time commitment of the student and the tunities, and teaching interviewing skills. Individual company. The vast majority of UNH students partic- appointments may be scheduled by phone at ipate in internships. 203.932.7342 or stop by Kaplan Hall, Room 210, to An internship is a supervised pre-professional speak with the Career Services Specialist. The CSC learning experience in which students apply their may also be contacted through e-mail at skills and knowledge in a professional setting. [email protected]. Through an investment of their time, talent, and enthusiasm, interns contribute to an organization’s Student Employment mission and goals while gaining valuable skills for the future and determining if a particular career is right During each academic year, employer representa- for them. More than a regular summer or part-time tives visit the campus to interview graduating job, an internship has certain goals. 24

Goals of an internship are as follows: information, please call 203.932.7332 or visit our • To provide students with a full and realistic view office in lower Sheffield Hall. of workplace culture and expectations. • To integrate academic preparation with profes- Student Ombudsman sional challenges. The student ombudsman serves as a neutral party • To build confidence and success through intern- to whom students (and parents) can appeal for reso- ship experiences. lution of complaints, perceived grievances, or con- • To help students build professional networks. cerns. The student ombudsman mediates disputes and attempts to develop an equitable resolution between the involved parties. For more information, How does an internship work? please call 203.932.7213. Internships contribute to the professional development of the student and are always supervised or mentored. Regular feedback sessions are part of the Disability Services and Resources experience and the position may be either paid or The Disability Services and Resources Office is unpaid, depending upon the level of work, and num- responsible for and committed to providing services ber of hours. Regardless of the experiential learning and support that promote educational equity for stu- activity, both the experience and the learning are fun- dents with disabilities, either temporary or perma- damental. Reflection is a key component of intern- nent. The Office provides assistance and information ships. The Office of Experiential Education will assist on issues of access and full participation for students students in understanding how to make the most of with disabilities. Any UNH student with a disabling their internship experiences. condition can benefit from these services. Referrals Professionals in the Office of Internship and and inquiries concerning matters relating to students Employer Relations do not place students or guaran- with disabilities and/or reasonable accommodations tee jobs for students. They do, however, teach stu- should be directed to this office. dents the rudiments of researching industries and The staff works with those who self-identify in the companies — even beyond those companies that following categories: already recruit UNH students — as well as how their individual skills can transfer to various fields. UNH • mobility/orthopedic disabilities students are encouraged to take advantage of the • specific learning disabilities Career Services workshops geared to helping students • attention-deficit disorders learn the fine points of job searching, including resume preparation, interviewing skills, networking • vision and hearing impairments etiquette, and pitfalls to avoid. Individual appoint- • head injuries ments may be scheduled by phone 203.932.7342 or • psychological/emotional disorders stop by Kaplan Hall, Room 210, to speak with the • chronic health-related disabilities Career Services Specialist. The CSC may also be contacted through e-mail at [email protected]. • speech impairments Staff members serve as advocates, liaisons, and Counseling Center planners for ensuring access to academic, cultural, The Counseling Center offers services to help stu- and recreational offerings of the campus, and are dents with problems that may interfere with their available to students whenever questions or problems academic, social, or personal activities. Services pro- arise. The director assists the University’s 504/ADA vided include confidential counseling, vocational- Compliance Officer with oversight of the University’s interest testing, and educational assessment. For more compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation The University Community 25

Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act Measles and Rubella (ADA), and other government regulations. The direc- To All Students (full-time undergraduate, part-time tor also handles student grievances, whether informal undergraduate day and evening, full- and part-time or formal, regarding allegations of discrimination graduate): Students must provide documentation of based on disability. two valid measles vaccinations. The first must have In order to receive accommodations and/or services, been given after 1/1/69, and that date must be after a student is responsible for self-identifying as a student your first birthday. The second must have been with a disability, submitting appropriate documenta- given after 1/l/80. Also, a rubella vaccine must have tion, making a specific request for reasonable accom- been given after your first birthday. Blood tests modations, and following established policies and procedures for arranging accommodations each semes- (showing immunity) from a laboratory will also be ter/trimester. accepted. It is the policy of the University to with- hold registration each semester for non-compliance. The Disability Services and Resources Office is Proper immunization information must be on file in located on the ground level in the rear of Sheffield Hall. The director can be reached at 203.932.7331. the Health Services Center. The University’s 504/ADA Compliance Officer can be reached at 203.932.7199. meningitis vaccine. These requirements are in compliance with the State of Connecticut Health Department’s guidelines for immunization and dis- Health Services Center ease control. The University Health Services Center is open to all students without charge. Located on the ground Office of Intercultural Relations level in the rear of Sheffield Hall, the Center is staffed with two registered nurses and part-time physicians. The Office of Intercultural Relations seeks to The Health Services Center provides initial care for advance the mission of the University of New Haven minor illnesses and injuries, as well as diagnosis, refer- by providing students with opportunities to gain ral, and follow-up care for more serious conditions. intercultural understanding and to succeed in an Also provided are care and counseling in health-related inclusive academic and social environment that issues. The Health Services Center coordinates the respects the uniqueness and contributions of all com- health insurance program sponsored by the University. munity members. Contact the Director of A part of the health program is a weekly women’s Intercultural Relations at 203.932.7427. clinic, which takes place at the health center and covers gynecological problems, birth control, and sex- International Services related issues. Each year the University of New Haven admits One requirement of the Center is that students students from many nations. These students, repre- entering the Full-Time Division provide documenta- senting more than fifty different countries, bring an tion of a physical exam from within the last year and international dimension to the campus. a record of their immunizations. This can be done by The International Services Office provides for the completing the health form provided by the special needs and concerns of international students. Undergraduate Admissions Office and returning it to The staff assists students with U.S. Citizenship and the Health Services Center. The health form can also Immigration Services regulations; provides information be found on the University’s website under Health on travel to and from the United States; and advises Services. Students entering the Part-Time Division students on academic, social, and cultural adjustment. must provide documentation of their immunizations. The Office also serves as a liaison between interna- Students who plan to live in University housing and tional students and the University community. athletes must provide proof of having received a 26

A wide range of programs has been developed, Students may select from meal plans that include including publication of an international newsletter, declining balance and board options. Purchasing a special orientation events, information seminars, and meal plan is highly recommended and is required for an international festival. For more information, call resident students. Detailed information on meal 203.932.7475 or email [email protected]. plans is available at the Dining Services Office. Residential Life Student Activities The character of residential living is often a good indication of the spirit and quality of life on Being a student at the University of New Haven campus. The goal of the University’s Residential means having the best of two worlds: an active on- Life program is to provide a living/learning envi- campus community and the city of New Haven. Stu- ronment that promotes academic and personal dents interested in cultural, intellectual, or social growth and a sense of community among students. pursuit have a wealth of opportunities from which to A student’s on-campus living experience is an inte- choose. gral part of the educational process. The Office of Student Activities, in conjunction Students live in ten residence halls: three for with student clubs and organizations, provides a wide freshmen and seven for upperclassmen, supervised variety of events each week. With an increase in the by resident directors responsible for the administra- quantity and quality of activities over past years, theme tion of each hall. Resident assistants (RAs) live on weekends such as Spring Weekend, Family Weekend, each floor and serve as peer advisers, role models, and Homecoming Weekend have been supplemented and initiators of activities and programs. by an ongoing activities calendar of weekly events. University housing is occupied on an academic- There are plenty of opportunities to socialize and year basis, and it is recommended that all freshmen interact with fellow students, faculty, and staff— and sophomores live on campus unless they live with whether by enjoying a band, lecture, comedian, or a parent or an extended-family member. All resident magician; participating in volunteer opportunities; or students are required to purchase a University meal taking a bus trip to a regional theater or recreation plan. center. The Office of Residential Life refers those wish- Students are also encouraged to develop their cul- ing to look for off-campus housing to a website tural and intellectual interests by participating in liter- that lists students looking for roommates, apart- ary, artistic, and dramatic events. Visiting artists, play ments, condos, and homes in the UNH area. and concert productions, invited lecturers, forums, and Students are responsible for any contract under- panel discussions are among the variety of programs taken for such housing and should consider care- available to students. UNH has more than eighty fully the nature of that contract and the active student-run clubs and organizations. responsibilities incurred. Intercollegiate Athletics University Dining Services Recognizing the importance of a broad range of University Dining Services facilities on campus physical and emotional outlets to a well-balanced col- include the Marketplace Food Court and Jazzman’s lege experience, the University of New Haven seeks Café, which are located in Bartels Hall Campus to involve students in various levels of active partici- Center and Marvin K. Peterson Library; the Quad pation in games and sports, as well as to provide an Convenience Store and Sandella’s, located in opportunity for community and student support for Botwinik Hall; and Pandini’s and Sky Ranch Grill, its varsity intercollegiate athletics program. located in New Hall. The University Community 27

Varsity Sports events, including commencement and musical concerts. Charger Gymnasium includes a full-size basketball The University of New Haven athletics program is court with seating for 1,200, as well as the varsity ath- one of the most respected and successful NCAA letic weight room, equipment, administrative offices, Division II programs in the country. In Fall 2008, and athletic training facilities. Adjacent to the gymna- UNH began competing in the athletically and aca- sium are outdoor basketball courts, tennis courts, a demically prestigious Northeast-10 Conference, one softball competition venue, Frank Vieira Field (base- of the largest and most comprehensive conferences in ball), and Ralph F. DellaCamera Stadium, a multi-pur- the nation. pose field which is home to the Charger football UNH teams have enjoyed national recognition program and can host soccer and lacrosse games. throughout the years. UNH was the first school from the Northeast Region to capture the NCAA Division II Women’s Basketball Championship (1987) and has Main Campus been to the NCAA tournament seven times. Kayo Field is located on the Main Campus, adja- Women’s volleyball has been to the postseason 22 cent to the David A. Beckerman Recreation Center. times, and the baseball program has made 31 postsea- The field underwent a $1.3 million transformation in son appearances, including 18 World Series berths. In the summer of 2007, which saw the installation of a 1997, the Charger football program competed for the synthetic turf surface, new scoreboard and fencing. national championship, and the men’s soccer team The field is home to the men’s and women’s soccer and has been to the Final Four twice. UNH has over 120 women’s lacrosse programs, and serves as a practice postseason appearances. facility for all of the Charger varsity athletic programs. UNH offers 18 varsity sports: baseball, men’s and women’s basketball, men’s and women’s cross country, Campus Recreation (ChargerREC) football, men’s golf, women’s lacrosse, men’s and The goal of the Department of Campus women’s soccer, softball, women’s tennis, men’s and Recreation is to provide students with a wide variety women’s indoor and outdoor track and field, and of programs and services in order to maximize stu- men’s and women’s volleyball. dent participation and involvement. Whether you’re Students can also participate in a number of spirit interested in working out on your own, or you want groups including cheerleading, dance team and pep to take part in one of our programs or activities, band. The Department of Athletics welcomes all you’re sure to find something that fits your needs. For interested candidates and invites active involvement more information about ChargerREC, log on to in support of our programs. www.newhaven.edu/ChargerREC. For more information about varsity athletics, log on to www.newhaven.edu/athletics, or call David A. Beckerman Recreation Center 203.932.7016 or 203.932.7017. Located in the heart of campus and open up to 17 hours a day, the Beckerman Center is a 58,000- Intercollegiate Athletic Facilities square-foot state-of-the-art facility and includes two North Campus activity courts (for basketball, volleyball, badminton), a multi-activity court (MAC court, ideal for indoor Charger Gymnasium is located on the North soccer and floor hockey), 6,000 square feet of fitness Campus and is home to the UNH men’s and women’s space, two group fitness studios, two racquetball basketball and volleyball programs. It also serves as a courts, locker rooms, an indoor running track, and a practice facility for UNH’s other varsity athletic teams juice bar. and as a gathering place for large university-wide 28

RECSports (Intramurals) sponsor programs such as banquets, game shows, the semiannual blood drive, fundraisers to benefit chari- RECSports is an integral part of campus life, giv- ties, and numerous hours of community service. ing students the opportunity to come together for competition and camaraderie. RECSports activities are free to UNH undergraduate students. RECSports Off-Campus Activities offers a variety of individual and team sports/activi- For those who want a change of pace from the ties in three different divisions: Men’s, Women’s and college scene, the University’s proximity to the city of Co-REC. RECSports offers two seasons of activities New Haven offers students many cultural opportuni- per academic semester, including a regular season and ties. Musical entertainment includes year-round per- playoffs. formances by the New Haven Symphony Orchestra, Some of our offerings include outdoor soccer, 4- live concerts at a variety of nearby venues, and local on-4 volleyball, kickball, flag football, tennis, basket- and national bands at many downtown clubs. ball, whiffleball, floor hockey, indoor soccer, Professional theater thrives in New Haven, home to volleyball, softball, and racquetball. three nationally recognized theaters: the Long Wharf Theatre, the Yale Repertory Company, and the Fitness and Wellness Shubert. Some of the region’s outstanding art collections can be seen on the Yale University campus. If you’re interested in taking a class or learning On weekends, the Connecticut shore, Cape Cod, about how to get healthy, then our Fitness and the ski slopes of Vermont and New Hampshire, and Wellness program is for you. From abs to Zumba, New York City are just a short drive or train ride away. and everything in between, we pride ourselves on offering the best variety of classes and personal training programs to suit your needs. Publications Student publications include The Charger Bulletin, Student Employment the student newspaper, and The Chariot, the year- Student-maintained and operated, Campus book. Students may volunteer their services to these Recreation is the largest employer of students on the student publications by emailing chargerbulletin@ campus. Positions offer experiential learning opportu- newhaven.edu or [email protected]. nities and true leadership experience. Ranging from Welcome Center attendants to RECSports officials, Student Government Campus Recreation student employees are the back- Separate undergraduate full-time, part-time, and bone of the Department. graduate student councils have responsibility for initiat- ing, organizing, and presenting extracurricular activities Clubs and Organizations and acting as liaisons between students and University More than fifty University clubs and organizations staff. serve interested students. Included are student chapters The Undergraduate Student Government of professional societies, community-service organiza- Association (USGA) is a forum where undergradu- tions, social groups, and special-interest clubs. Every ate full-time students provide input to the adminis- student club and organization has a mailbox located on tration to improve all aspects of undergraduate the top floor of Bartels Hall. education at the University. Student-elected senators represent the voice of their constituencies at weekly Fraternities and Sororities USGA meetings. National and local service, social, and honorary Students are strongly encouraged to get involved fraternities and sororities are active on campus. They in leadership positions within student government The University Community 29 and other clubs and organizations. The University WNHU does besides on-air functions, and the sta- believes that leadership development is an integral tion plans to expand these areas in the future. part of all students’ education. The USGA offices are With positions available for news, productions, located on the top floor of Bartels Hall. sports, and promotions, WNHU isn’t just about The Evening Student Council (ESC) is a board being a DJ, and there is a spot for anyone interested composed of students attending UNH evening in a variety of concentrations. WNHU is open to classes. It has three primary objectives: (1) to pro- full-time or part-time undergraduate students, gradu- mote the welfare of the evening student body, (2) to ate students, faculty, staff, and community volunteers give counsel and encouragement to evening students with an interest in radio and its functions. as well as to develop and encourage school spirit, and (3) to convey evening students’ opinions to the administration and work with the administration in Campus Facilities accomplishing student objectives. Membership in the Evening Student Council is The University’s 78-acre campus contains twenty- open to all undergraduate evening students enrolled seven buildings that offer students modern laboratory in courses for credit. The Council meets regularly, and library facilities, smart classrooms, the latest in and all evening students are invited to participate. computer technology and equipment, an athletic com- The ESC office is located in the Center for Graduate plex, and residential facilities. and Adult Student Services in Echlin Hall, Room Located in West Haven, about ten minutes from 204. To contact ESC, email [email protected]. downtown New Haven, the Main Campus includes administration, library, laboratory, computer, and class- WNHU Radio room facilities as well as the admissions building, bookstore, student center, and residence halls. Recent WNHU is the University of New Haven’s non- additions to the Main Campus include a new residence commercial, FCC-licensed FM radio station located hall and an outdoor plaza. in the basement of Maxcy Hall. Daily operations are maintained by a general manager, student station The South Campus includes Harugari Hall and managers, and a staff comprising undergraduate stu- South Campus Hall, the student records building. dents, community volunteers, and faculty members. The North Campus is the site of the University’s ath- WNHU’s signal emanates from the Main Campus, at letic fields and gymnasium. a frequency of 88.7 and a power of 1,700 watts, and extends nearly thirty miles in every direction, reach- Computer Facilities ing nearly all of southern Connecticut and even parts of eastern Long Island. WNHU’s programming is The University of New Haven maintains numer- also available as streaming audio online at ous computer laboratories and teaching classrooms at www.wnhu.net. various locations around the campus. Schedules are provided at the beginning of each academic term. WNHU has recently undergone state-of-the-art renovations to its on-air and production studios, The labs provide students with Microsoft Office, procuring professional-level broadcast equipment uti- Firefox and Internet Explorer, SPSS statistical software lized by staff members to produce shows. While pro- and other software that changes yearly. Printers are also duction of more than twenty hours of programming available for student use in conjunction with the a day is a vital aspect of WNHU, it is not the only UNH ID card (charges may apply). The general access work to be done. Recording speeches on campus, Internet labs are dedicated to providing students with providing music for on-campus events, and putting access to email, web surfing, and other standard uses. on shows in the community are examples of what The general access labs are staffed by graduate students, who are available to answer questions. The 30 hardware and software available in the labs are contin- work at more than 100 ports available throughout uously upgraded as computer technology changes. the library’s three floors. Wireless networking is avail- The University maintains, on behalf its colleges or able in all areas of the library. Materials are stored in departments, a number of computer labs and teach- a variety of formats including online, print, audio, ing classrooms. The hours that these labs are open video, microform, and CD-ROM or DVD. and the resources available are at the discretion of the The library’s home page is available at individual college or department. www.newhaven.edu/library. It serves as a gateway to Computer facilities provided by UNH as of information and library services and includes the Spring 2008 are as follows: library’s online catalog, which allows for both basic and advanced searching of library holdings. To bor- Tagliatela College of Engineering row library materials, a valid UNH ID card must be Buckman Hall, 225 and 225a presented at the Circulation Desk. Books already Tagliatela College of Engineering Multimedia borrowed can be renewed online. Recent additions to Teaching Classroom, Buckman Hall 227 the collection are listed on the library’s home page. Hospitality and Tourism Library Guides, prepared by professional librarians, Harugari Hall 114 are posted. Interlibrary Loan forms for students and College of Business Lab and Teaching Classroom faculty are available online. Electronic access to more Dodds Hall 218 than 17,044 full-text electronic journal holdings is accessible from a link on our home page. Faculty and Department of Biology and Environmental Science students — in their offices or residence halls or at Dodds Hall 305 home — have access to a variety of online databases Department of Visual and Performing Arts/Philosophy and library support from our website. Dodds Hall 413 UNH subscribes to many online electronic data- Center for Learning Resources Tutorial Lab bases in all subjects. Resources, including many full- Maxcy Hall text books and journal sources, are accessed in online New Hall Computer Laboratory databases such as LEXIS/NEXIS, ABI/INFORM, New Hall Criminal Justice Periodicals, CCH Online, Marvin K. Peterson Library Computing, Education Complete, BNA Human Ground Floor* Resources Library, Literary Reference Center, Engineering Village, FirstSearch, CQ Researcher, *The computers in the library do not comprise a Hein Online, Academic OneFile, ENGnetB.A.SE, computer lab, but do represent the largest collection IEEE Computer Science Digital Library, Hoover’s of general-use computers on campus. Online, Reference USA, Country Watch, PsycARTICLES, FORENSICnetB.A.SE, and IRIS. Marvin K. Peterson Library The UNH library’s collection includes more than The Marvin K. Peterson Library, named in honor 249,238 volumes, 1,400 journal and newspaper sub- of a former University president and dedicated in scriptions, electronic access to more than 17,044 full- 1974, includes three floors of reading space, an text journal and newspaper titles, 555,374 pieces of Information Commons, Jazzman’s Café, group-study microfiche, 15,237 volumes of microfilm, and rooms, stacks, and reference areas. Information is 161,687 U.S. government paper documents. accessible through manual as well as electronic The library is a U.S. Government Documents retrieval methods. Computers with Internet access, Depository Library, and selects approximately one- the Microsoft Office Suite and SPSS are available for third of the U.S. government yearly output to sup- research purposes. Students and faculty can plug in port UNH programs. their laptop computers to connect to the campus net- UNH students may borrow materials from the The University Community 31

Albertus Magnus College Library. Students who Students may opt to have books held at the book- obtain a borrowing card from a Connecticut public store or to have them shipped directly to their home library may borrow from other public libraries or office. If you have any questions, call statewide. As a member of OCLC, UNH has access 203.932.7030. through Interlibrary Loan to the holdings of the more than 7,500 member libraries’ 96 million Bartels Hall records. The library uses electronic means to transmit articles and information between itself and other The renovated campus center provides a focal libraries across the country whenever possible. point for student activities. Offering lounges, student offices, a large cafeteria, Jazzman’s Cafe, and multiple Students are assisted by professional reference meeting rooms, the facility serves as a center for stu- librarians. One-on-one consultations are available to dents’ non-academic college interests. Live entertain- locate information for research papers and projects. ment and films are often presented in the evenings. Freshmen receive instruction in how to use a modern Bartels Hall houses the offices of the associate provost library. Subject-specific library orientations are avail- for student affairs and dean of students, International able for upperclass and graduate students. Library Services, Intercultural Relations, Student Activities, instruction courses geared to international students Community Service, and Dining Services, as well as are also provided. the Undergraduate Student Government Association Library Guides, as well as selected instructional and its affiliated groups. support resource materials, are provided; and a reserve collection is in place to support courses taught at UNH. Online library tutorials are available Office of University to assist students in learning effective research techniques. Library Guides help facilitate access to infor- Advancement mation resources for effective research. Sample topics covered include forensic science, psychology, national security resources, criminal justice resources, dental The Office of University Advancement works hygiene resources, biology, a business information with the University community to develop philan- guide, how-to-find Connecticut law, how-to-find lit- thropic support for enhancement of the University’s erary criticism, a style sheet for research papers, and programs, facilities, and endowment. Gifts to the an introductory research guide. University enhance student financial aid, faculty development, equipment, library resources, and other institutional opportunities for growth. Campus Bookstore The generosity of corporations, foundations, par- The Campus Bookstore sells all textbooks, new ents, students, alumni, and friends contributes to the and used, required for courses at the University. It excellence of the University of New Haven. also carries school supplies, greeting cards, imprinted clothing and gifts, candy, and a selection of maga- Alumni Relations zines. A wide selection of software is available, priced at a substantial academic discount for currently The Alumni Relations staff invites you to stay con- enrolled students, at www.efollett.com. nected to UNH by enjoying the many activities and The campus store buys back used texts through- benefits sponsored by the University’s Alumni out the year. It also handles class ring orders and Association. Committed to a lifelong relationship places special orders for books. among alumni, the Association fosters friendships and professional networking opportunities and promotes a Students who would like to order books online host of educational, social, and athletic events. may do so on our website, www.unh.bkstr.com. 32

Benefits include career development services, the UNH Center for Dispute Resolution chance to audit courses at a reduced fee, use of the University’s library, low-interest credit card privileges, The Center for Dispute Resolution at the discounts on home and auto insurance, and much University of New Haven is a focal point for the more. In 2003 we proudly introduced UNH Online, interdisciplinary study and practice of conflict resolu- an online directory and interactive community, to tion. The Center offers conflict management services help alumni stay in touch with friends and network to individuals and to businesses, institutions, govern- with other alums. The service is free to UNH alumni mental agencies, and community organizations. and can be accessed through the alumni web page at Services include mediation, program evaluation, www.newhaven.edu\alumni. design of conflict management systems, consultation, and training. Through research and educational pro- Each Fall, alumni are invited back to campus for grams for students and the community at large, the Homecoming festivities. Throughout the year, events Center also strives to advance the understanding and include Alumni Cocktails and Networking, the application of alternative means of dispute resolu- Holiday Party, and our Scholarship Ball, which raises tion, including mediation. significant funds for student scholarships. Information about current activities is available through the website, our e-newsletter, and special Center for Family Business mailings, including University of New Haven Alumni The Center for Family Business (CFB) was Magazine. Please be sure to update your contact founded in 1994 as a unique learning environment information so that we may keep you informed of for family business members. Its mission is to help the latest membership events and benefits. ensure the future and continuity of family businesses, The Alumni Board of Directors, a valued preserve the values held by family business members, University advisory group, oversees the Association and strengthen Connecticut’s economy. The Center and works to strengthen University ties by promoting offers its members a variety of programs that deal communication within the extended UNH commu- with issues faced by family businesses, regardless of nity. If you have suggestions for your Alumni the nature of the business. Association, please email [email protected]. Eight major programs are presented each year for members, held in both New Haven and Fairfield Counties. These programs feature some of the most Research and significant national and international speakers in the field of family business. Attendees have the opportu- Professional Facilities nity to learn from one another as well as from the speakers. Bureau for Business Research CFB also features small-group forums, which consist of members in similar circumstances. These The Bureau for Business Research offers access to groups function as ad hoc advisory boards to their databases for research on products, markets, compe- fellow members. tition, and international issues. In addition, the University’s biannual, refereed academic journal, Periodically, breakfast meetings are held to address American Business Review, is published under the specific topics that appeal to the interests of our auspices of the Bureau. members. The CFB publishes a newsletter and is a source for family-business educational materials. The University Community 33

The Center for Family Business is sponsored by the accounting firm of Bailey, Shaefer and Errato, LLC; Daniel M. Smith and Associates; Sequence Financial Group; U.S. Trust, N.A.; and the law firm of Wiggin and Dana. For further information, visit us on the web at www.newhaven.edu/cfb.

Center for the Study of Crime Victims’ Rights, Remedies, and Resources The UNH Center for the Study of Crime Victims’ Rights, Remedies, and Resources is maintained under the auspices of The Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences. The Center provides, and is in the process of developing, numerous initiatives to enhance the knowledge base on crime victims’ rights and on services that assist crime victims through educational, training, and technical opportunities via the various academic disciplines and professional groups that study, advocate for, or serve victims. These programs and services are statewide, regional, and national in scope. They include instructional programs; field and program evaluation research services; internships, fellowships, and visiting scholar programs; legal, legislative, and public policy analysis and advocacy; and publications, conferences, and symposia. Information is available through the director’s office at the University. 34 ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY

Kevin J. Phillips, B.S., B.A., Director E 110 with any literature course. A list of English Office of Undergraduate Admissions courses designated as Literature courses can be found under the University Core Curriculum section. Phone: 203.932.7319 Mathematics placement policy: a student who Toll-free: 1.800.DIAL.UNH, ext. 7319 tests above the core mathematics level and has no (1.800.342.5864) other mathematics requirement in his/her program Email: [email protected] may replace the core requirement with a free elective. If a student tests above the core mathematics level Undergraduate Admission Policy and has other mathematics courses required in the program beyond the core level, such courses must be Students are admitted full time (four or five replaced with other mathematics courses. courses, 12–15 credit enrollment and registration load) or part time (up to 11 credits). Acceptances are customized and students are placed according to their Full-Time Admission academic needs. The University of New Haven is committed to Placement equal access to educational opportunities and wel- Incoming students are placed in courses in English comes applicants regardless of race, creed, color, reli- and mathematics according to their individual abili- gion, gender, national or ethnic origin, age, sexual ties as demonstrated through SAT scores (in the case orientation, disability, economic level, or geographic of English), the University placement testing pro- area. gram, or transfer credit from previous college records. Students wishing to take any course at the Some students may be placed in courses designed to University, regardless of whether they seek a degree, upgrade their skills in particular subject areas and must first satisfy the admission procedures specified prepare them for more advanced courses at the below. Students should note that some academic University. Students whose major requires chemistry majors may have additional admission requirements. may be required to take a chemistry placement test. You become a student of the University of New Students planning to major in music, music industry, Haven only after you have completed the require- or music and sound recording are required to take a ments listed below, have been officially accepted, placement test for music theory. have registered for courses for your first semester, and English placement policy: a student who tests out have made the appropriate tuition and fee payments. of E 105 Composition must replace the course with The University requires accepted full-time students to E 220, E 225, E 230 or any course listed in the CC submit a non-refundable/non-transferable enrollment 1.2 competency in the University Core Curriculum. commitment fee in order to hold their placement in A student who tests out of E 110 Composition and the incoming class. The fee is due May 1 for the Fall Literature must replace E 105 as outlined above and semester and January 2 for the Spring semester. Admission To The University 35

Admission Procedure: members of the Common Application and the Universal College Application. You can access Full-Time Freshman Students their applications through their websites: • Complete the Undergraduate Application for www.commonapp.org and www.universalapp- Admission and submit it to the Office of .com, respectively. Equal consideration for admis- Undergraduate Admissions with the non-refund- sion is given to students who submit the UNH able application fee. Applications are available on Application, Common Application, or Universal our website: www.newhaven.edu. We are also College Application. members of the Common Application and the • Submit official transcripts from all the Universal College Application. You can access colleges/universities that you have attended. their applications through their websites: • If you have completed fewer than twenty-four www.commonapp.org and www.universalapp- credits from your previous college(s), you must .com, respectively. Equal consideration for admis- submit an official copy of your secondary/high sion is given to students who submit the UNH school transcript which includes your date of Application, Common Application, or Universal graduation. A satisfactory General Equivalency College Application. Diploma (GED) is acceptable in lieu of a high • Submit an official copy of your secondary/high school diploma. school transcript to the Office of Undergraduate • If you have completed fewer than twenty-four Admissions. A satisfactory General Equivalency credits from your previous college(s), you must Diploma (GED) is acceptable in place of a high submit official Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or school diploma. If you are currently attending sec- American College Testing (ACT) scores. Our SAT ondary/high school and will be sending us a tran- code is 3663 and our ACT code is 0576. script before completing your senior year, you must send us your final high school transcript with • Transfer students have the option to submit a per- graduation date as soon as it becomes available. sonal essay and at least one letter of recommendation from an academic source. • Submit official Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College Testing (ACT) scores. Our SAT Transfer students, if accepted, will receive a transfer code is 3663 and our ACT code is 0576. credit evaluation shortly after they are accepted. • Submit at least one letter of recommendation. • Submit a personal essay. The essay is an opportu- Admission Procedure: nity for us to get to know you as a person, beyond International Students your grades and test scores. It also gives us an • Complete the International Undergraduate example of how you express yourself and demon- Application for Admission and submit it to the strates your ability to organize your thoughts. The International Undergraduate Admissions Office personal essay should be between 250 and 500 with the non-refundable application fee. words on a topic of your choice. Applications are available on our website at www.newhaven.edu. We are also members of the Admission Procedure: Common Application and the Universal College Full-Time Transfer Students Application. You can access their applications through their websites: www.commonapp.org and • Complete the Undergraduate Application for www.universalapp.com, respectively. Equal consid- Admission and submit it to the Office of eration for admission is given to students who Undergraduate Admissions with the non-refund- submit the UNH Application, Common able application fee. Applications are available on Application, or Universal College Application. our website, www.newhaven.edu. We are also 36

• First-year applicants (students who just finished, • All non-native English language speakers must or are in the process of finishing, secondary/high demonstrate English language competency by school) must submit official copies of their senior providing a Test of English as a Foreign Language secondary/high school records to the International (TOEFL) score of 190 on the computer-based Undergraduate Admissions Office. This includes test (CBT) or 70 on the Internet Based test (IBT). mark sheets, academic transcripts, final examina- The University of New Haven School Code for tion results, diplomas, and degree certificates such TOEFL is 3663. The International English as Std. X (SSC), Std. XII (HSC), O Levels, A Language Testing System (IELTS) with a mini- Levels, WAEC, CXC, IB, etc. mum score of 5.5 is also acceptable. Students who • In addition to the above, transfer applicants must have been educated in English-speaking systems submit official copies of all post-secondary (uni- may substitute the SAT or ACT for the TOEFL. versity/college) academic records from all institu- Our SAT code is 3663 and our ACT code is tions previously attended. This includes mark 0576. Depending on their academic background, sheets, academic transcripts, examination results, students transferring from accredited colleges/ diplomas, and degree certificates. Transfer appli- universities within the United States may also be cants must also submit official course descriptions required to submit TOEFL scores unless they have or syllabi, with exact course names and numbers, taken an English Composition 101 course and for all post-secondary (university/college) aca- obtained a grade of C or better. demic work attempted so that it may be evaluated • Verification of financial support must also accom- for possible transfer of credit. Student-generated pany the International Admission Application for course descriptions are not acceptable. I-20 or DS-2019 issuance. • If post-secondary (university/college) studies were • Submit a clear copy of your passport information done outside the U.S., a course-by-course evalua- page with your complete name, date of birth, and tion of all academic work is strongly recom- country of citizenship. mended for possible transfer of credit. The • Applicants currently in the U.S. must submit clear preferred education credential evaluator is the copies of their U.S. visa stamp, I-94 card, I-20 (if World Education Service; please contact any), I-797 (if any), and all other immigration www.wes.org for more information. documents. • International applicants must submit word-for- • Please note that as of Fall 2008, the ELS Language word certified English translations in the same for- Center will open a new branch on the UNH cam- mat as the official document if the official pus. ELS/New Haven will offer Intensive English, document is not in English. It is important that Semi-intensive English and the America Explorer everything on the official document be translated. programs. UNH will offer conditional acceptance to Translations should be done by a bona fide trans- those who are academically qualified and admissible lating agency in your country or in the U.S. but who need to improve their English language • Submit at least one letter of recommendation abilities before beginning their academic course from an academic source. work at UNH. This means that if you have no • Submit a personal essay, personal statement or a TOEFL or IELTS scores or a low TOEFL or IELTS statement of purpose. The essay is an opportunity score, you can still apply to the undergraduate for us to get to know you as a person, beyond degree program of your choice at UNH. If the your grades and test scores. It also gives us an International Undergraduate Admission Committee example of how you express yourself and demon- determines that your application meets the require- strates your ability to organize your thoughts. The ments for admission except for the English language personal essay should be between 250 and 500 requirement, you will be granted conditional accept- words on a topic of your choice. ance. Conditional acceptance provides you with the Admission To The University 37

assurance that once you have met the English UNH courses in your major. language requirement for admission into a degree • Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or American program, you will be allowed to begin your aca- College Test (ACT) scores may be requested if the demic course work at UNH. applicant has graduated from high school within 12 months of filing the admission application. • The University recognizes both the College Part-Time Admission Entrance Examination Board’s Advanced Placement Program (AP) and the College Level The University of New Haven has a rolling admis- Examination Program (CLEP). Credit may be sions process, which means that we do not have spe- granted for AP grades of 3, 4 or 5; credit may be cific deadlines. Applications are accepted until the granted for CLEP passing percentile scores of 50 start of the specific academic term; however, we rec- or better. Credit will be evaluated by the appropri- ommend that you submit your application as early as ate department chair. For further information or possible to allow time for processing to the following to have your scores sent to UNH, go to www.col- address: legeboard.com and search for AP or CLEP. University of New Haven • Information and instructions about registration University College are included in the acceptance packet for students Echlin Hall who have been accepted to the University. 300 Boston Post Road West Haven, CT 06516 Non-Degree Students Degree-Seeking Students • Complete the online Part-Time and Adult Undergraduate Application for Admission on our • Complete the online Part-Time and Adult website at www.newhaven.edu and pay the $25 Undergraduate Application for Admission on our non-refundable application fee. (You can choose website at www.newhaven.edu and pay the $25 to submit the paper version of the application to non-refundable application fee. (You can choose University College along with the $50 non- to submit the paper version of the application to refundable application fee). APPLY ONLINE University College along with the $50 non- AND SAVE 50 PERCENT ON THE APPLICA- refundable application fee). APPLY ONLINE TION FEE! Be sure to select “Non-Degree” as AND SAVE 50 PERCENT ON THE APPLICA- your intended major. College transcripts may be TION FEE! required from non-degree students if they wish to • Submit an official copy of your secondary/high take courses that have prerequisites. school transcript to University College. A satisfac- • Students may earn up to 12 credits as a non- tory General Equivalency Diploma (GED) is degree student before they are required to matric- acceptable in place of a high school diploma. ulate into a degree or certificate program. • Submit official transcripts from all the • Information and instructions about registration colleges/universities that you have attended. Have will be mailed to you when your application has them sent directly to University College. Upon been processed. receipt of your transcripts you will receive an academic worksheet for your intended major with a If you have questions please contact University preliminary transfer credit evaluation (TCE). The College at 203.932.7180 or universitycollege@- TCE outlines how many transfer credits you can newhaven.edu. be awarded and details which courses at your previous college(s) are accepted as transfer credit for 38 REGISTRATION

Academic Advising and the New students or former students returning to UNH as full-time students should contact the Registration Process Undergraduate Admissions Office to obtain informa- Registration is the process of selecting classes each tion and an application. You will receive registration term in consultation with an academic adviser. All information and instructions upon completion of the matriculated students have assigned faculty advisers acceptance process. who provide guidance on academic matters and assist with registration. Normally, the assigned adviser is Part-Time Students the chair or coordinator of the student’s major course Registration dates for upcoming terms are pub- of study or another faculty member designated by lished in advance and currently enrolled students will the chair. receive an email notification of the dates via their Online registration is offered through the Matrix UNH email account. Once the dates are published, Student Information System. Matrix is also where part-time students are encouraged to contact their final grades are posted for viewing at the end of each academic adviser to assist with course selection. After academic period. If you are a current student, you the academic adviser has approved the selection of should have received a notification informing you of courses, students may register online on their desig- your student ID, login, password, and University nated day as outlined in the email notification of reg- email address. Newly accepted students receive this istration dates. information once the acceptance process has been Part-time students may register for up to 11 cred- completed. This enables you to access your UNH its in any term, semester, or module. Students desir- email account, the Blackboard Learning System, and ing to enroll for more than 11 credits must change the Matrix Student Information System. their standing to full time and be charged full time Full-Time Students tuition. New students or former students returning to Registration dates for upcoming terms are pub- UNH as part-time students should contact lished in advance and currently enrolled students will University College to obtain information and an receive an email notification of the dates via their application. You will receive registration information UNH email account. Once the dates are published, and instructions upon completion of the acceptance full-time students must pick up a copy of their aca- process. demic worksheet from the Registrar’s Office and schedule an appointment with their academic Alumni Auditors adviser. After the academic adviser has approved the Alumni who audit courses pay a reduced tuition selection of courses, students may register online on but must be approved through the Alumni Office their designated day as outlined in the email notifica- before registering for courses. Auditing at the tion of registration dates. reduced rate is limited to courses at or below the Students desiring to register for more than 18 level of the degree earned while previously enrolled as credits in any one semester must obtain written con- a student at UNH. Alumni may be required to com- sent from their adviser and department chair, and plete an application for admission if their current must have a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) information is not available in the Matrix Student of 3.20 or higher. Information System. Please contact University All undergraduate international students are required College to obtain information and an application. to enroll for a minimum of 12 credits each semester. Academic Regulations 39 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

Ways of Earning Credit Coordinated Courses In order to maintain continuity in a degree pro- Academic Credit gram, students are encouraged to use UNH Summer Sessions and Winter Intersession; however, courses Academic credit is granted on a credit-hour basis. taken by matriculated UNH students at regionally In addition to successfully completing regular accredited institutions may be designated as coordi- courses, students may earn credit by independent nated courses. Credit for such courses is accepted and study, coordinated courses, crediting exams or CLEP posted to students’ transcripts, and the grades are exams, or transfer of previously awarded credit from included in students’ grade point averages. other institutions. These methods are detailed in the following pages of this section. Credit for courses taken at a two-year institution is restricted to equivalent UNH courses at the freshman and sophomore levels. (Students with junior or Transfer of Credit to the University higher standing at UNH may not take coordinated Students may transfer to the University after com- courses at two-year institutions.) pleting academic work at other institutions. Prior authorization for a coordinated course must Normally, the University accepts credit from region- be obtained from the department(s) housing the stu- ally accredited colleges on an equivalency basis. The dent’s major and the related course at UNH. The regional institutional accreditation bodies in the U.S. appropriate form must be obtained at the Registrar’s are Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools Office, approved by the academic department(s), and (MSA), New England Association of Schools and returned to the Registrar’s Office before the course Colleges (NEA.S.C), North Central Association of begins. Normally, approval is granted only for those Colleges and Schools (NCA), Northwest courses that are equivalent to courses offered at Commission on Colleges and Universities UNH, and/or standard courses in a given discipline (NWCCU), Southern Association of Colleges and unavailable at UNH because of frequency of offer- Schools (SACS), and Western Association of Schools ings, cancellation, etc., or courses that are inaccessible and Colleges (WA.S.C). to the student because of temporary residency at a Students transferring from another institution distant location. Complete detailed instructions can must have at least a 2.0 grade point average based on be found on the Coordinated Course form. a four-point scale. Credit is normally granted for Students must be continuously matriculated at undergraduate courses completed with at least a grade UNH while taking a coordinated course. Approval of C, or its equivalent. Credit is not awarded for for a coordinated course will become void upon with- pass/fail courses or pass/fail grades. Credit transferred drawal from the University by the student or dis- from a two-year institution is generally limited to missal of the student from the University. sixty credits and restricted to freshman- and sopho- Students are responsible for securing an official more-level courses, unless otherwise approved in writ- transcript upon completion of their course work. ing by the dean of the school in which the student Official transcripts must be mailed directly from the seeks to enroll. Credit will be considered only for other institution to the attention of the Registrar’s transfer courses that are equivalent to UNH courses Office at UNH. Credit will not be posted to the stu- or electives; all accepted credit must pertain to UNH dent’s UNH transcript until the official transcript degree requirements. from the other institution has been received by the Registrar’s Office. 40

Advanced Placement External Credit Examinations The University recognizes the program of Learning acquired through various traditional and advanced placement available to talented high school nontraditional approaches can be measured and vali- students through the College Entrance Examination dated by objective procedures acceptable to the faculty Board. Students satisfactorily completing advanced of UNH. This learning must appropriately parallel placement courses in high school and the final exami- the curriculum of the University in order to be nation prepared by the Educational Testing Service awarded UNH credit. Sources of external credit that (ETS) may be given appropriate college credit if their may be evaluated currently include the following: courses are similar to those offered at the University • College-Level Examination Program (CLEP) of New Haven. • Proficiency Examination Program (ACT PEP) ETS advanced placement examinations are graded • Dantes Subject Standardized Tests (DSST) from 1 to 5. Credit may be allowed when the grade earned is 3, 4, or 5. Students desiring to submit • Modern Language Association Foreign Language advanced placement courses for college credit should Proficiency Tests (MLA) have all results of these courses and tests sent in with • Military Service School Courses their application for admission. Enrollees on active duty in the U.S. Armed Forces The University of New Haven accepts credit by should arrange for DD Form 295 to be completed examination from the College-Level Examination and forwarded from the duty station. Veterans of any Program (CLEP), subject to academic department period of active service should provide the University chair approval. The passing percentile for CLEP and with a copy of DD Form 214 or other notice of sepa- subject examinations is 50. Credit will be evaluated ration for each period of service. This may assist in by the appropriate department chair. identifying possible sources of academic credit. The University of New Haven awards credit for scores of 4 or greater on International Baccalaureate Independent Study (IB) exams. To receive credit, students must request In all courses of independent study the student that the testing service forward official test results and adviser must jointly file a project outline with directly to the University of New Haven. Credit will the registrar within four weeks of the beginning of be evaluated by the appropriate department chair. the course. This outline shall serve as the basis for determining satisfactory completion of course Credit by Examination requirements. A student who has at least a 2.0 cumulative G.P.A. Normally, independent study is restricted to no and has independent knowledge of the content of an more than six credits and open only to seniors, jun- undergraduate course offered by the University may, iors, and exceptionally qualified sophomores. with the approval of the appropriate department Students must have at least a 3.0 grade point average. chair and dean, take a special crediting examination Regularly scheduled courses (that is, those offered in lieu of taking the course. at least once every four semesters) are not normally Students are reminded that they must earn at least acceptable as independent study. thirty credits through regular UNH course work if they are to meet the residency requirements for grad- Field Experience uation. Credits by examination do not count toward the residency requirement. In all credit-bearing courses of field experience, including internships, practical theses, and work Students may not take crediting examinations study, students will earn credit for the learning during the first term in which they are enrolled. gained through the activity. The student and adviser must jointly file a project outline with the registrar Academic Regulations 41 within four weeks of the beginning of the course. degree, need not matriculate. Nonmatriculated stu- This outline shall serve as the basis for establishing dents must register to take their chosen courses, how- the mechanism by which the adviser will evaluate the ever, and will be allowed to enroll in courses only as learning to occur and thus for determining comple- space permits. It is the student’s responsibility to seek tion of course requirements. matriculation should he or she later decide to pursue a University of New Haven degree. Academic Standing and Progress Academic Worksheets Full-Time Students Generally, matriculating students are subject to Full-time student standing is attained by register- those requirements defined in the Undergraduate ing for a minimum of 12 credits per semester, or Catalog and listed on the academic worksheet in equivalent term, on either a matriculated or non- effect for the semester of initial enrollment. matriculated basis. Such standing is continued to a If students change academic majors, they are sub- succeeding term provided a minimum of 12 credits is ject to the requirements of the catalog and worksheet completed in the current term. Completion is defined in effect at the time of the change. as receipt of a letter grade of A+ through D-, F, S, or If students withdraw or are dismissed from the U. Other letter grades do not signify course comple- University and decide to return at a later date, they tion. are subject to the requirements of the catalog and Full-time students are eligible for all daytime stu- worksheet in effect at the time of their return. dent activities and benefits and are subject to full- Part-time students are permitted a total of three time tuition charges and other relevant fees. It is semesters (consecutive or otherwise) of break in study assumed that full-time students will select the great during which they may continue on the original aca- majority, if not all, of their courses from daytime demic worksheet. After the three-semester limit has course schedules, unless needed courses are unavail- been reached, students are subject to the require- able during the day. ments of the new catalog and worksheet in effect at that time. Part-Time Students Students who initiate a leave of absence, will con- Students who register for 1 through 11 credits tinue on the same academic worksheet upon their during a semester or equivalent term maintain part- return to the University. However, students who fail time standing. Part-time standing may be held by to return after the designated leave of absence period students attending UNH during the day or in the will be considered withdrawn students and are sub- evening. ject to the catalog and worksheet requirements outlined above. Matriculation Students who begin their studies based on a catalog and worksheet that subsequently changes may Matriculation is the formal act of registering to request to use the latest worksheet for that major; study for a specific degree offered by the University. however, those students are not required to change to Matriculation is, therefore, not automatic. A student the current worksheet unless they have been away must request matriculation by seeking admission to a from the University as described above. specific University degree program. Formal acceptance into a degree program shall constitute the granting of matriculation. Class Students seeking credit to be transferred to A student’s year of study at the University of New another institution, or simply wishing to audit Haven is defined at the undergraduate level using the courses or to take them without working toward a following scale: 42

Freshman — 0 to 26 completed credits The minor worksheet, developed by the appropri- Sophomore — 27 to 56 completed credits ate department, must be submitted to the Registrar’s Junior — 57 to 86 completed credits Office in order for a student to receive credit for the Senior — 87 or more completed credits minor. A minimum of one-half of the courses It is important to note that a student’s year of required for any minor must be completed in resi- study does not transition to the next level until cred- dence at UNH. its have been completed. Attempted credits, such as Minors are recorded on the student’s transcript in those not yet completed in a current term, or those conjunction with the degree and major awarded. for which a student is pre-registered in a future term, Minors cannot be awarded without completion of a are not included in determining a student’s year of baccalaureate degree. study. Grading System Change of Student Standing The following grading system applies except where Undergraduate students who wish to change their otherwise specified, both to examinations and to standing from full time to part time or from part term work. The weight of a final examination grade is time to full time must complete a Classification a matter individually determined by each instructor. Package Change form available from the Registrar’s (See the Grade Point Average section for additional Office. information.) Part-time students who wish to enroll in more A+ Excellent 4.0 quality points than 11 credits in any term must change their stand- A Excellent 4.0 quality points ing to full time. Full-time students wishing to change A- Excellent 3.7 quality points to part-time standing may become part-time day or B+ Good 3.3 quality points part-time evening students. To qualify for part-time B Good 3.0 quality points evening standing, a student normally is restricted to B- Good 2.7 quality points enrolling in evening courses only. C+ Fair 2.3 quality points C Fair 2.0 quality points Major C- Fair 1.7 quality points Each matriculated student must designate a spe- D+ Poor 1.3 quality points cific degree program, called a major. Major program D Poor 1.0 quality point requirements are detailed in the Catalog under the D- Poor, lowest passing relevant department listing. A minimum cumulative grade 0.7 quality points 2.0 G.P.A. in major courses is required for graduation F Failure 0 quality points in addition to a minimum cumulative 2.0 G.P.A. in AU Audit. Indicates course was attended without all courses. See program requirements for further clar- expectation of credit or grade (0 quality ification of specific courses/requirements. points). INC Incomplete. Indicates one of the following two Minor possibilities: 1. Some work remains to be completed to gain Many baccalaureate programs can be supple- academic credit for the course. An INC is mented by an associated minor program, which normally includes five or six courses. The University assigned in this instance at the discretion of encourages students to augment their major program the instructor. This assignment shall not be with an associated minor. Details, requirements, and automatic but shall be based upon an evalu- a minor worksheet can be obtained from the aca- ation of the student’s work completed up to demic department that offers the minor. that point and an assessment of the student’s Academic Regulation 43

ability to complete course requirements for which a grade of A+ through F is awarded. within the allowed time limit. Work to Course grades of AU, DNA, INC, S, U, and W are remove an INC must be performed as soon not calculated in the grade point average since they as possible but in no case later than 12 carry no quality points. A cumulative grade point months following the last day of the semes- average is obtained by calculating the grade point ter in which the INC is incurred, or earlier average for all courses attempted at the University of if the instructor so requires. When such New Haven. work is completed, the instructor will assign a final grade for the course. Satisfactory Progress 2. The student has failed to complete unful- For full-time matriculated students, satisfactory filled academic assignments within the spec- progress toward a degree is defined as successful com- ified 12 months, and the grade of INC has pletion of 24 credits applicable to that degree pro- been entered on the student’s transcript. No gram during an academic year. This should include further opportunity to complete the course registration for at least 12 credits per semester and will be available to the student after this successful completion of at least nine credits per time (0 quality points). semester. Completion is defined as the receipt of a DNA Did Not Attend. Indicates nonattendance in a final letter grade (A+ to F), but not the receipt of a course for which a student had previously reg- Withdrawal (W), Did Not Attend (DNA), or an istered but not officially dropped (0 quality Incomplete (INC). Successful completion is defined points). as the receipt of a passing letter grade (A+ to D-). W Withdrawal. Indicates unofficial withdrawal Students are required to maintain a minimum (i.e., non-attendance) from a course after the cumulative grade point average in accordance with first half of the semester, or withdrawal from the following scale: the University at any time after the last date to Cumulative grade point average of 1.75 for 3 to 27 drop a course as published in the academic cal- credits attempted; endar. The grade of W will not be assigned to a Cumulative grade point average of 1.85 for 28 to 57 student who has taken the final examination in credits attempted; the course (0 quality points). Cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for 58 or S Satisfactory. Given only in noncredit courses (0 more credits attempted. quality points). A minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 is required in the U Unsatisfactory. Given only in noncredit courses major, in a minor, or in any undergraduate certificate (0 quality points). program in order to graduate with that credential. In addition, financial aid eligibility is limited to Grade Point Average accumulated attempted credits totaling no more than 150 percent of the published credits required to The academic standing of each student is deter- receive an undergraduate degree. For example, a pro- mined on the basis of the grade point average gram that requires 120 credits x 1.5 = 180 maximum (G.P.A.) earned each term. Each letter grade is allowable credits attempted for financial aid eligibil- assigned a quality point value. (See the Grading ity. Every semester that you are enrolled in school is System section.) counted, even the semesters when you do not receive The grade point average is obtained by multiply- financial aid. Transfer credits accepted by the ing the quality point value of each grade by the num- University from other institutions count toward the ber of credits assigned to each course as listed in the maximum credit limit. Catalog, then dividing the sum of the quality points earned by the number of credits attempted in courses 44

Dean’s List any subsequent probation. The dean’s list honors undergraduate students Academic probation(s) are recorded on the stu- who demonstrate excellence in their academic per- dent’s transcript. formance. Full-time undergraduate students who earn a grade point average (G.P.A.) of 3.50 or better Academic Dismissal in any one semester will be appointed to the dean’s list for that semester. Students are dismissed from the University (1) upon qualification for a third probation, (2) upon Part-time undergraduate students who have accu- qualification for any subsequent probation after read- mulated a minimum of 14 credits of course work at mission from an academic dismissal, or (3) when the the University will automatically be considered for student’s grade point average for any individual the dean’s list at the end of each semester. A cumula- semester is less than 1.0 and the student’s cumulative tive G.P.A. of 3.50 or better is required. grade point average does not indicate satisfactory progress as described in the Satisfactory Progress sec- Academic Probation tion. If the cumulative grade point average indicates Satisfactory Progress as described in the satisfactory Students are placed on academic probation when progress section, an academic warning is issued they fail to maintain a minimum cumulative grade instead of an academic dismissal. point average in accordance with the following satisfactory progress scale: First-semester freshmen earning a grade point average of less than 1.0 for the first semester are not Cumulative grade point average of 1.75 for 3 to 27 dismissed, but are automatically placed on academic credits attempted; probation. Cumulative grade point average of 1.85 for 28 to 57 credits attempted; Academic dismissals are recorded on the student’s Cumulative grade point average of 2.0 for 58 or transcript. more credits attempted. Academic probation of transfer students is deter- Dismissal/Readmission Procedure mined in accordance with the same graduated, mini- Notification of academic dismissal is made by the mum cumulative grade point average scale as for Registrar via certified letter. This letter specifies the non-transfer students, as detailed above. In determin- time span and criteria for appeal. ing a transfer student’s academic standing, the student’s total semester hours completed — those Upon written submission by the student, an transferred from other institutions plus those appeal will be heard by the Academic Standing and attempted at the University of New Haven — are Readmissions Committee (A.S.RC). If the appeal has applied to the minimum cumulative grade point merit and is granted, the student will be so notified average scale. by the chair of the Committee. The Committee may require special arrangements or conditions to allow Students who are on academic probation are lim- the student to continue. Satisfaction of such condi- ited to a course load not to exceed four courses (13 tions is an obligation of the student. credits). Any course above the four-course limit taken by a student at another institution during a period of If there is no appeal or if an appeal is denied, the academic probation is not accepted for credit by the student will be removed from any courses for which University. he or she is registered that have not yet begun. The student may continue in any intersession or summer The counting of the number of academic proba- course that began before the date of the dismissal, tions for any student shall not change as the result of but may not begin any courses after the dismissal is an academic dismissal. A student shall be dismissed effective. automatically as a result of the third or, if readmitted, Academic Regulations 45

Notations of readmission by successful appeal and/ course remain on the student’s transcript. or denial of appeal appear on the student’s transcript. When credit for a graded course previously Application for readmission of students who have attempted at UNH is earned through a method that been dismissed and who either did not appeal or does not carry a grade with a quality point value, the whose appeal was denied normally will be considered previous instance of that course is removed from the only after the lapse of one semester and only when cumulative G.P.A. calculation. However, both students provide evidence that indicates probable suc- instances are recorded on the student’s transcript. cess if readmitted. Requests for readmission should be submitted in writing to the chair of the ASRC at Changes least three weeks before the opening of the semester and should include evidence supporting the student’s belief that he or she will succeed if readmitted. If the Dropping/Adding a Class student has attended another college or in the A student who wishes to add or drop a course interim, an official academic transcript is required must refer to the deadline dates as published in the from that institution. Because the student is not undergraduate academic calendar. Drop/Add forms matriculated at UNH during this period, no coordi- are available online and from the Undergraduate nated courses will be accepted. Records Office. For full-time students, all adds and Readmission is not automatic. The committee drops require the signature of the instructor and the reviews each application and makes a decision on student’s adviser. In the case of part-time students, acceptance, rejection, or conditional acceptance of adds and drops require the signature of the instructor students. A student who is readmitted may be pro- only, although it is strongly recommended that part- hibited from continuing with the academic program time students consult with their advisers. in which he or she was enrolled at the time of dismissal as a condition of readmission. Withdrawal from a Class Upon successful readmission, a student may enroll Submitting a properly signed Drop form to the in the normal manner as a continuing student and Registrar’s Office before the last day to drop as pub- does not need to submit a new application unless he lished in the academic calendar removes the student’s or she does not return to UNH in the semester name from the class roster and removes the enroll- immediately following the date of readmission. ment from the student’s transcript. After the last day Students who decide not to return until a later date to drop a course, student names remain on class ros- must submit a new application and pay another ters and on transcripts, even if a student decides to application fee to the Undergraduate Admissions stop attending a class. In this case, the student should Office (for full-time students) or to University request a final grade of W (withdrawal) from the College (for part-time students). instructor of the course. Because full-time students are assessed full-time tuition based upon a credit Repetition of Work range, dropping a course does not qualify full-time students for cancellation of tuition or fees. Because A course that a student has completed may be part-time students are assessed tuition on a per-credit repeated only with the consent of the chair of the basis, the tuition refund policy is applied when a department that offers the course or if a minimum course is dropped. grade is required to enroll in a subsequent course in a series. If a student achieves a higher grade in the second attempt, that grade rather than the first is used Changing a Major to compute the cumulative grade point average. Students wishing to change their major must meet However, both the higher and lower grades in the with the chair of the department into which they 46 wish to transfer. In consultation with the student, the dinary circumstances, usually medical in nature, a chair completes an Academic Program Change leave of absence may be approved for a maximum Request (available online and in the Registrar’s of four semesters or two years. Office) and forwards it to the Registrar’s Office. • A student who wishes to return later than the Students who wish to declare an additional major semester originally stated on the leave of absence must meet with the chair of the department that form must apply through the Registrar’s Office for houses the additional major. In consultation with the an extension of the leave of absence, not to exceed student, the chair completes an Additional Major the maximum period as outlined above. Request (available online and in the Registrar’s • A student who plans to enroll in course work at Office) and forwards it to the Registrar’s Office. another accredited institution during a leave of absence should review program plans with his or Leave of Absence her academic adviser to verify eligibility for receiving credit at the University of New Haven. Undergraduate matriculated students may inter- rupt continuous enrollment by electing to take a • Taking a leave of absence may affect a student’s leave of absence from the University for medical or financial aid. Students receiving financial aid are personal reasons, to pursue a program of study at encouraged to contact the Financial Aid Office another institution, or to engage in other off-campus before taking a leave of absence. educational experiences without severing their con- • A student who fulfills the conditions of an nection with the University of New Haven. Before approved leave of absence may return to the taking a leave of absence, students are encouraged to University and register for classes without apply- discuss their particular situation with an academic ing for readmission; such students may preregister adviser, the dean of their school, an academic skills for the semester in which they plan to return. counselor in the Office of Academic Services, or a • A student who does not apply for an extension or counselor in the Counseling Center. who exceeds the maximum period but wishes to The policies regarding leaves of absence are as follows: return to the University must be formally readmit- • Noninternational students must file for a leave of ted by the Undergraduate Admissions Office (full- absence through the Registrar’s Office or the time students) or by University College (part-time Office of Academic Services; international stu- students). Upon successful readmission, the students must initiate the leave of absence through dent may register for classes for the first term of the International Student Services Office. their return through the Undergraduate Admissions Office or University College. • Students who are on University disciplinary probation are not eligible for a leave of absence. • For leaves of absence completed during the first twelve weeks of the semester, the student’s tran- • A student who has been dropped or dismissed script will contain no record of courses attempted from the University for disciplinary or academic or grades received during that semester. reasons is not eligible for a leave of absence until properly reinstated. • Leaves of absence completed after the twelfth week but before the end of the semester may • A student who has withdrawn as a degree candi- result in receipt of grades such as INC, W, or F date is not eligible for a leave of absence. If a stu- for courses in which the student is registered at dent withdraws while on leave of absence, the the time of the declaration of the leave of absence. leave is invalidated. • Leaves of absence are not required or granted for intersession or summer terms. Withdrawal from the University • Normally, leaves are not approved for a period Undergraduate students desiring to withdraw longer than two semesters. Under special extraor- from the University must complete a Withdrawal form (available online, in the Office of Academic Academic Regulations 47

Services, and in the Registrar’s Office), submit it to One of the most common forms of academic dis- the Office of Academic Services or the Registrar’s honesty is plagiarism, defined as the failure to cite Office, and notify each of their instructors. It is the properly the words and/or the ideas of another. student’s obligation to complete this formal proce- Students are expected to adhere strictly to accepted dure. Failure to do so leaves the student liable for all academic standards of attribution in their work and of the current semester’s tuition and fees and may should seek the guidance of their instructors if they result in grades of F being assigned in courses. have any questions in this regard. Formal withdrawal must be completed during the Violation of University standards on academic first four weeks of the semester in order to obtain any honesty, including those on plagiarism, will be suffi- cancellation of tuition and fees according to the cient reason for an F in a course and may be reported tuition refund policy. Formal withdrawal completed to the dean of students. A second violation may be during the first twelve weeks of the semester will cause for suspension or expulsion from the University. ensure that the student’s transcript contains no record of courses attempted or grades received during that Attendance Regulations semester. Formal withdrawal completed after the twelfth week but before the end of the semester may Students are expected to attend regularly and result in receipt of grades such as INC, W, or F for promptly all their classes, appointments, and exer- courses in which the student is registered at the time cises. While the University recognizes that some of the declaration of the withdrawal. absences may occasionally be necessary, these should be held to a minimum. A maximum of two weeks of Because of the serious ramifications of formal absences will be permitted for illness and emergen- withdrawal from the University, students contemplat- cies. The instructor has the right to dismiss from class ing this action should discuss the matter with their any student who has been absent more than the max- academic adviser, an academic skills counselor in the imum allowed. After the last date to drop as pub- Office of Academic Services, or a counselor in the lished in the academic calendar, a student will receive Counseling Center as soon as problems are perceived. a failure (F), if failing at that point, or a withdrawal If a student wishes to return to the University (W), if passing at the time of dismissal. after having withdrawn and at least one semester has A student who is not properly registered with the elapsed, or if the student has failed to register, University is not permitted to attend classes regularly thereby reverting to an inactive standing, the student or take part in the course. must reapply to the University through the Undergraduate Admissions Office (full-time stu- Excuses from classes for participation in extracur- dents) or University College (part-time students). ricular activities must be arranged in advance by the The degree requirements in place at the time of read- faculty or staff adviser of the group, with the consent mission will apply. of the instructor. Students absent from any class are responsible for General Policies making up missed assignments and examinations at the convenience of the instructor. Academic Honesty Course Work Expectations The University of New Haven expects its students to maintain the highest standards of academic conduct. All undergraduate full-time and part-time students Academic dishonesty is not tolerated at the University. are expected to spend at least two hours on academic To know what it is expected of them, students are studies outside and in addition to each hour of class responsible for reading and understanding the state- time. This expectation should be used by the student ment on academic honesty in the Student Handbook. as a guide in determining how much time to spend on academic studies outside class. It should also be 48 used by the student, in consultation with the aca- are not met. If a petition is approved, a degree will be demic adviser, to help determine the student’s course awarded for the appropriate commencement. load each semester so that the course load matches A degree will be conferred when a student has sat- the amount of time available for academic studies. isfied all program requirements and met all University The Office of Academic Services works with stu- requirements by having done the following: dents individually or in small groups to assist them to • successfully petitioned and paid all graduation become academically successful. The mission of the fees; Office of Academic Services is to facilitate and enhance • earned a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) students’ academic progress through the University by of no less than 2.00 in all courses applicable providing guided access to advisory sources and rele- toward the undergraduate degree; vant support systems. One of their objectives is to focus on strengthening study and time-management • earned a cumulative grade point average (G.P.A.) skills. Workshops to accomplish this objective are of no less than 2.00 (or higher if required by an offered throughout the academic year. individual department) in all courses in the student’s major field of study; Make-Up Policy • passed the University’s Writing Proficiency Examination (for bachelor’s degree candidates); Make-up examinations are a privilege extended to • been recommended by the faculty (via department students at the discretion of the instructor, who may chair approval of the petition); grant consent for make-up examinations to those students who miss an exam as a result of a medical • met all financial and other obligations and con- problem, personal emergency, or previously formed to any local, state, or federal law concern- announced absence. On the other hand, instructors ing graduation; and may choose to adopt a “no make-up” policy. Students • met the residency requirement of the University. should refer to the instructor’s make-up policy in the If a student does not meet all the requirements as course syllabus and, if no mention is made therein, outlined above prior to the commencement date, a should inquire directly of the instructor. diploma with the requested commencement date will If an instructor does choose to offer a make-up test, not be issued. It is the student’s responsibility to re- there are two options for them to choose from: 1) to file and make payment for a new petition for a future use University proctors; 2) to make private arrange- commencement date. ments to offer the examination. If a University proctor is used, the student must pay a make-up exam fee for Residency Requirement regular examinations and final examinations. If private arrangements are made, the make-up exam fee is The residency requirement for undergraduate charged at the instructor’s discretion. In either case, the degrees is 30 undergraduate credits taken at the Main make-up examination fee will be paid by the student Campus or at one of the University’s off-campus cen- through the Bursar’s Office. ters. This requirement applies to all associate and bachelor’s degrees. Transfer credit, coordinated courses, credit by examination, AP, CLEP, DANTES, Graduation or other proficiency examinations do not fulfill the residency requirement. Graduation Criteria To ensure depth of study, the residency require- Graduation is not automatic. Graduation petitions, ment must include 12 credits of work in the declared once filed, ensure that a student’s record will be for- major for an associate degree and 18 such credits for mally assessed in terms of degree requirements. A a bachelor’s degree. Exceptions may be granted only petition may be denied if graduation requirements by the dean who administers the major. Academic Regulations 49

Writing Proficiency Examination 3.50 for the credits specifically required for the degree program from which they are graduating Because the University of New Haven believes and who have taken 30 or more hours of required that good writing skills are essential for success, it work at this University. requires undergraduate students to demonstrate such skills before it will confer a bachelor degree. Thus, • The bachelor degree Cum Laude is awarded to during the first semester after achieving 57 credits, all students graduating with a cumulative grade point students must take an examination in writing skills. average of at least 3.50 who have taken 60 or No student will be eligible to receive the B.A. or B.S. more credits of required work at UNH and com- degree unless the examination is passed. pleted all the suggested courses within their curriculum. The examination consists of writing an impromptu theme on one of several topics of inter- • The bachelor degree Magna Cum Laude is est. If syntax, punctuation, and diction are in accord awarded to students graduating with a cumulative with the conventions of standard English and if the grade point average of at least 3.70, whose grade argument or exposition is clear and coherent, the stu- point average in all courses counting toward their dent will pass. If a student’s writing is found to be major is at least 3.70, and who have taken 60 or deficient in these respects, notice of the unsatisfactory more credits of required work at UNH and com- performance on the examination will be sent to the pleted all the suggested courses within their cur- student, to the student’s academic adviser, and to the riculum. Registrar. • The bachelor degree Summa Cum Laude is A student who fails the examination must take awarded to students graduating with a cumulative specific steps to improve skills in written English. grade point average of at least 3.90, whose grade These steps may be systematic tutoring at the Center point average in all courses counting toward their for Learning Resources, enrollment in E 103 major is at least 3.90, and who have taken 60 or Fundamentals, or the formulation of a program of more credits of required work at UNH and com- self-study. The student must retake the examination pleted all the suggested courses within their cur- each subsequent semester until the examination is riculum. passed. In no case shall the requirements for a four- In determining eligibility for degrees with honors, year degree be completed without satisfactory per- transfer credit and credits earned by crediting exami- formance on the Writing Proficiency Examination. nation will not be considered. Only the cumulative grade point average for courses completed at the Honors University of New Haven is considered in determining a student’s eligibility for honors. Academic honors are posted on the student’s final transcript along with the name of the degree earned and the date the degree was conferred. Honors are conferred upon candidates for graduation according to the following standards: • An associate degree With Honors is awarded to students who have a grade point average of 3.25 for the credits specifically required for the degree program from which they are graduating and who have taken 30 or more hours of required work at this University. • An associate degree With High Honors is awarded to students who have a grade point average of 50 TUITION, FEES, AND EXPENSES

The tuition and other expenses listed in this sec- Engineering Tuition Differential tion reflect the charges for the 2007–08 academic Courses with the designations CE, CEN, CH, year. CM, CS, EE, EA.S., IE, ME, or SE offered by the Full-time students taking courses offered during Tagliatela College of Engineering are charged an $80 the day or the evening will pay the full-time tuition per credit tuition differential. rate for the first 17 credits per semester. Any student who is registered as a full-time Day Student Activity Fee Division student on the first day of the semester will be The student activity fee is distributed to various responsible for payment of full-time Day Division student groups by the Undergraduate Student tuition for the entire semester, regardless of any subse- Government Association. It covers the cost of student- quent dropping of credits or withdrawal from a course. supported services such as the newspaper and radio Full-time Day Division students who plan to enroll for station and helps defray the expenses of clubs, organi- fewer than 12 credits in any given term must change zations, social activities, and so on. their enrollment standing to part time prior to the first day of the term. Students enrolled as full-time Day Division students who take 18 or more credits in a single term will be charged additional tuition for each credit over 17, unless the additional credits are required for that semester on the student’s major worksheet.

International Student Acceptance Fee The international student fee is required of international undergraduate and graduate students when they first enroll. It supports a variety of services and programs, cross-cultural workshops, community activities, international alumni programs, library subscrip- tions to international newspapers and magazines, and the International Services Office. Tuition, Fees, and Expenses 51 Tuition and Fees 2008–2009

Undergraduate Per Per Yearly Occurrence Term Total Pre-Enrollment Fees Paper Application Fee $50 n/a n/a Online Application Fee $25 n/a n/a Enrollment Fee — Commuter Students $200 n/a n/a Enrollment Fee — Residential Students $400 n/a n/a Acceptance Fee for New International Students $200 n/a n/a

Tuition: Full-Time Day Tuition (12–17 Credit Hours) n/a $13,500 $27,000 Additional Charge for Credits Over 17 (Per Credit) $900 n/a n/a General Student Fee n/a $595 $1,190 General Student Fee International n/a $845 $1,690

Per Per Yearly Occurrence Credit Total Tuition: Part-Time Day Part-Time Tuition (1–11 Credits) n/a $900 n/a Mandatory Activity Fee for 3–5 Credits $20 n/a $40 Mandatory Activity Fee for 6–8 Credits $38 n/a $76 Mandatory Activity Fee for 9–11 Credits $56 n/a $112 Mandatory Technology Fee $45 n/a $90

Tuition: Evening Part-Time Tuition n/a $450 n/a Mandatory Activity Fee (For Students in Modules A and C Only) $18 n/a $36 Mandatory Technology Fee (Non-Module) $45 n/a $90

Per Per Yearly Occurrence Credit Total Summer I and Summer II (starting May 2009) Part-Time Tuition n/a $450 n/a 52

Per Per Yearly Occurrence Term Total Auditing Alumni n/a $70 n/a Non-Alumni n/a $120 n/a Differentials Engineering Courses n/a $80 n/a Computer Science Courses n/a $80 n/a Chemistry Courses n/a $80 n/a

Per Per Yearly Occurrence Term Total Residential Life Charges Room — Double Occupancy n/a $3,500 $7,000 Room — Freshman Triple Occupancy n/a $3,000 $6,000 Room — New Residence Hall n/a $3,500 $7,000 Room — Forest Hills n/a $3,500 $7,000 Room — Regency n/a $3,500 $7,000 Interim Housing (Per Week) $200 n/a n/a Housing Activity Fee n/a $50 $100 Room Selection Deposit for Returning Students $200 n/a $200 Parking Fee (Residential Students Only) $200 n/a $200 Meal Plan A n/a $2,283 $4,566 Meal Plan B n/a $2,203 $4,406 Meal Plan C n/a $1,881 $3,762 Meal Plan D n/a $1,881 $3,762 Meal Plan E n/a $2,203 $4,406

Per Per Occurrence Credit Additional Fees Co-op Registration — Full-Time $150 n/a Co-op Registration — Part-Time $75 n/a Late Registration Fee $25 n/a Late Payment Fee $50 n/a Lab Fees $32–700 n/a Study Away Fees $500–1,500 n/a Crediting Exams n/a $100 Graduation Fee $110 n/a Graduation Refiling $50 n/a Diploma Replacement Fee $50 n/a Tuition, Fees, and Expenses 53

The University reserves the right to make, at any time, whatever changes it deems necessary in admission requirements, fees, charges, tuition, faculty, instructors, policies, regulations, and academic programs prior to the start of any class, term, semester, trimester, or session. The University reserves the right to divide, cancel, or reschedule classes or programs if enrollment or other factors so require. All such changes are effective at such times as the proper authorities determine and may apply not only to prospective students but also to those who are already enrolled in the University.

General Fee plan that allows a family to spread education expenses over ten monthly payments per year. The general fee provides a partial contribution supporting essential infrastructure, facilities and insti- There is an annual enrollment fee of $70, which tutional services necessary to promote student learn- includes toll-free and Internet access to education paying. This fee covers access to infirmary and ment counselors and account information. In addition, counseling services and it supports student initiatives this fee includes a life insurance policy for the person including, but not limited to, networks, electronic responsible for paying the bill. Information and enroll- information resources, computer laboratories and ment forms for TM.S. are available by calling smart technology classrooms. This fee also covers 1.800.722.4867, or online at www.afford.com. facility enhancements and other administrative serv- Application for this plan must be made at least 10 days ices such as providing academic transcripts. The gen- prior to the first day of each semester. eral fee is charged for each semester in which a Tuition Refund Policy student enrolls. After a formal withdrawal request is initiated by Payments undergraduate students, tuition is refunded or canceled according to the following scale: Tuition, fees, and other charges are payable no later than the University’s posted due date. Checks or Date of Receipt of Percentage money orders should be made payable to University Withdrawal Request Canceled of New Haven. There is a penalty charge of $20 per 1st week of semester 80 percent check for all checks returned by the payer’s bank. 2nd week of semester 60 percent The University withholds issuance of grades, 3rd week of semester 40 percent awarding of diplomas, issuance of transcripts, and 4th week of semester 20 percent granting of honorable dismissal to any student whose After the 4th week 0 percent account is in arrears. The University employs external A prorated refund, rather than a refund based on collection agencies to assist with the collection of the above-mentioned scale, may be made in situations delinquent tuition accounts. Students are responsible involving clearly extenuating circumstances such as for paying any collection costs and attorney’s fees protracted illness of a student. All appeals based on associated with the collection of their tuition such circumstances must be made in writing and account. include documentation of the extenuating circum- The University offers a deferred payment option to stances. Appeals are to be sent to the directors of assist families with meeting the costs of higher educa- Counseling and Health Services; prorated refunds will tion. In partnership with Tuition Management Systems be determined by the Committee on Withdrawals. All (TM.S.), the nation’s top-rated education payment plan requests for refunds should be initiated before the provider, UNH offers an interest-free monthly payment close of the semester of withdrawal. Any student 54 under the age of 18 must have the written consent of January 9, 2009 will result in a charge of $100, a parent or guardian indicating to whom any refund, which will be deducted from the student’s dam- if applicable, is to be paid in order to withdraw from age deposit. the University. • Proper withdrawal includes The University offers tuition insurance through • notifying the Office of Residential Life AWG Dewar, Inc. Tuition insurance may protect any in writing that the student is leaving monies paid or loans obtained in the event that a stu- University housing, dent withdraws from the University due to a docu- • checking out with a resident director, and mented medical condition. Additional information about this service may be obtained directly from • returning all keys to the Office of AWG Dewar by calling 617.774.1555. Residential Life. • Housing fees are nonrefundable after August 30, Summer Sessions and Intersession 2008 and January 16, 2009. In cases of withdrawal from a course or courses within the first week of each term, a refund of 50 percent of tuition is made. There is no refund of summer or intersession tuition after the first week. The foregoing policy is intended to protect the University, which plans its expenses and bases its budget on full collection of tuition and fees from all registered students and assumes the obligation of supplying instruction and other services throughout the year. Residence Hall Fee and Withdrawal Policies • A $400 nonrefundable enrollment fee is required of new students requesting on-campus housing. A $200 nonrefundable room selection fee, which is applied to the Fall semester housing fees, is required of returning students. • Housing and meal plan fees are billed on a semester basis in June and December. • An activity fee of $50 is billed each semester. • All resident students are required to purchase a University meal plan. • The housing agreement is binding for the 2008–09 academic year. • Students who cancel their housing agreement for the 2009 Spring semester and remain enrolled as full-time students for the Spring semester will be billed for the Spring semester housing fees. • Students who are leaving the University must withdraw from housing by January 9, 2009. Failure to meet the withdrawal deadline of Financial Aid 55 FINANCIAL AID

Karen M. Flynn, B.A., M.A., Director The following application materials must be com- Christopher Maclean, B.A., M.A., Associate Director pleted and submitted by each financial aid applicant: • Free Application for Federal Student Aid The University of New Haven offers a compre- (FAFSA). The FAFSA is required to be considered hensive financial aid program, with students receiving for financial aid from federal, state, and institu- assistance in the form of grants, scholarships, loans, tional student financial aid programs. Students and part-time employment. Funds are available from should list the University of New Haven on the federal and state governments, private sponsors, and form as one of the colleges authorized to receive University resources. More than 80 percent of the this information. The UNH Title IV School Code University’s full-time undergraduate students receive is 001397. Students should apply online at some form of financial assistance. www.fafsa.ed.gov. Most financial aid awards are based on an individ- • Tax Documentation. Applicants must submit ual applicant’s demonstration of need. Some funds signed copies of both the student’s and parents’ are available on a merit basis for students who have completed federal income tax returns, with W-2 exceptional academic records or athletic ability. forms, from the most recent tax year prior to the Need-based awards are available only to U.S. citizens academic year. Students filing as independents on or eligible non-citizens. the FAFSA are not required to submit their par- Financial aid award decisions are made after care- ents’ tax documentation. ful consideration of a student’s application for assis- • Verification. Federal regulations require that our tance. Eligibility for financial aid is based on financial office verify the accuracy of the information pro- need. Need is determined by subtracting the vided on the FAFSA by an applicant for federal Expected Family Contribution (EFC), as determined financial aid. This process is called verification. by the federal “needs analysis” formula using the financial information provided on the Free Other forms and documents may be requested Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA), from from applicants as their aid applications are reviewed. the Cost of Attendance. In calculating need, the Upon completion of the review of an application, the Financial Aid Office attempts to consider all aspects Financial Aid Office will notify an applicant of his or of a student’s financial circumstances and to meet the her eligibility for financial aid. need of aid applicants through a “package” of assistance, generally including a combination of grants, Financial Aid Refund Policy loans, and employment. When students are entitled to a refund as a result Students interested in applying for financial aid of withdrawal from courses, refunds of charges and are encouraged to do so as early as possible. New stu- financial aid will be based on the institutional refund dents must apply by March 1 for the Fall semester policy, as described in the academic policies section and December 1 for the Spring semester. Returning of the Undergraduate Catalog, and on the Return of students must submit application materials no later Title IV Funds calculation, as required by Section than March 1. All students are encouraged to apply 484B of the Higher Education Act. Federal regula- for aid as early as possible to ensure full consideration tions require that any unearned Title IV aid be for available funds. returned to the program(s) that provided the funds. Applications completed after the deadline will be considered on a rolling basis depending upon the availability of funds. 56

Return of Title IV Funds Loans: repayment according to terms of the loan A withdrawal requires that the University calculate Grants: repayment is 50 percent of unearned grant the amount of unearned aid a student has received. Students who owe Title IV grant repayments have The University must determine the student’s official 45 days to repay in full, arrange to repay the Univer- withdrawal date as documented in the Registrar’s sity, and arrange to repay the U.S. Department of Office. The withdrawal date is used to determine the Education. percentage of the payment period completed and, Students who fail to take action to repay will be therefore, the amount of aid a student earned. reported to the Department of Education and Students who have completed more than 60 percent National Student Loan Data System (NSLDS) of the term are not subject to the federal calculation. immediately after the 45-day period has elapsed. The University must then calculate earned aid by Additional information is available from the multiplying the total aid disbursed or which could Financial Aid Office. have been disbursed (excluding Federal Work Study) by the percentage of the payment period the student Academic Requirements for the completed. If less aid has been disbursed than a student has Retention of Financial Aid Eligibility earned, then a post-withdrawal disbursement must be Students must be making satisfactory academic made. The University will notify the student or parent progress and be in good academic standing in order in writing within 30 days of the withdrawal date that a to be eligible to receive financial aid. post-withdrawal disbursement is available. The stu- Students receiving financial aid as full-time under- dent/parent must respond within 14 days of notification graduates must successfully complete a minimum of in order to receive the funds. The student/parent may 24 credits during the academic year in order to main- accept all or part of the post-withdrawal disbursement. tain satisfactory progress; full-time students who If more aid was disbursed than earned, then the attend for only one semester during the academic University, the student, or both must return all year must complete a minimum of 12 credits. unearned aid in a specific order: Satisfactory academic progress for part-time students 1) Unsubsidized Stafford Loans is defined as successful completion of all the credits for which financial aid was awarded. 2) Subsidized Stafford Loans “Successful completion” is defined as the receipt of 3) Federal Perkins Loans a passing letter grade (A+ to D-), and does not 4) Federal PLUS Loans include the receipt of an F (Failure), INC 5) Federal Pell Grants (Incomplete), DNA (Did Not Attend), or W 6) Federal Academic Competitiveness Grant (Withdrawal). The requirements for good academic standing are described in the Academic Regulations 7) Federal Smart Grant section of the Catalog. 8) Federal SEOG In addition, financial aid eligibility is limited to 9) Other Title IV assistance for which return of accumulated attempted hours totaling no more than funds is required 150 percent of the published credits required to Students are responsible for repaying all unearned receive an undergraduate degree. For example, a pro- aid a school is not required to return, as well as any gram that requires 120 credits x 1.5 = 180 maximum balance created on their Bursar account by the appli- allowable credits attempted for financial aid eligibil- cation of the Title IV return of funds formula. The ity. Every semester in which you are enrolled in University will notify the student in writing within school will be counted, even the semesters when you 30 days of determining an overpayment. Students do not receive financial aid. Transfer hours from must repay as follows: other institutions accepted by the University will also count toward the maximum credit limit. Financial Aid 57

Major Aid Programs mum criteria are a 3.0 on a 4.0 scale and a combined SAT Critical Reading and Math score of 1050 or a Composite Score of 23 on the ACT. Awards will be Grants renewed for up to three additional years provided the Federal Pell Grants — The Pell Grant is a federal student maintains a B (3.0) cumulative average, program providing grant assistance to low-income remains a full-time student, and makes satisfactory students. Grants for the 2007–08 academic year academic progress. ranged from $400 to $4,310, with the student’s eligibility being determined by the U.S. Department of Academic Achievement Award — An Academic Education. Achievement Award is presented to students who have shown strong academic performance in high Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity school, while maintaining active participation and Grants — (SEOG) is a federal program to provide leadership in community and civic organizations as grant assistance to exceptionally needy students. well as in high school clubs and sports. Recipients of Students are selected by the University to receive the this scholarship may be awarded up to $7000 annu- grants. ally provided they maintain a B (3.0) cumulative average, remain a full-time student, and make satis- Connecticut Independent College Student Grant factory academic progress. Program — Funds provided by the Connecticut General Assembly are awarded to needy Connecticut Presidential Scholarship for Transfer Students — residents attending the University. Incoming transfer students who have completed a minimum of 12 credits at their previous institution Capitol Scholarship Program — Connecticut stu- and have a minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 may qualify for dents who have finished in the top 20 percent of an academic scholarship. The award amounts vary their high school class or who have scored 1800 or depending on the student’s G.P.A. Students may higher on their combined Scholastic Aptitude Test receive the award for a maximum of seven semesters (SAT) may be eligible for the Capitol Scholarship. provided they maintain a B (3.0) cumulative average, Students must obtain an application from their high remain full-time students, and make satisfactory aca- school guidance office. demic progress. The deadline for consideration is May 1. University Grants-in-Aid — University grants are made on the basis of need. If a transfer student demonstrates academic success Presidential Scholarship — Awarded to incoming but has completed fewer than 12 credits, the student full-time freshmen who have a combined SAT score will be evaluated for a scholarship based on the fresh- of 1200 or above on their Critical Reading and Math man academic scholarship criteria. Combined Score or 26 ACT Composite Score, and have maintained a minimum 3.0 G.P.A. on a 4.0 Phi Theta Kappa Scholarships — A transfer student scale. Awards will be renewed for up to three addi- who has been inducted into the Phi Theta Kappa tional years provided the student maintains a B (3.0) Honor Society may be considered for an additional cumulative average, remains a full-time student, and $2000 scholarship. This award is in addition to being makes satisfactory academic progress. The deadline considered for the Transfer Presidential Scholarship for consideration is May 1. and is renewable each academic year.

Distinguished Scholar Awards — The Distinguished Departmental Scholarships — A limited number of Scholar Award is awarded to incoming freshmen awards are available from the individual colleges at based on a combination of high school G.P.A. and the University to incoming full-time freshmen. SAT/ACT scores achieved by the student. The mini- 58

Athletic Grants-in-Aid — Athletic grants are pro- Third year through completion $5,500 vided to students for participation in sports. Selection Graduate students $8,500 for the awards is made by the athletic department The interest is subsidized by the federal government based on students’ athletic abilities. Awards can range while the student is enrolled on at least a half-time up to full tuition, room, and board. Athletic grants basis. Repayment begins six months after graduation are available in the following sports: or withdrawal from college. Entrance and exit coun- Men Women seling sessions must be conducted with all borrowers. Baseball Basketball The entrance session must be completed prior to the Basketball Cross Country student’s receiving the first loan check. Exit counsel- Cross Country Lacrosse ing must be conducted prior to a student’s gradua- Football Soccer tion or withdrawal. Applicants must submit a Golf Softball complete financial aid application. Soccer Tennis Track and Field Track and Field Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Student Loan — The Volleyball Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is similar to the SSL above except that it is not based on financial need Miscellaneous State Scholarships — Students from and there is no in-school interest subsidy. Combined other states may be eligible to apply for state scholar- Subsidized and Unsubsidized loans cannot exceed the ships that can be brought to Connecticut for atten- annual loan limits stated above. dance at the University of New Haven. Students should contact their state scholarship agencies for Federal Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students information. (PLUS) — The PLUS Loan Program is a federal program in which parents of dependent students are per- Donor Scholarships — Many scholarship awards are mitted to apply for up to the cost of attendance available each year through the generosity of busi- minus any financial aid. Information on this program nesses, charitable organizations, and friends of the is available from the Financial Aid Office. University. Scholarship funds are awarded from annual gifts from sponsors and from income from Student Employment the University’s endowments. Federal Work Study Program (FWS) — This is a federal financial aid program that provides employ- Loans ment opportunities for needy students. Federal Perkins Loan Program — Repayment on Perkins Loans begins nine months after a recipient Alternative Financing Options leaves school or drops below half-time attendance, Tuition Management Services (TMS) — The TMS and carries a 5 percent rate of interest commencing Plan offers a monthly system to pay for educational with the start of repayment. Students are selected by expenses through regularly scheduled payments over the University to receive Perkins Loans. a ten-month contract. This plan carries an enrollment fee, but there are no interest or finance charges. Federal Stafford Student Loan (SSL) — The Stafford Applications are available at the Bursar’s Office. For Student Loan is a federally subsidized loan program further information, contact Tuition Management available on the basis of financial need to students Services at 1.800.722.4867 or www.afford.com. enrolled at least half-time. The annual loan limits are as follows: First year undergraduate $3,500 Second year undergraduate $4,500 Financial Aid 59

Donor Scholarships Carmel Benevento Memorial Scholarship — This award is made annually to a woman entering the The following scholarships are awarded at the discretion University as a freshman. The award was established of the University and, unless otherwise noted, require no in memory of Carmel Benevento and is based on special application form. need and academic and creative ability.

Alumni Association Scholarships — These merit- Roland and Margaret Bixler Scholarship — This based awards support full-time day students with endowed scholarship is awarded annually. The schol- exemplary academic records. arship was established by Mr. Bixler, who is a member of the UNH Emeritus Board, and his wife, who Alvine Legacy Scholarship — Established to carry on is cofounder of Friends of the UNH Library. the legacy of Carol Alvine by providing educational opportunities for students unable to afford higher Norman Botwinik Fund for Academic Excellence — education, this endowed fund provides an annual This endowed scholarship is awarded annually to an award to a worthy, needy student. undergraduate who, over a period of four years at the University, has demonstrated marked academic Amity Charitable Trust Fund — An annual award is achievement. Mr. Botwinik is the former Chairman given from the income of this fund to a worthy, of the UNH Board of Governors. needy student. Preference is given to students from the greater New Haven area. The fund was made Bozzuto Charity Sports Classic Scholarship — possible through the generosity of the Amity Club. Income from this endowment provides an annual award to a needy student. John J. Armstrong Scholarship — This award was established by the Connecticut Department of Clarice L. Buckman Scholarship Fund for Corrections in honor of UNH alumni John Chemistry and Chemical Engineering — An annual Armstrong’s retirement, and provides an annual award is given to a junior majoring in chemical engi- scholarship with priority to family members of cur- neering or chemistry in recognition of achievement rent, retired, or deceased employees of the Depart- and demonstration of incentive. ment of Corrections. Coca-Cola Scholarship — Established by the Coca- Edmund M. Autuori Scholarship — This is an Cola Foundation, an award is made annually to an endowed scholarship for accounting majors who incoming student who attended the Connecticut Pre- demonstrate both financial need and scholastic ability. Engineering Program (CPEP) at any established Connecticut college or University for at least two The Barn Sale Scholarship — A scholarship is avail- years. The scholarship is renewable over a five-year able each year for a deserving, junior or senior dis- period. abled student. The award is made possible by an endowment established by the Barn Sale, Inc. Connecticut Student Loan Foundation Scholarship — The Connecticut Student Loan Foundation pro- Angela Zappia and Philip Batchelor Scholarship — vides an annual scholarship to a needy student. Angela Zappia and Philip Batchelor created this scholarship upon their graduation from the C. Cowles and Co. Scholarship — This award is University’s Executive M.B.A. program. The annual made annually to a Connecticut resident with finan- award is made to an undergraduate or graduate stu- cial need who aspires to a career in manufacturing. dent who is in good academic standing and has financial need, with preference to students enrolled Aldo DeDominicis Foundation — Scholarships are in the College of Business. awarded annually to students majoring in the field of 60 communication. Awards are based on financial need Murray and Shirley Gerber Scholarship — This and academic achievement. award is made to students in the College of Business or Engineering based on their entrepreneurship and Dr. Lawrence and MaryLou DeNardis Scholarship leadership abilities. — This award is made annually to a full-time undergraduate with financial need and academic achieve- James Jacob Gerowin Memorial Scholarship — An ment. The student selected may not also be a award is made to a needy engineering student show- recipient of the Presidential Scholarship. ing academic promise. The award is in memory of James Gerowin of the Class of 1985. William DeSenti Scholarship — An annual award is made to a needy student in the Tagliatela College of Anthony Giusto Scholarship — This award, given Engineering. annually to a Connecticut resident studying criminal justice, is based on academic merit and financial need. Robert B. Dodds Scholarship — This endowed scholarship is awarded annually to an engineering Wilfred Harricharan Scholarship — This award was student. The fund was established by Mr. Dodds as established by Dr. Harricharan, former professor of his gift to the Fund for Engineering. management at the University, to provide financial support for students in the College of Business with a Clarence Dunham Scholarship — A merit-based preference for those majoring in business administra- award is made each year to a deserving student tion. majoring in civil engineering. Selection is made by the Civil Engineering faculty. Dr. John D. Hatfield Memorial Scholarship — An annual award is made in memory of Dr. John D. Rick Eaton Memorial Scholarship — This scholar- Hatfield, who served as executive vice president and ship was established in memory of Rick Eaton, Sr., provost at UNH. The scholarship supports an under- who served as director of public affairs at the graduate or graduate student with financial need and University. It is awarded to students who demonstrate good academic standing, with preference to recipients financial need, and who are motivated and deter- who demonstrate care and concern by helping others mined. Preference is given to those majoring in com- bring out the best in themselves. munication. William Randolph Hearst Scholarship — This Echlin Family Scholarships — Several annual awards endowed scholarship is made possible through the of $2000 are made to needy business or engineering generosity of the William Randolph Hearst students. The awards are made possible through an Foundation. It is awarded annually to first-generation endowment established through the generosity of and minority students. John and Beryl Echlin. The Robert Hendrickson Scholarship — Mr. Lynn Ellis Endowed Scholarship — Established in Hendrickson, an alumnus of UNH, established this honor of Lynn Ellis, a former professor at the award in 2006 in order to give back to the University University, an award is made annually to a student in that gave him the chance to obtain an education. It is the College of Business with academic promise and awarded to students who demonstrate motivation, financial need. determination, and financial need.

Ernst and Young Scholarship — An award is made David Hennessey Memorial Scholarship — David each year from this endowment to a student major- Hennessey was a highly respected member of the ing in accounting. University community, having received two master degrees from UNH, as well as serving as director of Financial Aid 61 human resources and adjunct faculty. This memorial Ahmed Mandour Memorial Scholarship — An scholarship will be awarded annually to an undergrad- award is available each year to a junior or senior stu- uate or graduate student in good academic standing dent majoring in economics enrolled as a part- and demonstrating financial need, with preference to time/evening student. The award is made in memory those residing in the Lower Naugatuck Valley region, of Dr. Mandour, a former dean at the university. including Seymour, Ansonia, and Derby, and who are enrolled in the University’s industrial/organizational Arnold Markle Scholarship — An annual award is psychology or communication programs. made to a criminal justice major in memory of Arnold Markle, former State’s Attorney for the Hershey-Frey Scholarship — This endowed scholar- Judicial District of New Haven. ship is available to students residing in the Naugatuck Valley. Preference is given to students Ellis C. Maxcy Scholarship — This scholarship was enrolled in the Tagliatela College of Engineering. The established in memory of UNH founder and former award is funded through the generosity of the Paul president and chairman of the board Ellis C. Maxcy, H. Hershey Foundation and Mildred and John Frey. in recognition of the seminal role he played in the development of the University. The award is pre- Paul Kane Memorial Scholarship — An award is sented annually to a “nontraditional” undergraduate available each year to an active scholar-athlete, with or graduate student who comes to UNH from the preference given to a Hamden, Connecticut, resident. workplace and demonstrates high achievement, The award is made in memory of Paul Kane, a exemplary character, and leadership within his or her University alumnus who was killed in the service of community. his country. Edward J. McCormack Memorial Scholarship — Nathanial Kaplan Memorial Scholarship — An The intent of this memorial scholarship is to reflect award in memory of Nathanial Kaplan, a former the interest and life of Edward J. McCormack by English professor, is made each year to a student who making an annual award to a student majoring in has been enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences sports management. The scholarship is renewable for at least two years. Student must demonstrate based on the recipient maintaining good academic financial need. standing.

An Fu Wang Lee Scholarship — This endowed fund James R. McCormack Memorial Scholarship — was established by Dr. Henry Lee in memory of his Established by Nancy and Kevin McCormack in mother and her heartfelt interest in providing oppor- memory of their son James, a student in the fire sci- tunities to students unable to afford tuition on their ence program at the University, this full-tuition own. An annual scholarship is awarded to needy stu- scholarship is awarded annually to a student enrolled dents who are of Chinese ancestry and/or are pursu- in the fire science program who demonstrates finan- ing a degree in the Henry C. Lee College of Criminal cial need. Applications for this scholarship are avail- Justice and Forensic Sciences. able in the Financial Aid Office.

Peggy Leuzzi Memorial Scholarship — An annual William J. and Virginia S. McCurdy Scholarship — award is made in memory of Mrs. Leuzzi, a former This endowed scholarship is supported through the employee of the University. The scholarship is made McCurdy Family Charitable Trust and is awarded possible through the generosity of Joseph Macionus. annually to a student with demonstrated financial need. Martin Luther King, Jr., Memorial Scholarship — An annual award in honor of Dr. King is made to a Arthur Moulton Memorial Scholarship — deserving, needy student. Preference is given to Established by Evelyn and David Moulton in honor minority students. of Arthur Moulton, former president of the George 62

Ellis Company, this full-tuition scholarship is New Haven Wives of Rotarians — An annual award awarded to a student in the Tagliatela College of from this endowment is made to a female student Engineering who demonstrates excellent academic from the Greater New Haven area on the basis of promise and financial need. Applications for this academic achievement and financial need. scholarship are available in the Financial Aid Office. Douglas D. Schumann Scholarship — This endowed Joseph O’Dowd Memorial Scholarship — This scholarship is awarded annually, on the basis of per- scholarship is granted to a student in the Department sonal and academic integrity, to an engineering stu- of Fire Science who best exemplifies the personal dent who has completed his/her freshman year. qualities of Fire Specialist Joseph O’Dowd and who has completed his or her freshman year with a 3.0 Donald R. Scott Scholarship — This scholarship is G.P.A. or higher. in memory of Donald R. Scott, former Chief of Campus Police at UNH, and is awarded jointly by Parents Association Scholarship — This is an the University of New Haven and the West Haven endowed scholarship funded by the UNH Parents Black Coalition. Association. William A. Simons Scholarship — This scholarship Virginia M. Parker Scholarship — Each year Chi fund, created by William A. Simons, an alumnus of Kappa Rho sorority makes an award from this the University’s M.B.A. program, makes an annual endowed scholarship to an undergraduate woman. award to an undergraduate or graduate student in good academic standing and in financial need, with H. Pearce Family and Friends Scholarship — This preference to students enrolled in the Tagliatela endowed scholarship was made possible through the College of Engineering, particularly those intending Pearce Family, longtime friends and supporters of the to major in chemical engineering. University. It is awarded to a resident of the state of Connecticut who demonstrates financial need and Helen Jackson Sneed Scholarship Fund — This academic ability. scholarship was established by Helen Sneed in appreciation of her excellent education at UNH and is Marvin K. Peterson Evening Student Council awarded to female or minority students sharing a Scholarship — This scholarship was established in similar background to the donor. 1969 by the Evening Student Council of the University of New Haven to honor past president Louis and Mary Tagliatela Endowed Scholarship — Marvin K. Peterson (1953–1973). The scholarship, This award is made annually to a junior or senior awarded to undergraduate part-time/evening students, majoring in a field related to either the construction is entirely funded by the Evening Student Council. or the hotel industry and demonstrating financial need and academic merit. Reid Achievement Scholarship — Distinguished UNH alumnus and Board of Governors member Edward Tichy Memorial Scholarship — Established Laura Reid established this scholarship to provide by Karen Tichy in memory of her father, who gradu- tuition support to students with demonstrated finan- ated from UNH in 1951 with an engineering degree. cial need, academic promise, and/or achievement in a Mr. Tichy was a strong believer in the power of edu- club, sport, or activity. cation. The scholarship is designated to assist a part- time student, preferably from a family of three or Rosazza Scholarship — This fund was established in more children, who exhibits passion, commitment to memory of Eugene Rosazza, an alumnus of the learning, and promise in his or her chosen field. University, and is made annually to a needy student with an exemplary academic record. Financial Aid 63

Eat Healthy Promote Wellness, The Tichy Legacy Dorothy S. Weiss Scholarship — This scholarship, Scholarship for Nutrition — Established by Karen established by UNH alumnus Frank Warner in honor Tichy, this scholarship honors the importance of of his friend Dorothy Weiss, is awarded annually to a nutrition in our general health. It is awarded annually student who is in good academic standing and to a student demonstrating financial need who shows demonstrates financial need. promise in the field of nutrition and dietetics. The recipient shall provide community outreach under World Journal Scholarship — This scholarship was the guidance of the nutrition faculty. established in 2001 by Howard Lee, president of the World Journal, and the Henry C. Lee Institute of Betty Lorello Treadwell Scholarship — This award Forensic Science, in honor of the victims whose lives was established by Charles and Lawrence Treadwell in were sacrificed on September 11, 2001. An award is memory of their mother. The scholarship is awarded made annually to an undergraduate or graduate stu- to a full-time, non-traditional student in need of dent attending the University’s Henry C. Lee College financial assistance. of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences, with priority given to family members of police officers or fire- Dany J. Washington Scholarship — This scholarship fighters who sacrificed their lives or were injured is in memory of Dany Washington, former dean of during the September 11, 2001 attacks, and second- continuing education at UNH, and is awarded to ary preference to family members of any victim who nontraditional adult students based on scholarship perished in the attacks. and leadership displayed in the University or community environment. Dr. Frank R. Yulo Memorial Scholarship — This fund was created by Lori A. and Robert F. Polito, Jr., Robert Wilson Scholarship — Awarded annually to a E.M.B.A. ’98, in memory of Robert’s uncle, Dr. freshman and renewable for up to three years, provid- Frank R. Yulo, a distinguished state educator. ing a 3.0 G.P.A. is maintained, this award is based on Recognizing Dr. Yulo’s commitment to educational the following criteria: an African-American from New opportunities for all, this scholarship is awarded to a Haven County demonstrating financial need and high minority student or student of color who is majoring achievement in academics and other activities. in education and has demonstrated financial need. Mrs. Yeh Ko Hsien-Tao Scholarship — Created by Dr. Poe-Len Ye in memory of his mother, this scholarship supports students from Taiwan and the People’s Republic of China, as well as students of Chinese/Asian ancestry, who are majoring in criminal justice or forensic science and demonstrate academic achievement and financial need.

Rubin W. Vine Veterans Scholarship — UNH Board member and World War II veteran Rubin Vine established this award to provide scholarships to veterans and/or family members of veterans in financial need.

UHY Scholarship — This award is made to accounting majors with high grade point averages and demonstrated financial need. The scholarship was made possible through the generosity of the Simione, Scillia, Larrow and Dowling Charitable Foundation. 64 College of Arts and Sciences 65 COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Dr. Ronald H. Nowaczyk, Ph.D., Dean The professors in the College of Arts and Sciences are committed to the student learning experience. The commitment goes beyond classroom instruction The College of Arts and Sciences prepares students to include student opportunities to work with faculty for lifelong learning. Through its varied academic dis- on their scholarship and research, study abroad, and ciplines, the College provides the foundation for suc- to apply knowledge and skills through internships or cess as a global citizen. The College’s degree programs in the community working on real-life projects. We prepare students for meaningful careers or for contin- also expect students to expand their knowledge and ued study in graduate or professional schools. The understanding of the world to a global level. College offers the bachelor of arts, the bachelor of Graduates of the College of Arts and Sciences are science, a number of associate degrees and undergrad- prepared to make an impact in tomorrow’s world. uate certificates. The College’s graduate programs lead to the master of arts and master of science degrees, The College of Arts and Sciences also offers a host and to a number of graduate certificates. The College of extracurricular activities to supplement the learn- also complements programs in other Colleges at ing experience. These events include campus-wide UNH and offers many of the essential courses in the debates, symposia, and faculty forums. The College University Core Curriculum. Those undecided about adds to New Haven’s vibrant cultural environment. It a major will find a welcoming home in the undeclared supports the UNH Theater through its student pro- major program that allows ample flexibility to sample ductions. The Seton Gallery is a well-established courses from a variety of disciplines. University art gallery featuring, in addition to a per- manent collection, a wide variety of work by stu- The dynamic nature of the world today requires dents, renowned artists, and sculptors at shows students to be open-minded, critical thinkers who throughout the academic year. can approach society’s issues and problems from a variety of perspectives. Your education in the College For students, staff and faculty, the College has of Arts and Sciences is designed to provide that back- developed Arts@Noon events that feature UNH tal- ground. We offer you the opportunity to study and ent in poetry, theatre, music, dance, and film. learn historical, cultural, social, individual, and politi- Through Arts@Night, the College presents entertain- cal perspectives on your world. Our goal is to chal- ment events on campus for UNH and public atten- lenge you to take advantage of the many resources dance, with performances in various musical styles, and talents within the College to help you prepare comedy, and dance. for your future. 66

Programs and Concentrations Music and Sound Recording Nutrition and Dietetics Undergraduate Programs Associate in Science Bachelor of Arts Communication Dental Hygiene Art General Studies Chemistry Graphic Design Communication Interior Design English Literature Writing Graduate Programs Global Studies Graphic Design Master of Arts History Community Psychology Interior Design Industrial/Organizational Psychology Pre-architecture Liberal Studies Master of Science Mathematics Education Cellular and Molecular Biology Music Education Music Industry Environmental Science Music and Sound Recording Human Nutrition Political Science Psychology Graduate Certificates Community/Clinical Applications of Psychology Forensic Psychology* Geographic Information Systems General Psychology International Relations Undeclared Legal Studies *Permission for approval of this concentration is Mental Retardation Services being sought from the Connecticut Department of Psychology of Conflict Management Higher Education. Teaching as a Career Bachelor of Science Students interested in earning a teaching certificate Biology to qualify to teach at the elementary or secondary level Biochemistry may do so by entering the graduate program in educa- General Biology tion at UNH. This Bachelors Plus program enables stu- Pre-medical/Pre-dental/Pre-veterinary dents in any undergraduate major to complete both the Biotechnology B.A. and an M.S. degrees in Education in five years. Communication Dental Hygiene Environmental Science Minors Marine Biology It is highly recommended that students working Mathematics toward a degree in one area of study give serious Computer Science thought to organizing their elective courses so as to Applied Mathematics receive a minor in a second discipline. A minor usu- Statistics ally consists of 18 credits devoted to the study of College of Arts and Sciences 67 either a group of courses on related subjects or a General Policies in the College of series of courses offered by one department. Arts and Sciences Students interested in studying for a minor should consult with the chair of the department offering the • Each student is assigned an academic adviser. minor. Possible minors are listed below: Normally, the adviser is a member of the faculty in the major department for the student’s degree program. Art Bioengineering • A student may select a minor in a department Biology other than the major department after consulta- Black Studies tion with the adviser or the appropriate depart- Chemistry ment chair. Communication • To receive a degree from the College of Arts and English Sciences, the student must be awarded his/her last Environmental Science 30 credits by the University of New Haven. History • A minimum of 120 credits is required for graduation. Mathematics Multimedia Music Coordinated Course Policy Nutrition To implement the University’s coordinated course Philosophy policy, the College of Arts and Sciences has adopted Physics the following additional guidelines: Political Science • A student may take a maximum of two Arts and Psychology Sciences courses on a coordinated basis. The Sociology courses must be either (a) upper-division courses; Theatre Arts that is, equivalent to 300- or 400-level courses at UNH, or (b) courses required by the student’s Certificates major program; that is, non Arts and Sciences elective courses. Students can take their first step toward an undergraduate degree by registering for one of the certifi- • Coordinated courses from two-year colleges will cates offered by the College of Arts and Sciences. be accepted only for students who have freshman Each certificate is carefully designed as a concentrated or sophomore standing at UNH. A student who introduction to a particular subject area and generally has completed a total of 57 credits cannot obtain consists of courses totaling 15 to 18 credits. Later, consent for a coordinated course taken at a two- students may choose to apply the certificate credits year college. they have earned toward their undergraduate degree • Any exceptions to the previously stated guidelines at the University. The following certificates are must be approved by the dean of the College of offered: Arts and Sciences. Journalism • Students should note that in all cases they must Mass Communication seek approval before taking a coordinated course. Public Policy B.A., Liberal Studies University Core Curriculum The B.A. degree in liberal studies serves students In addition to departmental requirements, stu- whose needs are addressed by an interdisciplinary dents must fulfill all requirements of the University program of study. The flexible nature of this program Core Curriculum. permits students to integrate courses from across the 68

University for the achievement of personalized educa- A.S., General Studies tional goals. Those goals may be directed toward the realization of specific career objectives not met by The College of Arts and Sciences offers the A.S. other programs. degree in general studies to serve students who seek a general liberal arts education for purposes of personal All students earning a bachelor’s degree in liberal enrichment. Nearly half of the 61 credits required for studies must complete the University Core the degree are free electives. This flexibility permits Curriculum as part of the 121 credits required for the students to take courses in a number of different degree. fields prior to choosing a major. By judicious choice Students will also select a minimum of eight of electives, it is possible to transfer into majors in courses from two of the focus areas listed below, for a any of the Colleges in the University. minimum of 48 credits. Students should choose a Students planning to transfer to four-year pro- minimum of three and a maximum of six courses grams in the College of Arts and Sciences should from any one of the disciplines within each of the note additional core requirements in science and four focus areas, which ensures a breadth of study mathematics, English literature, art, and social sci- within this program. Students must choose at least ence, as well as special requirements in particular ten focus-area courses from the 300 level or above major programs. that they have not taken to satisfy Core Curriculum requirements. Required Courses Students must complete 61 credits of courses to earn Focus Areas the associate degree with a general studies major, including the courses listed below. Focus Area 1: Humanities E 105 Composition (cc) Disciplines: Communication, English, Modern E 110 Composition and Literature (cc) Languages, History, Philosophy HS 101 Foundations of the Western World or Focus Area 2: Mathematics and the Natural Sciences HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times (cc) Disciplines: General Biology, Chemistry, Environ- Plus 1 mathematics course: M 109 mental Science, Marine Biology, Mathematics, or M 127 Physics or higher (cc) 1 literature or philosophy course* (cc) Focus Area 3: Social/Behavioral Sciences 1 art or music or theatre course* (cc) 1 computer course* (cc) Disciplines: Economics, Political Science, Psychology, 1 science course with laboratory* (cc) Sociology, Legal Studies 4 social science courses: EC 133, P 111, PS 121, and Focus Area 4: Visual and Performing Arts SO 113 (cc) Disciplines: Art, Graphic Design, Interior Design, cc –– Course which satisfies the University Core Music, Theater Curriculum requirements * –– Courses chosen from the University Core In consultation with the Arts and Sciences adviser, Curriculum listing students develop a personal plan of study. This plan includes an elective sequence of credits to support the Undeclared Major student’s academic/professional goals. Students may UNH recognizes that students may enter college choose their elective sequence from the areas of arts wanting to explore several options before declaring an and sciences, business, engineering, or public academic major. The undeclared major is designed safety/professional studies. College of Arts and Sciences 69 for those students. The program is designed to help a major from among the many offered at UNH. students select a major that best suits their life and While the undeclared major is part of the College career objectives. This program is also open to first- of Arts and Sciences, the College works closely with year and second-year students at UNH who are con- the other Colleges — the College of Business, the templating a change in majors. It is estimated that Tagliatela College of Engineering, and the Henry C. nationally over 40 percent of undergraduates change Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences majors in college. — to best meet the needs of students with an undeclared major. Features Upon enrollment at UNH, a student choosing the Art undeclared major is assigned a faculty adviser. The See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual adviser has the responsibility to guide the student in Arts. course selection and exploration of academic disciplines and majors. We believe quality advising is critical to the success of undeclared major students. Biology and Faculty advisers work with students to select courses in disciplines of interest so that students can explore Environmental Science their options. The faculty adviser works with students and the Chair: Roman N. Zajac, Ph.D. Office of Student Life to learn more about the stu- Professors Emeriti: Burton C. Staugaard, Ph.D., dents’ interests through personality and career inven- University of Connecticut; H. Fessenden Wright, tories. Ph.D., Cornell University At any point during the first two years of study, Professors: R. Laurence Davis, Ph.D., University of students have the opportunity to declare a major Rochester; Charles L. Vigue, Ph.D., North once they decide on a course of study. Carolina State University; Henry E. Voegeli, Many of the courses in the undeclared major are Ph.D., University of Rhode Island; Roman N. selected to meet the University Core Curriculum Zajac, Ph.D., University of Connecticut requirements so that once a major is declared the stu- Associate Professors: Carmela Cuomo, Ph.D., Yale dent is able to smoothly transition into that curricu- University; Michael J. Rossi, Ph.D., University of lum. The core education requirement (40 credits) is a Kentucky; Eva Sapi, Ph.D., Eotvos Lorand University requirement for all UNH programs. The University focus of the core is to ensure that graduates are Lecturers: James Ayers, M.S., Purdue University; • Good thinkers, speakers, and writers Nina Flay, Ph.D., University of Health Sciences/ • Skilled at analysis and problem solving Chicago Medical School • Skilled at using today’s technology Practitioners-in-Residence: Norman Abell, D.P.M., • Effective and responsible citizens Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine; David • Aware of cultural similarities and differences globally DePodesta, M.B.A., Quinnipiac University; Anthony Melillo, M.S., University of New Haven • Sensitive to artistic and cultural accomplishments Other courses are selected to enable students to learn more about specific majors and decide if the The Co-op Program major is a good match for them. The department participates in the cooperative Students transferring from another institution education program (co-op), which enables students may select the undeclared major while they consider to combine their education with practical, paid work 70 experience in their career field. For further details see BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with the “Office of Internships and Employer Relations” Laboratory I and II earlier in the catalog, or contact the co-op coordina- BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory tor for the College of Art and Sciences. BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory Biology BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature Biology provides one of the cornerstones of a lib- CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II eral education by increasing knowledge and apprecia- CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory tion of oneself and of other living organisms in the CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II ecosphere. It is an active and exciting field leading to CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory careers in drug discovery, medicine, and education. CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory As a major, biology prepares the student for profes- M 117 Calculus I sional or graduate training or for technical and M 228 Elementary Statistics research positions in one of the health or life science PH 103–104 General Physics I and II with fields and also the various sub-disciplines of the bio- Laboratory logical sciences. Plus three of the following: BI 259–260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology B.S., Biology with Laboratory I and II Students earning a B.S. degree with a major in BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory biology must complete 122–124 credits. Courses BI 306 Genetics include the University Core Curriculum and the BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology course requirements for the particular biology con- BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry centration as indicated below. BI 506 Genomics BI 520 Bioinformatics Concentration in Pre-medical/Pre-dental/ CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with Laboratory Pre-veterinary Medical Biology This concentration gives the student the basic Concentration in Biochemistry entrance requirements of virtually every U.S. college This concentration is most appropriate for stu- of medicine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine. dents interested in a career in the rapidly growing Entrance into these colleges is highly competitive, fields of biotechnology and biomedical/pharmaceuti- and completion of the concentration does not guar- cal research or in pursuing an advanced degree in bio- antee acceptance into a medical, dental, or veterinary chemistry or molecular biology. The program offers medical college. Graduates have gone on to pursue extensive hands-on experience in biochemical, cellular, medical, dental, and veterinary medical degrees at and molecular techniques. Recent graduates are such schools as Georgetown University, Tufts employed at Bristol-Myers Squibb, Protein Sciences, University, the University of Connecticut, Ohio State Bayer Corporation, Pfizer, U.S. Surgical, Neurogen University, and the University of Tennessee. Students Corporation, Cytotherapeutics, Curagen, and Yale who complete the program but decide not to pursue University School of Medicine. In addition to the a medical career are highly qualified to enter the University Core Curriculum and seven free electives, workforce in one of the technically oriented research, the following courses are required: health, or related life science fields. In addition to the University Core Curriculum and seven free electives, BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with the following courses are required: Laboratory I and II BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory College of Arts and Sciences 71

BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory M 117 Calculus I BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory M 228 Elementary Statistics BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory PH 103–104 General Physics I and II with BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature Laboratory CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II Plus four of the following: CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory BI 259–260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II with Laboratory I and II CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with BI 306 Genetics Laboratory BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory M 117 Calculus I BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology M 228 Elementary Statistics BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry PH 103–104 General Physics I and II with BI 506 Genetics Laboratory BI 510 Environmental Health Plus two of the following biochemistry courses: BI 520 Bioinformatics BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with BI 502 Biochemistry of Bioenergetics Laboratory BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry EN 500 Environmental Geoscience Plus two of the following restricted electives: MR 260 Marine Vertebrate Zoology with Laboratory MR 300 Marine Ecology with Laboratory BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory MR 310 Marine Biology with Laboratory BI 506 Genomics BI 511 Molecular Biology of Proteins with Laboratory B.S., Biotechnology BI 513 Molecular Biology of Nucleic Acid with The bachelor of science program in biotechnology Laboratory prepares students to enter the growing biopharma- BI 520 Bioinformatics ceutical and biotechnical fields. The program integrates courses in biochemistry, genetics, and cellular Concentration in General Biology and molecular biology. This concentration gives the student a general All students earning a B.S. degree with a major in overview of the biological sciences. It is appropriate biotechnology must complete 128 credits. Courses for the student with a broad interest in biology. In include the University Core Curriculum, the required addition to the University Core Curriculum and courses listed below, and elective courses. seven free electives, the following courses are Required Courses required: BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I and II Laboratory I and II BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory BI 304 Immunology with Laboratory BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory BI 306 Genetics BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific Literature CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory BI 513 Molecular Biology of Nucleic Acid with CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II 72

CH 117–118 General Chemistry Laboratory I tion; marine resource management; crop and pest and II management; natural hazards; regulatory compliance; CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II environmental health and safety; water, wastewater, CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and air treatment; and pollution prevention and and II remediation. CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with Usually, specialized training is necessary if one Laboratory wishes to hold an administrative job at a high salary M 117 Calculus I level. Our programs are designed to enable students M 228 Elementary Statistics to enter a graduate or specialty school to continue PH 103–104 General Physics I and II with their education. Examples of advanced study include Laboratory a graduate program in environmental science or engi- Plus two of the following: neering; a school of forestry, planning, or public BI 503 Nucleic Acid Biochemistry health; a program in urban ecology or environmental BI 506 Genomics geology; or even, with proper selection of electives, BI 511 Molecular Biology of Proteins with business or law school. Laboratory The B.S. degree program establishes a solid back- BI 520 Bioinformatics ground in the biological and earth sciences, chemistry, physics, and mathematics in the first three Minor in Biology years. In the fourth year students concentrate on advanced environmental science courses. To minor in biology, students must complete the courses listed below. In some instances, an upper- level biology course can be substituted for general B.S., Environmental Science biology. Required Courses BI 121–122 General and Human Biology with All students earning a bachelor’s degree in envi- Laboratory I and II ronmental science must complete the University Core or Curriculum and the courses listed below. BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I and II EN 101 Introduction to Environmental Science BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry EN 102 Environmental Science Laboratory or EN 500 Environmental Geoscience BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory EN 502 Environmental Effects of Pollutant BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors I and II with Plus the following: Laboratory BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory BI 510 Environmental Health BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II CH 117–118 General Chemistry Laboratory I Environmental Science and II Environmental scientists are employed by munici- CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory pal, state, and federal agencies and by consulting PH 103–104 General Physics I and II with companies and businesses both large and small. They Laboratory work on problems such as wetland mapping and pro- M 228 Elementary Statistics tection; watershed management; ground and surface Plus 21 to 28 credits of biology, science, or chemistry water contamination; aquifer delineation and protec- electives College of Arts and Sciences 73

CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II B.S., Marine Biology and This program prepares students to enter the rap- CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II idly expanding fields of aquaculture, resource man- M 109 Intermediate Algebra agement, environmental assessment, protection and and conservation, biotechnology, and education related to M 115 Pre-Calculus estuarine, coastal, and marine environments. The or level of experience required for an individual to con- M 115 Pre-Calculus tribute in these fields is not adequately satisfied by an and undergraduate degree in biology or environmental M 117 Calculus I science; therefore, individuals with specific, advanced, or and focused training are needed. This program, with M 117–118 Calculus I and II a strong basic emphasis on the biological and chemi- Plus four electives cal sciences, will prepare students for these fields. Required Courses Minor in Environmental Science All students majoring in marine biology must The minor in environmental science provides a complete the University Core Curriculum and the useful background for students majoring in other following courses: areas who have concern for the environment. For MR 101 Introduction to Marine Biology example, students majoring in political science might MR 102 Seminar in Marine Biology well combine their program with a minor in environ- MR 200 Fundamentals of Oceanography mental science. Another useful combination is an MR 260 Marine Vertebrate Zoology with Laboratory environmental science minor and a major in business MR 300 Marine Ecology with Laboratory administration or engineering. MR 310 Marine Botany with Laboratory For specific information concerning a minor in MR 320 Marine Pollution environmental science, please consult with the pro- MR 501–502 Senior Project in Marine Biology I and II gram coordinator. BI 250 Invertebrate Zoology with Laboratory Required Courses BI 253–254 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I and II EN 101 Introduction to Environmental Science BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory EN 102 Environmental Science Laboratory BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory EN 320 Introduction to Environmental Geoscience CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II or CH 117–118 General Chemistry Laboratory I and II EN 500 Environmental Geoscience CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II Systems HS 102 Modern Western World BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory M 115 Pre-Calculus Plus 3 of the following: M 117 Calculus I EN 502 Environmental Effects of Pollutants M 228 Elementary Statistics EN 521 Hydrology PH 103–104 General Physics I and II with EN 525 Geomorphology Laboratory MR 300 Marine Ecology with Laboratory Plus two of the following restricted electives: MR 330 Coastal Resources Management CH 221 Instrumental Methods with Lab MR 331 Marine Conservation and Restoration EN 533 Special Topics in Field Geology EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information Systems 74

MR 330 Coastal Resources and Management information, including a list of faculty members and MR 331 Marine Conservation and Restoration details on other degree programs offered by the MR 410 Marine Aquaculture and Biotechnology Department. MR 420 Marine Biogeochemistry with Lab Plus one of the following: B.A., Chemistry BI 306 Genetics This program is designed to provide a traditional BI 308 Cell Biology with Laboratory liberal arts background with the basic requirements BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory of a chemistry major. BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory Required Courses Minor in Bioengineering All students in the B.A. program in chemistry must complete 125 credits. Courses must include the No rigid group of courses constitutes a minor in University Core Curriculum and the following: bioengineering. Students wishing to follow such a program should major in one aspect of engineering CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II and take a minor (20 credits) in biology, or the biol- CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II with ogy major program may be combined with a minor Laboratory or concentration in engineering. Students should CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II consult with the particular engineering and biology CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory department chairs before starting the program. CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with Laboratory Teaching Biology CH 331–332 Physical Chemistry I and II Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- CH 333–334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laboratory cate in secondary education in biology may enter the CH 341 Synthetic Methods in Chemistry graduate program at UNH. The B.S. in biology with CH 411 Chemical Literature a concentration in general biology is the best choice CH 412 Seminar for a major for those planning to teach at the second- CH 501 Advanced Organic Chemistry ary level, but other related majors are also acceptable. CH 521 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Please contact the Education Department for addi- EC 133 Principles of Economics tional information. M 117–118 Calculus I and II M 203 Calculus III Biotechnology PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory See BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE. PH 205 Electromagnetism and Opticswith Laboratory Chemistry Plus 24 credits of electives B.S., Chemistry The Department of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering resides in the Tagliatela College of Engineering but offers the B.A. degree in chemistry Minor in Chemistry through the College of Arts and Sciences. Please see These programs appear in this catalog under the the departmental listing in the Tagliatela College of Tagliatela College of Engineering. Engineering section of the catalog for additional College of Arts and Sciences 75

Teaching Chemistry Department faculty have served as editors or associate editors of more than a half dozen of the top-tier Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- scholarly journals in the communication field and have cate in secondary education in chemistry may enter received national and international recognition. All fac- the graduate program at UNH. The B.A. or B.S. in ulty members do research, publish, and have practical chemistry is the best choice for a major for those experience in their communication specialties. Faculty planning to teach at the secondary level, but other and students belong to professional organizations such related majors are also acceptable. Please contact the as the International Communication Association; the Education Department for additional information. Public Relations Society of America; the Eastern Communication Association; the National Association of College Broadcasters; the National Academy of Communication, Television Arts and Sciences; the National Academy of Cable Programming; the National Federation of Local Film, and Theatre Cable Programming; the American Film Institute; the Broadcast Educators’ Association; the National Chair: Jerry L. Allen, Ph.D. Communication Association; the Association for Professors: Jerry L. Allen, Ph.D., Southern Illinois Educational Journalism and Mass Communication; the University at Carbondale; Marilou McLaughlin, Organization for the Study of Communication, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; Steven A. Language, and Gender; the World Communication Raucher, Ph.D., Wayne State University; Donald Association; and the International Listening Association. C. Smith, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts at In the interest of maximizing students’ communica- Amherst tion experiences as well as encouraging professional Instructor: Paul C. Falcone, M.B.A., University of contacts and advancement, the Department urges stu- New Haven dents to enter regional and national competitions in Lecturer: Robert C. Boles, M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence public relations, advertising, radio, television, and film. College Students in this program develop a comprehensive Lambda Pi Eta understanding of interpersonal communication as The Department sponsors the Beta Kappa well as organizational communication, public rela- Chapter of Lambda Pi Eta, the national communications, advertising, and mass communication (journal- tion honor society. To receive honorary membership ism, radio, television, and film). The program blends in this prestigious organization, students must have at theoretical concepts and skills, academic rigor, and least 45 University credits and at least nine credits in hands-on experience to prepare students for careers in communication courses. They must have a 3.0 cumu- business, the public sector, or the media, or for addi- lative G.P.A. and a 3.25 G.P.A. in communication tional studies at the graduate level. courses. Members become part of a national network An active internship is a valuable complement to of communication majors and may showcase their the student’s classroom studies. The Department work at regional and national conferences. offers internships with regional and national businesses, public service organizations, and print and The Co-op Program electronic media. Communication majors can gain additional experience through writing for The The Department participates in the cooperative Charger Bulletin (the student newspaper), working at education program (co-op), which enables students to WNHU-FM (the campus radio station), doing pro- combine their education with practical, paid work gramming for local television, or producing special- experience in their career field. For further details see ized film and video programs. the “Office of Internships and Employer Relations” earlier in the catalog, or contact the Department chair. 76

B.A., Communication HS 108 History of Science or The bachelor of arts degree program has a strong HU 300 The Nature of Science journalism and public relations concentration. In This course will be used to fulfill core competency addition, interpersonal communication theory is requirement 2.3. emphasized, giving the student a broad background in all the elements of the communication field. MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia This course may be used to fulfill core competency Required Courses requirement 3. All students in the B.A. program in communica- Core Curriculum Electives tion must complete 121 credits. Courses must include the University Core Curriculum and the fol- 12 credits lowing: Students should check their academic program of CO 100 Human Communication choice for specific credit hour requirements. CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass Communication Communication Core CO 102 Writing for the Media 42 credits CO 114 Production Fundamentals CO 205 Intercultural Communication These courses develop the foundation knowledge and CO 212 Television Production I competencies from which additional advanced course CO 214 Elements of Film work may follow. CO 300 Persuasive Communication CO 100 Human Communication CO 301 Communication Theory and Research CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass Communication CO 302 Social Impact of Media CO 102 Writing for the Media CO 306 Public Relations Systems and Practices CO 114 Production Fundamentals CO 308 Broadcast Journalism CO 205 Intercultural Communication CO 309 Public Relations Writing CO 212 Television Production I CO 420 Communication and the Law CO 214 Elements of Film CO 500 Seminar in Communication Studies CO 220 Film Production J 201 News Writing and Reporting or J 311 Copy Desk CO 203 Radio Production Plus three communication electives CO 300 Persuasive Communication CO 301 Communication Theory and Research Plus seven electives CO 302 Social Impact of Media CO 312 Television Production II B.S., Communication CO 420 Communication and the Law Students earning a B.S. degree in communication CO 500 Seminar in Communication are required to complete 121 credits, including the Plus 6 credits of communication or journalism University Core Curriculum, and the courses chosen with the adviser Communication program core. Plus 21 credits chosen with the adviser. Core Curriculum 40 credits A.S., Communication The following courses must be completed and will be Upon successful completion of 60 credits of the utilized in partial fulfillment of University Core four-year B.S. program in communication, students Curriculum requirements. may petition to receive an associate in science (A.S.) College of Arts and Sciences 77 degree with a major in communication. The follow- Journalism Certificate ing specific communication/journalism course work The program provides basic journalism skills in must be completed: both print and broadcast media. This certificate may CO 100 Human Communication supplement students’ experience or prepare them for CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass Communication other areas in their current field of work. All students CO 102 Writing for the Media are required to take 15 credits, with a minimum CO 208 Introduction to Broadcasting G.P.A. of 2.0 courses include the following: J 201 News Writing and Reporting Required Courses Plus 9 credits of communication courses chosen with the adviser. CO 102 Writing for the Media CO 309 Public Relations Writing Students must also complete the following core cur- J 201 News Writing and Reporting riculum requirements: Plus two courses from among the following: 6 credits (E 105, E 110): Core Competency 1 CO 302 Social Impact of Media 3 credits (M 127): Core Competency 2 CO 308 Broadcast Journalism 3 credits (CS 107): Core Competency 3 J 202 Advanced News Writing and Reporting 3 credits (HS 102): Core Competency 4 J 311 Copy Desk 3 credits (EC 133): Core Competency 5 J 351 Journalistic Performance J 367 Interpretive and Editorial Writing 3 credits: Core Competency 6 Additional credits are chosen in consultation with the Mass Communication Certificate adviser. This program offers options in television production, radio production, writing for media, interpersonal Minor in Communication communication, or a combination of radio/television A total of 18 credits of communication courses and film. All students are required to take 15 credits, must be earned in order for a student to declare the with a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 courses include the area of study as a completed minor. This work must following: include CO 100 Human Communication. The addi- CO 100 Human Communication tional credits are chosen in consultation with the CO 114 Production Fundamentals adviser. Nine additional credits are chosen in consultation with the adviser. Communication Certificates The Communication Department offers certificates Theatre Arts in journalism and mass communication. Students Coordinator: Robert C. Boles, M.F.A. must complete 15 credits with a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 to earn a certificate. Students may choose to take Theatre courses may be used to satisfy the arts core these courses on a matriculated or nonmatriculated requirements. Refer to the University Core Curriculum basis. For those who choose the nonmatriculated to determine the specific courses permitted. option, it is not necessary to apply for admission to a degree program at the University. However, if you are Productions admitted, the credits earned may be applied toward The University community may take part in all the requirements for a degree program. departmental productions. Volunteers may act in productions as well as help with lighting, set, and 78 costume design; set construction; publicity; and stage Connecticut Center for Gestalt Therapy management. Participants need not be enrolled in While the University of New Haven does not theatre classes. offer an undergraduate degree in the subject of education, the Education Department does offer two Minor in Theatre Arts programs of graduate study: Teacher Certification, for those seeking initial teacher certification, and Students may complete a minor in theatre arts by Professional Education, for currently certified teach- taking 18 credits in the theatre program. Three major ers seeking professional advancement. Both programs productions are mounted each year by the lead to the master of science in education degree. Department, with opportunities for students in per- These programs represent the University’s commit- formance, directing, and backstage work. ment to the preparation of teacher candidates for Required Courses meaningful roles in teaching the youth of the twenty- T 131 Introduction to the Theatre first century. The Education Department prepares T 132 Theatrical Style future elementary and secondary school teachers. T 241 Early World Drama and Theatre Secondary school subject areas include business edu- T 242 Modern World Drama and Theatre cation, English/language arts, mathematics, science, and social studies. Plus 6 credits in theatre arts, chosen from T 341 Acting, T 342 Play Directing, T 491 Production All students who are interested in pursuing a Practicum I, T 492 Production Practicum II, and T teaching career should contact the Education 599 Independent Study Department as soon as possible during their undergraduate career. University of New Haven undergraduates who wish to pursue a career in teaching may be Dental Hygiene eligible for early admission to the UNH Education See DIVISION OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS. Department’s graduate program through the Bachelor’s Plus Program. This process allows qualified undergraduates to begin their education course work Education as undergraduates, enabling them to earn a bachelor’s degree, a master’s degree, and Connecticut certification in just five years. Students in this program Chair: Paulette L. Pepin, Ph.D., Fordham University develop a modified major worksheet; for example, a Professors: Louise M. Soares, Ph.D., University of “Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics — Pre-Education.” Illinois; Shirley Wakin, Ph.D., University of Students in the Bachelor’s Plus Program take their Massachusetts first education course during the spring semester of Associate Professors: Paulette L. Pepin, Ph.D., their junior year. This course, ED 350, Introduction Fordham University; Judy Randi, Ed.D., Teachers to Education, provides students with an overview of College of Columbia University the field of education. (All credit requirements for Lecturer: John Ciochine, M.A. and 6th Year financial aid and undergraduate standing must be Certificate, Fairfield University; Susanne Murphy, maintained while pursuing the Bachelor’s Plus M.S. and 6th Year Certificate, Southern Program.) In their senior year undergraduates con- Connecticut State University tinue to take foundation education courses. Practitioner-In-Residence: Patricia G. Maiorino, Following their undergraduate graduation, students M.S. and 6th Year Certificate, Southern begin the graduate program in August and an intern- Connecticut State University; David Perry, Ed.D., ship in a public school, which provides payment for Columbia University; Robert Law, M.S., Southern tuition. Students attend classes in the evening. Our Connecticut State University, 6th Year Certificate, program’s field component places students in a local College of Arts and Sciences 79 school to work with schoolchildren under the direction of a classroom teacher. This experience gives our English students the opportunity to observe professional teachers in their own classrooms, thus gaining valu- Chair: Donald M. Smith, Ph.D. able hands-on experience in an urban and/or a subur- Director of Freshman English: Richard J. Farrell, ban school district as well as linking theory and M.Phil., Yale University practice. UNH’s Education Department is currently Professors Emeriti: Paul Marx, Ph.D., New York placing interns in 36 Connecticut public schools. University; Douglas Robillard, Ph.D., Wayne Students also experience thirteen weeks of student State University teaching and are fully responsible for the cost of student teaching. Professors: Srilekha Bell, Ph.D., University of Wisconsin; David E. E. Sloane, Ph.D., Duke By the end of June, students complete the pro- University; Donald M. Smith, Ph.D., New York gram and receive a master’s degree, one year after University; Brenda R. Williams, Ph.D., graduating with a bachelor’s degree. The master’s Washington University degree is tuition-free with participation in the public school internship program. Successful completion of Senior Lecturers: Wesley J. Davis, M.A., Southern all requirements, including the student teaching com- Connecticut State University; Richard J. Farrell, ponent, will result in UNH’s recommendation to the M.Phil., Yale University State Department of Education for Connecticut cer- Lecturers: Stephen A. Listro, Ph.D., Indiana tification. Students are able to apply for Fall teaching University of Pennsylvania; Diane C. Russo, positions in Connecticut public schools. Ph.D., University of South Carolina Entrance Requirements An English major may choose the concentration in either literature or writing. Students in the litera- • Students are required to have and maintain a 3.0 ture concentration develop their analytic skills and G.P.A. critical ability by reading widely varied works in the • Students must develop a modified major work- English language: William Shakespeare to Walt sheet by their sophomore year. For example, a Whitman, Jane Austen to Gwendolyn Brooks. The mathematics major would develop a worksheet for study of English and American literature provides a the “B.A. in Mathematics — Pre-Education.” depth and breadth of liberal education as it also Formal admission into the program occurs improves one’s thinking, writing, and speaking. A between junior and senior year. major in literature is looked upon very favorably by • Successful completion of Praxis I, or a total of admissions officers of law, medical, and dental 1100 on the SATs for a waiver. Secondary stu- schools. It is good preparation for graduate work in dents must pass Praxis II (content exam) before fields such as business, education, urban planning, entrance into the graduate program. social work, and public health. Employers in many • Passing grade on the UNH Writing Proficiency areas of business, industry, and government seek col- Exam by the end of junior year. lege graduates with broad knowledge and the ability to communicate effectively. • Successful completion of ED 350 Introduction to Education. In the writing concentration, students practice a variety of written language from the expository essay • Approval/recommendation from both major and to business and technological applications to more cre- education advisers. ative forms. Some specific areas in which writing skills • Completion of formal application for graduate have immediate practical worth are journalism, adver- school and satisfaction of all graduate school tising, public relations, sales training, and promotion. requirements. All fees waived. Many companies hire writers and editors for company periodicals and reports, equipment handbooks, and 80 service manuals. Publishing houses provide employ- to combine their education with practical, paid work ment, of many kinds and on many levels, for persons experience in their career field. For further details see skilled in writing. For writers of proven ability, there the “Office of Internships and Employer Relations” are numerous opportunities to freelance for trade jour- earlier in the catalog, or contact the co-op coordina- nals, newspapers, magazines, and other publications. tor for the College of Arts and Sciences. An English major may also prepare for teacher certification at the elementary or secondary level. B.A., English Thirty credits in English beyond the freshman Modern Language Study level, with the restrictions indicated below, are While study of a modern language is not required, required for a major in English. All English majors it is strongly recommended that the student who must take the University Core Curriculum and the majors in English know at least one modern lan- following courses: guage. Knowledge of a modern language makes one E 211 Early British Writers more sensitive to the use and meaning of words in E 213 Early American Writers one’s own language. Furthermore, knowledge of a HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times modern language widens one’s perspective and deep- HS 353 Modern Britain ens one’s understanding through the insights gained Plus 15 free electives into another culture. Students who are considering graduate study certainly should be competent in at least one modern language. Concentration in Literature The literature concentration requires eight addi- The Literary Club tional literature courses, at least one from Category I and at least two from each of the other three cate- The English Department sponsors the University’s gories of upper-level English courses. Literary Club, which is open to all UNH students. Category I Category II Category III Category IV Its aim is to further interest in the literary arts. The E 201 E 202 E 217 E 214 Club’s primary activity is publishing The Elm City E 290 E 212 E 281 E 218 Review, a journal of students’ art and writing. E 323 E 353 E 392 E 260 E 341 E 356 E 395 E 275 Transfer Credit for Writing Courses E 371 E 390 E 477 E 394 The English Department awards credit for fresh- E 406–409 E 478 man writing courses taken at an accredited American college or University if the courses are essentially the Concentration in Writing same as E 105 or E 110 and if the student received at The writing concentration requires two additional least a “C.” If the courses were taken at a foreign col- literature courses, each from a different category of lege, the student must demonstrate proficiency in the above list, and six of the following writing writing before credit is awarded. In the latter case, courses: the student should make an appointment with the E 220 Writing for Business and Industry (now secretary of the English Department for the writing online) of a one-hour composition. E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation E 251 Narrative Nonfiction The Co-op Program E 267 Creative Writing I The Department participates in the cooperative E 268 Creative Writing II education program (co-op), which enables students E 270 Advanced Essay Workshop E 480 Internship College of Arts and Sciences 81

Teaching Language Arts guages, political science, and philosophy offer students an understanding of the social, political, and Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- cultural forces that have shaped the contemporary cate for secondary education in language arts may world. Increasingly, citizens of a global society need to enter the graduate program at UNH. The B.A. in gain expertise in the rich array of courses offered in English is the best choice for a major, but other this division, from an understanding of international majors are also acceptable. Please contact the relations and the analysis of historical events, to the Education Department for additional information. discussion of the role of women and religion in modern society. Minor in English The Division offers the B.A. degree in global stud- Fifteen credits in literature and/or writing courses, ies, in history, and in political science, and minors in selected by the student in consultation with the history, political science, and philosophy. It is also the department adviser, are required for the minor. home for the modern languages, which include elementary and intermediate-level courses in Arabic, Minor in Black Studies Chinese, French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish. Faculty members also have organized inters- The minor in black studies is an interdisciplinary ession and summer study abroad programs in China, program offered in the College of Arts and Sciences the United Arab Emirates, Oman, and Russia. This and housed in the Department of English. The Division also contributes many of the courses to the minor consists of courses in English, history, political major in global studies, reflecting the University’s science, sociology, and world music. A student may commitment to develop interdisciplinary ties within minor in this program by completing 18 credits of the social sciences. courses selected from the following: E 217 African-American Literature I Global Studies E 218 African-American Literature II HS 120 History of Blacks in the United States Director: Brett McCormick, Ph.D., Cornell MU 112 Introduction to World Music University MU 550 Studies in Urban Ethnic Music The B.A. in global studies is an innovative interdis- PS 205 The Politics of the Black Movement in ciplinary major designed to serve students who seek to America understand global issues that increasingly affect all SO 221 Cultural Anthropology aspects of our lives. These issues include international SO 315 Social Change terrorism and crime networks, global stresses on the SO 400 Minority Group Relations environment, transnational economic issues, and the effectiveness of diplomacy in responding to global Environmental Science crises and opportunities. The program permits students to integrate courses from across the University See BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE. with real-life learning experiences (internships and study abroad) in order to achieve global competency. Students in this major will be prepared to enter career Division of Global opportunities in government, nongovernmental Studies, History, and organizations, or multinational companies. Political Science B.A., Global Studies All students earning a bachelor’s degree in global Courses in global studies, history, modern lan- studies must complete the University Core 82

Curriculum as part of the 121 credits required for the IB 422 International Business Negotiations degree. Additional requirements are as follows: MK 326 Overview of E-commerce • GLS 100 Introduction to Global Studies (3 credits) MK 413 International Marketing during the first semester in the major. MK 442 Marketing Research in the Global Environment • A minimum of two semesters (6 credits) of a modern language to be taken by the end of the Latin American Studies sophomore year. Students concentrating in area E 409 International Literature studies as described below should take a language HS 350 Latin American History relevant to their specific region of specialization. MU 300 Studies in Music • Five global foundation courses, with a minimum PS 283 Comparative Political Systems: Latin of two courses from each of the following groups: America Group 1: Cultural Studies Asian Studies E 202 Modern World Literature HS 260 Modern Asia HS 207 History Since 1945 HS 262 Modern Chinese History HTM 166/7 Touristic Geography HS 264 Modern Japanese History MU 112 World Music PS 281 Comparative Political Systems: Asia SO 221 Cultural Anthropology European Studies Group 2: International Relations and Organizations E 406–409 International Literature CO 205 Intercultural Communication HS 345 Europe in the Nineteenth Century CJ 535 Global Perspectives on Crime and Justice HS 351 Russia and the Soviet Union EC 200 Global Economy HS 353 Modern Britain PS 222 U.S. Foreign Policy HS 355 Modern Germany PS 241 International Relations HS 446 Europe in the Twentieth Century PS 243 International Law and Organization MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European PS 355 Terrorism Art Music I and II PS 282 Comparative Political Systems: Europe • A global studies concentration. Upon completion of the first year of study in the major, students • An internship and study abroad. In consultation choose a global studies concentration and take 8 with the Global Studies adviser, students will additional courses from among the following con- complete a minimum of 3 credits through an centration courses. A minimum of 5 of these internship. All students in this program are courses should be specific to the student’s chosen encouraged strongly to study abroad for a semes- concentration. Concentrations are offered in ter or summer term. global economy, Latin American studies, Asian • Ten 300-level or 400-level courses must be com- studies, and European studies. Courses for each pleted. concentration are listed below. Global Economy History Note: Most of these courses and EC 200 from the Associate Professor: Edmund N. Todd, Ph.D., foundation courses can be taken only upon com- University of Pennsylvania pletion of EC 133 and EC 134. Assistant Professor: Brett McCormick, Ph.D., EC 342 International Economics Cornell University EC 440 Economic Development Lecturer: Bradley Woodworth, Ph.D., Indiana IB 421 Operation of the Multinational University Corporation College of Arts and Sciences 83

Practitioner-in-Residence: Matthew Wranovix, the program can be arranged in consultation with an Ph.D., Yale University adviser. History provides a framework for a liberal educa- Required Courses tion. The study of human experience — failures as HS 101 Foundations of the Western World well as achievements — is the core of historical study. HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times It gives insight into related disciplines in the humanities and social sciences and broadens the perspective Plus either HS 211 United States History to 1865 of students in the professional fields of business and and HS 212 United States History Since 1865 engineering by revealing the complexity and interre- or latedness of human experience. HS 110 American History Since 1607 and any other United States history course excluding History is also excellent preparation for a variety HS 211/212 of careers in business, government, law, journalism, HS 260 Modern Asia foreign service, and many other areas. Because of the HS 491 Senior Seminar great variety of professional programs at the University of New Haven, the student interested in Plus one upper-division Asian history course, two history can combine this interest with highly techni- upper-division courses in European history, and one cal professional training. upper-division course in American history The Department strives to meet its objectives by Plus two electives in history teaching not only content but critical and writing skills through reading, class presentations and discus- Minor in History sion, research, and writing. Historical methodology is A total of 18 credits in history is required for a stressed in all advanced courses, and students take the minor in history. Courses must include the two listed history seminar in their senior year to sharpen their below and any other four courses in history that sup- critical and analytic skills. port the student’s interests and needs. Phi Alpha Theta Required Courses HS 101 Foundations of the Western World The University of New Haven has a chapter of the HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times international honor society in history, Phi Alpha Theta, which is open to students who have completed at least 12 credits of history and have main- Modern Languages tained an average of better than 3.0 in history courses Practitioners-in-Residence: Ramon Funcia, Lic., and better than 2.9 overall. The University chapter of University of Havana; Yasir Hamed, M.Ed., Phi Alpha Theta provides students and faculty with a American Intercontinental University; Chien Wen social and intellectual experience beyond classroom Yu, M.B.A., Wake Forest University work, offering films, speakers, and roundtable discus- In an interconnected world, the knowledge of sions. Students not eligible for membership in the modern languages has become increasingly important society are welcome to participate in all of the chap- and greatly enhances global awareness. The Division ter’s activities. regularly offers courses in beginning Arabic, Chinese, French, Italian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in B.A., History other major world languages may also be offered on a less regular basis. These courses fulfill the core cur- All students in the B.A. in history program must riculum requirements on all worksheets. In addition, complete 121 credits. These courses must include the students interested in study abroad are encouraged to University Core Curriculum and 36 credits of history begin their study of a modern language at UNH. courses, including those listed below. The balance of 84

The Division offers the following courses: than a fool satisfied? AR 101 Elementary Arabic I But studying in this field also helps a person to AR 102 Elementary Arabic II develop skills that have wide practical application. AR 450–459 Special Topics in Arabic Philosophy students practice logical thinking, analyti- CN 101 Conversational Chinese I cal reading and listening, and precise writing and CN 102 Conversational Chinese II speaking. They also practice “thinking outside the CN 201 Chinese Language and Culture box” and, hence, cultivate creativity, even humor, CN 204 Chinese Language and Literature because their occupation is none other than the ques- CN 450–459 Special Topics in Chinese tioning of fundamental assumptions in all areas. FR 101 Elementary French I Thus, philosophy has served as a useful background FR 102 Elementary French II for people who have gone on to successful careers in FR 450–459 Special Topics in French diverse professions, such as computer systems pro- GR 101 Elementary German I gramming, music, management, insurance, invest- GR 102 Elementary German II ment, marketing, film-making, publishing, real GR 450–459 Special Topics in German estate, technical writing, literary writing, government, IT 101 Elementary Italian I human services, journalism, law, medicine, teaching, IT 102 Elementary Italian II research... and stand-up comedy! IT 450–459 Special Topics in Italian Philosophy courses at UNH examine the major RU 101 Elementary Russian I world traditions of thought from ancient times to the RU 102 Elementary Russian II present. Emphasis is placed on ethical inquiry, RU 201 Intermediate Russian I including the application of ethical thinking to our RU 202 Intermediate Russian II daily and professional lives. RU 450–459 Special Topics in Russian SP 101 Elementary Spanish I SP 102 Elementary Spanish II Minor in Philosophy SP 201 Intermediate Spanish I A student in this program must complete 15 cred- SP 202 Intermediate Spanish II its, as follows: SP 450–459 Special Topics in Spanish Required Courses Philosophy PL 210 Logic PL 222 Ethics Lecturer: David Brubaker, Ph.D., University of Plus at least three additional philosophy courses cho- Illinois sen in consultation with a philosophy adviser Practitioners-in-Residence: Edward Waggoner, Ph.D., Yale University; Brian Bellamy, M.A., Yale University Political Science The main attraction of philosophy always has Professors: Lawrence J. DeNardis, Ph.D., New York been and always will be the intrinsic fascination of University; James W. Dull, Ph.D., Columbia thinking about the “perennial questions.” Is there University; Natalie J. Ferringer, Ph.D., University purpose in the universe or only random causation? of Virginia; Joshua H. Sandman, Ph.D., New Does human existence have meaning, or is it absurd? York University Are moral obligations real, or are they just social con- A major in political science provides the student structs? Is the mind anything more than the func- with a foundation for a career in government on the tioning of the brain? Are we capable of acting freely, local, state, national, and international levels; for a or do we behave as nature dictates? Is reason the slave career in law; for graduate school programs in politi- of the passions? Is it better to be Socrates dissatisfied cal science, international relations, and public policy; College of Arts and Sciences 85 and for careers in the areas of campaign management, Minor in Political Science communication, public relations, and business. All The Department of Political Science offers several political science and pre-law majors or minors should course clusters for students from other disciplines discuss career goals and educational objectives with a who wish to enhance their degree programs. The Department adviser within one month of entrance minor consists of 18 credits of political science into the program. courses, chosen with a departmental adviser. Several Further, advice on the Law School Admissions three-course clusters are suggested below for inclusion Test (LSAT) and the Graduate Record Examination in the minor to address particular interests. In each (GRE) preparation courses, which our pre-law and case, nine additional credits are to be chosen in con- graduate school-oriented students are urged to take, sultation with a departmental adviser. is available through the Department. Pre-law majors and minors in the Department of American Government Political Science have been especially successful in gain- PS 121 American Government and Politics ing entrance to law schools throughout the country. PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics The political science faculty grants the Rollin G. PS 332 Constitutional Law Osterweis Award for Excellence in Political Science to an outstanding political science student. International Relations PS 241 International Relations B.A., Political Science PS 243 International Law and Organization All students in the B.A. in political science pro- PS 281–285 Comparative Political Systems gram must complete 121 credits. These courses must (at least one) include the University Core Curriculum and 48 cred- Legal Studies its of political science courses, including those listed below. PS 230 Anglo-American Jurisprudence PS 231 Judicial Behavior Required Courses PS 332 Constitutional Law PS 121 American Government and Politics PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics General Political Science PS 241 International Relations Students whose needs are best served by a mixture PS 243 International Law and Organization of political science courses may construct an individ- PS 261 Modern Political Analysis ualized minor, in consultation with a departmental Plus one of the following: adviser, or a certification in campaign management. PS 281, 282, 283, 285 Comparative Political Systems One additional minor cluster is offered through (Asia, Europe, Latin America, Middle East) the Institute of Law and Public Affairs as follows: Plus one of the following: PS 304, 308, 309 Political Parties, Legislative Process, Certificate in Public Policy The American Presidency (Campaign Management) PS 332 Constitutional Law A certificate in public policy is issued to students PS 461 Political Theory: Ancient and Medieval who complete 18 credits with a minimum G.P.A. of PS 462 Political Theory: Modern and Contemporary 2.0 in areas of public affairs designed to serve the stu- PS 499 Senior Seminar I dent’s intellectual and professional needs. An example Plus 18–21 credits of political science electives to be is the program in campaign management. chosen with the student’s departmental adviser 86

Required Courses Associate Professors: Mark Kacerik, M.S., University PS 121 American Government and Politics of Bridgeport; Renee Prajer, M.S., University of Bridgeport Plus five of the following: Assistant Professor: Sandra D’Amato-Palumbo, PS 224 Public Attitudes and Public Policy M.P.S., Quinnipiac College; Gwen Grosso, M.S., PS 340 Campaign Management: Procedures and University of Bridgeport; Teal Mercer, M.P.H., Operations University of Connecticut PS 341 Campaign Management: Structure and Organization The cornerstone of the UNH dental hygiene pro- PS 344 Campaign Management: Survey Research, gram is the bachelor of science degree. This program Polling, Computers enables the student to be involved in dental hygiene PS 346 Campaign Management: Financing and course work throughout all four years of the curricu- Election Laws lum. The course of study integrates science prerequi- PS 450 Campaign Management: Internship sites and general (core) education requirements with foundational and advanced-level dental hygiene Additional related elective courses may be selected courses. Graduates of the bachelor of science program with the approval of a departmental adviser. will be prepared not only to seek employment in private dental offices but also to pursue employment in a Global Studies variety of other health care settings such as dental See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, hygiene and dental business/industry, nursing homes, AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. centers for the developmentally disabled, hospitals, home health care agencies, correctional facilities, and community health centers. Bachelor of science degree Graphic Design students also have the knowledge and skills necessary See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual to pursue education at the graduate level. Arts. Students who wish to exit the program at the end of three years of study may earn an associate in science degree in dental hygiene. This program prepares Division of graduates for necessary board examinations and employment primarily in the dental office setting. Health Professions The associate degree program integrates science prerequisite courses and foundational dental hygiene Chair: Rosa A. Mo, Ed.D., R.D. courses into a three-year curriculum. Graduates of the program are positioned to practice as dental hygienists The Division of Health Professions of the College and, if desired, complete the bachelor’s degree by par- of Arts and Sciences is the home of science-based ticipating in one additional year of study. professional training programs in health care. Combining a strong foundation in biological science In addition to the programs described above, with practical real-life learning and field experience, UNH offers a dental hygiene degree completion pro- programs are offered in dental hygiene and in nutri- gram. This curriculum is designed for practicing den- tion and dietetics. The Division also offers a graduate tal hygienists who are graduates of associate degree degree in Human Nutrition, described in the programs. The degree completion program enables Graduate Catalog. dental hygienists to transfer credits from an accredited dental hygiene program and utilize their academic and work experience as the basis for Dental Hygiene completing course work leading to the bachelor of Director: Sandra D’Amato-Palumbo, M.P.S. science degree. College of Arts and Sciences 87

Admission Requirements 350, 460), they must be enrolled in a full-time course of study. In addition to the general admission requirements for all prospective UNH students, it is recommended Required Courses that applicants to the dental hygiene program CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic demonstrate satisfactory performance in the sciences Chemistry with Laboratory and mathematics. It is strongly recommended that CS 107 Computers and their Applications applicants have completed both high school biology DH 105–110 Introduction to Dental Hygiene I and chemistry with laboratory and two years of col- and II lege preparatory mathematics. An in-person or tele- E 105 Composition phone interview with the department director or a E 110 Composition and Literature faculty member is recommended; letters of recom- HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times mendation supporting the student’s ability to pursue M 109 Intermediate Algebra a rigorous science-based curriculum and desire to or contribute in the health care delivery system are M 127 Finite Math strongly encouraged. Admission to the program is P 111 Introduction to Psychology limited, and part-time study is available only during SO 113 Sociology the first year of the curriculum. All students enrolled BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I in the dental hygiene clinical course sequence must DI 215 Principles of Nutrition be full-time. DH 214 Oral Facial Structures DH 215 Radiology Professional Accreditation and Licensure DH 220 Dental Hygiene Concepts I E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion The program in dental hygiene is accredited by or the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the CO 100 Human Communication American Dental Association, a specialized accredit- DH 240 Dental Hygiene Concepts II ing body recognized by the Commission on BI 259/260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology I Recognition of Postsecondary Accreditation and by and II with Laboratory the United States Department of Education. BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry Students in the program are provided with appli- BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory cation materials for the Dental Hygiene National PA 308 Health Care Delivery Systems Board Examination (written) and the Northeast DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain Management Regional Board Examination (NERB/clinical). Both DH 325 General and Oral Pathology the National Board Examination and a clinical exam- DH 327 Periodontology ination are required for program graduates to apply DH 330 Dental Hygiene Concepts III for dental hygiene licensure in Connecticut and most DH 342 Dental Materials other states. DH 350 Dental Hygiene Concepts IV DH 360 Local Anesthesia B.S., Dental Hygiene DH 423 Instructional Planning and Media DH 438 Dental Hygiene Research Students earning a bachelor of science degree in DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public Health dental hygiene must complete 128 credits. Courses DH 460 Advanced Dental Hygiene Practice must include the University Core Curriculum for DH 461 Oral Medicine bachelor’s degree students and the required courses DH 462 Dental Hygiene Internship listed below. Once students are enrolled in the dental DH 468 Dental Hygiene Senior Project hygiene clinical course sequence (DH 220, 240, 330, Plus two three-credit electives 88

A.S., Dental Hygiene DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public Health DH 460 Advanced Dental Hygiene Practice Students earning an associate in science degree in dental hygiene must complete 100 credits. Courses must include the University Core Curriculum for Nutrition and Dietetics associate degrees and the required courses listed below. Program Director: Georgia Chavent, Assistant Students enrolled in the dental hygiene clinical course Professor, M.S., Columbia University, RD, sequence (DH 220, 240, 330, 350, 460), must be Medical College of Virginia enrolled in a full-time course of study. Those students earning an associate degree must enroll in the clinical course during the designated summer session. B.S., Nutrition and Dietetics Nutrition and dietetics professionals are well Required Courses equipped to enter the health and wellness field. DH 105–110 Introduction to Dental Hygiene I Managing the delivery of food and providing healthy and II eating guidance to health professionals, athletes, pri- CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic vate practice clients, chefs, food service managers, Chemistry with Laboratory food scientists, and consumers of all ages is the CS 107 Computers and their Applications essence of the dietetics field, offering challenges for E 105 Composition students to prepare themselves for varied and exciting E 110 Composition and Literature career opportunities. HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times The Nutrition and Dietetics Program is within the M 109 Intermediate Algebra Division of Health Professions and is designed for the or student seeking a career as a nutritionist or registered M 127 Finite Math dietitian (RD). The program includes management, P 111 Introduction to Psychology food, and clinical course work that is accredited by SO 113 Sociology the Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD), and by the BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I Commission on Accreditation for Dietetics DI 215 Principles of Nutrition Education (CADE) of the American Dietetic DH 214 Oral Facial Structures Association, 120 South Riverside Plaza, Suite 2000, DH 215 Radiology Chicago, IL 60606-6995, phone 312.899.5400. DH 220 Dental Hygiene Concepts I Students earning credits toward a dietetics degree E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion may apply for associate membership in the American or Dietetic Association. CO 100 Human Communication DH 240 Dental Hygiene Concepts II The registered dietitian (RD) credential is recog- BI 259/260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology I nized nationally, enabling graduates to practice the art and II with Laboratory and science of the nutrition care process throughout BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry the United States. Graduates are providing food and BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory nutrition services in private practice settings, health DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain Management care institutions such as teaching hospitals and DH 325 General and Oral Pathology extended-care facilities, community nutrition sites, DH 327 Periodontology child care centers, school lunch programs, corporate DH 330 Dental Hygiene Concepts III food companies, physicians’ offices, and specialized DH 342 Dental Materials programs for eating behavior and weight management. DH 350 Dental Hygiene Concepts IV Students who have earned a bachelor’s or graduate DH 360 Local Anesthesia degree in another discipline may apply credits toward College of Arts and Sciences 89 a nutrition and dietetics degree or be eligible to E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion receive a verification statement authorizing their entry MK 200 Principles of Marketing into a supervised practice program, such as an accred- PA 308 Health Care Delivery Systems ited dietetic internship program, once they have com- Plus one restricted elective pleted the required dietetics courses. A minimum of Plus four free electives seven to ten didactic program courses must be taken at the University of New Haven for a student to receive a verification statement from the director of Minor in Nutrition the program. The minor in nutrition is highly desirable in The undergraduate nutrition and dietetics pro- today’s health-conscious marketplace and offers an gram is also associated with the master of science opportunity for students to study personal nutrition, program in human nutrition, enabling qualified stu- healthy eating for disease prevention or sports per- dents to complete graduate study concurrently with formance, food science, or cultural cuisine while the undergraduate program. strengthening their food preparation skills in the food laboratory. Required Courses A total of 19 credits of nutrition and related A minimum total of 123 credits, including the course work must be earned by a student to declare a University Core Curriculum, must be completed for minor in nutrition. This minor course of study has the bachelor of science degree in nutrition and dietet- been approved by the Connecticut Division of ics. The courses included are as follows: Higher Education and includes the following three A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting required courses: BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory I BI 259–260 Vertebrate Anatomy and Physiology DI 215 Principles of Nutrition with Laboratory I and II DI 342 Healthy Food Preparation BI 261 Introduction to Biochemistry BI 301 Microbiology with Laboratory Plus any three of the following courses (or others) CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic chosen in consultation with the program director: Chemistry with Laboratory DI 150 Sports Nutrition CO 100 Human Communication DI 200 Food Science and Preparation with DI 150 Sports Nutrition (optional) Laboratory DI 200 Food Science and Preparation with DI 214 Menu Planning Laboratory DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, and Procurement DI 214 Menu Planning DI 315 Nutrition and Disease DI 215 Principles of Nutrition HR 315 Volume Food Production and Service DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, and Procurement HR 315 Cultural Understanding of Food and DI 222 Careers in Health and Wellness Cuisine DI 315 Nutrition and Disease DI 326 Principles of Dietetics Management History DI 330 Dietetic Practice in Today’s Society DI 342 Healthy Food Preparation See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, DI 350 Nutrition Throughout the Lifecycle AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. DI 405 Community and Institutional Nutrition DI 450–459 Special Topics Interior Design DI 597 Dietetic Practicum (optional) See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Visual E 220 Writing for Business and Industry Arts. or 90

Marine Biology Mathematics students have direct access to University computing facilities via computer labora- See BIOLOGY AND ENVIRONMENTAL tories throughout the campus. Several modern com- SCIENCE. puting languages are available. The most modern and up-to-date data processing packages as well as mathematical and statistical software packages have been Mathematics installed and are utilized in instruction.

Chair: James W. Uebelacker, Ph.D. Student Awards Coordinator of Pre-Calculus Mathematics: Each year, the Mathematics Department awards Ali A. Jafarian, Ph.D. two outstanding mathematics students free honorary Professors Emeriti: Donald Fridshal, Ph.D., memberships in the Mathematical Association of University of Connecticut; Joseph M. Gangler, America and the Society for Industrial and Applied Ph.D., Columbia University; Bruce Tyndall, M.S., Mathematics. University of Iowa In addition, the department annually awards the Professors: Ali A. Jafarian, Ph.D., University of Bert Ross Mathematics Prize to the outstanding sen- Toronto; Erik Rosenthal, Ph.D., University of ior mathematics major. This award consists of a set of California, Berkeley; Baldev K. Sachdeva, Ph.D., mathematics books and a certificate of achievement. Pennsylvania State University; Ramesh Sharma, Ph.D., Banaras Hindu University, Ph.D., University of Windsor; James W. Uebelacker, The Co-op Program Ph.D., Syracuse University; Shirley Wakin, Ph.D., The department participates in the cooperative University of Massachusetts; W. Thurmon education program (co-op), which enables students Whitley, Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and to combine their education with practical, paid work State University experience in their career field. For further details see Associate Professor: Marc H. Mehlman, Ph.D., the “Office of Internships and Employer Relations” University of California, Riverside earlier in the catalog, or contact the chair of the Mathematics Department. Lecturer: Roger Fiondella, M.S., University of Bridgeport The study of mathematics opens the door to a Basic Courses Required for All wide variety of career opportunities and academic Mathematics Majors pursuits. Mathematics is a major part of the frame- All students earning a bachelor’s degree in mathe- work of modern science and technology, business and matics must complete the University Core social sciences. Persons with strong mathematics Curriculum, the course requirements for their partic- backgrounds qualify for stimulating occupations in ular math program, and the basic math courses listed an ever-increasing number of fields, from private below. industry to government service. M 117–118 Calculus I and II The Mathematics Department offers a B.A. degree M 203 Calculus III in mathematics. In addition, concentrations in M 204 Differential Equations applied mathematics, computer science, or statistics M 305 Discrete Structures leading to a B.S. degree are offered. Students who do M 308 Introduction to Real Analysis not take the computer science concentration are M 311 Linear Algebra encouraged to consider a minor in computer science M 321 Modern Algebra to be better prepared for our technological society. M 331 Combinatorics* Students majoring in other fields may minor in or mathematics. College of Arts and Sciences 91

M 361 Mathematical Modeling* the graduate education program. Upon successful M 338 Numerical Analysis completion of the fifth year of this program, students M 371 Probability and Statistics I are certified to teach mathematics in Connecticut M 472 Probability and Statistics II and hold a master’s degree in education. M 491 Department Seminar Students earning a B.A. in mathematics with an *Both are required for the B.S. concentration in education concentration must complete 124 credits. applied mathematics Courses include the basic courses required of all mathematics majors, listed above, except M 204, M B.A., Mathematics 338, and M 472, the University Core Curriculum, and the courses listed below. This program provides students with a broad overview of mathematics and its applications, espe- Required Courses cially those students who wish to study pure mathe- CS 110 Introduction to C Programming matics or for those whose career objectives include CS 210 Java Programming mathematics education or the application of mathe- or matics to fields such as business, economics, or the MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia social sciences. M 304 Using Technology to Teach Mathematics Students earning a B.A. degree with a mathemat- PH 150 Mechanics, Heat and Waves with Laboratory ics major must complete a minimum of 124 credits. ED 350 Introduction to Education and Field Study Courses include the basic courses required for all ED 503 Human Growth and Development mathematics majors listed above, the University Core ED 504 Educational Psychology Curriculum, and the courses listed below. ED 606 History of American Education ED 620A Seminar in Multicultural Issues Required Courses Plus six hours of mathematics, chosen from M 204 CS 110 Introduction to C Programming or M 300 or above series CS 210 Java Programming CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with B.S., Mathematics Laboratory Students interested in applied mathematics should Plus 6 credits of mathematics compatible with the pursue the B.S. degree. Within this degree program, area of concentration, M 300 series or above the concentrations of computer science, applied mathematics, and statistics are offered. Concentration in Mathematics — Education Students earning a B.S. degree with a major in mathematics must complete a minimum of 124 cred- This program is designed for students interested its. Courses must include the basic courses required in earning a teaching certificate in secondary educa- for all mathematics majors listed above, the tion in mathematics. The restricted electives and elec- University Core Curriculum, and the courses listed tives give the student the opportunity to add a below for one of the three concentrations. second certification. Students in this program receive a B.A. degree in mathematics and have the opportunity to participate in the University’s Bachelor’s Plus Concentration in Computer Science program, which results in the completion of both the This program is primarily for students interested bachelor’s and the master’s degree in 5 years. During in using computing techniques to solve mathematical the undergraduate program, students may apply to problems in a wide variety of disciplines. In addition the University of New Haven’s Department of to the mathematics requirements, students take eight Education. Upon acceptance they move directly into or nine courses in computer science designed to 92 provide training in the structure of computer lan- Concentration in Statistics guages, computing machines, and computing systems. This program provides students with a back- Students in this program must complete a mini- ground in mathematical statistics. The mathematics mum of 124 credits. Courses include the basic courses required enable a person to gain employment courses required for all mathematics majors listed as a statistician in business or government or to pur- above, the University Core Curriculum, and the sue graduate study in statistics. These courses are also courses listed below. necessary for students wishing to pursue careers in Required Courses the actuarial field. CS 110 Introduction to C Programming Students in this program must complete a mini- CS 210 Java Programming mum of 124 credits. Courses include the basic CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections courses required for all mathematics majors listed CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms above, the University Core Curriculum, and the PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with courses listed below. Laboratory Required Courses Restricted CS or Math Elective M 204 Differential Equations Plus 9–12 credits in computer science; 9–12 credits in M 338 Numerical Analysis mathematics, chemistry, or physics (the number of cred- M 472 Probability and Statistics II its here depends on specific upper-level electives chosen) M 473 Advanced Statistical Inference M 481–482 Linear Models I and II Concentration in Applied Mathematics CS 110 Introduction to C Programming CS 210 Java Programming This program is primarily for students whose math- CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections ematical interests are in the application of mathematics Plus 12 credits in science, computer science, or to fields such as physics, chemistry, operations research, mathematics and engineering. In addition to the courses listed below, students take five to seven courses in a single discipline of the natural sciences or engineering. Minor in Mathematics Students in this program must complete a mini- Students may minor in mathematics by complet- mum of 125–127 credits. Courses include the basic ing six mathematics courses approved by the courses required for all mathematics majors listed Department. Those students contemplating a minor above, the University Core Curriculum, and the in mathematics should consult with the Department courses listed below. as early as possible in their academic careers as to the choice and availability of courses. Required Courses M 204 Differential Equations Required Courses M 338 Numerical Analysis M 118 Calculus II M 472 Probability and Statistics II M 203 Calculus III CS 110 Introduction to C Programming M 311 Linear Algebra CS 210 Java Programming Plus 9 credits of upper-level mathematics courses that CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections complement the major area of interest PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Laboratory Recommended Courses Two-course science sequence M 204 Differential Equations Plus 6 credits of mathematics compatible with the Any course in the M 300 series or above area of concentration, M 300 series or above College of Arts and Sciences 93

Modern Languages valuable to the life sciences. See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, Consequently, a basic knowledge of physics is AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. excellent preparation for diverse careers: research in University and government laboratories, industrial research and development, applied science and engi- Multimedia/Web Creation Studies neering, biological and medical sciences, research in See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > environmental problems, and teaching at all levels Multimedia / Web Creation Studies from the elementary school to the University. It also prepares students for careers in non-physics-related Music and Sound Recording fields such as philosophy, business, and law. The University does not currently offer a bache- See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Music / lor’s degree in physics. The Department does, how- Music Industry / Music and Sound Recording ever, offer a minor in physics suitable for majors in any of the University’s colleges and departments. A Music physics minor is particularly valuable for students in chemistry, environmental science, biology, forensic See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS > Music. science, fire science, or occupational safety, as well as for any student planning to teach science at the ele- Nutrition and Dietetics mentary or secondary level. See DIVISION OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS. The physics minor requires a total of 20 credits of work in physics. Students should plan their minor in Philosophy consultation with a faculty adviser in the Physics Department. See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. Required Courses for Physics Minor PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Physics Laboratory PH 211 Modern Physics Coordinator: Matthew Griffiths, Ph.D. Plus 9 credits of selected physics courses depending on the career interests of the student Associate Professors: Matthew Griffiths, Ph.D., University of Edinburgh; Saion Sinha, Ph.D., University of Kentucky Political Science Physics is concerned with the most basic aspects See DIVISION OF GLOBAL STUDIES, HISTORY, of our knowledge of the natural world. It is a subject AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. in which experiment and theory evolve constantly to provide a precise and simple description of the physical phenomena around us in terms of a relatively Psychology small number of physical laws and theories. As a fundamental science, physics is at the root of Professor Emeritus: Thomas L. Mentzer, Ph.D., almost all branches of science and technology. It has Brown University provided the microscopic basis for chemistry, has Professors: Michael Morris, Ph.D., Boston College; stimulated important developments in mathematics, Ronald H. Nowaczyk, Ph.D., Miami University; is the basis of most branches of engineering and, dur- Gordon R. Simerson, Ph.D., Wayne State ing the past decade, has proved to be increasingly University 94

Assistant Professors: Tara L’Heureux-Barratt, Ph.D., Psychology majors are also encouraged to widen University of Connecticut; W. Amory Carr, Ph.D., their preparation by taking courses (or minors) in Fordham University; Alexandria E. Guzmán, Ph.D., sociology, political science, social welfare, manage- State University of New York at Binghamton; Stuart ment, computer science, criminal justice, mathemat- D. Sidle, Ph.D., DePaul University ics, and biology. This ensures that our students have a Practitioners-In-Residence: Dennis McGough, broad knowledge of many disciplines in the College Ph.D., Union Institute in Cincinnati; Danielle I. of Arts and Sciences. Moreggi, Ph.D., Pacific Graduate School of The psychology program benefits from a psychology Psychology laboratory building on the main campus. The labora- Although psychology is one of the newest tory contains facilities for student and faculty research. branches of science, it has some very old roots. The University of New Haven also offers the master Psychology endeavors to answer some of humanity’s of arts degree in community psychology and in indus- oldest questions: How does our mind work? How do trial/organizational psychology as well as a graduate cer- we interpret and use the information gathered by our tificate in applications of psychology. For descriptions senses? How do we learn things? How do we remem- of these programs, see the Graduate School Catalog. ber things? How and why are some things forgotten? How do we acquire language? How do we communi- Psychology Club cate verbally and non-verbally? What kinds of behavior are abnormal, why do they occur, and how can Students in psychology have the opportunity to they be prevented? In what ways do our intellectual participate in the Psychology Club. Its purpose is to and perceptual faculties break down following brain provide opportunities both to socialize and to damage? As the scientific study of mind and behav- develop students’ interests in the science and profes- ior, psychology tries to find answers to these and sion of psychology. Throughout the year, the club many other fundamental questions. sponsors guest lecturers and a variety of field trips. All students are welcome to join. Our dedication to these goals requires that students study psychology from a variety of viewpoints. Thus, students take courses in cognitive, developmental, social, Psi Chi Honor Society physiological, and clinical psychology. Our students also Membership in the University chapter of Psi Chi, develop skills in experimental design and scientific the national honor society, is open to students in the analysis through the study of statistics, experimental top 35 percent of their class who have completed at methods, and psychological theory. Furthermore, least nine credits of psychology with grades of B or through involvement in fieldwork, students have the better and who are making the study of psychology opportunity for direct, practical experience in areas such one of their major interests. as behavior therapy and community psychology. Graduating seniors also may nominate themselves We offer a general psychology concentration, for the annually awarded McGough psychology prize. which permits students to tailor their preparation in a number of areas. This program combines basic science and applications and prepares students for further The Co-op Program professional training in psychology or for careers in The Department participates in the cooperative human services, law, education, business, and industry. education program (co-op), which enables students We also have a specialty concentration in community/ to combine their education with practical, paid work clinical psychology for those students who have well- experience in their career field. For further details see defined professional goals. the Department chair. College of Arts and Sciences 95

B.A., Psychology P 355 Organizational Behavior P 370 Psychology of Personality The B.A. in psychology program requires the completion of 120–123 credits, 37–46 of which are Plus three psychology electives (9 credits) chosen required to complete the major. with the academic adviser. To complete the major, students must complete 16 credits of core psychology courses and select one Concentration in Community-Clinical of two 21-credit concentrations: general psychology Psychology or community-clinical psychology, or the 30-credit The community-clinical psychology concentration concentration in forensic psychology. The concentra- consists of 21 credits of psychology courses beyond the tions are described below. required core courses.

Concentration in General Psychology Required Community-Clinical Psychology Courses The general psychology concentration consists of 21 P 216 Psychology of Human Development credits of psychology courses beyond the required P 330 Introduction to Community Psychology core courses. P 336 Abnormal Psychology P 350 Human Assessment Required Core Courses P 375 Foundations of Clinical/Counseling Psychology P 111 Introduction to Psychology P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences Depth and Breadth Areas P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology (1 course from each area below) P 306 Psychology Laboratory Biological Psychology (1 course) P 341 Psychological Theory P 261 Drugs and Behavior Depth and Breadth Areas P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience (1 course from each area below) P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience Biological Psychology (1 course) Cognitive and Experimental Psychology (1 course) P 261 Drugs and Behavior P 218 Sensation and Perception P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience P 312 Cognitive Psychology P 315 Human and Animal Learning Clinical Psychology (1 course) P 330 Introduction to Community Psychology Concentration in Forensic Psychology P 336 Abnormal Psychology P 350 Human Assessment The forensic psychology concentration consists of P 375 Foundations of Clinical/Counseling Psychology 30 credits of psychology courses beyond the required core courses, and 6 credits of criminal justice courses. Cognitive and Experimental Psychology (1 course) P 218 Sensation and Perception Required Forensic Psychology Courses P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading P 205 Introduction to Forensic Psychology P 312 Cognitive Psychology P 216 Psychology of Human Development P 315 Human and Animal Learning P 336 Abnormal Psychology Developmental/Personality/Social Psychology P 345 Police and Investigative Psychology (1 course) P 357 Legal Psychology P 365 Law, Psychology, and the Mental Health P 216 Psychology of Human Development System P 321 Social Psychology 96

P 370 Psychology of Personality Sociology P 475 Senior Seminar in Forensic Psychology CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice Practitioners-in-Residence: Brian Bellamy, M.A., CJ 311 Criminology Yale University; Edward Waggoner, Ph.D., Yale University Depth and Breadth Areas Sociology is the study of social life and the social (1 course from each area below) causes and consequences of human behavior. Biological Psychology (1 course) Sociology’s subject matter ranges from analysis of families, corporations, cities, and sports to that of sexual- P 261 Drugs and Behavior ity, death, race, gender, and ethnicity, as well as the P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience impact of demographic and environmental policies P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience and other social phenomena. The sociological per- Cognitive and Experimental Psychology (1 course) spective is empirically grounded and sufficiently broad P 218 Sensation and Perception to be relevant to those considering careers in related P 220 Psychology of Language and Reading fields such as research, governmental service, social P 312 Cognitive Psychology work, personnel management, advertising, law, medi- P 315 Human and Animal Learning cine, journalism, social gerontology, and hospitality and tourism. Minor in Psychology The University of New Haven does not currently Psychology, perhaps more than any other subject, offer a major in sociology. For those students wishing relates closely to many other disciplines. A minor in to satisfy core or elective requirements, or for stu- psychology prepares you for graduate study in the dents who may wish to select sociology or social wel- field and can add another dimension to your studies fare as a minor, a selection of courses is offered. in other programs at the University. A total of six courses is required for a minor in psychology. Minor in Sociology Required Courses A minimum of 18 credits (6 courses) is required P 111 Introduction to Psychology for the minor in sociology. Three of the courses are P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences specified. P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology Required Courses Plus 9 credits of psychology electives SO 113 Sociology Exceptions to the requirements above can be made One of the following: for students whose major programs contain required SO 250 Research Methods courses that are equivalent to P 301 and P 305 (such CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice as CJ 251 and CJ 250). Such students may be per- P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology mitted to substitute advanced psychology courses for One of the following: P 301 and P 305. Exemptions will be granted on a P 301 Statistics for Behavioral Sciences case-by-case basis by the chair of the Psychology M 228 Elementary Statistics Department. CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice The remaining three courses must be sociology electives that meet with the approval of the Sociology chair. College of Arts and Sciences 97

Theatre Arts also to design interactive programs for use in websites, CD-ROMs, business presentations, games, and See COMMUNICATION, FILM AND THEATRE. educational software. The multimedia courses and the web page creation courses have been designed to allow students to Visual and use computer, audio, video, and graphic technologies to conceptualize and implement interactive interfaces Performing Arts in a comprehensive approach that includes the multimedia production process, the technology, and the Chair: Guillermo E. Mager, Ph.D. aesthetic design. Professors Emeriti: Elizabeth J. Moffitt, M.A., Hunter College; Ralf E. Carriuolo, Ph.D., Minor in Multimedia Wesleyan University A total of seven courses (21 credits) is required to Professor: Michael G. Kaloyanides, Ph.D., Wesleyan complete the minor in multimedia. University Associate Professor: Guillermo E. Mager, Ph.D., Required courses New York University MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia Assistant Professors: Albert G. Celotto, M.A., MM 311 Advanced Multimedia Indiana University; Christy A. Somerville, M.A., or California State University, Long Beach MM 312 Web Creation MM 401 Multimedia Seminar Lecturer: Todd Jokl, M.A., University of Connecticut; Victor Markiw, M.F.A., SUNY Purchase Plus two of the following sequences (12 credits)*: Practitioner-in-Residence: Richard Blakin, MU 311–312 Multitrack Recording I and II Recording Studio Manager AT 203–204 Graphic Design I and II CO 212–312 Television Production I and II Multimedia/Web Creation Studies * These courses must be taken outside the student’s major area of study (for example, music majors may Coordinator: Todd Jokl, M.F.A. not use MU 311–312). Also, note that some of these Multimedia is the use of computers for the inte- courses have prerequisites. gration of graphics, animation, video, music, speech, and live presentation. Active markets for multimedia Music include (1) the Internet, where careers in web page creation and website management have grown expo- Coordinator: Michael G. Kaloyanides, Ph.D. nentially in recent years; (2) business, where com- Music courses may be used to satisfy the arts core puter presentations have taken the place of slide requirements. shows; (3) education, where teachers and parents are The program in music is unique. Music is studied finding new ways to present their material; and (4) as a worldwide phenomenon, not defined simply in the entertainment industry, with the ever-growing the western European art tradition. Students are use of computers for special effects in games, music encouraged to view music as a creation of all cultures videos, and films. and civilizations on both the folk and art levels, Multimedia studies will enable graduates from including our own urban and ethnic subcultures. programs in graphic design, music, education, busi- Exposure to various music should lead students to spe- ness, and many other disciplines to use the computer cialization in a particular area as upper-class persons. not only to generate traditional print materials but 98

Since music is a performing art, students are Studio B expected to reach a satisfactory level of proficiency in The multitrack recording technology classes take either a traditional western instrument or one central to place in a second recording facility. Equipment the particular culture in which they choose to specialize. includes a 24-track analog and two 8-track digital A degree in music qualifies students for profes- recorders for a total of 40 tracks; a 40-input/32-mon- sions as performers, composers, music publishers, itor console for a total of 72 inputs in mix mode; an critics and journalists, teachers, curators, and librari- Apple Macintosh computer running Digidesign’s Pro- ans. Combining music with other fields, graduates Tools system; an extensive selection of outboard (sig- may enter the fields of concert and ensemble man- nal processing) equipment; and MIDI gear, including agement and sound engineering areas. There are, of synthesizer, drum machine, and an AKAI music pro- course, countless performance opportunities for duction center. instrumentalists, vocalists, and composers. Vocations such as music publishing, recording sales and promo- Studio C tions, and music criticism and journalism are also Recording fundamentals classes take place in a third available to graduates with a degree in music. recording facility with a 16-input/16-monitor con- Students may also pursue careers in music education, sole, a digital multitrack recorder, a computer with not only as teachers in schools and conservatories but digital audio and MIDI sequencing capabilities, also as curators and librarians. assorted signal processing equipment, and MIDI synthesizer and drum machine. Performance/Practice and Recording Facilities Workstations In addition to traditional performance and prac- Our digital mixing workstation contains Tascam tice rooms, the following special areas are equipped multitrack recorders and a digital mixing board, a for the use of students enrolled in the music industry Macintosh computer running Digidesign’s Pro-Tools, and sound recording programs. and assorted signal processing gear. Our recording studios are designed as both teach- Additional workstations can be rolled into class- ing and professional recording environments. Both rooms for the Recording Fundamentals and the control rooms offer comfortable seating for students Sound Synthesis/MIDI classes. as well as providing excellent views of the consoles, computer screens, and associated technology. B.A., Music The bachelor of arts in music is a dynamic pro- Studio A gram for the study of music within a liberal arts cur- Advanced recording seminar classes take place in riculum. It is distinctive in its treatment of music as a our newest facility, an all-digital computer-based stu- world-wide phenomenon. It is also flexible, allowing dio running Digidesign’s Pro-Tools TDM system, the students to focus on performance or musicology. industry standard for professional recording studios. Students focusing on performance are urged to Additional equipment includes a Yamaha 56-input take private instruction on an instrument or in voice digital console, Roland music workstation, Yamaha each semester of enrollment. Seniors must present MOTIF synthesizer, and Universal Audio micro- either a senior thesis or a senior recital to qualify for phone pre-amplifiers. graduation. There are options in the senior year curriculum for courses appropriate for thesis or recital preparation. College of Arts and Sciences 99

All students majoring in the B.A. in music must recording studio management, music publishing, complete 121–122 credits. copyright law and concert planning, promotion, and management. Special emphasis is given to career Required Courses planning and development. Courses must include the University Core Curriculum plus the following: Required Courses MU 111 Introduction to Music Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus MU 112 Introduction to World Music the following: MU 116 Performance MU 111 Introduction to Music (12 credits minimum) or MU 125–126 Elementary Music Theory with MU 112 Introduction to World Music Laboratory (if required) MU 125–126 Elementary Music Theory with MU 150–151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II Laboratory (if required) MU 175–176 Musicianship I and II MU 150–151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European Art Plus the following: Music I and II MU 116 Performance MU 501 Seminar in Advanced Research I MU 175–176 Musicianship I and II or or MU 416 Advanced Performance MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European Art MU 502 Seminar in Advanced Research II Music I and II or MU 211 History of Rock MU 416 Advanced Performance MU 261 Introduction to the Music Industry Plus music electives (6 credits) MU 301 Recording Fundamentals Plus ten electives MU 311 Multitrack Recording I MU 312 Multitrack Recording II or B.A., Music Industry MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI The music industry degree is offered to anyone MU 361 Production, Promotion, and Distribution interested in an exciting career in the fields of music MU 362 Legal Issues, Copyrights, and Contracts management, arts administration, record production, MU 461–462 Internship in the Music Industry I and II promotion and sales, marketing, artist management, Plus music electives (6 credits) music publishing, and any other areas in the enter- A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting tainment industry. A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting The program provides a unique balance of courses MG 210 Management and Organization in the areas of music, sound recording, and business MK 200 Principles of Marketing as well as music industry. Music courses include top- Plus business electives (6 credits) ics such as music theory, musicianship, music history, and performance. Sound recording courses include Plus three electives multitrack recording, digital audio, and the use of computers in the recording studio. Business courses B.A., Music and Sound Recording cover areas such as accounting, management, and The bachelor of arts in music and sound recording marketing. is a unique four-year degree program. Its development Music industry courses, specifically designed for is based on the philosophy that musicians should have this program, cover topics such as record companies, a working knowledge of the media through which contracts, music marketing and merchandising, their art is most often heard and that sound recordists 100 should have a working knowledge of the art form they MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European Art are recording. Thus, the program is designed to Music I and II instruct students in three interrelated areas: 1) music MU 211 History of Rock history, theory, and aesthetics; 2) musicianship; and 3) MU 221 Film Music sound recording methodology and technique. MU 301 Recording Fundamentals MU 311–312 Multitrack Recording I and II Required Courses MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus MU 401–402 Recording Seminar/Project I and II the following: EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog MU 111 Introduction to Music Devices MU 112 Introduction to World Music EE 235 Analog Circuits MU 116 Performance (6 credits minimum) M 117–118 Calculus I and II MU 125–126 Elementary Music Theory with PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory (if required) Laboratory MU 150–151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with MU 175–176 Musicianship I and II Laboratory MU 201–202 Analysis and History of European Art Music I and II Minor in Music MU 211 History of Rock A total of 18 credits in music courses (other than MU 221 Film Music performance) is required for the minor in music. A MU 301 Recording Fundamentals student’s program should be planned in consultation MU 311–312 Multitrack Recording I and II with a member of the music faculty. MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI MU 401–402 Recording Seminar/ Project I and II PH 100 Introductory Physics with Laboratory Visual Arts PH 203 The Physics of Music and Sound with Coordinators: Interior Design, Christy Somerville; Laboratory Art, Graphic Design and Multimedia, Todd S. Jokl, M.F.A. B.S., Music and Sound Recording Study of the visual arts provides an opportunity for The bachelor of science in music and sound self–realization and gives the individual a perception of recording is similar to the bachelor of arts program in his or her relationship to society. Foundational courses its philosophy and design, but it provides a stronger in the basics of two- and three-dimensional design, background in the science and technology of record- color, and drawing, plus work in major disciplines ing through classes in calculus, physics, and electrical such as painting, sculpture, and the use of computers engineering. as a design tool provide the student with the necessary vocabulary for effective visual communication. Required Courses Knowledge of the development of art throughout Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus human cultural evolution from the cave era to pres- the following: ent day is provided through studies in art history and MU 111 Introduction to Music the contemporary art scene. Thus, equipped with a MU 112 Introduction to World Music working vocabulary of visual form and a sense of art MU 116 Performance (6 credits minimum) history, students progress toward the goal of making MU 125–126 Elementary Music Theory with a mature visual statement in their chosen field. Laboratory (if required) University of New Haven art programs provide MU 150–151 Introduction to Music Theory I and II preparation for graduate study or career opportunities MU 175–176 Musicianship I and II in fields related to art, graphic design, interior design, College of Arts and Sciences 101 and architecture. are components of the visual environment in which Students in all B.A. art programs listed below we live. The graphic designer’s duty is to bring clarity must complete at least 121 credits. These courses and visual aesthetics to communication through an must include the core requirements for the University understanding of theory, design practice, and tech- and the required courses as listed for each program. nology. The introductory courses in the graphic design B.A., Art program concentrate on basic design vocabulary, composition, color perception, drawing, introduction This program is designed to assist students in dis- to the use of computers as a design tool, and photog- covering their potential for creative expression in the raphy. The junior and senior year curriculum focuses plastic arts and the development of a personal idiom on typographic studies, illustration, critical analysis, in disciplines of their own choosing, including paint- problem-solving methodology, advanced computer ing, sculpture, drawing, and printmaking. projects, and complex applied design projects, Acquisition of an effective visual vocabulary is pro- preparing students for graphic design positions in moted by foundational courses in two- and three- design studios, corporations, and agencies, as well as dimensional design, color, and drawing. Art historical for graduate studies in the field. studies provide perspective on art forms of the past. Required Courses The program prepares students for graduate study in art as well as for career opportunities in a broad Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus spectrum of art and art-related fields. the following: AT 105–106 Basic Drawing I and II Required Courses AT 122 Graphic Design Production Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus AT 201 Painting I the following: AT 203–204 Graphic Design I and II AT 101–102 Introduction to Studio Art I and II AT 209 Photography I AT 105–106 Basic Drawing I and II AT 211–212 Basic Design I and II AT 201–202 Painting I and II AT 213 Color AT 205 Ceramics I AT 221–222 Typography I and II AT 209 Photography I AT 231–232 History of Art I and II AT 211–212 Basic Design I and II AT 309 Photographic Design AT 213 Color AT 315 Printmaking AT 231–232 History of Art I and II AT 322 Illustration AT 302 Figure Drawing AT 401–402 Studio Seminar I and II AT 304–305 Sculpture I and II AT 403–412 Special Topics (one course) AT 315 Printmaking AT 599 Independent Study AT 401–402 Studio Seminar I and II MK 307 Advertising and Promotion Plus one art history elective and two art electives Plus four electives Plus five electives A.S., Graphic Design B.A., Graphic Design Required Courses Graphic design, the art of visual communication AT 105–106 Basic Drawing I and II through words and pictures, is an expanding disci- AT 122 Graphic Design Production pline. Posters, publications, identity systems, graphs, AT 203–204 Graphic Design I and II diagrams, information design, signage, and exhibits AT 209 Photography I 102

AT 211 Basic Design I B.A., Interior Design AT 213 Color Studies in the interior design programs are organ- AT 221–222 Typography I and II ized to focus on the construction and technology of AT 309 Photographic Design the built environment for a broad range of residen- Plus the University’s associate degree core, one Special tial, commercial, and institutional spaces. Topics in Design History course, and one free elective. Programming and problem-solving abilities are developed through two-dimensional visualization tech- Minor in Art niques and three-dimensional model building. Hand-drawn and computer-generated drawings and A total of 18 credits in art is required for the documents provide the basis for implementing design minor in art. Students may take the courses listed solutions. During the first two years of the program, below and any other courses that fill their needs and students develop their theoretical understanding of interests. design and their technical drawing skills through courses in architectural drawing, sketching and ren- Recommended Courses dering, construction documents, lighting design, and AT 105 Basic Drawing I residential and commercial interior design studios. AT 201 Painting I During the third and fourth years, students take AT 213 Color advanced courses in interior systems, materials, codes, AT 302 Figure Drawing and interior products and specifications; computer AT 304 Sculpture I aided design (CAD); and history of architecture, Recommended Courses for a Photography Interest interiors, and furniture. Independent studies and internships, as well as interior design studies focused AT 209–210 Photography I and II on areas such as kitchen and bath design, office AT 225 Photographic Methods design, hospitality and restaurant design, retail, AT 309 Photographic Design health care, historic preservation, universal design AT 310 Photographic Lighting and sustainability design are also completed during Plus one special topics course such as Digital Imaging the third and fourth years. Career preparation is developed through a professional practices course and Recommended Courses for a Graphic Design a series of portfolio design and production courses Interest culminating in a senior portfolio. AT 122 Graphic Design Production Through experiential learning projects and field AT 211 Basic Design I trips, students develop an understanding of the rela- AT 203–204 Graphic Design I and II tionship between interior designers and clients, the AT 213 Color interaction between interior designers and architects AT 221 Typography I and other specialized professionals, and methods of or communication between designers and fabricators. AT 322 Illustration The program’s award-winning student chapter of the Recommended Courses for an Interior Design American Society of Interior Designers and our affili- Interest ations with the design community for internships and job placements provide students with excellent ID 109–110 Architectural Drawing I and II opportunities to network and develop a clear under- ID 211–212 Interior Design I and II standing of the profession of interior design. ID 213 Color ID 315 History of Architecture and Interiors I or ID 316 History of Architecture and Interiors II College of Arts and Sciences 103

Required Courses Required Courses Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus the following required courses for interior design the following courses for interior design/pre-architec- majors, B.A.: ture concentration majors, B.A.: ID 100 Portfolio Design ID 100 Portfolio Design ID 109–110 Architectural Drawing I and II ID 109–110 Architectural Drawing I and II ID 200 Portfolio Production I ID 200 Portfolio Production I ID 211–212 Interior Design I and II ID 211–212 Interior Design I and II ID 214 Lighting Design and Specifications ID 214 Lighting Design and Specifications ID 215–216 Construction Documents I and II ID 215–216 Construction Documents I and II ID 217 Sketching and Rendering for Interiors ID 217 Sketching and Rendering for Interiors ID 218 Interior Systems, Materials and Codes ID 218 Interior Systems, Materials and Codes ID 300 Portfolio Production II ID 300 Portfolio Production II ID 311–312 Interior Design III and IV ID 311–312 Interior Design III and IV ID 313–314 CAD for Interiors I and II ID 313–314 CAD for Interiors I and II ID 315–316 History of Architecture and Interiors I ID 315–316 History of Architecture and Interiors I and II and II ID 317 Interior Products and Specifications ID 317 Interior Products and Specifications ID 400 Portfolio Presentation ID 400 Portfolio Presentation ID 411–412 Interior Design V and VI ID 411–412 Interior Design V and VI ID 413 Professional Practices for Interior Designers ID 413 Professional Practices for Interior Designers ID 598 Internships for Interiors and Allied Fields ID 598 Internships for Interiors and Allied Fields or or ID 598 Independent Study ID 598 Independent Study Plus the following art courses: Plus the following art courses: AT 105 Basic Drawing I AT 105 Basic Drawing I AT 211–212 Basic Design I and II AT 211–212 Basic Design I and II AT 213 Color AT 213 Color And one of the following art history courses: And one of the following art history courses: AT 231–232 History of Art I or II, or AT 231–232 History of Art I or II, or AT 331 Contemporary Art AT 331 Contemporary Art Plus two electives (6 credits) Plus the following courses for the pre–architecture concentration: Concentration in Interior Design/ M 115 Pre-calculus (fulfills the core curriculum math Pre-architecture requirement) M 117 Calculus Studies in the interior design/pre-architecture con- PH 103 General Physics with Laboratory centration follow the same program format as the or interior design degree program with the additional PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with preparation of calculus, physics, and city planning. Laboratory (either course fulfills the core This concentration prepares the student to poten- curriculum science with lab requirement) tially enter a professional degree program such as CE 403 City Planning architecture at the graduate school level. 104

A.S., Interior Design Required Courses Courses include the University Core Curriculum plus the following courses for interior design majors, A.S.: ID 100 Portfolio Design ID 109–110 Architectural Drawing I and II ID 200 Portfolio Production I ID 211–212 Interior Design I and II ID 214 Lighting Design and Specifications ID 217 Sketching and Rendering for Interiors ID 315–316 History of Architecture and Interiors I and II Plus the following art courses: AT 105 Basic Drawing I AT 211–212 Basic Design I and II AT 213 Color Plus one elective or MR (major requirement) elective* (3 credits) * MR elective in interior design for NCIDQ Recommended Electives AT 203 Graphic Design I AT 416 ST: Digital Photography and Imaging I MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia Visual Arts See VISUAL AND PERFORMING ARTS. College of Business 105 COLLEGE OF BUSINESS

Richard A. Highfield, B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Dean • Management • Marketing Vision Statement • Quantitative Analysis To be a preeminent and distinguishable leader among institutions of higher education in the provi- Business-Related Programs sion of academic business programs. Bachelor of Science (B.S.) • Public Administration (evening courses only) Mission To provide high-quality, career-advancing business The College of Business PACE Program education opportunities within an environment of lifelong learning. The College of Business sets the PACE The College of Business Personalized Academic through its dedication to ensuring the following: Curricular Experience (PACE) program is open to all College of Business majors pursuing a B.S. degree, P: Practical technology applications and professional regardless of the area of study. This program provides enrichment each student with an opportunity to become engaged A: Academic excellence in a thematic learning experience that focuses on the C: Communication skill development student’s career interests and aspirations. Using this E: Experiential learning opportunities area as a guide, the student selects twelve credits of corresponding courses, with the assistance of an adviser, offered outside the College of Business. These Business Programs courses must be thematically linked in a way that advances preparation for career placement and must Bachelor of Science (B.S.) strengthen the academic background in a way that • Accounting supplements business-related expertise. Additional • Finance information may be obtained from College of • Hotel and Restaurant Management Business advisers. • Management • Management: Concentration in Management of Sports Industries The Robert Alvine Professional • Management of Sports Industries Enrichment Program • Marketing All College of Business students may participate in • Tourism and Event Management the Robert Alvine Professional Enrichment Program. Associate in Science (A.S.) Students pursuing a B.S. degree in a business program • Management must participate by way of curricular requirements in certain courses. This program offers co-curricular Minors activities during which students meet and network • Accounting with area specialists; learn from business leaders; • Behavioral Economics become involved in work-related endeavors such as • Entrepreneurship internships, practicum, and job shadowing; and attend • Finance various seminars, workshops, and forums that deal • International Business with professional readiness and work-related issues or 106 emerging issues that impact the business environment. 6. To receive a degree from the College of Business, The Professional Enrichment Program builds upon the the final 30 credits completed must be earned at academic programs by (a) providing cutting-edge UNH. information and knowledge concerning matters that impact the operation of business and (b) merging the- Evening Accelerated Business Programs ory into practice by way of the professional expertise and orientation of the session speakers. The College of Business offers Evening Accelerated Business Programs for both full- and part-time day students as well as part-time working Academic Policies professionals. Full-time students who are financial aid Following are the academic policies of the College recipients must consult with the Financial Aid Office of Business. to ensure that accelerated program courses meet 1. At least 50 percent of business program core cred- enrollment eligibility criteria for federal financial aid its (i.e., a minimum of 15 credits) required for the programs. The accelerated program courses are sched- B.S. degree must be earned through course work uled in four modules plus summer terms throughout completed at the UNH College of Business. the academic year and are primarily cohort-driven. Complete degree requirements for the B.S. in 2. At least 50 percent of the major-specific credits Management and the B.S. in Accounting are offered (i.e., a minimum of 15 credits) required for the for evening students; curriculum requirements for B.S. degree must be earned through course work day and evening programs are identical. For addi- completed at the UNH College of Business. tional information about the Evening Accelerated Major-specific course work includes all credit Business Programs, please call University College at requirements in both the eighteen-credit major 203.932.7180 or 1.800.DIAL.UNH, ext. 7180. requirement and the twelve-credit business restricted elective requirement. 3. No credit for course work completed at a commu- University Core Curriculum nity/two-year institution may be applied to, or In addition to departmental requirements, stu- transferred in as, 300-, 400-, or 500-level courses dents must fulfill all requirements of the University that are offered by the College of Business. Core Curriculum outlined on page 15. 4. Courses completed at AACSB-accredited institutions may be transferred into the business pro- Business Program Structure grams for equivalent-level courses offered by the College of Business B.S. degree program credits College of Business. Credits earned at four-year are categorized into one of six groups and conform to non-AACSB-accredited schools may be transferred the following template: only with the approval of the chair of the department offering the course and the dean of the University Core Curriculum: College of Business. Core: 37 credits (40 credits including QA 380) 5. Students pursuing either a dual College of Electives/PACE program: 12 credits Business major or a second College of Business Non-Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits B.S. degree must meet all degree curriculum requirements for each major/degree. A minimum Business Program Core: of eighteen College of Business non-overlapping 30 credits* credits must be completed for each new Major: 18 credits major/degree program completed; credits taken must have the approval of the department Restricted Electives: 12 credits chair/program director. * QA 380 satisfies a core curriculum requirement but is tabulated with the business program core credits. College of Business 107

Additional detail is provided below. Consult the academic program of choice for courses that satisfy this requirement. University Core Curriculum: 37 credits (40 credits including QA 380) College of Business Program Core: The following courses must be completed and will be 30 credits utilized in partial fulfillment of core curriculum These courses develop the foundation knowledge and requirements: competencies from which major-specific course work Communication (choose one) may follow. CO 100 Human Communication A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting This course fulfills core competency requirement 1.2. LA 101 Business Law and the Regulatory Quantitative Analysis Environment M 109 Intermediate Algebra FI 213 Business Finance This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.2. MK 200 Principles of Marketing MG 210 Management and Organization Technology Applications MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity QA 380 Operations Management QA 343 Management Information Systems This course fulfills core competency requirement 3. QA 380 Operations Management Economic Foundations MG 550 Business Policy EC 133 Principles of Economics I BA 500 Experiential Learning Capstone (required, This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.3. non-credit*) EC 134 Principles of Economics II *This non-credit requirement reflects the commit- This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.3. ment of the College of Business to engaged, profes- Political Science (choose one) sional learning as well as to international awareness. PS 121 American Government and Politics College of Business Major Requirement: PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics This course fulfills core competency requirement 4.2. 18 credits Behavioral Science (choose one) Students should check their academic program of P 111 Introduction to Psychology choice for specific curricular requirements, which SO 113 Sociology build upon the business program core and offer in- This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.1. depth exposure to advanced material related to the area of study. Non-Business Electives/PACE Program: College of Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits 12 credits These credits may be used to fulfill the requirements of the College of Business PACE program; otherwise These credits provide advanced material, either in the they may be used as free electives in a non-business major or in course work that reflects emerging issues topic, unless specifically designated. Students should of importance. Students should check their academic check their academic program of choice for specific program of choice for specific curricular requirements. credit requirements. Non-Business Restricted Electives: Business-Related Program Structure 12 credits College of Business business-related program requirements are specific to the area of study. QA 118 Business Mathematics Students pursuing these academic programs should QA 216 Business Statistics check the academic program of choice for all specific Six additional credits in a non-business topic are curricular requirements. required and may be specifically designated by major. 108 Accounting B.S., Accounting The accounting major is selected by students wishing to pursue a career in management account- Chair: Robert E. Wnek, L.L.M., J.D., CPA ing or in public accounting leading to the Certified Professors: Robert E. Wnek, L.L.M. Boston Public Accounting (CPA) license. The integration of University School of Law, J.D., CPA business law, taxation, and finance into the program Associate Professors: Alireza Daneshfar, Ph.D., requirements provides the necessary academic back- Concordia University; Robert McDonald, M.B.A., ground to meet the challenges of the accounting pro- New York University, CMA, CPA, CIA, CFA; fession. Michael Rolleri, M.B.A., University of Students earning a B.S. degree in accounting are Connecticut, CPA; Martin A. Goldberg, L.L.M., required to complete 121 credits, including the core New York University, J.D.; Scott J. Lane, Ph.D., curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted University of Kentucky, CPA electives (12 credits), and core curriculum Instructor: Mary Miller, M.B.A., CPA University of electives/PACE requirements (12 credits), and the New Haven business program core (30 credits). Requirements are The Accounting Department oversees courses in identical for both day and evening programs. The accounting, business law, and taxation. While the study following are in addition to the aforementioned cur- of accounting has its roots in economic theory, the ricular requirements: courses emphasize practical application to real-world Core Curriculum Non-Business Restricted Elective: problems and the decision-making process, as well as EC 200 Global Economy principles and procedures used to produce the informa- Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course par- tion required by decision-makers. Accounting promotes tially fulfills the core curriculum non-business an appreciation for not only the nature of accounting restricted elective requirement. information but also the use of that information in the complex process of decision-making by individuals, Business Program Core: business firms, and government. The Department of A 250 Accounting Information Systems Accounting at the University of New Haven seeks to For all accounting majors, this course replaces QA serve the educational needs of those involved in all 343 Management Information Systems in the busi- areas of accounting: public, private, or government. ness program core. There are many career opportunities for account- Business Major: 18 credits ing students in the business world, government, and academia. Accounting professionals are needed by A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I consulting firms, public accounting firms, and pri- A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II vate industry as well as by federal, state, and local A 323 Cost Accounting governments. An educational opportunity is also A 422 Intermediate Financial Accounting III available to students who desire to meet the 150- A 431 Advanced Financial Accounting credit educational requirements necessary to take the A 433 Auditing and Assurance Services Certified Public Accounting (CPA) examination. Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits These additional educational requirements may be A 435 Federal Income Taxation I taken at the graduate level, leading to an M.B.A. A 436 Federal Income Taxation II degree. Plus six credits chosen in consultation with the adviser. College of Business 109

Minor in Accounting an analytic appreciation of the financial system and the (Business program majors only) financial decision-making process in which society— through its individuals, business firms, and govern- Requirements for the minor in accounting, for ments—is continually engaged. In particular, the business program majors only, are nine credits study of finance provides a structured analysis of the beyond the business program core. financial system and the financial decision-making A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I process as determinants of the economic wealth of the A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II individual, the business firm, and the nation. The study Plus three accounting credits chosen in consultation of finance enables the student to pursue the preparation with the adviser. required for a number of financial decision-making positions in government and industry, including the financial services industry. Both a B.S. and a minor in Economics and Finance finance are available for the interested student.

Chair: Kamal P. Upadhyaya, Ph.D. B.S., Finance Professors Emeriti: Edward A. Downe, Ph.D., New Students earning a B.S. degree in finance are School for Social Research; Phillip Kaplan, Johns required to complete 121 credits, including the core Hopkins University; Ward Theilman, Ph.D., curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted University of Illinois electives (12 credits), and core curriculum electives/ Professors: Peter I. Berman, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business University; Robert M. Rainish, Ph.D., City program core (30 credits). The following are in addi- University of New York; Steven J. Shapiro, Ph.D., tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: Georgetown University; Kamal P. Upadhyaya, Core Curriculum Non-Business Restricted Elective: Ph.D., Auburn University EC 200 Global Economy Associate Professors: Wentworth Boynton, Ph.D., Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course par- University of Rhode Island; John J. Phelan, tially fulfill the core curriculum restricted-elective Ph.D., George Washington University; Demissew requirement. Ejara, Ph.D., University of Connecticut; Armando Rodriguez, Ph.D., University of Texas Business Major: 18 credits The Department of Economics and Finance offers FI 330 Investment Analysis and Management courses in both economics and finance. Faculty in FI 345 Financial Institutions and Markets the Department have a wide range of research inter- FI 425 International Finance ests, as well as extensive experience in government FI 429 Corporate Financial Management policymaking, consulting, and industry. Plus two of the following: Economics courses provide a basis for an under- A 422 Intermediate Financial Accounting III standing of economic structures, a wide range of EC 340 Microeconomic Analysis domestic and international issues, and trends in the EC 341 Macroeconomic Analysis economic life of modern societies. These courses offer FI 314 Principles of Real Estate training in analysis of economic problems as an aid FI 327 Risk and Insurance to the evaluation of economic policies. The minor in FI 341 Financial Decision Making behavioral economics addresses the emerging impor- Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits tance of understanding market behavior and the heuristics and biases that impact on decision-making A 220 Intermediate Financial Accounting I in the context of uncertainty. A 221 Intermediate Financial Accounting II Plus six credits chosen in consultation with the adviser. Finance, as an area of study, is designed to promote 110

Minor in Finance Minor in International Business (Business program majors only) (Business program majors only) Requirements for the minor in finance, for busi- Requirements for the minor in international business program majors only, are nine credits beyond ness, for business program majors only, are nine cred- the business program core. its beyond the business program core. FI 330 Investment Analysis and Management CO 205 Intercultural Communication Plus six finance credits chosen in consultation with Plus one of the following: the adviser. EC 200 Global Economy FI 425 International Finance Minor in Behavioral Economics MK 413 International Marketing (Business program majors only) MG 415 Multinational Management Requirements for the minor in behavioral eco- Plus one of the following: nomics, for business program majors only, are 9 cred- IB 421 Operation of the Multinational Corporation its beyond the business program core. IB 422 International Business Negotiations EC 310 Game Theory EC 313 Behavioral Economics Minor in International Business EC 425 Decision-Making Economics and (Non-business and business-related Uncertainty program majors only) Requirements for the minor in international busi- International ness, for non-business or business-related program majors only, are the following eighteen credits: Business Programs EC 200 Global Economy MG 210 Management and Organization Professors: Usha Haley, Ph.D., New York University; MK 200 Principles of Marketing Michael Kublin, Ph.D., New York University CO 205 Intercultural Communication The College of Business international business MK 413 International Marketing programs and global initiatives are overseen by a IB 422 International Business Negotiations committee of faculty members who are chosen from each functional area of study in the College of Business. This ensures that these programs are cross- Management disciplinary in nature and that they consider emerging issues that impact the operation of business by Chair: William S. Y. Pan, Ph.D. way of all disciplines and fields of study. The College Professors Emeriti: Lynn W. Ellis, D.P.S., Pace of Business supports a minor in international busi- University; Judith Neal, Ph.D., Yale University; ness for students who are majors in business pro- Warren J. Smith, M.B.A., Northeastern University grams, as well as a minor in international business for Professors: Tony Carter, M.B.A., Wagner College students of business-related or non-business pro- Graduate School of Business; J.D., University of grams. In addition, the College of Business supports Denver, College of Law; Linda R. Martin, Ph.D.; exchange programs with other institutions across the University of South Carolina; Abbas Nadim, world, including universities in China, Ecuador, Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania; William S. Y. Germany, Ireland, and Spain. Students interested in Pan, Ph.D., Columbia University; Anshuman these study abroad initiatives should contact the Prasad, Ph.D., University of Massachusetts dean’s office in the College of Business for additional information. College of Business 111

Associate Professors: Dale M. Finn, Ph.D., gram in management provides the requisite skill sets University of Massachusetts; JiaJuan Liang, Ph.D., for success in this demanding and increasingly interna- Hong Kong Baptist University; Pawel Mensz, tional and diverse work environment. Ph.D., Systems Research Institute of the Polish Students earning a B.S. degree in management are Academy of Sciences required to complete 121 credits, including the core At this time, as all of society’s systems — govern- curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted mental, technological, societal, educational, indus- electives (12 credits), and core curriculum electives/ trial, and military, as well as business-related — are PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business becoming increasingly sophisticated and complex, program core (30 credits). The following are in addi- there is a growing need for skilled managers that is tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: unrivaled historically. Contemporary managers must Business Major: 18 credits attend to global competition, understand complex logistical matters, maintain service quality and con- MG 331 Management of Human Resources tinuous improvement, and monitor both the internal MG 350 Management of Workforce Diversity and external business environments. In response to MG 415 Multinational Management these needs, the management programs seek to pro- MG 512 Contemporary Issues in Business and vide students with the foundations of knowledge and Society skill necessary to obtain and advance in professional Plus six management credits are chosen in consulta- managerial positions in both national and interna- tion with the adviser. tional corporations. The Department of Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits Management offers a diverse set of degree programs These credits are chosen in consultation with the in management and public administration. Minors adviser. are also available, in niche areas such as entrepreneurship and quantitative analysis. Concentration in Management of Sports The Co-op Program Industries (Business program) The Department participates in the cooperative Students majoring in management have the education program (co-op), which enables students option of pursuing the concentration in management to combine their education with practical, paid work of sports industries. As part of the management experience in their career field. For further details see degree, the concentration requires a specified twelve the Office of Internships and Employer Relations credits. Nine of these credits fulfill the business section on pg. 23 of this catalog. restricted elective group of courses, with three additional credits designated to fulfill the core curriculum restricted elective. The degree may be completed B.S., Management within the standard 121-credit requirement. In order to function effectively in a variety of orga- Core Curriculum Restricted Electives: nizational situations, administrators and managers must understand the complexities of organizational MG 120 Development of American Sports communication and the interrelationships that exist Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course par- among the various functional groups that each impact tially fulfills the core curriculum restricted-elective organizational welfare. This point of view is essential requirement. for managers who wish to both participate effectively Business Restricted Electives: with others in the administrative and managerial group MG 230 Management of Sports Industries and also administer and oversee activities effectively in MG 235 Marketing and Public Relations in Sports critical areas of responsibility. The Department’s pro- 112

MG 320 Sports Industries and the Law Minor in Management (Non-business or These courses fulfill nine credits of the business Business-related program majors) restricted-elective requirement. Three additional credits of business electives are chosen in consultation Requirements for the minor in management, for with the adviser. non-business or business-related program majors only, are the following eighteen credits: A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting A.S., Management LA 101 Introduction to Law and the Regulatory Upon successful completion of 61 credits of the Environment four-year B.S. degree program in management, stu- EC 133 Principles of Economics I dents may petition to receive an Associate in Science MK 200 Principles of Marketing (A.S.) degree in management. Credit requirements MG 210 Management and Organizations are designed to facilitate continuance to the four-year MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity B.S. degree in a business discipline. The following specific business program core Minor in Entrepreneurship courses must be completed: (Business program majors) A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting Throughout the United States, many large enter- A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting prises began as small businesses initiated by an entre- FI 213 Business Finance preneur with an idea or vision. Still today, ninety-five LA 101 Business Law and the Regulatory percent of all businesses in the United States are Environment small businesses. Entrepreneurship and small busi- MG 210 Management and Organization nesses are dynamic and powerful interactive forces in MG 240 Business Ethics and Diversity these increasingly difficult economic times. MK 200 Principles of Marketing The University of New Haven offers a minor in Students must also complete the following core cur- entrepreneurship as a means of preparing students riculum requirements: who are considering a business start-up, purchasing an existing business, or joining the family business 6 credits (E 105, E 110): core competency 1.1 following graduation. The minor may also provide an 3 credits (CO 100 or E 230) core competency 1.2 “intrapreneurship” foundation for students who 3 credits (M 109): core competency 2.2 aspire to work in big business. As such, the minor 3 credits (EC 134): core competency 2.3 pursues a multidisciplinary approach to entrepreneur- 3 credits (QA 380): core competency 3 ship that integrates the business disciplines with com- 3 credits (HS 101 or HS 102): core competency 4.1 munication, negotiation, and presentation skills. 3 credits (PS 121 or PS 122): core competency 4.2 Moreover, the program merges theory into practice 3 credits (P or SO): core competency 5.1 by linking emerging academic developments with the 3 credits (EC 133): core competency 5.3 most effective business approaches. 3 credits: core competency 6 Requirements for the minor in entrepreneurship, for business program majors only, are nine credits The following courses, which are offered by the beyond the business program core. College of Business, must also be completed: MG 317 Entrepreneurship and New Business QA 118 Business Mathematics Development QA 216 Business Statistics MG 327 Business Planning MG 417 Managing an Entrepreneurial Venture College of Business 113

are also developed in the traditional areas of consumer Quantitative Analysis analysis and marketing research.

The Department of Quantitative Analysis delivers courses designed to address the development of quan- B.S., Marketing titative reasoning; critical thinking; information collec- Marketing is the study of the processes for devel- tion, organization, and analysis; and decision-making oping and distributing goods and services attractive skills. These include courses in applied calculus, opera- to selected customer groups. These markets may tions research and operations management, informa- include both consumer and organizational (indus- tion systems, and statistics. The Department offers a trial, governmental, or non-profit) groups. An under- minor in quantitative analysis for those students inter- standing of customers results from studies of ested in further strengthening their skill sets in this psychological and sociological perspectives and from critical area that supports the business functions. the use of research tools. Based on this understanding, competitive strategies and distribution channels can be devised to reach the desired customers more Minor in Quantitative Analysis effectively. The emergence of e-commerce has sub- (Business program majors) stantially modified some of the existing strategies for Requirements for the minor in quantitative analy- understanding the customer and for managing chan- sis, for business program majors only, are nine credits nels of distribution. in quantitative analysis courses chosen in consulta- Students earning a B.S. degree in marketing are tion with the adviser, in addition to the business pro- required to complete 121 credits, including the core gram core, QA 118, and QA 216. curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum restricted electives (12 credits), and core curriculum electives/ PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business Marketing program core (30 credits). The following are in addition to the aforementioned curricular requirements: Coordinator: Ben B. Judd, Jr., Ph.D. Business Major: 18 credits Professor Emeritus: Robert P. Brody, D.B.A. Harvard MK 205 Consumer Behavior University or Professors: George T. Haley, Ph.D., University of MK 307 Advertising and Promotion Texas at Austin; Ben B. Judd, Jr., Ph.D., MK 302 Organizational Marketing University of Texas at Arlington; Cheng Lu Wang, MK 326 Overview of E-Commerce Ph.D., Oklahoma State University MK 413 International Marketing Associate Professor: Subroto Roy, Ph.D., University MK 442 Marketing Research in the Global of Western Sydney Environment The discipline of marketing investigates business Plus one of the following: practices and strategies needed to attract customers MK 316 Sales Management and compete effectively in a global free-market system. MK 321 Retail Management Although the curriculum places a greater emphasis on MK 402 Marketing of Services practices and strategies in the domestic environment, MK 515 Marketing Management international issues are explored in most courses and in Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits an international marketing course. Newer coverage includes the emerging impact of the Internet on chan- These credits are chosen in consultation with the nels of distribution and on promotion practices. Skills adviser. 114

Minor in Marketing Sports Management, (Business program majors only) Requirements for the minor in marketing, for Hospitality and business program majors only, are nine credits beyond the business program core. Tourism Management MK 413 International Marketing Plus two of the following: Chair: Gil B. Fried, J.D. MK 205 Consumer Behavior Professor Emeritus: Elisabeth van Dyke, Ph.D., MK 302 Organizational Marketing Columbia University MK 307 Advertising and Promotion Professors: Gil B. Fried, J.D., Ohio State University; MK 321 Retail Management Allen Sack, Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University MK 402 Marketing of Services Lecturer: Robert L. Brown, M.B.A., American MK 442 Marketing Research in the Global Intercontinental University Environment Sports management is a rapidly growing field that MK 450–459 Special Topics provides numerous career options from professional MK 515 Marketing Management and collegiate sports broadcasting and selling sporting goods. Hospitality, tourism, and event manage- Minor in Marketing (Non-business or ment are also strong fields that have significant business-related program majors only) growth through large national hotel chains to amuse- Requirements for the minor in marketing, for ment parks and resorts. The two fields have many non-business or business-related program majors common issues/opportunities and UNH focuses on only, are the following 18 credits: the business side of these industries. Our graduates work in numerous business environments with the MK 200 Principles of Marketing strong legal, financial, managerial, marketing, and MG 210 Management and Organization event management skills embodied in our classes. Plus four of the following: Our courses are supplemented with numerous experi- MK 205 Consumer Behavior ential education opportunities from industry intern- MK 302 Organizational Marketing ships to professional enrichment opportunities where MK 307 Advertising and Promotion students can network with industry leaders. MK 321 Retail Management With several unique degree options, UNH’s Sport MK 402 Marketing of Services Management/Hospitality and Tourism Management MK 413 International Marketing Department can provide the education students need MK 515 Marketing Management to become leaders in these exciting industries.

The Co-op Program The Department participates in the cooperative education program (co-op), which enables students to combine their education with practical, paid work experience in their career field. For further details see the Office of Internships and Employer Relations section on pg. 23 of this catalog. College of Business 115

B.S., Management of Sports Industries B.S., Tourism and Event Management The sports industry continues to experience sig- B.S., Hotel and Restaurant Management nificant growth as a business sector of the economy. These programs offer a balanced curriculum of As the industry expands, so does the need for sports management skills and global orientations necessary management specialists who are trained in business to develop leaders for careers in the world’s largest management skills and also demonstrate sensitivity to industry. Classroom learning integrates practical tech- the unique features of the sports enterprise. College nology applications, academic excellence, and com- graduates in management of sports industries can munication skills, and is reinforced through pursue careers in professional sports franchises, coli- experiential learning and professional enrichment seum and arena management, ski resorts, corporate opportunities. Students are also encouraged to partic- fitness centers, college sports programs, sports media ipate in projects involving tourism and event profes- industries, sporting goods merchandising, and a wide sionals from the state, regional, national, and variety of other sports-related areas. Students of this international levels. program receive specialized training in areas such as sports law, marketing, finance, and event manage- The B.S. degree in either tourism and event man- ment, which are all integrated by way of the compre- agement or hotel and restaurant management pro- hensive internship requirement. vides students with the knowledge and experience necessary to successfully obtain and advance in mana- Students earning a B.S. degree in management of gerial positions. Our student professional associations sports industries are required to complete 121 credits, strive to supplement these prospects through net- including the core curriculum (37 credits), core cur- working, service learning, and interaction with indus- riculum restricted electives (12 credits), and core cur- try leaders. riculum electives/PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business program core (30 credits). The fol- Located between New York and Boston, two of lowing are in addition to the aforementioned curricu- the most prominent tourism gateways, the University lar requirements: of New Haven’s tourism and event management program offers students an ideal location from which to Core Curriculum Restricted Electives: study the industry. Furthermore, we are in proximity MG 120 Development of American Sports to several multinational businesses with which our Together with QA 118 and QA 216, this course ful- students may partner to complete their fieldwork fills the core curriculum restricted elective credit (800 hours) and internship (400 hours) require- requirement. ments. Each student is also required to complete a 200-hour service learning component prior to gradu- Business Major: 18 credits ation. MG 230 Management of Sports Industries Students earning a B.S. degree in either tourism MG 235 Marketing and Public Relations in Sports and event management or hotel and restaurant man- MG 320 Sports Industries and the Law agement are required to complete 121 credits, includ- MG 331 Management of Human Resources ing the core curriculum (37 credits), core curriculum MG 350 Management of Workforce Diversity restricted electives (12 credits), core curriculum elec- MG 415 Multinational Management tives/PACE requirements (12 credits), and the business Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits program core (30 credits). The following are in addi- MG 325 Sports Facility Management tion to the aforementioned curricular requirements: MG 430 Financial Management for Sports Business Major: 18 credits Administration MG 475 Sport Event Management HTM 165 Introduction to Hospitality and Tourism MG 598 Internship HTM 225 Restaurant Management HTM 250 Lodging Operations 116

HTM 316 Hospitality Finance and Revenue Management Public Administration HTM 325 Destination Marketing and Sales HTM 410 International Tourism Chair: Charles Coleman, M.P.A. Professors: Jack Werblow, Ph.D., University of For students pursuing the B.S. degree in tourism and Cincinnati event management: Associate Professors: Cynthia Conrad, Ph.D., Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits University of Texas HTM 598 Internship Assistant Professor: Charles Coleman, M.P.A., West Virginia University Plus three of the following: HTM 227 Service Management HTM 335 Convention and Meeting Planning B.S., Public Administration HTM 340 Tourism Planning and Policy (Business-related program) HTM 345 Catering and Event Management Public administration is a rich and challenging HTM 360 Corporate Travel Planning multidisciplinary field that addresses both philosoph- HTM 370 Gaming and Casino Management ical and social science perspectives that influence the HTM 430 Special Interest Tourism nature of organizations. The B.S. degree in public HTM 450–459 Special Topics administration is designed to develop skill sets that HTM 470 Tour Design, Marketing, and impact on the personal and professional effectiveness Management of people working in public, non-profit, voluntary, HTM 597 Practicum and private organizations. Graduates of the program MG 475 Sport Event Management are prepared to enter the work force and advance to For students pursuing the B.S. degree in hotel and leadership positions in these organizations with a restaurant management: sense of commitment to social purpose, the public interest, and effective public problem-solving. Business Restricted Electives: 12 credits Students earning a B.S. degree in public adminis- HTM 598 Internship tration are required to complete 121 credits, includ- Plus three of the following: ing the core curriculum. HTM 202 Hospitality Purchasing Core Curriculum: HTM 210 Applied Techniques in the Culinary Arts HTM 220 Pastry Making Techniques 40 credits HTM 226 Front Office Procedures The following required courses partially fulfill the HTM 227 Service Management core curriculum requirements: HTM 235 Dining Room Management CO 100 Human Communication HTM 300 Principles of Baking This course fulfills core competency requirement 1.2. HTM 304 Volume Food Production and Service M 109 Intermediate Algebra HTM 305 Wine Appreciation This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.2. HTM 315 Beverage Management HTM 380 Resort Operations EC 134 Principles of Economics II HTM 440 International Food, Buffet, and Catering This course fulfills core competency requirement 2.3. HTM 445 Advanced Cuisine Management and CS 107 Computers and their Applications Technique This course fulfills core competency requirement 3. HTM 450–459 Special Topics HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times HTM 597 Practicum This course fulfills core competency requirement 4.1. College of Business 117

PS 121 American Government Additional Electives: This course fulfills core competency requirement 4.2. 6 credits EC 133 Principles of Economics I These credits are chosen in consultation with the This course fulfills core competency requirement 5.3. adviser. College of Business Public Administration Core: 33 credits BA 100 Leadership in Business QA 118 Business Mathematics A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting LA 101 Business Law and the Regulatory Environment EC 314 Public Finance and Budgeting MK 200 Principles of Marketing MG 210 Management and Organization PS 122 State and Local Government and Politics PS 216 Urban Government and Politics QA 343 Management Information Systems BA 500 Experiential Learning Capstone (non-credit) Public Administration Major Requirements: 24 credits PA 101 Introduction to Public Administration PA 302 Public Administration Systems and Procedures PA 305 Institutional Budgeting and Planning PA 307 Urban and Regional Management PA 404 Public Policy Analysis PA 405 Public Personnel Practices PA 512 Seminar in Public Administration PA 598 Public Administration Internship Core Curriculum Electives/PACE Program: 12 credits These credits can fulfill the requirements of the College of Business PACE program; otherwise, credits are chosen in consultation with the adviser. College of Business Public Administration Electives: 6 credits These credits are chosen in consultation with the adviser. 118 Tagliatela College of Engineering 119 TAGLIATELA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Barry J. Farbrother, Ph.D., Dean and individuals who are able to generate creative M. Ali Montazer, Ph.D., Associate Dean solutions to the myriad of problems that face society will be well rewarded.

The Tagliatela College of Engineering (TCoE) Vision offers a variety of programs in engineering and the The vision of the Tagliatela College of applied sciences. These two areas encompass a num- Engineering is to be the acknowledged regional ber of dynamic professions in which practitioners use leader in innovative engineering and applied science their knowledge, judgment, and creativity to solve education. some of the most important and interesting challenges facing society. These challenges and the chang- Mission ing face of engineering will shape the world of the The mission of the Tagliatela College of twenty-first century — a world of exotic materials, Engineering is to provide high-quality programs in an new sources of energy, staggering telecommunications environment that supports student development, and computing capabilities, cybernetic factories, and encourages faculty scholarship, and provides for the needed public works. In the coming years we antici- personal growth of all community members. The col- pate exciting opportunities to emerge at the frontier lege provides an innovative teaching and engaged between engineering and the life sciences. learning environment in order to maximize student Few professions can match engineering for its success. Students are prepared for evolving profes- challenge and excitement or for its essential spirit of sional careers by the fostering of a multidisciplinary play. These qualities are true for each of the school’s perspective, and by the instilling of broad problem- seven engineering programs — chemical, civil, com- solving, design, organizational, and communications puter, electrical, general, mechanical, and system skills. Graduates are prepared to practice ethical engineering — and also for its applied science pro- behavior, engage in career-long learning, and con- grams in computer science, information technology, tribute to the betterment of society. All community and chemistry. The rewards of an engineering career members value diversity and expect that graduates will include challenging tasks, social standing, and appeal- bring recognition to themselves and to the institution ing working conditions and compensation. All of throughout their professional careers. In the context these are in addition to the great satisfaction of seeing of our historically successful programs, we have estab- your accomplishments in the real world of engineered lished a continuous quality-improvement environ- components and systems. But a degree in engineering ment that seeks to achieve the following goals: or the applied sciences can also lead to a wide variety • Sustain a positive environment for the critical of careers outside the realm of engineering and evaluation of new ideas applied science. Engineers are problem solvers, and • Maintain nationally accredited programs the ability to analyze a problem and find a viable solution is a highly sought-after attribute in many • Develops leading-edge curricula to meet the needs walks of life. Engineering skills provide an entry to of the region business, law, medicine, politics, and entrepreneur- • Adapt curricula in response to technological ship. Innovation will play a major role in the future, advances 120

• Maximize learning by incorporating new and Further information concerning each operational effective pedagogies unit, its mission and goals, its faculty and its program • Use appropriate classroom technology to support offerings, is given below. learning Professional Accreditation • Provide laboratory facilities that reflect the current The programs leading to the bachelor’s degrees in state of practice chemical, civil, computer, electrical, and mechanical • Further develop experiential learning opportunities engineering are accredited by the Engineering • Actively partner with business, corporate, govern- Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation ment, industrial, and community leaders Board for Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). The bachelor’s degree program in computer science is Guiding Principles accredited by the Computing Accreditation Members of the Tagliatela College of Engineering Commission of the Accreditation Board for teaching/learning community are committed to the Engineering and Technology (CAC/ABET). guiding principles below: • To exhibit respect, integrity, dignity, and profes- Programs sionalism Responsibility for the curricular content of aca- • To assist all members of the Tagliatela College of demic programs resides with the faculty in each of Engineering — students, staff, and faculty — to the academic units. Each academic program is man- achieve their full potential aged by a program coordinator who is the students’ • To instill a spirit of pride, cooperation, and primary point of contact for program-related accountability inquiries. Each of the college’s academic programs is • To believe that personal contact with and concern listed under its departmental affiliation. for our students are essential Undergraduate Programs • To be committed to the total development of the student Bachelor of Science Operational Unit • To recognize that in diversity there is strength Chemical Engineering Ch/ChE • To understand that the Tagliatela College of Chemistry Ch/ChE Engineering is one component of the Civil Engineering MCEE teaching/learning environment and to offer sup- Computer Engineering EE/CEN/CS port for other programs within the University Computer Science EE/CEN/CS Organizational Structure Electrical Engineering EE/CEN/CS The Tagliatela College of Engineering consists of General Engineering MES four operational units as follows: Information Technology EE/CEN/CS • The Department of Chemistry and Chemical Mechanical Engineering MCEE Engineering (Ch/ChE) System Engineering MES • The Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering and Computer Science Associate in Science (EE/CEN/CS) Computer Science EE/CEN/CS • The Department of Mechanical, Civil, and Certificates Environmental Engineering (MCEE) Computer Programming EE/CEN/CS • The Multidisciplinary Engineering Systems Logistics MES Division (MES) Tagliatela College of Engineering 121

Graduate Programs by the beginning of the sophomore year. Students interested in chemistry, computer science, or infor- Master of Science mation technology are advised to choose that option Computer Science EE/CEN/CS in their first year. Electrical Engineering EE/CEN/CS Electrical Engineering EE/CEN/CS Academic Advising (CEN option) Faculty members within the Tagliatela College of Environmental Engineering MCEE Engineering take very seriously their responsibilities Engineering Management Office of the Dean as academic advisers. Good academic advising helps a Industrial Engineering MES student make wise academic decisions and avoid course sequencing errors that can delay graduation. Mechanical Engineering MCEE Each student is encouraged to meet with his or her Dual Degree academic adviser as soon as possible during the first M.B.A./M.S. Industrial MES semester of the freshman year and on a regular basis Engineering at least once per semester. All newly admitted students, including transfer Graduate Certificates students, are assigned a faculty adviser in the depart- Civil Engineering Design MCEE ment responsible for their chosen degree program. Computer Applications EE/CEN/CS Students choosing general engineering are assigned a faculty adviser from the Division of Multidisciplinary Computer Programming EE/CEN/CS Engineering Systems. Computing EE/CEN/CS Logistics MES The Multidisciplinary Foundation for Lean/Six Sigma MES Engineering Programs Quality Engineering MES To operate effectively in today’s workforce, engineers need to have a multidisciplinary perspective Choosing a Major along with substantial disciplinary depth. The faculty The University of New Haven is one of a small of the Tagliatela College of Engineering have devel- number of universities in which entering freshmen oped an innovative approach to achieve this perspec- are admitted directly to the engineering college. A tive: The Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation student may be accepted into the Tagliatela College Spiral Curriculum. This curricular model enables the of Engineering without declaring a major in a specific needed mix of breadth and depth, along with the engineering discipline. This is possible because the desired professional skills, by providing carefully freshman year curriculum is essentially common to crafted, well-coordinated curricular experiences in the all engineering programs. Students who have chosen first two years. Full details of this program can be a major should follow the recommended first-year found in the section Multidisciplinary Engineering program for the major. Students who are undecided Systems on page 145. about their choice of engineering major should choose the general engineering degree program and University Core Curriculum follow the recommended first-year program. In addition to college and department require- Those students wishing to complete an engineer- ments, students must fulfill all requirements of the ing degree program other than general engineering University Core Curriculum. (See University are strongly advised to decide on their new program Curricula section of the catalog.) Included within the 122 core curriculum are requirements in the humanities Technical Electives and social sciences. For details, see the section Social Technical electives are upper-level courses directly Science and Humanities Electives below. pertinent to a student’s major field of study. These electives must be approved by the student’s academic General Policies of the Tagliatela College adviser and are usually chosen from engineering col- of Engineering lege courses. The adviser’s approval is important to ensure that students meet the prerequisite require- The following information applies to all degree ments. programs within the TCoE: Design Electives Transfer Credit Design electives within each program are those Transfer of credits for previous academic work is upper-level engineering courses that incorporate sub- coordinated by the dean’s office and assessed by pro- stantial design activities. Suitable courses include a gram coordinators according to school policy, (D) following the course title. These courses may also described in the document “Guidelines on Transfer be used as technical electives. Credit Awards.” All transferred courses are the result of a determination of equivalence of course content Internship Requirement and level. Courses for transfer claiming engineering All Tagliatela College of Engineering graduates are content normally are accepted only from ABET- required to complete an internship prior to gradua- accredited programs. tion. Students should check with their academic Transfer students whose previous academic work adviser regarding the specific requirements (which results in placement beyond the freshman year may differ by program). be given the option of following the program work- Senior Project Experience sheet in effect for upper-level students in the chosen The Tagliatela College of Engineering’s strategic major. Such a choice may shorten the time required plan calls for each TCoE engineering major to com- to complete the degree program. plete a yearlong, team-based, client sponsored proj- Social Science and Humanities Electives ect. Students are encouraged to seek suitable topics The work of engineers and applied scientists for project work from the organizations in which requires creative solutions that are socially, politically, they undertake their internships. economically, culturally and aesthetically acceptable. Courses in the social sciences and humanities help to develop awareness of the needs of the global society Chemistry and and contribute to the ability of a scientist/engineer to communicate technical options to the broad con- Chemical Engineering stituencies that are affected by technical solutions. Specific courses chosen in these areas must satisfy the Chairman: W. David Harding, Ph.D. University Core Curriculum requirements. Professors Emeriti: Peter J. Desio, Ph.D., University Mathematics Electives of New Hampshire; George L. Wheeler, Ph.D., These are courses from the Mathematics University of Maryland Department at the 300 or higher level. Academic Professors: Michael A. Collura, Ph.D., Lehigh advisers should be consulted for recommendations on University; W. David Harding, Ph.D., the mathematics electives most relevant to a student’s Northwestern University; Michael J. Saliby, career objectives. Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton; Pauline M. Schwartz, Ph.D., University of Michigan Tagliatela College of Engineering 123

Associate Professors: Eddie Luzik, Ph.D., Bryn improved products. It was practitioners of this disci- Mawr College; Arthur S. Gow III, Ph.D., pline who developed the technological infrastructure Pennsylvania State University for industries such as chemicals, petroleum products, Assistant Professor: Nancy Ortins Savage, Ph.D., plastics, textiles, pharmaceuticals, and food process- The Ohio State University ing. Lecturer: Eddie Del Valle, M.S., Pontifical Catholic Chemical engineers are at the forefront in imple- University of Puerto Rico menting emerging technologies such as bio-processing and biomaterials and nanotechnology. Chemical Visiting Instructor: Tiffany Hesser, M.S., University engineers are also concerned with the critical areas of of New Haven resource depletion, energy conservation, pollution The mission of the Department of Chemistry and prevention and control, improved control of Chemical Engineering is to prepare a diverse student processes, and enhanced productivity. The major has body for entrance into the chemical engineering and also proven to be an excellent background for the chemistry professions and for evolving professional study of law, medicine, or business. careers, including graduate study and professional school. Mission and Outcomes The Department offers bachelor’s degree programs The mission of the Chemical Engineering program and minors in chemical engineering and chemistry. is to prepare a diverse student body for entrance into the chemical engineering profession and for evolving Degrees Offered professional careers. The following four program objectives have been set to achieve the program’s mission: B.A., Chemistry • To graduate students who have the technical B.S., Chemistry knowledge and professional skills necessary for the B.S., Chemical Engineering current practice of engineering. • To prepare students for technical careers that Jacob Finley Buckman Endowed Chair and require a high level of interaction and communi- Scholarships cation with others and sensitivity to the broad The Jacob Finley Buckman Endowed Chair of social scope of engineering problems. Chemistry and Chemical Engineering was established • To prepare graduates to apply an organized in 1981 by Mrs. Clarice Buckman of New Haven in approach to competently address problems and memory of her late husband, Jacob Finley Buckman, opportunities through careful problem formula- cofounder of Enthone Corporation. The Clarice tion, critical analysis of inputs, creative solutions, Buckman Scholarships are awarded to juniors major- and the ability to learn what is needed to solve the ing in Chemical Engineering or Chemistry. complex problem. • To assure that students have a firm understanding Chemical Engineering of the terminology, techniques, and methods employed by chemical engineers. Chemical engineers are creative problem solvers. Based on the program objectives, ten program They apply the fundamental principles of chemistry, outcomes have been established: physics, biology, mathematics, and economics to the • Students can demonstrate the understanding of solution of practical problems and to the search for and an ability to apply concepts in basic science new knowledge. Traditionally, chemical engineers and mathematics and have a working knowledge develop, design, optimize, and operate processes that of advanced chemistry. convert material and energy resources into new or 124

• Students can demonstrate the ability to design for those genuinely interested it develops the depth of and conduct experiments, analyze data, assess knowledge required to embark on a fascinating and results, and make recommendations regarding the satisfying professional career in industry or govern- outcome of their work. ment or to continue study at the graduate level. • Students can demonstrate proficiency in the use of The freshman year in chemical engineering is like computer tools typical of those used in the process that of the other engineering disciplines (see the sec- industries for research, development, design, and tion “Multidisciplinary Foundation for Engineering operation activities. Programs” on page 144). Chemical Engineering stu- • Students can demonstrate the ability to function dents take EAS 120, Chemistry with Application to as integral members of multidisciplinary teams. Biosystems, during the freshman year. • Students are aware that solutions to technical The first chemical engineering course, taken in problems have wide-ranging effects on society. the sophomore year, is the beginning of a well-inte- They can demonstrate the ability to incorporate grated sequence that builds on the multidisciplinary consideration of such effects into their solutions. foundation. Each chemical engineering course contributes uniquely to the development of skills in • Students can demonstrate the ability to effectively problem solving, communication, computer usage, communicate technical ideas to a variety of audi- and engineering design. Several common themes ences. weave throughout these courses, including safety, • Students can demonstrate the ability to develop concern for the environment, and practical applica- solutions to open-ended problems that achieve tion of knowledge to real-world problems. A compre- balance among competing constraints. hensive laboratory experience is integrated into most • Students can demonstrate the ability to apply an of the chemical engineering courses and culminates engineering approach to the solution of problems. with the chemical engineering laboratory course dur- • Students can demonstrate the ability to think cre- ing the senior year. This laboratory experience con- atively and to extend their knowledge through tributes to these educational objectives through the independent learning. use of modern, industrial-type data acquisition and control instruments and computers on pilot-scale • Students can demonstrate the ability to apply the process equipment. Comprehensive design projects in concepts of balances, rate, and equilibrium rela- the senior year enable the student to synthesize and tionships and of process/product/equipment focus on the entire curriculum. Several engineering analysis and design. or science electives allow flexibility in the program, to Achievement of these four objectives and ten out- include areas of special interest. comes is assessed by a variety of means, including Students in the Chemical Engineering program course evaluations, exit surveys, alumni surveys, and satisfy the University Core Curriculum requirements employer surveys. through specified courses and electives. University Core Curriculum categories are indicated in the list B.S., Chemical Engineering below for such electives. Program Coordinator: W. David Harding, Ph.D. Required Courses The B.S. degree in chemical engineering is accred- (130 credits total including freshman year) ited by the American Institute of Chemical Engineers (AIChE) and by the Engineering Accreditation Freshman Year Commission of the Accreditation Board for CH 115 General Chemistry I Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). The CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory Chemical Engineering program is challenging, but E 105 Composition Tagliatela College of Engineering 125

E 110 Composition and Literature EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering HS 101 Foundations of the Western World EAS 109 Project Planning and Development or EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems Plus one Core Competency 6 elective and 9 credits of FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- engineering or science electives time day-division freshmen) Students who wish to concentrate in a particular area M 117 Calculus I should select a cluster of elective courses that matches M 118 Calculus II their interests. Following are examples of popular Plus one Core Competency 5.1 elective clusters:

Sophomore Year Biochemical Engineering Applications CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I CH 203 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory BI 301 Microbiology CM 220 Process Analysis BI 461 Biochemistry EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering Systems Biotechnology Applications EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems BI 253 Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems BI 301 Microbiology M 203 Calculus III BI 308 Cell Biology M 204 Differential Equations BI 311 Molecular Biology PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Environmental Engineering Applications Laboratory PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with CE 315 Environmental Engineering Laboratory CE 404 Water and Wastewater Engineering CM 521 Air Pollution Fundamentals Junior Year In some cases, students may wish to take courses CH 331–332 Physical Chemistry I and II beyond those required for the degree, to gain depth CH 333–334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laboratory in an area of interest. CM 311 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics CM 315 Transport Operations I Minor in Chemical Engineering CM 316 Transport Operations II CM 321 Reaction Kinetics and Reactor Design Students who wish to earn a minor in chemical engi- EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog neering should complete EAS 224 and five courses in Devices chemical engineering, including the following: EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems Economics CM 220 Process Analysis Plus one Core Competency 1.2 elective, and one CM 315 Transport Operations I Core Competency 5.2 elective CM 321 Reaction Kinetics and Reactor Design Plus two additional chemical engineering (CM) Senior Year courses. CM 401 Mass Transfer Operations CM 411 Chemical Engineering Laboratory CM 415 Process Dynamics and Control Chemical Engineering Club CM 420 Process Design Principles The Chemical Engineering Club has ties to the CM 421 Plant and Process Design American Institute of Chemical Engineers (AIChE). 126

The Club provides students the opportunity to social- or an engineering field. ize, meet chemical engineers working in the area, visit Students majoring in forensic science may also process plants, and participate in community projects. earn a B.S. degree in chemistry by taking 16 credits in addition to those required for the B.S. degree in Chemistry forensic science. Chemists are concerned with the structure and Required Courses analysis of matter and the changes that matter under- Students majoring in chemistry must complete goes. Today’s chemists are solving problems and the following courses for a total of 123–126 credits: developing new substances with the increasing use of laboratory instruments. Many of these instruments Freshman Year are interfaced with computers for rapid data analysis CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II and display. CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory Careers for chemists in today’s market include the E 105 Composition rapidly developing fields of instrumentation; comput- E 110 Composition and Literature ers; energy; environment; forensics; medicine; bio- M 117–118 Calculus I and II chemistry and biotechnology; safety and health; PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with pharmaceutical, product, and equipment develop- Laboratory ment; chemical engineering; plastics and polymers; FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- synthetic fibers; industrial chemistry; technical sales time day-division freshmen) and services; and management. Plus one Core Competency 3 Option A elective Sophomore Year Objectives CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II The Chemistry program has the following educa- CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory tional objectives: CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory • To provide a strong background in theoretical CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with chemical principles and laboratory practice. Laboratory • To develop problem-solving and critical-thinking HS 101 Foundations of the Western World skills. or • To develop the ability to communicate effectively. HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times M 203 Calculus III • To provide pertinent experience with chemical PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with instrumentation. Laboratory Plus one computer science (CS) elective or an B.S., Chemistry approved restricted elective chosen with the adviser, Program Coordinator: Arthur S. Gow III, Ph.D. and one Core Competency 5.1 elective The B.S. in Chemistry program includes most of Junior Year the courses recommended by the American Chemical CH 331–332 Physical Chemistry I and II Society (ACS) and provides a rigorous background CH 333–334 Physical Chemistry I and II Laboratory well-suited to those students who will pursue gradu- CH 341 Synthetic Methods in Chemistry ate studies in chemistry. The program is also highly recommended for premedical students. The program Plus two technical electives chosen with the adviser, contains six technical electives. By careful selection of one advanced chemistry elective, one Core courses, these electives allow the student to develop a Competency 1.2 elective, one Core Competency 2.3 cluster in a related field such as biotechnology, bio- elective, one Core Competency 5.2 elective, and one chemistry, computer science, environmental studies, Core Competency 6 elective Tagliatela College of Engineering 127

Senior Year (ACS). The Club is open to all students, and all CH 411 Chemical Literature chemistry and forensic science majors are encouraged CH 412 Seminar to join. Club activities include field trips, community CH 451 Thesis with Laboratory or advanced and University service projects, films, group discus- chemistry or chemical engineering course sions, and social activities. CH 501 Advanced Organic Chemistry CH 521 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CH 599 Independent Study or advanced chemistry Electrical and Computer or chemical engineering course Plus four technical electives chosen with the adviser, Engineering and and one biology or mathematics elective from Core Competency 2 Computer Science

Teaching Chemistry Chairman: Ali Golbazi, Ph.D. Students interested in earning a teaching certifi- Professors Emeriti: Gerald J. Kirwin, Ph.D., cate in secondary education in chemistry may enter Syracuse University; Kantilal K Surti, Ph.D., the graduate program at UNH. The B.S. or B.A. University of Connecticut; Darrell Horning, degree in chemistry is the best major for those plan- Ph.D., University of Illinois; Roger G. Frey, ning to teach at the secondary level, but other related Ph.D., J.D., Yale University majors are also acceptable. Students interested in teaching science at the middle-school level need a Professors: Bouzid Aliane, Ph.D., Polytechnic variety of science courses, including chemistry. Please Institute of New York; Tahany Fergany, Ph.D., contact the Education Department for additional University of Connecticut; Alice E. Fischer, Ph.D., information. Harvard University; Andrew J. Fish, Jr., Ph.D., University of Connecticut; Ali Golbazi, Ph.D., Wayne State University; Bijan Karimi, Ph.D., Minor in Chemistry Oklahoma State University To obtain a minor in chemistry, students must Associate Professors: William R. Adams, Ph.D., complete 23–24 credits, including the following University of Connecticut; Barun Chandra, Ph.D., courses: University of Chicago; David W. Eggert, Ph.D., University of South Florida; Norman Hosay, Ph.D., Required Courses University of Wisconsin CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II CH 117–118 General Chemistry I and II Laboratory Degrees Offered CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II A.S., Computer Science CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry I and II Laboratory B.S., Computer Engineering CH 211 Quantitative Analysis with Laboratory CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with B.S., Computer Science Laboratory B.S., Electrical Engineering (A CH 300-level or above course may be substituted B.S., Information Technology for CH 221.) Five-year B.S./M.S. in Electrical and Computer Engineering Forensic Science and Chemistry Club Five-year B.S./M.S. in Computer Science The Forensic Science and Chemistry Club is a stu- For graduate degrees offered by this Department, dent affiliate of the American Chemical Society please refer to the UNH Graduate Catalog. 128

Mission in a design project in their senior year, as well as an The mission of the Department is to prepare stu- internship in local industry. dents from diverse backgrounds for professional prac- Internship Requirement tice and continued growth in the fields of electrical engineering, computer engineering, computer sci- The internship program enriches the academic ence, and information technology. We provide stu- experience for the student by providing exposure to a dents with the skills and basic background needed to working industrial environment. Each internship is a become proficient in today’s technology, as well as to partnership between the student, a faculty adviser and keep abreast of future developments in these fields. an employer. Once the junior year is reached (60 credits), a student is eligible to find and propose a particu- The offerings in the Department cover a wide lar experience. This could take the form of part-time spectrum of possibilities. On one end, the electrical or summer employment, a co-op job, community serv- engineering discipline focuses on the design of elec- ice or some other activity of sufficient duration and trical systems, both computer-related and noncom- with duties relevant to the discipline. The minimum puter-related. On the other end, the computer length of time required for the internship varies for science discipline focuses on the design and imple- each program (300 hours for electrical and computer mentation of computer software for various applica- engineering, 100 for computer science and informa- tions. In between, the field of computer engineering tion technology). Students who are already working in bridges this gap through the design of computer the field should contact their adviser concerning a pos- hardware and its controlling software. The area of sible waiver of this requirement. information technology deals with the deployment and integration of these various components into Extracurricular Activities larger systems, such as a secure computer network Students are encouraged to develop themselves infrastructure or an e-commerce website. not only academically, but also socially. Various Educational Philosophy opportunities exist outside the classroom for interaction with other students and faculty. The Being true to the broader educational missions of Living/Learning Community provides a great bond- the University and the Tagliatela College of ing experience in the freshman year. In later years, Engineering, the programs in the Department possess various clubs and student chapters of national soci- many facets. Through the University’s core require- eties, such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronic ments, students expand their cultural and intellectual Engineers and the Association of Computing horizons by exposure to the humanities and social sci- Machinery, provide an opportunity to listen to visit- ences, in addition to the technical aspects of mathemat- ing lecturers, attend workshops or conferences, and ics and science. Written and oral communication skills take field trips into the surrounding industry. Student are developed continually throughout the curriculum. chapters of national honor societies (for example, Eta During the freshman and sophomore years, stu- Kappa Nu for electrical and computer engineering), dents in each program participate at different levels also recognize the outstanding achievements of supe- in the multidisciplinary spiral curriculum of the rior students. TCoE, in addition to taking introductory discipline courses. They then have an opportunity to pursue particular interests through required and elective Five-year B.S./M.S. Programs courses in their final two years. Students of good academic standing are eligible to Another important feature of these programs is participate in a five-year program in which both B.S. that they put theory into practice. Through a mixture and M.S. degrees are earned. Those in the B.S.E.E. of specific lab courses and in-class projects, students and B.S.C.E.N. degrees can transition to the have “hands-on” experiences to further emphasize the M.S.E.E., while those in the B.S.C.S. program can lessons they have learned. These activities culminate continue to the M.S.C.S. program with minimal Tagliatela College of Engineering 129 paperwork and no application fee. Students take two chemistry, mathematics, computer programming, graduate courses in their senior year that both fulfill basic engineering science, and general education their B.S. requirements and waive certain M.S. courses supplement the required and elective com- requirements, so that they can graduate with both puter engineering courses. degrees in five years. Students are encouraged to The upper-level computer engineering course speak with their academic advisers for details. work provides areas of concentration for in-depth study. Students can choose additional technical elec- B.S., Computer Engineering tives from outside the area of concentration to provide more breadth of knowledge. Program Coordinator: Bijan Karimi, Ph.D. To influence our society’s evolution, the computer The B.S. degree in computer engineering is engineer must acquire an understanding of our soci- accredited by the Engineering Accreditation ety, our cultural heritage, and the human condition. Commission of the Accreditation Board for The engineer must communicate ideas to other engi- Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). neers and to the public. The Computer Engineering Computer engineering is concerned with design program enables this via liberal and humanistic stud- and implementation of digital systems such as com- ies. The University Core Curriculum requirements puter systems, computer-based control systems, inter- allow students to expand their cultural and intellec- faces between digital and analog systems, interfaces tual horizons by exposing them to the humanities between hardware and software, and control software and social sciences. Students learn written and oral for embedded computer systems. This program spans communication skills in the core courses as well as in the disciplines of both electrical engineering and multidisciplinary engineering-science courses in the computer science, and can be described as bridging freshman and sophomore years. Students apply these the area between the two. skills in the humanities and social science courses as Computers are used in almost every device or sys- well as in laboratory/design courses in their major. tem manufactured today, from large multi-computer An important feature of the computer engineering systems to cell phones and credit card reading curriculum is the design experience. Our students devices. In addition, they are used in signal process- develop the ability to analyze appropriate models, ing applications, speech recognition, medical imag- conduct empirical tests, gather relevant information, ing, and picture and data communication. The interpret empirical tests, develop appropriate models, Internet is possible in part because of advances made develop alternative solutions, formulate problems, in computing machines and data communications by and synthesize in our laboratory sequence. This people working in the capacity of computer engi- sequence of courses takes the student in gradual steps neers. Careers for computer engineers are found in all from a well-structured laboratory experiment in the phases of the production of these devices and sys- sophomore year to an open-ended design project in tems, from design, manufacturing, and maintenance the senior year. This allows students to gain practical to marketing and sales. experience in engineering design. Recognizing the changing trend in engineering education, the Computer Engineering program has Internship Requirement adopted a multidisciplinary approach for teaching The internship program is intended to enrich the and learning by incorporating a series of newly devel- academic experience of our undergraduate students, oped project-oriented courses based on the spiral cur- providing exposure to and participation in a working riculum. engineering environment. Each internship must The early part of the program emphasizes com- involve a partnership consisting of the student, fac- puter engineering skills that form the background for ulty, and employers/organizations to provide each stu- the upper-level elective and design courses. Physics, dent intern with an optimal experience. A minimum 130 of 300 hours performing relevant engineering duties is software systems. Three electives in the fourth year required prior to graduation. Students must complete give the student an opportunity to explore a hard- 60 credits toward the bachelor’s degree in computer ware and/or software oriented program. The final engineering before an internship is attempted. year includes a yearlong senior design project in The internship carries no credit for the degree; which the student designs a device, system, or soft- however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing a ware application. Depending on the student’s inter- co-op position, summer employment, and part-time ests, the project can be hardware and/or software or full-time positions that are approved by the stu- oriented. Industry-based projects are encouraged. The dent’s employer and by the department/internship program also has a general education component in coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship communications, economics, and the humanities experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- needed to create a well-rounded professional. ship requirement may be granted for students who Required Courses are employed in the field, subject to a formal review Students must complete a total of 128 credits to by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- earn the bachelor of science degree in computer engi- dent’s request for such a waiver must be initiated one neering. Humanities or social science electives must year prior to the anticipated graduation date. be selected to fulfill the University Core Curriculum Educational Objectives requirements, and students must complete the internship requirement. The educational objectives of the Computer Engineering program prepare students for profes- Technical electives are 300-level or higher CS or sional practice and lifelong learning. Program gradu- EE courses that fit into the student’s plan of study ates will demonstrate the following qualities and and are approved by the academic adviser. One tech- attributes: nical elective may be taken outside the specified areas with the approval of the academic adviser. In the • High-quality performance as computer engineers final year of study the student takes a two-semester in industry who have a strong theoretical back- senior design sequence, CEN 457 and CEN 458. In ground for pursuing graduate studies the first semester the student selects a topic, com- • Leadership abilities and an understanding of pletes a literature search, and commences the design human relationships in general process. In the second semester, the student com- • The ability to function as innovators, entrepre- pletes the design, implements the project, and pres- neurs, and problem solvers in industry or academia ents the results. • The ability to function as members of multidisci- The following list shows the sequence of courses plinary teams or as team leaders, and the ability that a student should follow to complete the program to secure high-level managerial positions in their in four years. discipline Freshman Year • The ability to deal with societal and global issues CH 115 General Chemistry I such as environmental and ethical concerns CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory Design and problem-solving are the central CS 110 Introduction to C Programming themes of this program. It combines the engineering CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing and hardware approach of electrical engineering with E 105 Composition the knowledge of computing structu]res and the algo- E 110 Composition and Literature rithmic approach of computer science. The first two EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering years of the program concentrate on basic science, EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis mathematics, and engineering. The last two years FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- consist of courses in digital systems, computer sys- time day-division freshmen) tems, networks, electrical systems, and design of Tagliatela College of Engineering 131

M 117 Calculus I Communication core elective M 118 Calculus II Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Global Perspective core elective Laboratory Sophomore Year Minor in Computer Engineering CS 210 Java Programming A student may obtain a minor in computer engi- EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering neering by completing the following courses: Systems CS166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections Devices EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog EE 155 Digital Systems I Devices EE 235 Analog Circuits EE 155 Digital Systems I EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory EE 247 Electronics I EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory HS 101 Foundations of the Western World EE 356 Digital Systems II or EE 371 Computer Engineering I HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times M 203 Calculus III M 204 Differential Equations Student Societies PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with The Computer Engineering program sponsors a Laboratory student section of the Institute of Electrical and Junior Year Electronics Engineers. This organization supports visiting lecturers, educational workshops, field trips to CEN 398 Computer Engineering Internship surrounding industrial sites, and social events. CS 226 Data Structures Using Collections CS 320 Operating Systems Eta Kappa Nu, the national honor society for elec- E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination trical and computer engineers, is represented by the EE 247 Electronics I Zeta Rho Chapter at the University of New Haven. EE 302 Systems Analysis This society exists to honor superior students and to EE 320 Random Signal Analysis encourage high scholastic achievement. EE 356 Digital Systems II EE 371 Computer Engineering B.S., Computer Science EE 410 Networking I EE 472 Computer Architecture Program Coordinator: Alice E. Fischer, Ph.D. EE 475 Embedded Systems, Interfaces, and Buses The bachelor’s degree program in computer science Senior Year is accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, CEN 457 Design Preparation Baltimore, MD 21202-4012 – telephone: CEN 458 Electrical Engineering Design Laboratory 410.347.7700. EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering Economics The mission of the Computer Science program at EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar UNH is to inform, challenge, and train our diverse student body for a constantly changing world of Plus three technical electives, and one from each of technology. Our program objectives are to inform, the categories below: challenge, and educate graduates who will demon- Social Interaction core elective strate the following qualities and attributes: 132

• Ability to work effectively and professionally with an area of interest outside computer science and pur- others sue a specialization in that field. It is often easy to • Ability to work effectively in a variety of contexts extend this specialization into a minor in the selected using various languages and environments field. Popular areas include mathematics, engineering, business, social sciences, and multimedia. • Ability to independently learn and master new tools of the profession Internship Requirement • Ability to develop or help develop a project that The internship program is intended to enrich the meets professional standards academic experience of our undergraduate students, • Commitment to working ethically and making a providing exposure to and participation in a working contribution to society computing environment. Each internship is a partnership between the student, a faculty adviser, and an • Readiness for career-long learning employer/organization that provides each student • Readiness for graduate study in computer science intern with an optimal experience. Although the or ability to move into a leadership position internship carries no formal credit for the degree, a At the time of graduation, every student should minimum of 100 hours performing relevant com- have achieved the following program outcomes: puter-oriented duties is required prior to graduation. • Knowledge and understanding of computer hard- Students must complete 60 credits toward the bache- ware, software, and theory, as defined by the lor’s degree before an internship is attempted. Association for Computing Machinery (ACM) The requirement may be satisfied through a co-op curriculum guidelines position, summer or part-time employment, commu- • Ability to communicate technical material orally nity service or other activity that is approved by the and in good written English student’s supervisor and by the department/internship coordinator as relevant to the goals of the degree • Ability to design and implement a system for a program. A waiver (or substitution) of the internship real application requirement may be granted for students who are • A professional level of skill in programming, both employed in the field, subject to a formal review by individually and as part of a team the department/internship coordinator. The student’s • Readiness for employment at a professional level request for such a waiver must be initiated one year in industry prior to the anticipated graduation date. • Knowledge and understanding of the legal and Required Courses ethical issues that confront the field of computing A total of 126 credits, including the University • Knowledge of the rights and obligations of the Core Curriculum, is required for the bachelor of sci- practicing computing professional ence degree in computer science. A typical initial job title might be applications Freshman Year programmer or software engineer. Later titles might be system analyst, team leader, or software consult- CS 110 Introduction to C Programming ant. Areas of application range from database man- CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing agement to technical design projects. CS 210 Java Programming EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering The Computer Science program includes instruc- E 105 Composition tion in several programming languages and a strong E 110 Composition and Literature base in mathematics. Intermediate courses include the FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- study of systems, hardware, and theory. Advanced time day-division freshmen) courses are available in various application areas. With HS 101 Foundations of the Western World the help of an adviser, each student will also choose Tagliatela College of Engineering 133 or A.S., Computer Science HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times Program Coordinator: Alice E. Fischer, Ph.D. M 117 Calculus I M 118 Calculus II This two-year associate degree program is designed for part-time students and for those who Plus one Social Interaction core elective wish to enter the job market as soon as possible. All Sophomore Year credits can be applied toward the corresponding B.S. CS 212 Intermediate C Programming degree in computer science. It is recommended, how- CS 214 Computer Organization ever, that students enroll in the bachelor’s degree pro- CS 215 Introduction to Databases gram when they begin the associate degree program CS 226 Data Structures using Collections in order to guarantee that all A.S. credits can be EE 155 Digital Systems I applied toward the B.S. A total of 61 credits is M 203 Calculus III required for the awarding of the A.S. degree in computer science. Plus two semesters of a laboratory science sequence, one Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective, and one Required Courses Global Perspective core elective Freshman Year Junior Year CS110 Introduction to C Programming CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing CS 320 Operating Systems CS 210 Java Programming CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms E 105 Composition CS 590 Internship E 110 Composition and Literature E 220 Writing for Business and Industry EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering or FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation time day-division freshmen) E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam M 117 Calculus I EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics M 118 Calculus II Plus one computer science elective, one laboratory Plus one Social Interaction or Global Perspective core science elective, two specialization electives, and one elective, and one History or Citizenship core elective Citizenship core elective Sophomore Year Senior Year CS 212 Intermediate C Programming CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing CS 214 Computer Organization CS 428 Object-Oriented Design CS 215 Introduction to Databases CS 536 The Structure of Programming Languages CS 226 Data Structures using Collections CS 547 Systems Programming CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies EE 155 Digital Systems I Plus two senior-level computer science electives. one technical elective, one technical or specialization elec- Two semesters of a laboratory science sequence and, tive, one specialization elective, and one Global one Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective Perspective core elective In addition, or as part of the preceding require- Minor in Computer Science ments, each student must complete a substantial Students may minor in computer science by com- individual programming project and a team project. pleting 18 credits of computer science courses. Those considering a minor in computer science should seek guidance from the CS undergraduate coordinator as 134 early as possible. Students must complete the follow- transistors, integrated circuits, rotating machines, ing courses: antennas, lasers, and computer-memory devices. CS 210 Java Programming Recognizing the changing trend in engineering edu- CS 212 Intermediate C Programming cation, the Electrical Engineering program has adopted CS 226 Data Structures using Collections a multidisciplinary approach for teaching and learning CS 326 Data Structures and Algorithms by incorporating a series of newly developed project- Plus two CS electives at the 350 level or higher oriented courses based on the spiral curriculum. The early part of the program emphasizes electri- Computer Programming Certificate cal engineering skills that form the background for the upper-level elective and design courses. Physics, This certificate is designed for individuals who chemistry, mathematics, computer programming, require rapid entry into the job market as a computer basic engineering science, and general education programmer. Candidates do not need to matriculate courses supplement the required and elective electri- into an associate or bachelor’s degree program at the cal engineering courses. University but may enroll directly as a student pursu- The upper-level electrical engineering course work ing a certificate. Credits earned toward the certificate provides areas of concentration for in-depth study. may be applied toward the requirements for a degree Students can choose additional technical electives program at a later date. Students must complete 21 from outside the area of concentration to provide credits with a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0, including the more breadth of knowledge. following courses: To influence our society’s evolution, the electrical CS 110 Introduction to C Programming engineer must acquire an understanding of our soci- CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing ety, our cultural heritage, and the human condition. CS 210 Java Programming The engineer must communicate ideas to other engi- CS 212 Intermediate C Programming neers and to the public. The Electrical Engineering CS 226 Data Structures using Collections program enables this via liberal and humanistic stud- Plus two CS sophomore electives ies. The University Core Curriculum requirements allow students to expand their cultural and intellec- B.S., Electrical Engineering tual horizons by exposing them to the humanities and social sciences. Students learn written and oral Program Coordinator: Ali Golbazi, Ph.D. communication skills in the core courses as well as in The bachelor’s degree program in electrical engi- multidisciplinary engineering-science courses in the neering is nationally accredited by the Engineering freshman and sophomore years. Students apply these Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation skills in the humanities and social science courses as Board for Engineering and Technology well as in laboratory/design courses in their major. (EAC/ABET). An important feature of the electrical engineering Electrical engineering is concerned with the analy- curriculum is the design experience. Our students sis, design, development, and operation of electrical develop the ability to analyze appropriate models, and electronic systems. Examples of these systems conduct empirical tests, gather relevant information, include communication, fiber optics, data processing, interpret empirical tests, develop appropriate models, power generation, and distribution, control, and develop alternative solutions, formulate problems, instrumentation. Digital circuits and computers are and synthesize in our laboratory sequence. This important and integral parts of such systems and are sequence of courses takes the student in gradual steps widely used by electrical engineers in their design and from a well-structured laboratory experiment in the development. The electrical engineer is also con- sophomore year to an open-ended design project in cerned with the devices that make up systems such as Tagliatela College of Engineering 135 the senior year. This allows students to gain practical • Responsibility and awareness of the broad issues experience in engineering design. relating to professional ethics, safety, and the environment Internship Requirement Required Courses The internship program is intended to enrich the academic experience of our undergraduate students, Students must complete a total of 125 credits for providing exposure to and participation in a working a bachelor of science degree in electrical engineering. engineering environment. Each internship must Humanities or social science electives must be involve a partnership consisting of the student, fac- selected to fulfill the University Core Curriculum ulty, and employers/organizations to provide each stu- requirements and ABET. dent intern with an optimal experience. A minimum Technical elective courses in the B.S.E.E. program of 300 hours performing relevant engineering duties is must be selected from upper-level offerings (third or required prior to graduation. Students must complete fourth year) under the guidance and approval of the 60 credits toward the bachelor’s degree in electrical student’s academic adviser. At least three must be engineering before an internship is attempted. electrical or computer engineering courses. The internship carries no credit for the degree; In the final year of study the student takes a senior however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing a design sequence, EE 457 and EE 458, over two co-op position, summer employment, and part-time semesters. In the first semester the student selects a or full-time positions that are approved by the stu- topic and completes a literature search and a prelimi- dent’s employer and by the department/internship nary design. In the second semester, the student com- coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship pletes the design, implements the project, and experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- presents the results. ship requirement may be granted for students who Freshman Year are employed in the field, subject to a formal review by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- CH 115 General Chemistry I dent’s request for such a waiver must be initiated one CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory year prior to the anticipated graduation date. E 105 Composition E 110 Composition and Literature Educational Objectives EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering The educational objectives of the program, based EAS 109 Project Planning and Development on the ABET Engineering Criteria and the program EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis mission, are to produce graduates who demonstrate FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- the following qualities and attributes: time day-division freshmen) HS 101 Foundations of the Western World • Ability to pursue professional practice in initial or electrical engineering positions or continue into HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times graduate study either in electrical engineering or M 117 Calculus I related fields M 118 Calculus II • Ability to adopt the analytical skills and the broad PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with foundation in general education and liberal arts to Laboratory allow for lifelong learning, providing the basis for Sophomore Year leadership in their chosen field of endeavor CS 110 Introduction to C Programming • Ability to communicate ideas effectively and par- EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering ticipate in multidisciplinary teams to solve techni- Systems cal problems and benefit humankind EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog Devices 136

EE 155 Digital Systems I EE 247 Electronics I and EE 235 Analog Circuits EE 348 Electronics II EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory or EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory EE 371 Computer Engineering and M 203 Calculus III EE 356 Digital Systems II M 204 Differential Equations or PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with EE 302 Systems Analysis and Laboratory EE 355 Control Systems Plus one Global Perspective core elective Student Societies Junior Year The Electrical Engineering program sponsors a E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination student section of the Institute of Electrical and EE 247 Electronics I Electronics Engineers. This organization supports vis- EE 302 Systems Analysis iting lecturers, educational workshops, field trips to EE 320 Random Signal Analysis surrounding industrial sites, and social events. EE 348 Electronics II EE 349 Electronics Design Laboratory Eta Kappa Nu, the national honor society for elec- EE 355 Control Systems trical and computer engineers, is represented by the EE 371 Computer Engineering Zeta Rho Chapter at the University of New Haven. EE 398 Electrical Engineering Internship This society exists to honor superior students and to encourage high scholastic achievement. Plus one Social Interaction core elective, one mathematics elective, and one technical elective B.S., Information Technology Senior Year Program Coordinator: David W. Eggert, Ph.D. EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering Economics The goals of the bachelor’s degree program in EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar information technology (IT) are to inform, challenge, EE 445 Communication Systems and train our diverse student body for a constantly FE 457 Design Preparation changing world of technology. At graduation, every EE 458 Electrical Engineering Design Laboratory student should be able to demonstrate the following EE 461 Electromagnetic Theory qualities and attributes: Plus three technical electives, one Aesthetic • Knowledge and understanding of current techni- Responsiveness core elective, and one cal concepts and practices in the core information Communication core elective technologies • Ability to design effective and usable IT-based Minor in Electrical Engineering solutions and integrate them into a user’s environment, both individually and as part of a team A student may obtain a minor in electrical engineering by completing the following courses: • Ability to assist in the creation of an effective project plan EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog Devices • Ability to communicate effectively and efficiently EE 155 Digital Systems I with clients, users, and peers, both orally and in EE 235 Analog Circuits writing EE 256 Digital Systems Laboratory • Independent critical thinking and problem-solving EE 257 Analog Circuits Laboratory skills Plus one of the following sequences: • Knowledge and understanding of computer hardware and software Tagliatela College of Engineering 137

• Sensitivity to human/computer interface design the student’s supervisor and by the department/intern- issues ship coordinator as relevant to the goals of the degree • Awareness of the legal and ethical issues that con- program. A waiver (or substitution) of the internship front the field of computing requirement may be granted for students who are employed in the field, subject to a formal review by • Knowledge of the rights and obligations of the the department/internship coordinator. The student’s practicing computing professional request for such a waiver must be initiated one year • Readiness for lifelong learning in the field prior to the anticipated graduation date. The program consists of a common core that Required Courses exposes students to a wide range of computing and technology topics, including the study of databases, A total of 122 credits, including the University hardware, networks, programming, and human/com- Core Curriculum, is required for the B.S. degree in puter interaction. Advanced courses are selected from information technology. Students must complete one one of two tracks: web and database development or of two tracks: web and database development or net- network administration and security. A student also work administration and security. Substitutions for must complete a specialization in another discipline. track courses are permitted with the adviser’s Suggested specializations include criminal justice, approval. management, marketing, international business, art, Freshman Year and multimedia. CS110 Introduction to C Programming Areas of application include web page design and CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing development, database administration and mainte- CS 210 Java Programming nance, and network development and administration. E 105 Composition Typical initial job titles might be web developer, net- E 110 Composition and Literature work technician, applications developer, and network EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering security technician. With several years of experience, EC 133 Principles of Economics I job titles might be website administrator, network or administrator, database administrator, and security EC 134 Principles of Economics II manager. FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- Internship Requirement time day-division freshmen) HS 101 Foundations of the Western World The internship program is intended to enrich the or academic experience of our undergraduate students, HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times providing exposure to and participation in a working M 115 Pre-Calculus computing environment. Each internship is a partnership between the student, a faculty adviser, and an Plus one Aesthetic Responsiveness core elective employer/organization that provides each student Sophomore Year intern with an optimal experience. Although the CS 214 Computer Organization internship carries no formal credit for the degree, a CS 215 Introduction to Databases minimum of 100 hours performing relevant com- CS 350 Human-Computer Interaction puter-oriented duties is required prior to graduation. CO 100 Human Communication Students must complete 60 credits toward the bache- EAS 109 Project Planning and Development lor’s degree before an internship is attempted. EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering The requirement may be satisfied through a co-op Economics position, summer or part-time employment, commu- M 228 Elementary Statistics nity service or some other activity that is approved by Plus one Laboratory Science core elective, and one 138

Social Interaction core elective Network Administration and Security Track Web and Database Development Track CS 446 Introduction to Computer Security CS 226 Data Structures using Collections Plus two CJ or CS restricted electives Network Administration and Security Track CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies Minor in Information Technology Junior Year Students may minor in information technology by CS 320 Operating Systems completing 18 credits of computer science courses. CS 590 Internship Those considering a minor in information technol- E 220 Writing for Business and Industry ogy should seek guidance from the information tech- or nology undergraduate coordinator as early as E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation possible. Students must complete the following E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam courses: Plus one Business restricted elective, one Citizenship CS 110 Introduction to C Programming core elective, two specialization electives, and one CS 214 Computer Organization Global Perspective core elective CS 215 Introduction to Databases CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies Web and Database Development Track CS 247 Networking Essentials and Technologies Plus two CS electives (excluding CS 107) MM 301 Introduction to Multimedia A computer science or computer engineering student MM 312 Website Creation is ineligible to earn a minor in information technology. Network Administration and Security Track CS 445 Network Administration Mechanical, Civil, and CS 472 Script Programming for Network Administration Environmental Plus one technical elective Senior Year Engineering CS 416 Social and Professional Issues in Computing CS 428 Object-Oriented Design Chairman: Gregory P. Broderick, Ph.D. or Professors Emeriti: M. Hamdy Bechir, Sc.D., CS 504 Senior Project Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Oleg IE 414 Engineering Management Faigel, Ph.D., Moscow Textile Institute; Ross Plus one Global Perspective core elective, two special- Lanius, M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut; ization electives, and one technical elective John C. Martin, M.E., Yale University; Thomas C. Warner, Jr., M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Web and Database Development Track Technology CS 441 Web-Database Application Development CS 524 Advanced Databases Professors: Carl Barratt, Ph.D., Cambridge University; Gregory P. Broderick, Ph.D., Plus one technical elective University of Texas; Agamemnon D. Koutsospyros, Ph.D., Polytechnic University; Konstantine C. Lambrakis, Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Ismail Orabi, Ph.D., Clarkson University; Stephen M. Ross, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University; John Sarris, Ph.D., Tufts University; Richard M. Stanley, Ph.D., Yale University; David J. Wall, Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Tagliatela College of Engineering 139

Associate Professors: Samuel D. Daniels, Ph.D., In order to achieve its mission, the Civil Boston University; Jean Nocito-Gobel, Ph.D., Engineering program has adopted the following University of Massachusetts educational objectives: The Department of Mechanical, Civil, and • Provide educational experiences that prepare our Environmental Engineering comprises faculty, staff, students for professional practice of modern civil and facilities that support two undergraduate (B.S. engineering in a global, societal, and environmen- Civil Engineering and B.S. Mechanical Engineering) tal context and two graduate (M.S. Environmental Engineering • Promote scholarship and problem-solving skills and M.S. Mechanical Engineering) programs. • Instill an understanding of the technical, economic, political, ethical, and humanistic dimen- B.S., Civil Engineering sions of civil engineering projects Program Coordinator: Gregory P. Broderick, Ph.D. • Prepare students to interact and communicate The bachelor’s degree program in civil engineering effectively in multidisciplinary fields is nationally accredited by the Engineering • Instill the desire and provide the educational Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board foundation for lifelong learning for Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET). • Encourage service to the civil engineering profes- Civil engineering is about community service; sion and to society through professional registra- development and improvement; the planning, design, tion and community involvement construction, and operation of facilities essential to To help achieve the educational goals and objec- modern life. Civil engineers are problem solvers tak- tives presented above, the faculty of the Civil ing on the challenges of environmental pollution, Engineering program, in combination with the other traffic congestion, infrastructure rehabilitation, drink- faculty of the Tagliatela College of Engineering, have ing water and energy needs, urban redevelopment, developed a new and innovative curriculum: the and community planning. They are at the forefront Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation Spiral. It of technology, leading users of some of the most is an effort to provide the student, during the first sophisticated high-tech products available (for exam- two years of study, with a multidisciplinary engineer- ple, GPS and GIS systems; fiber-optic sensors; CAD ing perspective. (See in-depth discussion on pg. 144.) systems; and highly sophisticated, task-specific com- The foundation engineering courses (EAS prefix) puter software). Innovation is paramount in the solu- taken during the first two years of study serve both as tion to most civil engineering projects. the basis for depth in civil engineering study and as Program Mission and Educational Objectives part of a broad multidisciplinary background. Each foundation course also stresses the development of The mission of the Civil Engineering program is to several essential skills, such as problem solving, oral provide a state-of-the-art/state-of-the-practice program and written communication, the design process, designed to achieve four major educational goals: teamwork, project management, computer analysis • Educate a new generation of civil engineers to meet methods, laboratory investigation, data analysis, and the challenges, demands, and expectations of society model development. In the junior and senior years, • Cultivate, enrich, and promote scholarship, the student is exposed to required and elective civil responsibility, and service among our graduates engineering course work embedded with experiences • Disseminate new knowledge in analysis, design, and professional issues, providing insight into five civil engineering subdisciplines: • Nurture interdisciplinary education for solving the structural, geotechnical, hydraulics water resources, problems facing an ever-changing society 140 transportation, and environmental engineering. The The internship carries no credit for the degree; critical skills introduced during the first two years are however, the requirement may be satisfied utilizing a further enhanced through a variety of pedagogical co-op position, summer employment, and part-time methods, including laboratory reports, team projects, or full-time positions that are approved by the stu- design assignments, oral presentations, and participa- dent’s employer and by the department/internship tion in American Society of Civil Engineers Student coordinator as relevant to the goals of the internship Chapter activities, as well as field trips to local civil experience. A waiver (or substitution) of the intern- engineering projects. Upper-level technical electives ship requirement may be granted for students who provide comprehensive exposure to current and are employed in the field, subject to a formal review emerging technologies in the various civil engineering by the department/internship coordinator. The stu- subdisciplines. Aspects of professional and ethical dent’s request for such a waiver must be initiated one civil engineering practice and service to the profes- year prior to the anticipated graduation date. sion and society are covered to a finite degree in all Students must complete a total of 132 credits for upper-level courses and extensively in a required the bachelor’s degree in civil engineering, including course, “Professional and Ethical Practice of the engineering requirements for the freshman year, Engineering.” Course work culminates with a cap- the University Core Curriculum requirements, and stone design course that provides extensive exposure the internship requirement. Students are also to real-world design problems faced within contem- required to earn a cumulative quality point ratio of porary civil engineering professional practice. no less than 2.0 in all civil engineering courses and Humanities and social science courses are included at technical electives. all levels of the curriculum. Required Courses The Civil Engineering program is enriched by a diverse student body, which includes students of a Freshman Year wide range of ages, professional and nonprofessional CH 115 General Chemistry I experiences, and nationalities. Graduates of the pro- CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory gram are encouraged to continue their education E 105 Composition throughout their professional careers and to become E 110 Composition and Literature registered professional engineers. EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering A bachelor’s degree from an ABET-accredited EAS 109 Project Planning and Development institution is required to become a PE, a registered EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis professional engineer. Accreditation is a testament to EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications in Biosystems the quality of the Civil Engineering program. EAS 120L Chemistry with Applications in Biosystems Laboratory Internship Requirement FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- The internship program is intended to enrich the time day-division freshmen) academic experience of our undergraduate students, M 117 Calculus I providing exposure to and participation in a working M 118 Calculus II engineering environment. Each internship must Plus one University Core Competency 5.1 elective involve a partnership consisting of students, engineer- Sophomore Year ing faculty, and employers/organizations to provide each student intern with an optimal experience. A CE 203 Elementary Surveying minimum of 300 hours performing relevant engi- CE 218 Civil Engineering Systems neering duties is required prior to graduation. EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering Students must complete 60 credits toward the bache- Systems lor’s degree in civil engineering before an internship EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems is attempted. EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials Tagliatela College of Engineering 141

EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems approval of the program coordinator, engineering M 203 Calculus III majors may substitute other civil engineering courses M 204 Differential Equations for a minor. Students must fulfill all prerequisites for PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with courses chosen. Six courses from the following list are Laboratory required for the minor: PH 250 Electromagnetism and Optics with CE 203 Elementary Surveying Laboratory CE 218 Civil Engineering Systems Junior Year CE 301 Transportation Engineering CE 206 Engineering Geology CE 304 Soil Mechanics CE 304 Soil Mechanics CE 306 Hydraulics CE 306 Hydraulics CE 309 Water Resources Engineering CE 309 Water Resources Engineering CE 312 Structural Analysis CE 312 Structural Analysis CE 315 Environmental Engineering CE 323 Mechanics and Structures Laboratory CE 407 Professional and Ethical Practice of CE 398 Civil Engineering Internship Engineering CE 408 Steel Design and Construction or Student Chapter of the American Society CE 409 Concrete Design and Construction of Civil Engineers or An active student chapter of the American Society CE 412 Wood Engineering of Civil Engineers (ASCE) sponsors technical lec- E 300 Writing Proficiency Exam tures, field trips, and social activities that offer an EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering opportunity for students to interact with practicing Economics professionals. Membership is open to all civil engi- EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics neering students in good standing. Plus one Core Competency 5.2 elective, and one Core Competency 1.2 elective Chi Epsilon Senior Year Students with high academic standing are nomi- CE 301 Transportation Engineering nated annually for membership in Chi Epsilon, the CE 315 Environmental Engineering national honor society for civil engineers. CE 327 Soil Mechanics Laboratory CE 328 Hydraulics and Environmental Laboratory CE 407 Professional and Ethical Practice of B.S., Mechanical Engineering Engineering Program Coordinator: John Sarris, Ph.D. CE 500–501 Senior Project I and II Mechanical engineering represents a wide diversity HS 101 Foundations of the Western World of pursuits including the analysis, design, and testing or of machines, products, and systems essential to every- HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times day life — everything from doorknobs, tennis rack- Plus 9 credits of civil engineering technical electives, ets, and fishing reels to power plants, skyscrapers, and of which 6 credits must be design courses, and one automobiles. Mechanical engineers work in a variety Core Competency 6.0 elective. of fields such as aerospace, utilities, materials processing, transportation, manufacturing, electronics, and Minor in Civil Engineering telecommunications. Students are required to complete 18 credits of civil engineering courses for the minor. With the 142

Program Mission and Educational Objectives more than twenty students) and are taught almost The mission of the Mechanical Engineering pro- exclusively by full-time faculty. Experienced practi- gram is to graduate professionally competent and tioners from industry may also contribute their responsible students who can meet industry’s current expertise in selected courses. Faculty and students and future needs in the general area of mechanical work with industry in research and design projects. engineering. With help from their academic adviser, students In order to achieve its mission, the Mechanical can choose from several available concentrations. Engineering program must ensure that its graduates Restricted and technical elective courses offer the are able to do the following: opportunity for further learning in areas such as fluids, energy, design, heat transfer, numerical analysis and • Apply knowledge in mathematics (through multi- computers, aerospace sciences, and control systems. variate calculus and differential equations, with familiarity with statistics and linear algebra) Academic Performance • Apply knowledge in science (chemistry and calcu- Mechanical engineering majors who complete lus-based physics, with depth in physics) their first twelve credits of ME-prefixed engineering • Apply knowledge in engineering, including the courses with a cumulative grade point average for formulation and solution of engineering problems these courses of less than 2.0 will have their academic • Use techniques, skills, and tools (contemporary records reviewed by the entire ME faculty on a regu- analytic, computational, and experimental) neces- lar basis. An ME-prefixed course may not be taken sary for modern engineering practice more than twice unless consent is granted by the program coordinator. • Design, conduct, and analyze results of experiments An undergraduate student already enrolled at the University of New Haven who wishes to transfer to • Actively participate in teams, including multidisci- mechanical engineering will normally be expected to plinary teams satisfy the standards of the program for admission by • Communicate effectively transfer. • Accomplish design and realization of thermo/fluid The coordinator of the Mechanical Engineering and mechanical systems, components, and program reserves the right not to award transfer processes credit for technical courses taken at any institution • Understand the professional and ethical ramifica- more than ten years prior to a student’s matriculation tions of engineering solutions within the context in the bachelor of science degree program in mechan- of modern society ical engineering at the University of New Haven, if it • Cultivate a lifelong capacity for learning is determined that knowledge acquired in those courses is either inadequate or obsolete. Recognizing current knowledge-based demands on graduating engineers and responding to input from Exceptional students having an overall average of the program’s stakeholders, the Mechanical 3.5 or better may join the Delta Zeta Chapter of the Pi Engineering Department has embraced the concept Tau Sigma honor society, which provides the opportu- of a multidisciplinary foundation to discipline- nity for closer relations with faculty and other promi- specific education (for details, see the description on nent individuals in the field for the purpose of further pg. 144.) Thus, the bachelor of science in mechanical professional development, involvement in faculty engineering (B.S.M.E.) curriculum includes a research, and varied social and intellectual activities. sequence of ten (EAS prefix) foundation courses. Practicum Mechanical engineering classes are small (rarely It is recognized in the Mechanical Engineering program that experiential work by undergraduate Tagliatela College of Engineering 143 students is a valuable tool in launching a successful E 110 Composition and Literature professional career. It is desirable, then, for mechanical EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering engineering majors to spend time prior to graduation EAS 109 Project Planning and Development performing engineering-related duties at a manufac- EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis turing company, consulting firm, technical organiza- FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- tion, government agency, or other appropriate setting. time day-division freshmen) Interns are required to complete a minimum of M 117 Calculus I 300 hours of practical experience in an area or tech- M 118 Calculus II nical project closely related to mechanical engineer- ME 001 Mechanical Engineering Skills Workshop ing. The requirement may be satisfied through Plus one lab science elective (EAS 120 or a four- appropriate co-op work experience, part- or full-time credit biology course), and 3 credits of a Social employment, a summer job, or an apprenticeship or Interaction (Core Competency 5.1) elective volunteer work at any time during a student’s under- Sophomore Year graduate studies. Registration, proof of compliance, or a request for waiver must be submitted to the EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering Department only after completion of 75 credits Systems toward the B.S.M.E. degree. The practicum is graded EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems on a Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory basis and carries no EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials academic credit. EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems M 203 Calculus III The B.S.M.E. program has been nationally M 204 Differential Equations accredited by the Engineering Accreditation ME 201 Engineering Graphics Commission of the Accreditation Board for PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Engineering and Technology (EAC/ABET) for over Laboratory 35 years. PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Required Courses Laboratory Students earning the bachelor of science degree in Plus 3 credits of a Communication (Core Competency mechanical engineering are required to complete 126 1.2) elective credits, including the University Core Curriculum. Junior Year Freshman Year E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination In addition to the common first-year courses EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog listed under the Tagliatela School of Engineering, Devices mechanical engineering students take the Mechanical EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering Engineering Skills Workshop. This one-hour-per- Economics week workshop familiarizes students with basic prac- HS 101 Foundations of the Western World tices in a laboratory environment, including safety or considerations, design planning, layout, fabrication, HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times and the use of basic measuring equipment and ME 300 Rigid Body Dynamics devices to test and verify a design. The workshop is ME 305 Engineering Thermodynamics offered in the Spring semester and is graded on a ME 308 Applied Elasticity Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory basis. The workshop car- ME 315 Mechanics Laboratory ries no academic credit. ME 321 Incompressible Fluid Flow CH 115 General Chemistry I ME 330 Fundamentals of Mechanical Design (D) CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory Plus 3 credits of a restricted ME elective (ME 344 or E 105 Composition ME 438), and 300 hours of Practicum. 144

Senior Year Mechanical Engineers student section is open to all EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar mechanical engineering students in good standing ME 404 Heat and Mass Transfer and provides the opportunity for field trips to local ME 415 Thermo/Fluids Laboratory industrial plants, attendance at technical presenta- ME 431–432 Mechanical Engineering Design I (D) tions, social activities, and access to interesting pro- and II (D) fessional literature. Plus 3 credits of a restricted ME elective (ME 422 or energy-related course), 3 credits of an Aesthetic Responsiveness (Core Competency 6) elective, 3 cred- Multidisciplinary its of a design elective (D-designated ME course), 3 credits of a technical elective*, 3 credits of an engineer- Engineering Systems ing/mathematics analysis elective*, 3 credits of a Social Interaction and Global Perspective (Core Competency Division 5.2) elective.* *Must be chosen in consultation with the student’s Chairman: Michael A. Collura, Ph.D. adviser. Faculty in the Multidisciplinary Engineering The B.S.M.E. program includes two required Systems Division (MESD) hold a primary appoint- stems of coherent course offerings: 1) Thermo/Fluid ment to one of the disciplinary departments of the Systems, comprising EAS 211, EAS 224, ME 305, Tagliatela College of Engineering and are MESD ME 321, ME 404, ME 415, and a restricted ME Instructors, Fellows, or Scholars, depending on their elective (21 credits) and 2) Mechanical Systems, com- level of participation in the activities of the division. prising EAS 213, EAS 222, ME 300, ME 308, ME Mission 315, ME 330, and a restricted ME elective (21 credits). It should be noted that the required capstone The mission of the division is to provide a multidis- design sequence ME 431–432 (6 credits) may be ciplinary engineering foundation for a variety of pro- taken in either of the above stems. Also, technical grams, to administer engineering programs that cross and design electives are offered periodically in both traditional engineering boundaries, and to promote thermo/fluid and mechanical systems, and the scholarship and excellence in engineering education. practicum experience could be in either one or both The goals of the division are as follows: of these areas. • To administer the Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation Spiral Curriculum, including all Minor in Mechanical Engineering courses with an EAS prefix • To administer the First Year Engineering Program Students wishing to minor in mechanical engineering must complete the following courses with a • To oversee the Engineering Living/Learning minimum G.P.A. of 2.0: Community EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials • To administer the B.S. in General Engineering EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems program ME 201 Engineering Graphics • To promote scholarship in engineering education ME 300 Rigid Body Dynamics ME 305 Engineering Thermodynamics First Year Engineering Program ME 321 Incompressible Fluid Flow Program Coordinator: Jean Nocito-Gobel, Ph.D. Student Chapter of ASME Faculty: Representatives from undergraduate programs in the College Membership in the American Society of Tagliatela College of Engineering 145

The First Year Engineering Program prepares stu- First Semester dents for upper-level study in their chosen discipline CH 115 General Chemistry I through a combination of specialized advising, the CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory first-year engineering curriculum, extracurricular E 105 Composition activities, and workshops. Students learn about the EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- contributions and attributes of various engineering Based) and applied science disciplines to help them finalize EAS 109 Project Planning and Development their choice of a major area of study. Workshops and FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- tutoring sessions help students meet the challenges of time day-division freshmen) a rigorous academic program in engineering or M 117 Calculus I applied science. Plant trips and guest speakers pro- Second Semester vide an exciting bridge to the industrial world beyond the classroom walls. E 110 Composition and Literature EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems The Multidisciplinary Engineering or Foundation Spiral Curriculum Laboratory Science Course (a four-credit science course, The Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation with laboratory, specified by degree program) Spiral Curriculum is a four-semester sequence of M 118 Calculus II engineering courses (EAS prefix) matched closely Plus one Core Curriculum competency 5.1 elective with the development of students’ mathematical During the sophomore year, engineering students sophistication and analytical capabilities and inte- begin taking courses in their chosen discipline, along grated with course work in the sciences. Students with math, science, and additional multidisciplinary develop a conceptual understanding of engineering foundation courses. basics in a series of courses that stresses practical applications of these principles. Topics in these courses include electrical circuits, fluid mechanics, B.S., General Engineering heat transfer, material balances, properties of materi- Program Coordinator: Samuel D. Daniels, Ph.D. als, structural mechanics, and thermodynamics. The bachelor of science in general engineering Unlike the more traditional approach, each of the (G.E.) is a degree program designed for those inter- foundation courses includes a mix of these topics pre- ested in a career involving engineering knowledge but sented in a variety of disciplinary contexts. A solid with more flexibility than is possible in a specific background is developed by touching key concepts at engineering discipline. It provides an opportunity for several points along the spiral in different courses, a student to combine engineering with any other adding depth and sophistication at each pass. Each undergraduate discipline within the University, such foundation course also stresses the development of as the following areas: several essential skills, such as problem solving, oral and written communication, organizational skills, the • business design process, teamwork, project management, com- • communication puter analysis methods, laboratory investigation, data • legal studies analysis, and model development. Students will build • science or math substantial depth in some of the foundation areas in subsequent courses, while other topics may not be • teaching and education further developed, depending on their chosen disci- It also provides the opportunity for including ele- pline. Thus, the foundation courses serve both as the ments of two different engineering disciplines in one basis for depth in disciplinary study and as part of a degree program. broad multidisciplinary background. Career opportunities depend on the areas of study 146 selected and might include Plus one University Core Competency 5.1 elective • engineering and technical services Sophomore Year • technical management and sales EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering • engineering-related business activities Systems • music EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials • science-related activities EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems • computer-related activities CS 110 Introduction to C Programming • technical writing or • medical services Programming Elective HS 101 Foundations of the Western World • education or The Degree Program HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times M 203 Calculus III The bachelor’s degree program in general engi- PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with neering requires completion of 121 credits. Students Laboratory can use electives (including engineering electives) to PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with focus on an area of interest within engineering or to Laboratory combine engineering with other areas. As part of the program, students must select a minor from any rec- Plus one University Core Competency 1.2 elective ognized program at UNH. Junior Year Undecided Option E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog Students who wish to earn an engineering degree Devices in a designated discipline (chemical, civil, computer, EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering electrical, mechanical, system) but who are undecided Economics about their choice should start with general engineer- EAS 345 Applied Engineering Statistics ing and change majors when they have decided on an or area of specialization. For most choices, making a M 204 Differential Equations decision by the end of the first year of study will result in a smooth transition. Plus one Engineering elective, two TCoE Electives, one University Core Competency 4.2 elective, one Required Courses University Core Competency 6 elective, and two Freshman Year Electives for Minor CH 115/117 General Chemistry I and Laboratory Senior Year E 105 Composition EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar E 110 Composition and Literature Plus one University Core Competency 5.2 elective, EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- one University Core Competency 5.3 elective, one Based) Engineering elective, three Electives for Minor and EAS 109 Project Planning and Development two electives EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems Additional Requirements FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- Students must select a minor area of study from time day-division freshmen) any department at UNH. Electives designated as M 117 Calculus I “Elective for Minor” may be used to satisfy the minor M 118 Calculus II requirements. In some cases, courses required for the Tagliatela College of Engineering 147 minor include courses that are specifically listed as and to introduce the student to the teaching profes- required in general engineering. For example, the cal- sion during the junior and senior years. Students culus sequence counts toward a minor in math, so interested in this option are assigned a co-adviser only three of the electives are needed to complete the from the Education Department to assure compli- math minor. In such a case, the remaining “Electives ance with the rigorous policies for certification. for Minor” choices may be used as free electives. Quality Engineering Option In order to assure depth of study, at least five of the elective courses in the program should be at or The Quality Engineering option prepares students above the 300 level and should have prerequisites. for jobs in the areas of quality and process improvement, popularly applied in the business, service, gov- Teaching Certification ernment, and retail industries. Students learn about There is a growing need for primary and second- concepts, theories, tools, and techniques, including ary teachers in math and science. In addition, many process mapping, sampling techniques, statistical high schools have begun offering engineering courses process control (SPC), experimental design applicable for their students, using curricula such as the Project when implementing lean and six sigma projects, qual- Lead The Way program. Students completing the ity audit programs, SPC monitoring systems, and General Engineering program gain a broad under- quality assurance. This option can be combined with standing of math and science and of the application other IE and SE courses to form an industrial engi- of these subjects in engineering work. This back- neering minor or may be included as a separate cluster. ground, along with generous elective choices, pro- SE 346 Probability Theory vides an excellent opportunity to prepare for the SE 347 Statistical Analysis teaching profession. (note: this would replace EAS 345) Within the state of Connecticut, certification to IE 304 Production Control teach at the primary or secondary level requires sub- IE 436 Quality Control stantial undergraduate course work in the content Bioengineering and Pre-med Options area for which certification is sought. The General An interest in bioengineering can be readily Engineering program requires significant study of accommodated by the general engineering degree in math and science, as well as the application of math several ways. Students may combine the minor in and science in the EAS courses. By selecting electives biology with electives in other areas, or they can wisely, in consultation with an Education minor in one of the engineering disciplines and select Department adviser, a student can readily earn the several biology electives. For example, to prepare for a necessary credits to satisfy the content requirements career in the biomedical field, a minor in electrical, for math and a science area. Possible certification mechanical, or chemical engineering can be combined areas include math, chemistry, physics, and general with general and human biology, anatomy and physi- science. ology, and cell biology. Faculty in the Engineering and Graduates of the General Engineering program Biology Departments would guide the student into may apply for entry to the UNH Master of Science specific courses based on career interests. in Education (M.S.E.D.) program, which will allow The rigor of an engineering program serves as an them to complete the master’s degree in education excellent preparation for medical school. Students and earn a teaching certification in one year after choosing to pursue such a path should include graduation. Eligible students may apply for acceler- courses in organic chemistry as well as biology. These ated entry into the M.S.E.D. program and take three can be fit into the structure of the General education courses as part of their undergraduate pro- Engineering program using the minor and TCoE gram. This accelerated program is designed to facili- electives. tate a smooth transition into the graduate program 148

Management Option Mission and Educational Objectives The minor in management includes course work in The mission of the System Engineering program accounting, leadership, economics, business law, is to prepare our students for growth and career management, and marketing. This broad background opportunities in the field and/or advanced studies. in business is an excellent choice for students who The mission also includes recruiting a diverse student wish to pursue a career on the business side of a tech- body; providing state-of-the-art education; and inter- nical field. acting with employers to ensure that graduates are ready, willing, and able to contribute to their chosen B.S., System Engineering professions in various sectors of the economy. The program objectives are to prepare graduates who can Program Coordinator: M. Ali Montazer, Ph.D. demonstrate the following qualities and attributes: System engineering, as a formal engineering disci- • System thinkers pline, traces its history to the 1950s but promises to • Academic and technical competence to pursue play an even greater role in the 21st Century given professional careers in engineering and technology the advances in information technology and the fields trend in globalization. It is one of the most flexible and broad-based disciplines in engineering and pro- • Ability to acquire and sustain gainful employment vides balanced solutions to diverse and complex in the field commensurate with their education problems primarily related to product development and career goals and commercialization processes. Given the global • Will to excel at working on system engineering marketplace and the ever-shrinking levels of both and related projects and jobs natural and human resources, system engineering is • Ability to pursue advanced and graduate studies poised to become a major engineering function in and engage in career-long education business/industry, government, service and non-profit • Will to contribute to the profession and the soci- organizations. ety at large through professional societies, com- System engineers design, develop, facilitate and munity service, and civic activities monitor the process of creating a product (or service) • Are ethical and responsible citizens with the needs and concerns of the various constituencies in mind. This process incorporates critical The highly interdisciplinary System Engineering consideration of a multitude of factors with special program at the University of New Haven is designed emphasis on quality, cost and time to market. The and developed with the needs of the customer as its factor of quality encompasses considerations such as main priority. Indeed, the program has been designed manufacturability, reliability, maintainability, repara- and developed as a team effort encompassing the var- bility, safety, ergonomics and aesthetics, the environ- ious constituencies including future employers of ment, and the eventual disposal of the product. The program graduates, students, alumni, industry profes- factors of cost and time to market translate into pro- sionals, and the faculty. cedures that are prerequisite to creating a product or In addition to the University Core Curriculum service that can compete in the global marketplace. requirements, the program combines strong theoreti- System engineering is the integration of all the cal foundations in science, mathematics (with the disciplines and specialty groups into a team effort Multidisciplinary Engineering Foundation Spiral forming a structured development process that pro- Curriculum) and system engineering. System engi- ceeds from product concept to production to opera- neering-related topics are integrated with computer tions, all with the needs of the customer in mind. applications to prepare a graduate to enter the workforce in virtually all industries and economic sectors, including, high tech manufacturing, consultancy, Tagliatela College of Engineering 149 transportation, service, and government. Junior Year The program consists of 127 credits plus a CS 215 Introduction to Databases required internship. The credits include the final year- E 300 Writing Proficiency Examination long 6-credit industry-sponsored and team-based EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog design project. Students are expected to work with Devices their academic adviser to plan their course work and EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering project well in advance in order to experience an opti- Economics mal final project assignment. Students are required to SE 347 Statistical Analysis earn a cumulative quality point ratio of no less than SE 402 Operations Research I 2.0 in all system engineering courses and technical SE 403 Operations Research II electives. The B.S.S.E. curriculum is as follows: SE 407 Reliability and Maintenance SE 435 Simulation and Applications Communication Required Courses SE 488 System Engineering Design Process Freshman Year Plus one University Core Competency 1.2 elective BI 121 General and Human Biology with Laboratory Senior Year (or EAS 120) CH 115/117 General Chemistry I with Laboratory EAS 415 Professional Engineering Seminar E 105 Composition SE 428 Six Sigma Quality Plan E 110 Composition and Literature SE 441 Supply Chain and Logistics EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- SE 449 Lean Principles and Practices Based) SE 498 System Engineering Design I EAS 109 Project Planning and Development SE 499 System Engineering Design II EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis University Core Competency 5.2 elective EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems HS 101 Foundations of the Western World (or BI 121) or FE 001 Freshman Experience (required for all first- HS 102 The Western World in Modern Times time day-division freshmen) Plus two TCoE Electives and one University Core M 117 Calculus I Competency 6 elective M 118 Calculus II Students will choose, with the assistance and Plus one University Core Competency 5.1 elective approval of their academic adviser, the appropriate courses to fulfill the technical elective requirements of Sophomore Year the program. Students are also expected to work with EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering their adviser to select the University Core Systems Curriculum courses in such a way to best support EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems their career goals and professional development. EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics and Materials EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems Internship Requirement SE 288 System Engineering Concepts The internship program is intended to enrich the SE 346 Probability Analysis academic experience of our students in bridging the M 203 Calculus III theory and practice gap and by providing the stu- M 204 Differential Equations dents the opportunity to see firsthand how an engi- PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with neering enterprise works. The internship must Laboratory involve a partnership consisting of student, engineer- PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with ing faculty, and employer/organization in order to Laboratory provide the intern with the optimal experience. An 150 internship assignment with a minimum of 300 hours Logistics Certificate performing relevant engineering duties is required Logistics is a discipline that has become critical to prior to graduation. Students must complete the the efficient development and operational support of equivalent of sophomore-level course work (about 60 complex, costly systems. Its subdivisions include cus- credits) toward the bachelor’s degree in system engi- tomer requirements planning, design-to-cost con- neering before an internship is attempted. The ideal cepts, configuration control, life-cycle analysis, internship assignment is the one that leads to the transportation and distribution, reliability, and field final program design project for the student intern. support networks. Modern logistics is the science that The internship carries no credit for the degree. The ensures that needs are met when they occur, at a rea- requirement may be satisfied utilizing a co-op posi- sonable resource expenditure. UNH offers the follow- tion, approved summer employment and part-time or ing undergraduate certificate as well as a graduate full-time positions that are approved by the student’s certificate in logistics. employer and by the department/internship coordi- The undergraduate certificate sequence consists of nator as being relevant to the goals of the system five three-credit courses followed by a one-credit cap- engineering discipline. A waiver (or substitution) of stone logistics seminar. This course sequence provides the internship requirement may be granted for those students with a working knowledge of logistics and students who are employed in the field, subject to a covers topics included in the Certified Professional formal review by the program coordinator. The Logistician examination of the Society of Logistics request for such a waiver must be submitted to the Engineers. These undergraduate-level courses are program coordinator at least one year prior to the designed for professionals who either do not hold a anticipated graduation date. college degree or who have earned degrees in non- Accreditation technical fields of study. Prerequisite courses in mathematics, computer science, economics, and statistics The bachelor’s degree program in system engineering may be needed by students who lack appropriate is designed to meet the requirements and standards educational background. of the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology The six courses required for the logistics certificate (EAC/ABET). Accreditation will be sought as soon as are as follows: the eligibility requirements are met. LG 300 Defense Sector Logistics LG 310 Introduction to Logistics Support Analysis Minor in Industrial Engineering LG 320 Reliability and Maintainability Fundamentals Students enrolled in degree programs in the Tagliatela LG 410 Life Cycle Concepts College of Engineering may opt to take a minor in LG 440 Data Management in Logistics Systems industrial engineering by completing 18 credits. The LG 490 Logistics Seminar program for the minor consists of the following required and elective courses: IE 243 Work Design IE 304 Production Control SE 346 Probability Analysis SE 347 Statistical Analysis Plus two 300-level (or higher) industrial or system engineering courses (6 credits) chosen with the program adviser. Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 151 HENRY C. LEE COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND FORENSIC SCIENCES

Richard H. Ward, D.Crim., Dean International Justice and Security William M. Norton, Ph.D., J.D., Associate Dean Investigative Services Juvenile and Family Justice The Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Law Enforcement Administration Forensic Sciences provides educational services for Victim Services Administration students who wish to major in degree programs in Fire Science the public safety and security areas. Students in the Fire/Arson Investigation Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Fire Administration Forensic Sciences typically pursue careers in areas Fire Science Technology such as criminal justice, forensic science, fire science, arson investigation, corrections, law, paralegal and Fire Protection Engineering related areas. The school provides a broad profes- Forensic Science sional education, which often incorporates classroom Legal Studies learning with laboratory and field experience. The Public Affairs school attracts students of varied ages and levels of Dispute Resolution experience, from recent high school graduates to sea- Paralegal Studies soned industry professionals. It also serves profession- *Consent for approval of this concentration is being als seeking programs designed to meet requirements sought from the Connecticut Department of Higher of national and/or regional accreditations and licen- Education sures. Graduate degree programs and certificates are Associate in Science available in various disciplines through the Graduate Criminal Justice School. Fire and Occupational Safety University Core Curriculum Legal Studies In addition to departmental requirements, stu- Certificates dents must fulfill all requirements of the University Crime Analysis Core Curriculum on page 15. Fire/Arson Investigation Fire Prevention Programs and Concentrations Forensic Computer Investigation Hazardous Materials Undergraduate Programs Industrial Fire Protection Bachelor of Science Information Protection and Security Criminal Justice Law Enforcement Science Corrections Paralegal Studies Crime Analysis Private Security Forensic Psychology* Victim Services 152

Graduate Programs Assistant Professors: James M. Adcock, Ph.D., University of South Carolina; Leila Dutton, Master of Science Ph.D., University of Rhode Island; Michael P. Criminal Justice Lawlor, J.D., George Washington University, Fire Science Connecticut State Representative; Donna Decker Forensic Science Morris, J.D., Yale University; Fadia Narchet, National Security and Public Safety Ph.D., Florida International University; Christopher M. Sedelmaier, Ph.D., Rutgers Graduate Certificates University; Tracy L. Tamborra, M.S., University of Arson Investigation New Haven Criminal Justice/Security Management Practitioners-in-Residence: William H. Carbone, Fire Science/Administration and Technology M.P.A., University of New Haven, Executive Forensic Science/Advanced Investigation Director, Judicial Branch, Court Support Services Forensic Science/Criminalistics Division, State of Connecticut; The Honorable Forensic Science/Fire Science Martin Looney, J.D., University of Connecticut Forensic Computer Investigation Forensic Psychology Senior Lecturer: Ernest W. Dorling, M.P.A., Troy Information Protection and Security State University, European Campus National Security Lecturer: Daniel Maxwell, M.S., M.P.A., University National Security Administration of New Haven Public Safety Management Clinical Instructor: Joseph R. Polio, M.S., University Victim Advocacy and Service Management of New Haven

Criminal Justice Criminal Justice Coordinator of Corrections: Chair: Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D. Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D. Professors Emeriti: Thomas A. Johnson, D.Crim., Coordinator of Crime Analysis: University of California, Berkeley; David A. Christopher M. Sedelmaier, Ph.D. Maxwell, J.D., University of Miami, CPP; L. Coordinator of Forensic Psychology: Craig Parker, Jr., Ph.D., State University of New Fadia M. Narchet, Ph.D. York at Buffalo; Gerald D. Robin, Ph.D., Coordinator of International Justice and Security: University of Pennsylvania James Monahan, Ph.D. Coordinator of Investigative Services: Professors: Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., Pennsylvania James M. Adcock, Ph.D. State University, J.D., Georgetown University; Coordinator of Juvenile and Family Justice: Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D., University of Lynn Hunt Monahan, Ph.D. Oregon; William M. Norton, Ph.D., Florida State Coordinator of Law Enforcement Administration: University, J.D., University of Connecticut; William M. Norton, Ph.D., J.D. William L. Tafoya, Ph.D., University of Maryland Coordinator of Victim Services Administration: Associate Professors: James J. Cassidy, Ph.D., Mario T. Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D. Hahnemann University Graduate School, J.D., Villanova School of Law; Robert D. Keppel, The Criminal Justice program at the University of Ph.D., University of Washington; James O. New Haven provides students with a comprehensive Matschulat, M.B.A., St. John’s University; James and professional understanding of crime and the Monahan, Ph.D., Florida State University; Martin administration of justice. The goal of the program is J. O’Connor, J.D., University of Connecticut, to prepare students for professional careers in criminal M.Div., Yale Divinity School Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 153 justice, public service, and social service organizations, students a variety of activities including community as well as for future study in graduate and professional service as well as the opportunity to meet and work fields. The program meets these goals through its with practitioners in the field. Students also meet highly qualified full-time faculty, who both teach and others with similar interests and are eligible to partic- conduct research in the field. The full-time faculty ipate in regional and national programs and activities. members are supported by part-time faculty members Alpha Tau is the local chapter of Alpha Phi Sigma, drawn from the professional community who teach the National Criminal Justice Honor Society. Alpha specialized courses in their areas of expertise. Tau’s purpose is to recognize and promote academic The Criminal Justice program of study follows the excellence among undergraduate and graduate stu- University’s mission to provide engaged learning dents. The local chapter was formed in 1998 and opportunities, including the utilization of intern- embraces the full spectrum of criminal justice stu- ships, service learning, and individual student dents from criminal justice and forensic science to research learning opportunities. Through this pre-law and the related social sciences. engaged learning model students develop an under- Undergraduate students who have completed 60 standing of both theoretical and practical issues of credits and at least four criminal justice courses and crime and the administration of justice. who have at least a 3.4 cumulative G.P.A. are eligible A full range of career opportunities is available in for membership. Graduate students who have a 3.4 criminal justice at all levels of government and within cumulative G.P.A. and who have completed at least the private sector. Because of its interdisciplinary 12 credits of graduate work, or 9 credits of graduate approach, combined with the University’s engaged work and at least 3 additional undergraduate credits, learning commitment, the study of criminal justice are eligible for membership. fills the needs of students seeking careers in teaching, The Department participates in the cooperative research, and law, and the needs of criminal justice education program, which enables students to com- professionals seeking academic and professional bine their education with practical, paid work experi- advancement. ence in their career field. For further details see The Department offers courses from the associate “Office of Internships and Employer Relations,” to the master’s level, as well as certificates. Complete which appears earlier in this catalog, or contact the information about the master of science degree in co-op coordinator in The Henry C. Lee College of criminal justice is available in the Graduate School Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences. Catalog. Undergraduate criminal justice concentrations in B.S., Criminal Justice law enforcement, corrections, crime analysis, investigative services, juvenile and family justice, forensic Required Courses psychology, international justice and security, and Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal jus- victim services administration are available in the tice are required to complete at least 122 credits, criminal justice program. including the University Core Curriculum and the common courses for criminal justice majors listed The Criminal Justice Club below: CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice The American Criminal Justice Association CJ 102 Criminal Law (ACJA) is a national professional and pre-professional CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation organization with goals that include improved tech- CJ 205 Introduction to Forensic Psychology nology, training, and service for the benefit of the CJ 217 Introduction to Criminal Procedure I criminal justice system. UNH’s local student chapter CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice of ACJA is the Psi Omega chapter. This club offers CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice 154

CJ 311 Criminology CJ 333 Police Civil Liability CJ 400 Criminal Justice Problems Seminar CJ 402 Police in Society CJ 500A Criminal Justice Pre-Internship CJ 555 Crime Prevention Through Environmental CJ 500B Criminal Justice Internship Design CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Policing Concentration in Corrections CJ 557 Crime Mapping and Analysis E 230 Public Speaking This concentration prepares students for careers EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information with federal, state, local, and private correctional Systems agencies and institutions. It is concerned with the treatment of offenders, administration, planning, and Plus two restricted electives research. The curriculum emphasizes law, social and behavioral sciences, and research methodology. Concentration in Forensic Psychology Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal jus- The forensic psychology concentration prepares tice with a concentration in corrections must com- students for professional and graduate careers in vari- plete the University Core Curriculum, the common ous criminal justice and mental health settings. All courses for criminal justice majors listed above, and courses focus on new developments and best practices the following: from a cross-disciplinary perspective. The program CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs provides a wide array of courses covering a broad spec- CJ 220 Legal Issues in Corrections trum of topics in forensic psychology, including areas CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies such as experimental research, mental health law, CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies investigative psychology and clinical services. CJ 412 Substance Abuse and Addictive Behavior Students earning a B.S. degree in criminal justice Plus two restricted electives with a concentration in forensic psychology must complete the University Core Curriculum, the com- Concentration in Crime Analysis mon courses for criminal justice majors listed above, and the following: This concentration focuses on the application of CJ 345 Police and Investigative Psychology advanced computer and geographical information CJ 357 Legal Psychology systems (GIS) in the collection and analysis of crime CJ 365 Law, Psychology and the Mental Health data. Data from local, state, and federal agencies are System considered. Students are encouraged to join the CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies International Association of Crime Analysis. or Graduates will enter the field of Crime Analysis as CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies civilians or sworn officers, depending on their career CJ 475 Senior Seminar in Forensic Psychology goal. This program also appeals to international stu- P 216 Psychology of Human Development dents interested in applying such technology to their P 336 Abnormal Psychology country’s police system. Students are required to P 370 Psychology of Personality complete a research project as well as present their findings at a departmental crime research forum. Plus two restricted electives Students earning a B.S. degree in criminal justice with a concentration in crime analysis must complete Concentration in International Justice the University Core Curriculum, the common and Security courses for criminal justice majors listed above, and The concentration in international justice and secu- the following: rity is designed to attract a new type of student, CJ 312The Police and Crime Control namely one with interests in serving in federal security or agencies including the State Department. The pro- Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 155 gram has several distinct features: a minimum of two FOR 303 Forensic Science Laboratory I semesters in a foreign language of choice, and special- FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation ized criminal justice, fire science and open electives. CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques Finally, students are required to do a semester abroad or in their language country, taking electives of their CJ 425 White Collar Crime Investigation choosing. Such experiences in total provide a superior Plus one restricted elective undergraduate education to those anticipating a federal career track or as preparation for a strong gradu- Concentration in Juvenile and Family ate program. The University concentration has established a Federal Agent Advisory Board, com- Justice posed of active and retired federal agents who provide This concentration prepares students for careers counsel on curriculum and student career mentoring. with federal, state, local, and private correctional Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal justice agencies and with service agencies whose mission with a concentration in international justice and brings them into regular contact with the justice sys- security must complete the University Core tem. The curriculum is geared to preparing service Curriculum, the common courses for criminal justice providers with knowledge of law and of social and majors listed above, and the following: behavioral sciences as well as communication skills with children, adolescents, and people of diverse cul- CJ 105 Introduction to Security tural backgrounds. CJ 425 White Collar Crime Investigation CJ 520 Computer Crime: Legal Issues and Students earning a B.S. degree in criminal justice Investigation Procedures with a concentration in juvenile and family justice CJ 524 Network Security, Data Protection and must complete the University Core Curriculum, the Telecommunications common courses for criminal justice majors listed CJ 535 Global Perspectives on Crime and Justice above, and the following: FS 106 Emergency Scene Operations CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs FS 204 Fire Investigation I CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System LS 410 Counterterrorism and the Law CJ 408 Child and Family Intervention Strategies PS 222 United States Foreign Policy CJ 409 Adult Intervention Strategies PS 241 International Relations CJ 411 Victimology Plus two restricted electives Concentration in Investigative Services This concentration provides an interdisciplinary Concentration in Law Enforcement educational program for those entering investigative Administration service work. It is geared toward enhancing the scien- This concentration prepares students for careers in tific knowledge of those students seeking investigative federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies, pub- positions in various enforcement agencies. The cur- lic and private security forces, planning agencies, and riculum emphasizes law enforcement, evidence and other related settings. The curriculum focuses on the forensic science. roles, activities, and behaviors of people with regard to Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal justice maintaining law and order, providing needed services, with a concentration in investigative services must protecting life and property, and planning and research. complete the University Core Curriculum, the com- Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal jus- mon courses for criminal justice majors listed above, tice with a concentration in law enforcement admin- and the following: istration must complete the University Core FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science Curriculum, the common courses for criminal justice CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence majors listed above, and the following: 156

FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science Criminal Justice Certificates CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System Adviser: Mario Gaboury, Ph.D., J.D. CJ 333 Police Civil Liability The Department offers certificates in crime analy- CJ 402 Police in Society sis, law enforcement science, private security, and vic- Plus two restricted electives tim services. Students must complete 12–18 credits of required courses to earn a certificate. Credits earned for a certificate may be applied toward the Concentration in Victim Services requirements for a degree program at a later date. Administration A student must successfully complete all required This concentration provides students with an courses as outlined below with a minimum G.P.A. of interdisciplinary, practice-oriented educational pro- 2.0 to be awarded the certificate. gram. It is prepares graduates for entry into a wide variety of positions in law enforcement, criminal justice, the courts, corrections, and victim services pro- Crime Analysis Certificate grams as well as professional settings involving work This certificate focuses on the analysis of crime and with victims of crime, their families, and the commu- criminal behavior. Geographic information systems nity at large. The curriculum encourages a broad- and computer-assisted statistical packages are used to based training experience focusing on the assist in the study of crime analysis. All students are enhancement of the appropriate involvement of vic- required to take 21 credits, including the courses tims in the justice system and the provision of serv- listed below: ices to victims and survivors. CJ 498 Research Project Students earning the B.S. degree in criminal jus- CJ 555 Crime Prevention Through Environmental tice with a concentration in victim services adminis- Design tration must complete the University Core CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Policing Curriculum, the common courses for criminal justice CJ 557 Crime Mapping and Analysis majors listed above, and the following: EN 540 Introduction to Geographical Information CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice Systems CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System Plus one CJ elective, and one environmental science CJ 315 Domestic Violence elective CJ 411 Victimology CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration Forensic Computer Investigation Certificate Plus two restricted electives Adviser: William L. Tafoya, Ph.D. A.S., Criminal Justice This certificate is designed for those professionals who wish to enhance their knowledge and skills in Students completing the first two years of the forensic computer investigation. Students interested bachelor of science degree program in criminal justice in enrolling in the courses in this certificate must with the law enforcement administration concentra- obtain consent of the instructor and/or the certificate tion or the corrections concentration (61 credits) are adviser prior to registration. Alternate course selec- eligible to receive the associate in science degree. tions may be permitted with the consent of the cer- Interested students should contact their adviser. tificate adviser. Four courses (12 credits) are required for completion of the certificate: Minor in Criminal Justice CJ 520 Computer Crime: Legal Issues and To minor in criminal justice, students must com- Investigative Procedures plete 18 credits of criminal justice courses, including CJ 524 Network Security, Data Protection, and CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice. Telecommunications Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 157

Plus two of the following, with consent of adviser: FOR 303 Forensic Science Laboratory CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I Plus one CJ elective CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation Private Security Certificate CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques CJ 450 Special Topics This certificate is a concentrated program of study CJ 498 Research Project in management security systems for private business CJ 522 Computers, Technology, and Criminal Justice and industry. All students are required to take 18 Information Management Systems credits, including the courses listed below: CJ 523 Internet Vulnerabilities and Criminal Activity CJ 105 Introduction to Security CJ 203 Security Administration Information Protection and Security CJ 226 Industrial Security Certificate CJ 410 Legal Issues in Private Security FS 204 Fire Investigation I Adviser: William L. Tafoya, Ph.D. Plus one CJ elective This certificate prepares individuals for assuming the responsibilities of protecting their agency or corporate information systems. The basics of informa- Victim Services Certificate tion systems security as well as legal issues and cyber Students matriculated in other concentration response strategies are reviewed. Computer gaming areas, as well as non-matriculated students, may elect simulations as well as online attack and defense tech- to take the five courses listed below to earn a certifi- niques are presented for student assignments. cate in victim services administration. Although Five courses (15 credits) are required for comple- internships are not required of certificate students, an tion of the certificate: internship experience is strongly encouraged and will be facilitated at the student’s request. CJ 525 Information Systems Threats, Attacks, and Defenses CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice CJ 526 Firewall and Secure Enterprise Computing CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System CJ 527 Internet Investigations and Audit-Based CJ 315 Domestic Violence Computer Forensics CJ 411 Victimology CJ 528 Computer Viruses and Malicious Code CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration CJ 529 Practical Issues in Cryptography

Law Enforcement Science Certificate Forensic Science

This certificate provides the fundamentals of crim- Chair: Timothy Palmbach, M.S., J.D. inal investigation techniques and procedures, particularly for those involved in or planning to enter Professors: Howard H. Harris, Ph.D.; Henry C. Lee, investigative positions in law enforcement agencies in Ph.D., Fredrick P. Smith, Ph.D. both the private and public sectors. All students are Associate Professors: Azriel Gorski, Ph.D.; Virginia required to take 18 credits, including the courses Maxwell, Ph.D., Timothy Palmbach, M.S., J.D. listed below: Assistant Professor: Heather Coyle, Ph.D. CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation Lecturer: Peter Massey, M.S. FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science FOR 227 Fingerprints with Laboratory 158

B.S., Forensic Science CH 221 Instrumental Methods of Analysis with Laboratory Coordinator: Azriel Gorski, Ph.D. CS 107 Computers and their Applications Forensic science is a broad, interdisciplinary field E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion in which biological and physical science methods are M 117–118 Calculus I and II used to analyze and evaluate physical evidence related M 228 Statistics to matters of criminal and civil law. The objective of PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with the degree is to provide an appropriate education and Laboratory scientific background to men and women planning PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with careers as physical evidence examiners in crime labora- Laboratory tories. The curriculum is also appropriate for individ- PL 222 Ethics uals currently working in forensic science laboratories and is valuable for those in related areas whose profes- Plus four electives chosen through discussion with adviser. sional work requires in-depth knowledge of science and scientific investigation methods. The curriculum Chemistry-emphasis students additionally com- provides sufficient flexibility to allow students to focus plete the following: their studies in chemistry or in biology. M 203 Calculus III CH 331/333 Physical Chemistry I with Laboratory B.S., Forensic Science CH 332/334 Physical Chemistry II with Laboratory Biology-emphasis students additionally complete The bachelor of science in forensic science is the following: offered with a choice of two emphasis areas, chemistry or biology, to allow the student to major in BI 306 Genetics forensic science and specialize in an area of interest. BI 311 Molecular Biology with Laboratory BI 461 Biochemistry with Laboratory Required Courses Students earning the B.S. degree in forensic science must complete 125–126 credits, including the Legal Studies University Core Curriculum and the following courses: Director: Donna Decker Morris, J.D. CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice From the principles in the U.S. Constitution to CJ 102 Criminal Law regulation of the food we eat, law permeates our soci- FOR 200 Professional Practices in Forensic Science ety. With the globalization of the economy, law and FOR 216 Introduction to Forensic Science for Majors regulation have become increasingly important to FOR 403 Forensic Biology with Laboratory business. At the same time, new forms of dispute res- FOR 404 Criminalistics with Laboratory olution are being developed in government, business, FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation and industry as alternatives to the courtroom. Legal FOR 416 Seminar in Forensic Science policy will increasingly shape our future. Legal stud- FOR 498 Research Project ies is a unique and exciting undergraduate degree or program designed to prepare graduates to be part of FOR 502 Forensic Science Internship that future — and to help shape it. BI 253–254 General Biology for Science Majors with Laboratory I and II CH 115–116 General Chemistry I and II B.S., Legal Studies CH 117–118 General Chemistry Laboratory I and II The legal studies major provides students with an CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II understanding of fundamental principles of law and CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry Laboratory I and II analyzes the role and function of the American legal Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 159 system within a societal and political context. The Plus one of the following sequences: interdisciplinary course of study develops critical P 301 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences and thinking and writing skills and prepares students for P 305 Experimental Methods in Psychology or law-related careers, law school or graduate school. CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Criminal Justice Concentrations allow students to focus on particular and career aspirations and interests. In addition, an CJ 251 Quantitative Applications in Criminal Justice optional international track encourages study abroad. A two-semester internship in the final year of Concentrations study combines classroom learning with on-the-job Students select an area of concentration for the experience, enhancing employment opportunities elective portion of the program. The concentrations after graduation. Placements are geared to the stu- consist of five courses that focus on a specific dent’s area of concentration. approach to the field of legal studies. Course selec- Students earning a B.S. degree in legal studies tion is made with the assistance of the program must complete a minimum of 125 credits, including adviser. Only the paralegal studies concentration is the University Core Curriculum, common courses designed to prepare students to become paralegals. for legal studies majors, and designated courses for a legal studies concentration. Concentration in Public Affairs Following are common courses required for the major in legal studies: The public affairs concentration analyzes the application of law to public policy concerns, while LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts developing critical thinking, legal research, and writ- PS 122 State and Local Government ing skills. Government regulation, vulnerable popula- LS 240 Legal Research and Writing I tions, and international, multicultural, and emerging LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II issues are emphasized. This concentration prepares LS 201 Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibilities students for further education in law school, graduate LS 238 Civil Procedure I school, or for careers in law-related fields and regula- LS 330 Legal Investigation tory affairs in federal, state, or local governments, PS 332 Constitutional Law business, industry, and non-profit organizations. LS 301 Administrative Law and Regulation LS 500 Pre-Internship Concentration Requirements LS 501–502 Legal Studies Internship I and II PA 404 Public Policy Analysis Legal Studies majors are also required to take the Plus four of the following, or related courses, as following courses as restricted electives, some of approved by program adviser: which may be used to satisfy University Core LS 401 Alternative Dispute Resolution: Models and Curriculum requirements: Practice CO 100 Human Communication LS 405 Environmental Law or LS 410 Counter-terrorism and the Law E 230 Public Speaking and Group Discussion LS 430 Cyberlaw E 220 Writing for Business and Industry CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice or CJ 102 Criminal Law E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation CJ 209 Correctional Treatment Programs or CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues in Criminal Justice E 251 Narrative Nonfiction CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System P 111 Introduction to Psychology CJ 400 Criminal Justice Problems Seminar PL 222 Ethics CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Administration PS 121 American Government and Politics CO 420 Communication and the Law 160

MR 330 Coastal Resources Management profit agencies, or in federal, state, or local govern- PS 216 Urban Government and Politics ments. Concentration electives allow students to PS 224 Public Attitudes and Public Policy focus on areas such as investigations, criminal law, PS 228 Public Interest Groups general civil law, or law and financial issues. As part PS 230 Anglo-American Jurisprudence of a high-quality liberal arts education, the concen- PS 231 Judicial Behavior tration also enables students to pursue broad career PS 232 The Politics of the First Amendment opportunities or graduate school. Development of critical thinking, research, and writing abilities is Plus eight electives emphasized, along with practical paralegal skills. Concentration in Dispute Resolution Concentration Requirements Students in the dispute resolution concentration LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation will explore alternative methods for resolving disputes Plus four of the following, or related courses, as traditionally resolved through the civil or criminal approved by program adviser: legal systems. This concentration provides students LS 226 Family Law with an understanding of the theories and practices of LS 244 Estates and Trusts alternative dispute resolution and an introduction to LS 326 Real Estate Law practical skills in negotiation, mediation, and facilita- LS 430 Cyberlaw tion. Graduates are prepared for law-related, alterna- A 101 Introduction to Financial Accounting tive dispute resolution careers in the judicial system, A 102 Introduction to Managerial Accounting government agencies, and the private sector, or for A 435 Federal Income Taxation I further education in law school or graduate school. CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice Concentration Requirements CJ 102 Criminal Law CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation LS 401 Alternative Dispute Resolution: Models and CJ 420 Advanced Investigative Techniques Practice FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science Plus four of the following, or related courses, as FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation approved by program adviser: LA 101 Business Law and the Regulatory CO 100 Human Communication* Environment CO 410 Management Communication Seminar Plus eight electives CO 205 Intercultural Communication P 321 Social Psychology SW 340 Group Dynamics A.S., Legal Studies The associate degree program in legal studies pre- Plus eight electives pares students to work as paralegals in law firms and *Must be in addition to course selected to fulfill legal departments or in law-related positions in cor- common course requirement for the major porations, banks, and local, state, and federal governments. A paralegal performs specifically delegated Concentration in Paralegal Studies substantive legal work under the supervision of an attorney who is responsible for the paralegal’s work. This concentration is designed to prepare students Students may also continue their studies toward a for careers as paralegals in private law firms, govern- bachelor’s degree. ment agencies, or corporations. A paralegal performs specifically delegated substantive legal work under the Students are required to complete 60 credits, supervision of an attorney. Graduates may also pur- including the University Core Requirements for the sue careers in law-related areas of the insurance associate degree and the following courses: industry, banking and securities, businesses, non- Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 161

LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts Minor in Public Affairs LS 201 Legal Ethics and Professional Responsibility The public affairs minor in the Institute of Law LS 238 Civil Procedure I and Public Affairs is directed toward providing train- LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation ing for civil service positions at all levels of govern- LS 240 Legal Research and Writing I ment. The goal of such training is to provide more LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II effective public administrators and to introduce cre- LS 330 Legal Investigation ativity into the profession of public service. The pub- Plus three legal studies electives; PL 222 Ethics; lic affairs minor takes a problem-solving approach to CO 100 Human Communication or E 230 Public the discipline as students conduct basic, in-depth Speaking and Group Discussion; and one elective research on problems of governmental agencies. Successful completion of the requirements for an Students in this minor develop valuable insights into associate degree in legal studies includes the courses the nature of the public policy process from the van- required for the paralegal studies certificate described tage point of the bureaucracy. Courses are selected in in the Institute of Law and Public Affairs section consultation with a faculty adviser. below. The certificate is awarded via the Institute. Paralegal Studies Certificate Minor in Legal Studies Adviser: Donna Decker Morris, J.D. Students may minor in legal studies by success- The paralegal studies certificate requires 18 credits fully completing LS 100 Introduction to Legal of designated legal studies courses, each with a grade Concepts plus five additional legal studies courses. A of C minus or better. A student must successfully minor in legal studies does not prepare students to complete all required courses as outlined below with become paralegals, unless the requirements for a a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 to be awarded the certifi- paralegal certificate are satisfied. cate. As a prerequisite, students entering the program must have completed, or complete concurrently with the paralegal studies courses, 42 other undergraduate The Institute of Law and credits, which may be from the University of New Haven or another institution and which satisfy ABA Public Affairs guidelines. The University of New Haven has conducted this certificate program since 1971, providing Director: William M. Norton, J.D., Ph.D. paralegal education to both traditional and part-time The Institute of Law and Public Affairs has been evening students. A paralegal performs specifically established to provide undergraduates with specific delegated substantive legal work under the supervi- training in the areas of the paralegal profession, pub- sion of an attorney who is responsible for the parale- lic policy, and public affairs. Students with an under- gal’s work. The following courses are required for the graduate major in any of the colleges of the certificate: University may attain paraprofessional standing in LS 100 Introduction to Legal Concepts paralegal studies or public affairs by completing a LS 238 Civil Procedure I minor in the Institute. The term paraprofessional LS 240 Legal Research and Writing I applies to those with special training in a professional LS 241 Legal Research and Writing II field who do not yet possess the terminal degree nor- Plus two of the following, or related courses, as mally required in the profession. In many instances, approved by the program adviser: paraprofessional standing is a step toward the accom- LS 226 Family Law plishment of the final degree. LS 239 Civil Procedure II: Litigation 162

LS 244 Estates and Trusts with specialized education in this multi-disciplined LS 301 Administrative Law and Regulation field. Career opportunities in the public sector LS 326 Real Estate Law include those for municipal firefighters, fire inspec- LS 328 Legal Management and Administrative Skills tors, fire investigators, fire technicians, and fire pro- LS 330 Legal Investigation tection engineers. Private sector careers include those of industrial firefighters, fire protection specialists, fire protection engineers, fire investigators, and loss Department of control consultants. Government, industry, fire equipment manufacturers and vendors, and the Fire Science and insurance industry are all potential employers. The University of New Haven offers five under- Professional Studies graduate degrees and four certificate programs designed for those entering the exciting field of fire Chair: Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., M.S. science. A combination of classroom lectures, labora- Professor: Howard J. Cohen, Ph.D., University of tory sessions, case studies, and field trips gives stu- Michigan dents the broadest possible exposure in this area of Associate Professor: Martin J. O’Connor, J.D., study. Internships allow students to obtain real-life University of Connecticut work experience in this specialized field. Assistant Professors: Sorin Iliescu, M.S., University The University also offers graduate certificate proof New Haven; Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., M.S., grams and a master’s degree in fire science for those University of New Haven; Nelson Dunston, M.S., completing their bachelor’s degrees. University of Maryland Lecturer: Bruce Varga, M.S., University of New Fire Science Club Haven The Fire Science Club is the campus activities The Department of Fire Science and Professional organization for students with interests in fire science Studies offers several degree programs for students and related fields. This very active group organizes interested in the specific employment-related areas of field trips, fire safety and substance abuse programs, fire science (technology, administration, and fire/arson and other activities, both on and off campus, investigation) and fire protection engineering. A num- throughout the school year. ber of certificates are also offered in these fields. Student Branch of the Connecticut Valley Fire Science Chapter of SFPE The Student Branch of the Connecticut Valley Chapter of the Society of Fire Protection Engineers is Chair: Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., M.S. the professional society on campus for fire science The United States continues to be among those students. The Student Branch works closely with the countries worldwide that suffer the highest degree of Fire Science Club to provide programs and field trips destruction to life and property from fire. The with a strong technical basis. arson/fraud fire problem continues to contribute to these statistics at an alarming rate. B.S., Fire Science Concern over this unnecessary loss of life and property has triggered a rapidly growing need for The bachelor of science in fire science is offered professionals in fire science. The municipal fire serv- with a choice of three concentrations to allow the stu- ice is only one part of the demand for individuals dent to major in fire science and specialize in an area of Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 163 interest. The concentration areas are fire/arson investi- FS 409 Arson for Profit gation, fire administration, and fire science technology. CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic Chemistry I with Laboratory Required Courses CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice Students earning the B.S. degree in fire science are CJ 102 Criminal Law required to complete at least 122 credits including CJ 201 Principles of Criminal Investigation the University Core Curriculum and the common FOR 215 Introduction to Forensic Science courses for fire science listed below, some of which CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I fulfill requirements of the University Core CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II and Evidence Curriculum. CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology or FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with FOR 415 Crime Scene Investigation Laboratory M 109 Intermediate Algebra FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply or FS 207 Fire Prevention M 127 Finite Mathematics FS 301 Building Construction for Fire Protection P 111 Introduction to Psychology FS 302 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials P 336 Abnormal Psychology FS 304 Fire Protection Systems FS 325 Fire/Life Safety Codes Concentration in Fire Administration FS 404 Special Hazards Control This concentration prepares students for careers in FS 501 Internship municipal, private, or industrial fire departments. Plus electives chosen with the adviser The curriculum provides the educational background to advance through the ranks and become the future Concentration in Fire/Arson Investigation leaders of the fire service. This concentration prepares students for careers in Students earning the B.S. degree in fire science fire investigation, arson/fraud detection, and code with a concentration in fire administration must enforcement in both the public and private sectors. complete a minimum of 122 credits including the The curriculum provides the educational background University Core Curriculum, the common courses to determine the cause and origin of fires. It also pro- for fire science majors listed above, and the courses vides an in-depth study of the laws regarding fire listed below, some of which fulfill requirements of investigations and evidence collection. Students the University Core Curriculum. choosing this concentration will complete the CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic requirements for a minor in criminal justice. Students Chemistry I with Laboratory earning the B.S. in fire science with a concentration FS 106 Emergency Scene Operations in fire/arson investigation must complete 123 credits FS 204 Fire Investigation I including the University Core Curriculum, the com- FS 209 Occupational Safety and Health for the Fire mon courses for fire science majors listed above, and Service the courses listed below, some of which fulfill FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards requirements of the University Core Curriculum. FS 307 Municipal Fire Administration FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire FS 405 Emergency Incident Management Science FS 408 Fire Protection Law FS 204 Fire Investigation I M 109 Intermediate Algebra FS 313 Fire Investigation II or FS 314 Fire Investigation II Laboratory M 127 Finite Mathematics FS 408 Fire Protection Law P 111 Introduction to Psychology 164

PA 101 Introduction to Public Administration M 117 Calculus I PA 302 Public Administration Systems and M 118 Calculus II Procedures MG 115 Fundamentals of Management or PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves PA 305 Institutional Budgeting and Planning with Laboratory PA 408 Collective Bargaining in the Public Sector PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with Laboratory Plus one fire science elective Plus three fire science electives Concentration in Fire Science Technology This concentration focuses on the technological B.S., Fire Protection Engineering aspects of fire science. Fire control by design, con- Coordinator: Nelson Dunston, M.S. struction, and fixed fire suppression systems is The role of a fire protection engineer is to safe- stressed. A combination of fire science and engineer- guard life and property from the devastating effects ing courses prepares students to apply basic engineer- of fire and explosions by applying sound, multi-disci- ing principles to the fire problem. Fire prevention plined engineering principles to the fire protection and code compliance are stressed in this program. problem. Through a combination of engineering and Careers in this field are mainly in the private sector; fire science courses, students learn how to design, however, these skills are becoming more important in construct, and install fire protection systems that pre- all areas, as the fire service prepares to meet the tech- vent or minimize potential losses from fire, water, nical challenges of the future. smoke, or explosions. Students earning the B.S. degree in fire science Graduates of the fire protection engineering pro- with a concentration in fire science technology must gram are qualified to design, evaluate, or test systems complete 126 credits including the University Core responsible for the reduction of fire losses. They are Curriculum, the common courses for fire science also prepared to analyze the fire protection defenses majors listed above, and the courses listed below, of various structures and operations and recommend some of which fulfill requirements of the University cost-effective methods of improving the level of pro- Core Curriculum. tection that is provided. FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire Careers in this field may be in the private or the Science public sector. Government, insurance companies, FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I industry, manufacturers, and consultants are prospec- FS 311 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems tive employers of fire protection engineers. FS 312 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems Laboratory Required Courses FS 425 Fire Protection Plan Review Students earning the B.S. degree in fire protection FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis engineering must complete 128 credits including the CH 115 General Chemistry I University Core Curriculum and the courses listed CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory below, some of which fulfill requirements of the EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering University Core Curriculum. EAS 109 Project Planning FS 102 Principles of Fire Science EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics (in place of CS 107) FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering FS 304 Fire Protection Systems Systems FS 311 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems FS 312 Fire Protection Fluids and Systems EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog Laboratory Devices Henry C. Lee College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Sciences 165

FS 404 Special Hazards Control FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire FS 425 Fire Protection Plan Review Science FS 450 Fire Protection Heat Transfer FS 205 Fire Protection Hydraulics and Water Supply FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis FS 207 Fire Prevention EAS 107P Introduction to Engineering (Project- FS 209 Occupational Safety and Health for the Fire based) Service EAS 109 Project Planning FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards EAS 112 Methods of Engineering Analysis FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection EAS 120 Chemistry with Applications to Biosystems CH 105 Introduction to General and Organic EAS 211 Introduction to Modeling of Engineering Chemistry with Laboratory Systems M 109 Intermediate Algebra EAS 213 Materials in Engineering Systems or EAS 222 Fundamentals of Mechanics of Materials M 127 Finite Mathematics EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems Plus two fire science electives, and two electives cho- EAS 230 Fundamentals and Applications of Analog sen with the adviser Devices EAS 232 Project Management and Engineering Economics Minor in Fire Science Plus four fire science or engineering electives chosen Students wishing to minor in fire science should with the adviser contact the director of the program. A minimum of CH 115 General Chemistry I 19 credits is required. The courses listed below are CH 117 General Chemistry I Laboratory required unless a substitution is approved by the M 117 Calculus I director of Fire Science. M 118 Calculus II Required Courses M 203 Calculus III FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology M 204 Differential Equations FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and Waves with Laboratory Laboratory FS 204 Fire Investigation I PH 205 Electromagnetism and Optics with FS 207 Fire Prevention Laboratory FS 301 Building Construction for Fire Protection E 225 Technical Writing and Presentation FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards EC 133 Principles of Economics

A.S., Fire and Occupational Safety Fire Science Certificates The Fire Science Department offers certificates in This two-year associate in science degree offers fire/arson investigation, fire prevention, industrial fire students a well-rounded, basic program in the field of protection, and hazardous materials. To earn a certifi- fire science with a focus on the private sector fire pro- cate, students must complete from 16 to 19 credits. tection industry. The program provides the student Credits earned for a certificate may be applied to an with two fire science and free electives, thereby allow- associate or bachelor’s degree in fire science. ing the student to customize the program to individual career goals. A student must successfully complete all required courses as outlined below with a minimum G.P.A. of FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology 2.0 to be awarded the certificate. FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with Laboratory 166

Fire/Arson Investigation Certificate required to complete 18 credits, including the courses listed below. The fire/arson investigation certificate provides individuals in either the public or private sector with Required Courses the fundamentals required to determine the cause FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology and origin of fires. Investigative techniques and arson FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire determination are included in this certificate pro- Science gram. Students are required to complete 19 credits, FS 207 Fire Prevention including the courses listed below. FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I Required Courses FS 309 Industrial Fire Protection II FS 404 Special Hazards Control FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology FS 203 Risk Management and Insurance for Fire Science Hazardous Materials Certificate FS 204 Fire Investigation I The hazardous materials certificate is designed to FS 313 Fire Investigation II provide the fundamentals required for dealing with FS 314 Fire Investigation II Laboratory the manufacture, storage, handling, and shipping of FS 408 Fire Protection Law hazardous materials. The principles covered by this FS 409 Arson for Profit certificate are equally appropriate to the public and the private sectors. Students must complete 16 credits Fire Prevention Certificate for this certificate, including the following: The fire prevention certificate provides the funda- Required Courses mentals of fire protection and prevention to the indi- FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology vidual interested in fire inspection and/or code FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with compliance. The certificate is applicable to both the Laboratory public and private sectors, with an emphasis on prop- FS 302 Chemistry of Hazardous Materials erty loss control. Students are required to complete 19 FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards credits, including the courses listed below. PH 303 Radioactivity and Radiation Required Courses FS 102 Principles of Fire Science Technology FS 201 Essentials of Fire Chemistry and Physics with Laboratory FS 207 Fire Prevention FS 303 Process and Transportation Hazards FS 325 Fire/Life Safety Codes FS 404 Special Hazards Control

Industrial Fire Protection Certificate The industrial fire protection certificate provides the individual interested in industrial property loss control with the fundamentals related to this field. While focusing on the private sector, these principles are equally important to those in the public sector who interact with those responsible for the protection of commercial and industrial properties. Students are University College 167 UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

Arthur D. Goon, M.S., Dean • As a metropolitan university in the New Haven Christie Boronico, Ph.D., Associate Dean area, respond in innovative ways to meet the emerging educational and training needs of educa- Michelle Mason, M.S., M.B.A., Assistant Dean tors, businesses, public and social agencies, and our Jane Sangeloty, B.A., Assistant Dean multi-faceted communities. • Working with local communities, business and UNIVERSITY COLLEGE industry, and government, build partnerships to facil- University College was created in 2007 to reflect itate the development of educated and trained adults UNH’s continued dedication to meeting the educa- who are equipped to meet the needs and demands of tional needs of adult students and the region’s corpo- current employment and new competition. rate communities, and to partner with the University’s local and regional community. Programs Center for Adult and Professional Studies and courses are designed specifically with adult learn- (CAPS) ers in mind, focusing on academic excellence, convenience and flexibility. All the degree, customized Undergraduate degree and certificate programs for training, and certificate programs are the domain of adult learners are administered through the Center for the appropriate academic college within the Adult and Professional Studies (CAPS). UNH offers University of New Haven, thereby ensuring the aca- the following accelerated bachelor’s degree programs: demic quality and integrity of the programs. • Accounting (B.S.) The mission of University College is stated below. • Business Administration (B.S.) • Dental Hygiene (B.S.)* Mission Statement • Fire Science (B.S.)* • Recognizing the distinctive needs of adult and non- • Public Administration (B.S.) traditional students, provide opportunities to earn • Liberal Studies (B.A.) a college degree, to continue lifelong learning, to • Paralegal Certificate* seek professional development and to study English as a Second Language. *Pending approval • In partnership with the other University of New Undergraduate part-time students can also enroll Haven colleges, offer high-quality academic pro- in other degree programs. Some programs can be grams and services uniquely designed for adult completed exclusively in evening study while others learners. may require some day classes. Students can complete the University’s core competency requirements in the • Provide the resources and support necessary for evening accelerated format. adult students to achieve individual academic success and to enhance the academic experience. Additionally, CAPS is responsible for developing K–12 partnerships and programs, including such • Develop and maintain a supportive learning envi- programs as High School Academy and College ronment that is responsive to the unique challenges Before College, as well as community outreach pro- faced by adult learners and that enables them to grams, summer programs, and camps. achieve academic success. 168

Graduate Admissions Office Corporate Education provides administrative support for existing and potential degree and certificate pro- The Graduate Admissions Office is responsible for grams that are taught in cohorts, including the the centralized recruitment and admissions process- Executive M.B.A., M.B.A. for Emerging Leaders, the ing for the more than 25 master’s degree programs Master of Science in Engineering Management and more than 30 graduate certificate programs (M.S.E.M.), and the Master of Arts in Industrial/ offered by the University. Organizational Psychology (M.A.I.O.P.). Center for Graduate and Adult Student International Credential Assessment and Services Services The Center for Graduate and Adult Student University College is responsible for coordinating Services provides support for graduate and adult stu- the review of international course syllabi for the pur- dents related to orientation, registration, financial aid pose of awarding university credit and the transcrip- and student billing in cooperation with those specific tion of completed course work in conjunction with offices and the Student Affairs Office. The Center for Cultural Experiences Abroad (CEA). A faculty com- Graduate and Adult Student Services also works with mittee has been established to review and assess graduate program coordinators and the Graduate course syllabi of international courses. Admissions and Financial Aid offices to place students into graduate assistantship positions. The Center also assists graduate students seeking housing. ELS Language Center A new adult student lounge is available on the second Intensive English programs are offered through floor of Echlin Hall. the ELS Language Center on the main campus. The goal of the ELS Center is to prepare students to use Southeastern Center all four language skills for professional endeavors and academic study in English-speaking environments. The Southeastern Center has been serving the Completion of the appropriate programs will prepare educational needs of businesspeople and residents in students for undergraduate and graduate level study. Southeastern Connecticut and Rhode Island for nearly three decades. Located on the campus of Mitchell College in The Office of Experiential Education New London, The Southeastern Center offers aca- The Office of Experiential Education at the demic degree programs for the working adult who is University of New Haven supports students and fac- interested in career advancement. Innovative pro- ulty in developing and participating in Experiential grams allow students to complete their degrees Education opportunities. The Office of Experiential quickly without sacrificing quality, and without get- Education encourages students to experience L.I.F.E., ting in the way of work and personal pursuits. which stands for Learning through faculty-mentored For further information please contact the UNH undergraduate research, Immersion through work- Southeastern Center at 469 Pequot Avenue, New integrated learning opportunities, Fulfillment London, CT 06320, or phone 860.701.5454. through academic service learning, and Experience the world through international study. We support students, staff and faculty in discovery-based learning Center for Corporate Education across the curriculum: expanding intellectual curiosity, The Center for Corporate Education provides cus- enhancing personal growth, and advancing profes- tomized corporate training to area and regional busi- sional development. ness and industry. Additionally, the Center for University College 169

Faculty-Mentored Undergraduate Research University College Contact Information We recognize the value of learning through University College is located on the second floor research and encourage students to work with faculty of Echlin Hall. Hours are 8:30 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. mentors who can help them develop a research Monday through Thursday; 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. agenda to compliment their academic program. on Friday; and 8:30 a.m. to noon on Saturday. You can reach us at 203.932.7180 or universitycollege- Work-Integrated Learning @newhaven.edu. Work-integrated learning includes internships, co- op’s, practicum, and field study. Our office supports students and faculty in their collaboration with community partners to identify and develop these experiences with academic standards in mind.

Academic Service Learning The Academic Service Learning Office assists faculty who enhance the learning experience of students through community service projects that support learning objectives in the classroom.

International Studies We provide advising and support, encouraging our students to experience the world through study abroad, including short-term faculty-led study abroad.

Study Abroad The Office of Study Abroad at the University of New Haven is committed to providing all UNH students with high-quality international academic opportunities that allow them to develop the insight and skills needed to become productive and successful members of the global community. We offer advising for students working with third-party providers and opportunities to study through UNH faculty-led initiatives. For information on study abroad opportunities, visit our website at www.newhaven.edu/academics/10837/ studyabroad/ or contact us by email at studyabroad@ newhaven.edu. The Study Abroad Office is located in Kaplan Hall, Room 210. For more information call 203.931.2919. 170 Courses 171 COURSES

Course descriptions are arranged alphabetically by the course prefix codes as listed below. For the purpose of brevity, course descriptions do not follow traditional rules of grammar and may consist of sentence fragments.

A F M A Accounting FE Freshman Experience M Mathematics AR Arabic FI Finance ME Mechanical Engineering AT Art/Visual Arts FOR Forensic Science MG Management B FR French MK Marketing BA Business Administration FS Fire Science MM Multimedia BI Biology G MR Marine Biology MU Music C GLS Global Studies CE Civil Engineering GR German P CEN Computer Engineering H P Psychology CH Chemistry HS History PA Public Administration CJ Criminal Justice HTM Hotel and Tourism PH Physics CM Chemical Engineering Management PL Philosophy CN Chinese HU Humanities PS Political Science CO Communication I Q CS Computer Science IB International Business QA Quantitative Analysis D ID Interior Design R DH Dental Hygiene IE Industrial Engineering RU Russian DI Dietetics IT Italian S E J SC Science E English J Journalism SE System Engineering EAS Engineering and Applied L SO Sociology Science LA Business Law SP Spanish EC Economics LG Logistics SW Social Welfare ED Education LS Legal Studies T EE Electrical Engineering T Theatre Arts EN Environmental Science 172

deferred credits, and stockholder’s senior standing. A general examina- ACCOUNTING equity are examined. Special attention of the role and function of the tion is directed to preparing the independent auditor in the per- A 101 Introduction to Financial cash-flow statement. 3 credits. formance of the attest function. Accounting Emphasis is placed on current Deals primarily with reporting the A 250 Accounting Information auditing pronouncements, the audit financial results of operations and Systems report, statistical sampling, evalua- financial position to investors, man- Prerequisite: A 101. This course tion of internal control, and the agers, and other interested parties. provides a thorough introduction to determination of the scope of an Emphasizes the role of accounting basic systems theory, a firm work- audit. Rules and standards of com- information in decision-making. ing knowledge of systems analysis pilation and review reports are pre- 3 credits. and design techniques, and an sented. 3 credits. examination of various transaction A 102 Introduction to cycles in the accounting system. Managerial Accounting A 435 Federal Income Taxation I Emphasis is on EDP environments. Prerequisite: A 101. The application Prerequisites: A 102 and senior 3 credits. of accounting in relation to current standing. An introduction to the planning and control, evaluation of federal income tax law including A 323 Cost Accounting performances, special decisions, and objectives, history, and sources of Prerequisite: A 102. An in-depth long-range planning. Stress is on tax law and administration. Course examination of the accounting cost analysis. Additional topics coverage is devoted to different principles and procedures underly- include income tax planning, prod- types of taxpayers including indi- ing the determination of product uct costing, and quantitative tech- viduals, corporations, partnerships, costs for manufacturing concerns. niques. 3 credits. limited liability entities, subchapter Emphasis on job order costing sys- S corporations, and trusts and tems. Other topics are budgets, A 220 Intermediate Financial estates. The course explores income Accounting I standard costing, and CVP analysis. tax concepts of accounting meth- Prerequisite: A 101. A rigorous 3 credits. ods and periods, income, deduc- examination of financial account- tion losses, property transactions, A 422 Intermediate Financial ing theory and practice applicable fringe benefits, and retirement Accounting III to the corporate form of business plans. 3 credits. Prerequisite: A 221. Advanced top- organization. With an emphasis on ics include income tax allocation, reporting corporate financial status A 436 Federal Income Taxation II pensions and leases, accounting and results of operations, the Prerequisites: A 102 and A 435. changes, price-level changes, install- course includes the principles gov- Advanced studies in taxation ment sales and consignments, and erning and the procedures for including the tax consequences of revenue recognition. 3 credits. implementing accounting valua- the formation, operation, and ter- tions for revenue, expense, gain, mination of corporations, partner- A 431 Advanced Financial ships, and limited liability compa- loss, current assets, and deferred Accounting charges. 3 credits. nies. Course coverage is devoted to Prerequisites: A 221 and senior the alternative minimum tax, relat- standing. Advanced topics in finan- ed party transactions, estate and gift A 221 Intermediate Financial cial reporting, including partnership Accounting II taxation, financial tax accounting accounting, consolidations, cost Prerequisite: A 220. Continues the concepts, and ethical responsibilities and equity methods, and purchase emphasis on corporate financial in tax practice. 3 credits. versus pooling methods. 3 credits. reporting established in A 220. The principles and procedures applicable A 450–459 Special Topics A 433 Auditing and Assurance Prerequisite: A 102. Junior-level to accounting valuations for current Services standing required unless specified liabilities, long-term liabilities, Prerequisites: A 422, A 250, and Courses 173 in course schedule description. words and sentences, and basic con- AT 201 Painting I Selected topics in accounting or versation. 3 credits. Problems in pictorial composition taxation of special or current inter- involving manipulation of form and est. 3 credits. AR 450–459 Special Topics in color. Various techniques of apply- Arabic ing pigment are explored as well as A 597 Practicum Special topics of selected or current mixing pigments, stretching and Prerequisites: A 220 and minimum interest in the study of Arabic. 3 priming canvases. 3 credits. 3.0 GPA in the major. A course of credits. study designed especially for the AT 202 Painting II supervised practical application of A continuation of AT 201 with fur- previously studied theory in a ART/VISUAL ARTS ther exploration of two-dimensional group setting. Completed under pictorial arrangements of form and the supervision of a faculty sponsor AT 101–102 Introduction to color for greatest visual effective- and coordinated with a business Studio Art I and II ness. Students will be encouraged to organization. 3 credits. Foundational study in the visual develop their own personal idiom arts designed to heighten the stu- in the medium. 3 credits. A 598 Internship dent’s aesthetic awareness and to Prerequisites: A 422 and junior provide an introduction to the AT 203 Graphic Design I standing. On-the-job experience study of drawing, painting, and Basic theoretical design studies con- performing accounting in selected design using a variety of materials. centrate on the development of a organizations. 3 credits. 3 credits each. design vocabulary consisting of an understanding of form, proportion, A 599 Independent Study AT 105 Basic Drawing I composition, rhythm, juxtaposi- Prerequisites: A 102 and junior A basic-foundation course that tion, progression, and balance. 3 standing. A planned program of includes a disciplined study in the credits. individual study under the supervi- fundamentals of drawing, such as sion of a faculty member. 3 credits. nature studies, perspective, and AT 204 Graphic Design II exercises in coordination of hand Prerequisite: AT 203. An investiga- and eye. 3 credits. tion of formal aspects of composi- ARABIC tion, organic and geometric form, AT 106 Basic Drawing II graphic translation, and color. AR 101 Elementary Arabic I A continuation of AT 105 with Emphasis on concept development, This course introduces students to emphasis on perspective and depic- sequencing, and visual logic. 3 cred- the basic skills of reading, writing, tion of three-dimensional space and its. speaking, and listening in Modern form by two-dimensional means. Standard Arabic. Students will learn Study of architectural forms, natu- AT 209–210 Photography I and II Arabic letters and sounds, write and ral objects, and landscapes. 3 cred- Introduction to the technical and create words and sentences, and be its. aesthetic aspects of black and white able to hold a basic conversation in photography. Camera controls, Arabic. 3 credits. AT 122 Graphic Design exposure, development, and print- Production making will be covered along with a AR 102 Elementary Arabic II Prerequisite: AT 100-level course or simultaneous investigation into Prerequisite: AR 101 or permission consent of the instructor. Studio photographic design, historical tra- of instructor. This course builds introduction to the technical skills dition, and media use. Photography upon the language, listening, and of graphic design including copyfit- II puts special emphasis on each writing skills developed in AR 101. ting type specification, typesetting, student’s creating a body of work Students will advance their knowl- layout, and mechanical preparation. that possesses a cohesiveness of edge of Arabic letters and sounds, 3 credits. vision. Further investigation of pho- 174 tographic technique. Laboratory AT 225 Photographic Methods AT 305 Sculpture II fee; 3 credits each. Prerequisite: AT 209. An explo- A continuation of AT 304 with fur- ration of ideas, experiments, and ther exploration of three-dimen- AT 211 Basic Design I investigations in alternative photo- sional materials and the possibilities A basic-foundation course that graphic processes. Includes toning, they present for creative visual state- includes exploration of two-dimen- cyanotype printing, gum bichro- ments. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. sional visual elements — line, color, mate, platinum, and palladium. light and dark, shape, size, place- Also covered will be negative AT 309 Photographic Design ment, and figure-ground, and their manipulation, hand-applied color, Prerequisite: AT 209. Introduction effective uses. For those wishing a and pinhole cameras. Laboratory to basic materials and techniques of basic art understanding. 3 credits. fee; 3 credits. black and white photography used in graphic design. The relation AT 212 Basic Design II AT 231 History of Art I between image and type as well as A continuation of AT 211, with Western art from cave art through sequencing and the extended print concentration on three-dimensional the Middle Ages to Gothic. This will be explored along with collage elements of design including posi- course seeks to understand expres- and basic bookmaking. Laboratory tive and negative volumes, surfaces, sive, social, cultural, political, and fee; 3 credits. structural systems, and other ele- economic aspects of the cultures in ments, employing a variety of mate- which specific art styles and visual AT 310 Photographic Lighting rials. 3 credits. developments emerged. This course Prerequisite: AT 209. Aesthetic and forms the basic vocabulary for His- technical understanding of light. AT 213 Color tory of Art II. Includes economic Use of natural and artificial lighting An intensive exploration of color and technological changes in the systems and methods for working perception and interaction with societies and their reflections in art. with both color and black and manipulation of form and color for Appropriate for business and engi- white film. Emphasis on the por- greatest effectiveness in pictorial neering students. 3 credits. trait and still-life image as well as compositions. 3 credits. creative problem solving. Laborato- AT 232 History of Art II ry fee; 3 credits. AT 221 Typography I Western art from the Renaissance Prerequisites: AT 203, AT 211. An to the twentieth century in Europe AT 311 Color Photography introduction to the form, language, and America; a continuation of AT Prerequisite: AT 209. Theory and terminology, and use of typography. 231. 3 credits. practice of color photography. Letters, words, and text arrange- Study of current color photographic ments form the components in AT 302 Figure Drawing materials and processes. Laboratory these theoretical studies, which lead Prerequisite: AT 105 or consent of fee; 3 credits. to simple communication exercises. the instructor. Study of drawing, 3 credits. which concentrates on the human AT 315 Printmaking figure. 3 credits. The expressive potential of the AT 222 Typography II graphic image through the tech- Prerequisite: AT 221. Exploration AT 304 Sculpture I niques of monoprints, etching, of typographic structures and hier- The exploration of three-dimen- silkscreening, and photo/computer- archies as well as formal aspects of sional materials for maximum effec- scanned printing processes. Labora- text. The typographic principles tiveness in expressive design. Exper- tory fee; 3 credits. are applied to complex communi- imentation with clay, plaster, wood, cation problems such as publica- stone, canvas, wire screening, metal, AT 322 Illustration tion design and information found objects. A basic understand- A solid foundation in the tech- graphics. 3 credits. ing of major fundamental methods: niques of creative illustration. casting and carving. Laboratory fee; Various media and their expressive 3 credits. Courses 175 possibilities will be studied: char- Opportunity for the student, under its of business courses that are coal, pencil, pen and ink, wash, col- the direction of a faculty member, transferable into the major program ored pencils, acrylic. Focuses on to explore an area of interest. This of study. No credit. application of these techniques. 3 course must be initiated by the stu- credits. dent. 1–3 credits. BIOLOGY AT 331 Contemporary Art Focus on art since 1945. The devel- BUSINESS “*” denotes courses usually sched- opments of the present stem from ADMINISTRATION uled every other academic year. ideas emanating from the 1870s, “+” denotes courses offered at the especially Impressionism. This BA 100 Leadership in the discretion of the department. course seeks to understand these Business Community connections. Emphasis on econom- Leaders and their behavior as it per- BI 121–122 General and Human ic, historical, and technological tains to the role of the leader within Biology with Laboratory I and II developments. Appropriate for busi- the organization are the focus for An introduction to the study of ness, communication, history, and this participatory course. Theory biology, which integrates biological engineering students. 3 credits. and current research regarding lead- principles and human biology. ership are discussed as well as the Major topics covered are biochem- AT 333 Survey of Afro-American prerequisites, knowledge, and prac- istry, cell and molecular biology, Art tices required for successful leader- genetics, anatomy and physiology, Artistic creation by African-Ameri- ship. Student participation will be behavior, ecology, and evolution. cans in the United States from the enhanced through use of videotape, The laboratory involves experimen- Colonial period to the present. role playing, writing activities, and tation and demonstration of princi- Consideration of African cultural presentations. 3 credits. ples covered in lecture. BI 121 is a influences. Analysis of modern prerequisite for BI 122. Laboratory trends in the work of black artists. BA 450–459 Special Topics fee; 4 credits each term. 3 credits. Selected topics of special or current interest in the study of business BI 125 Contemporary Issues in AT 401 Studio Seminar I administration. 3 credits. Biology with Laboratory Prerequisites: AT 101–102, AT 201, This course explores topics related AT 302 or AT 209, and art electives. BA 500 Experiential Learning to biological sciences. The goal is to Drawing on development through Capstone foster an informed citizenship pre- their previous study, students will This class ensures student comple- pared for current biological debates. concentrate on major projects in the tion of the experiential learning Students will learn the relevant bio- areas of their choice. 1–4 credits. components for College of Business logical principles in lecture and lab- programs. By the end of the course, oratory. The dynamic nature of sci- AT 402 Studio Seminar II students must have completed 16 entific investigation may require Prerequisite: AT 401. Continuation points of activities from the College adjustment and variation in the of Studio Seminar I. 1–4 credits. of Business Professional Enrich- specific topics covered each year. ment Program during their tenure Topics may include emerging dis- AT 403–429 Selected Topics at the University of New Haven. eases, cardiovascular health, repro- Selected topics of special or current They also must have successfully duction, genetics, evolution, ecolo- interest in applied art or history of completed either a three-credit gy, and conservation. Laboratory art. Credits vary. internship in the major field of fee; 4 credits. study, a three-credit practicum in AT 599 Independent Study the major field of study, or one BI 250 Invertebrate Zoology with Prerequisites: consent of the semester of study abroad (outside Laboratory instructor and department chair. the U.S.) including at least six cred- Prerequisite: BI 122 or BI 254. 176

A survey of invertebrate phyla one college course in general chem- grates the principles and concepts focusing on taxonomy, evolutionary istry. A history of microbiology and discovered in viruses, bacteria, and relationships, structure and func- a survey of microbial life. Includes mammals including humans. Topics tion, physiological adaptations, and viruses, rickettsia, bacteria, blue- include organization of the chromo- life modes. Laboratory includes green algae, and fungi; their envi- some, transmission genetics, DNA examination of the structure and ronment, growth, reproduction, fingerprinting, linkage and map- anatomy of representative taxa from metabolism, and relationship to ping, mutations and chromosomal the phyla, experiments and observa- humans. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. aberrations, organelle genetics, tions on behavior, and responses to genetic engineering, population varying environmental conditions. *BI 303 Cells and Tissues with genetics, and evolution. 3 credits. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. Laboratory Prerequisite: BI 121 or BI 253. BI 308 Cell Biology with BI 253–254 Biology for Science Microscopic and chemical struc- Laboratory Majors with Laboratory I and II tures of normal tissues, organs, and Prerequisites: BI 121 or BI 253, Prerequisite or corequisite: M 109. their cellular constituents as related one college course in general chem- A discussion of the principles of bio- to function. Laboratory includes istry, and one college course in gen- logical organization from the molec- microscopic observation, tissue eral physics. Basic theories of physi- ular level through the ecological. staining, and slide preparation. Lab- ology as applied to cells. Emphasis The basic course for biology and oratory fee; 4 credits. on cellular structure and function environmental studies majors. Labo- as well as cell-cell interactions in ratory fee; 4 credits each term. BI 304 Immunology with multicellular organisms. Laboratory Laboratory will stress practical aspects and BI 259–260 Vertebrate Anatomy Prerequisites: BI 121 or BI 253 and modern techniques. Laboratory fee; and Physiology with Laboratory I one college course in general chem- 4 credits. and II istry. The nature of antigens and Prerequisite: BI 121, BI 122, BI antibodies, formation and action of BI 311 Molecular Biology with 253, or BI 254. Examination of the latter, other immunologically Laboratory structure and function of vertebrate active components of blood and tis- Prerequisite: BI 121 or BI 253, plus organ systems with an emphasis on sues, and various immune reactions. CH 115 and 117. An in-depth dis- human systems. Laboratory fee; 4 Laboratory emphasizes current anti- cussion of nucleic acids, the flow of credits each term. body methodology. Laboratory fee; information from nucleic acids to 4 credits. protein and the control of gene BI 261 Introduction to activity. Laboratory emphasizes the Biochemistry *BI 305 Developmental Biology techniques of modern molecular Prerequisite: CH 105 or equivalent. with Laboratory biology. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. An introduction to biochemistry Prerequisite: BI 122 or BI 254. A including the study of pH, water survey of developmental biology BI 320 Ecology with Laboratory bioenergetics, enzymes, and the integrating classical embryology Prerequisites: CH 116 and BI 254 structure, function, and metabolism with modern concepts of cellular (or BI 122 with permission of of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, development. Laboratory includes instructor). An investigation of the and nucleic acids. A non-laboratory examination of embryonic serial sec- major subdisciplines of ecology course for students in dental tions as well as modern cellular and including organismal, population, hygiene and dietetics. Not open to molecular studies of development. community ecosystem, and land- biology majors. 3 credits. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. scape ecology. Human impacts and environmental management and BI 301 Microbiology with BI 306 Genetics assessment are also considered. Lab- Laboratory Prerequisite: BI 121 or BI 253. A oratory includes designing ecologi- Prerequisites: BI 121 or BI 253 and survey of modern genetics that inte- cal studies, field sampling tech- Courses 177 niques, ecological analysis, using historical literature and a review and function of the whole genome. global positioning systems in eco- topic in a seminar format. Active Topics include genome anatomy, logical studies, and gathering infor- class participation in seminars is functional genomics, regulation of mation on the Internet. Several mandatory. 3 credits. the activity of the genome, genome weekend field classes are required. evolution, proteomics, genome Laboratory fee; 4 credits. BI 498 Internship engineering, and computational Prerequisites: biology or environ- genomics. 3 credits. +BI 433 Medical Microbiology mental science major, junior or sen- with Laboratory ior standing. Supervised field expe- *BI 510 Environmental Health Prerequisites: BI 301, CH 115. A rience for qualified students in areas Prerequisites: BI 260 and a college study of the more common diseases related to biology and/or environ- chemistry course. The emphasis is caused by bacteria, fungi, and virus- mental science. Minimum of 150 on the health effects of environ- es, including their etiology, trans- hours of field experience required. 3 mental and occupational pollutants mission, laboratory diagnosis, and credits. and on the spread and control of control. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. communicable diseases. Toxicologi- BI 501 Protein Biochemistry and cal and epidemiological techniques BI 461 Biochemistry with Enzymology are discussed. 3 credits. Laboratory Prerequisites: BI 461, CH Prerequisites: CH 201, CH 202, 201–204. First in a series of BI 511 Molecular Biology of CH 203, and CH 204. A survey of advanced biochemistry courses; Proteins with Laboratory biochemistry including a discussion examines the relationship between Prerequisites: BI 311 and BI 461. of pH, buffers, water, bioenergetics, protein structure and function. Because the techniques for working oxidative phosphorylation, enzy- Topics include properties of pro- with proteins are basic to the cell mology, metabolic regulation, and teins and amino acids, protein fold- and molecular biologist, and extend the structure, function, and metab- ing, enzyme kinetics, and enzyme beyond the understanding of basic olism of carbohydrates, proteins, regulation. 3 credits. protein biochemistry, this course lipids, nucleic acids, vitamins, and provides a theoretical understanding cofactors. Laboratory exercises are BI 503 Biochemistry of Nucleic of methods commonly utilized for primarily designed to concentrate Acid protein/peptide analysis. In the lab- on various experimental techniques Prerequisites: BI 461, CH oratory students will isolate proteins including electrophoresis, chro- 201–204. Second course in the from various tissues or expression matography, spectrophotometry, advanced biochemistry course systems and analyze them by one- centrifugation, and enzymology. series; examines cellular metabo- and two-dimensional polyacry- Laboratory fee; 4 credits. lism, the transfer of chemical ener- lamide gel electrophoresis. Labora- gy, and the biosynthesis of amino tory fee; 4 credits. BI 493 Evaluation of Scientific acids, carbohydrates, fatty acids, Literature and nucleotides. 3 credits. BI 513 Molecular Biology of Prerequisites: science major, junior Nucleic Acids with Laboratory or senior standing. In this seminar- BI 506 Genomics Prerequisite: BI 503 or permission format course, the student will be Prerequisite: BI 311. This course of the instructor. Examination of trained to present and critically ana- combines information from the gene expression and the techniques lyze research papers. In the first part most recent genomic projects with available for manipulating DNA, of the semester students will be traditional genetic research meth- RNA, and protein expression. instructed in critically reading and ods to provide novel understanding Course utilizes an extensive labora- evaluating primary research articles. of the role of the genome as the tory component to instruct stu- In the latter part of the semester the blueprint of life. Emphasis is dents in the practical and technical students will present primary placed on exploring the expression aspects of working with nucleic research articles from the recent and of genes in context of the activity acids. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. 178

BI 520 Bioinformatics combined stress, and Mohr’s circle. Prerequisite: BI 311. Students CIVIL 4 credits. become familiar with uses of com- ENGINEERING puters in cellular and molecular CE 206 Engineering Geology biology and are introduced to the CE 201 Statics Introduction to relationship of geo- databases available for nucleic acid Prerequisites: PH 150, M 117. logic processes and principles to and protein sequences as well as lit- Composition and resolution of engineering problems. Topics erature citations. Students work forces in two and three dimensions. include engineering properties of with modeling software that looks Equilibrium of forces in stationary rock as a construction and founda- for potential secondary structures systems. Analysis of trusses, frames, tion material, soil formation and within both protein and DNA and machines. Centroids and sec- soil profiles, and subsurface water. 3 sequences. 3 credits. ond moments of areas, distributed credits. forces and friction. 3 credits. BI 590 Special Topics in CE 218 Civil Engineering Biology/Science CE 202 Strength of Materials I Systems Course(s) covering topics in biology Prerequisite: CE 201. Elastic Prerequisites: EAS 222 or CE 205 or science that are of special or cur- behavior of structural elements (may be taken concurrently), M rent interest. 1–4 credits. under axial, flexural, and torsional 118. An introduction to civil engi- loading. Shear and bending neering design. Analyze needs, BI 595–596 Laboratory Research moment diagrams. Stress in and determine capacities, and develop I and II deformation of members, including design alternatives for civil engi- Prerequisites: biology major, con- beams, columns, and connections. neering systems. Structures, water sent of the department. Choice of 3 credits. and wastewater facilities, geotechni- a research topic, literature search, cal and transportation systems are planning of experiments, experi- CE 203 Elementary Surveying studied. 3 credits. mentation, and correlation of Prerequisite: M 115 or consent of results in a written report, under instructor. Theory and practice of CE 301 Transportation the guidance of a department facul- surveying measurements using tape, Engineering ty member. Three hours of work level, and transit. Field practice in Prerequisite: M 117. A study of per week required per credit hour. traverse surveys and leveling. Tra- planning, design, and construction Laboratory fee; 1–6 credits. verse adjustment and area computa- of transportation systems including tions. Adjustment of instruments, highways, airports, railroads, rapid BI 599 Independent Study error analysis. 3 credits. transit systems, and waterways. 3 Prerequisites: biology major, con- credits. sent of the department. Weekly CE 205 Statics and Strength of conferences with adviser. Three Materials CE 302 Building Construction hours of work per week required Prerequisite: PH 150. Effects and Introduction to the legal, architec- per credit. Opportunity for the stu- distribution of forces on rigid bod- tural, structural, mechanical, and dent, under the direction of a facul- ies at rest. Various types of force electrical aspects of building con- ty member, to explore an area of systems, friction, center of gravity, struction. Principles of drawing and personal interest. A written report centroids, and moments of inertia. specification preparation and cost of the work carried out is required. Relation between externally applied estimating. 3 credits. 1–3 credits per semester up to 6 loads and their internal effects on credits. nonrigid, deformable bodies. Stress, CE 304 Soil Mechanics strain, Hooke’s law, Poisson’s ratio, Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. bending and torsion, shear and Soil classifications. Methods of sub- moment diagrams, deflection, surface exploration. Design princi- Courses 179 ples are related to the potential CE 315 Environmental engineering. Experiments include behavior of soils subjected to vari- Engineering pipe and open channel flow; analy- ous loading conditions. Seepage Prerequisites: CH 115, CH 117, sis of various hydraulics structures, analysis. 3 credits. CE 306. Introduction to water sup- pumps and other hydraulic ply and demand. Water quantity machinery; titrimetric, gravimetric, CE 306 Hydraulics and quality. Design and operation and instrumental methods in Prerequisites: EAS 222 and M 204 principles of water and wastewater water/wastewater quality testing. or consentof instructor. The treatment, disposal, and reuse sys- 2 credits. mechanics of fluids and fluid flow. tems. Collection, recycling, and dis- Fluid statics, laminar and turbulent posal practices of solid wastes. Fun- CE 398 Internship flow. Energy, continuity, and damentals of air pollution and air Prerequisite: 60 credits toward the momentum. Analysis and design of pollution control. 3 credits. B.S. degree. A partnership consist- pipes and open channels. Orifices ing of the student, faculty, and and weirs. 3 credits. CE 323 Mechanics and employers/organizations providing Structures Laboratory exposure to and participation in a CE 309 Water Resources Prerequisite: CE 312 (may be working engineering environment. Engineering taken concurrently). Experiments The internship will translate class- Prerequisite: CE 306. Study of covering mechanics and structural room knowledge to a professional principles of water resources engi- engineering. The responses of met- work environment, and the student neering including surface and als and wood to different loading will work and learn with practicing ground water hydrology. Design of conditions are examined. Laborato- engineers while gaining professional water supply, flood control, and ry instrumentation is studied. Lab- experience. A minimum of 300 hydroelectric reservoirs. Hydraulics oratory procedures, data collection, hours performing related engineer- and design of water supply distribu- interpretation, and presentation are ing duties is required. No credit. tion and drainage collection systems emphasized. 2 credits. including pump and turbine CE 401 Foundation Design and design. Principles of probability CE 327 Soil Mechanics Construction concepts in the design of hydraulic Laboratory Prerequisite: CE 304 or consent of structures. General review of water Prerequisite: CE 304 (may be taken instructor. Application of soil and pollution control laws. 3 cred- concurrently). Experiments and lab- mechanics to foundation design, its. oratory testing in geotechnical engi- stability, settlement. Selection of neering. Lab testing includes classi- foundation type — shallow foot- CE 312 Structural Analysis fication, density, hydraulic conduc- ings, deep foundations, pile founda- Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. tivity, shear strength, and consolidations, mat foundations. Subsurface Basic structural engineering topics tion tests. Laboratory procedures exploration. 3 credits. on the analysis of beams, trusses, and data collection, interpretation, and frames. Topics include load cri- and presentation are discussed. 2 CE 403 City Planning teria and influence lines; force and credits. Prerequisite: senior standing or con- deflection analysis of beams and sent of instructor. Engineering, trusses; analysis of indeterminate CE 328 Hydraulics and social, economic, political, and legal structures by approximate methods, Environmental Laboratory aspects of city planning. Emphasis superposition, and moment distri- Prerequisite: CE 315 (may be placed on case studies of communi- bution. Computer applications and taken concurrently). Fundamentals ties in Connecticut zoning. Princi- a semester-long design-analysis of data collection, analysis, and ples and policies of redevelopment. project requiring engineering deci- presentation. Principles of technical 3 credits. sions. 4 credits (two hours lecture, report writing. Laboratory methods two hours discussion). in hydraulics and environmental 180

CE 404 Water and Wastewater CE 409 Concrete Design and forced and reinforced structures. Engineering Construction Strength, thermal, fire, and sound Prerequisite: CE 315. Physical, Prerequisite: CE 312. Analysis characteristics, testing, and specifi- chemical, and biological aspects of and design of reinforced concrete cations. 3 credits. water quality and pollution control. beams, columns, slabs, footings, Study of unit operations and retaining walls. Fundamentals of CE 414 Route Surveying processes of water, wastewater, and engineering shop drawings. Prerequisite: CE 203. A continua- wastewater residuals treatment. 3 credits. tion of elementary surveying cover- Emphasis on hydraulic and process ing principles of route surveying, design of water pollution control CE 410 Land Surveying stadia surveys, practical astronomy, facilities. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 203 or consent of aerial photography, and adjust- instructor. A study of boundary ments of instruments. Field prob- CE 405 Indeterminate Structures control and legal aspects of land lems related to classroom designs. Prerequisites: EAS 112, CE 312, surveying including deed research, 3 credits. senior standing or consent of evidence of boundary location, instructor. The analysis of statically deed description, and riparian CE 415 Traffic Engineering indeterminate structures. Topics rights. Theory of measurement and Prerequisite: CE 301 or junior sta- include approximate methods, errors, position precision, state tus. Traffic flow theory including moment distribution, conjugate plane coordinate systems, photo- data collection, data analysis, free- beam, energy methods, influence gammetry. 3 credits. ways, multilane highways, signal- lines, and an introduction to matrix ized and unsignalized intersections, methods. Computer applications CE 411 Highway Engineering intersection signal coordination. and a project requiring structural Prerequisite: CE 301 or consent of Students learn how to use several engineering decisions. 3 credits. instructor. Highway economics and computer programs to analyze traf- financing. Study of highway plan- fic flow along roadways. Projects CE 407 Professional and Ethical ning, geometric design, and capaci- deal with actual locations in the Practice of Engineering ty. Pavement and drainage design. 3 area. 3 credits. Prerequisite: senior standing or con- credits. sent of instructor. Principles of CE 450–459 Special Topics engineer-client, engineer-society, CE 412 Wood Engineering Selected topics of special or current and owner-contractor relationships Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. interest in the field of civil engi- examined from ethical, legal, and Study of the growth and structure neering. 1–3 credits. professional viewpoints. Examina- of wood and their influence on tion of codes of ethics and prepara- strength and durability, preserva- CE 500 Senior Project I tion of contract documents. 3 cred- tion, and fire protection. The analy- Prerequisite: senior standing. An its. sis and design of structural mem- introduction to project planning bers of wood using the Allowable and presentation. This course pre- CE 408 Steel Design and Stress Design method (ASD) pares the student for professional Construction including beams, columns, and practice by teaching organizational Prerequisite: CE 312. Analysis, connections. The design of wood skills, scheduling, technical writing design, and construction of steel structures. Discussion of Load for a lay audience, and oral presen- structures. Topics include tension, Resistance Factor Design (LRFD). tation. Students begin working on compression, and flexural members; 3 credits. their senior design project and use connections; members subjected to this preliminary work in their torsion; beam-columns; fabrication, CE 413 Masonry Engineering course assignments. Oral and writ- erection, and shop practice. Designs Prerequisite: EAS 222 or CE 205. ten presentations will update the will be based on Load Resistance The design and analysis of brick class on the progress of the project. Factor Design (LRFD). 3 credits. and concrete masonry non-rein- 3 credits. Courses 181

CE 501 Senior Project II CE 599 Independent Study action for the project, obtains Prerequisite: CE 500. Supervised Prerequisites: consent of instructor approval from the faculty adviser, individual or group project. The and department chair. Opportunity makes oral reports of work in project may be the preparation of a for the student to explore an area progress, and presents a formal set of contract documents for the of interest under the direction of a project proposal. 3 credits. construction of a civil engineering faculty member. Course must be facility, research work with a report, initiated by the student and CEN 458 Senior Design or a project approved by the faculty approved by the supervising faculty. Laboratory adviser. 3 credits. 1–3 credits. Prerequisite: CEN 457. Students complete the design planned in CE 505 Solid Waste Management CEN 457. This course provides stu- Prerequisite: CE 315. Character- COMPUTER dents with experience at a profes- istics, volume, collection, and dis- ENGINEERING sional level with engineering proj- posal of solid waste and refuse. ects that involve analysis, design, Design of processing, recycling, and CEN 398 Internship construction of prototypes, and recovery equipment; landfill design Prerequisite: junior standing. A evaluation of results. Projects and operation; resource recovery; partnership consisting of the stu- involving both hardware and soft- incineration. 3 credits. dent, faculty, and employers/organi- ware are encouraged. A final report zations providing exposure to and presentation and a formal written CE 520 Engineering Hydrology participation in a working engineer- report are required. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 309. Theory, ing environment. The internship methods, and applications of will translate classroom knowledge CEN 599 Independent Study hydrology to contemporary engi- to a professional work environment, Prerequisites: consent of instructor neering problems. Methods of data as the student works and learns and department chair. Opportunity collection and analysis as well as with practicing engineers while for the student to explore an area of design procedures are presented for gaining professional experience. A interest under the direction of a fac- typical engineering problems. Spe- minimum of 300 hours performing ulty member. Course must be initi- cific topics to be considered within related engineering duties is ated by the student. 1–3 credits. this framework include the rain- required. No credit. fall/runoff process, hydrograph analysis, hydrologic routing, urban CEN 450–456 Special Topics CHEMISTRY runoff, storm water models, and Special topics of selected interest in flood frequency analysis. 3 credits. the study of computer engineering. CH 103 Introduction to General 3 credits. Chemistry CE 523 Open Channel Introductory course for students Hydraulics CEN 457 Design Preparation without a high school chemistry Prerequisite: CE 309. Basic theories Prerequisite: senior standing. This background. Fundamentals of of open channel flow are presented course offers the student time and chemistry including topics such as and corresponding equations devel- guidance in selecting a topic for the elements, compounds, nomencla- oped. Methods of calculating uni- senior design course (CEN 458), ture, and practical applications. CH form/steady flow; gradually varied which follows this one. Suitable 104 is taken concurrently with CH flow; and rapid, spatially varied, design projects may be suggested by 103. 3 credits. unsteady flow are investigated. the student, the faculty, or contacts Flow through bridge piers, transi- in industry. Projects involving both CH 104 Introduction to General tions, and culverts; backwater hardware and software are encour- Chemistry Laboratory curves and the design of open aged. Each student carries out a lit- To be taken with CH 103. Experi- channels. 3 credits. erature search on the topic, prepares ments include systems of measure- a written proposal with a plan of ment, the measurement of physical 182 properties, determination of per- stoichiometry, heats of reaction, gas CH 221 Instrumental Methods centage of composition, chemical laws, types of reactions and simple of Analysis with Laboratory formulas, and chemical reactions. 1 organic synthesis. 1 credit. Prerequisites: CH 201, CH 203, credit hour. CH 211, or consent of instructor. CH 118 General Chemistry II Theory and applications of various CH 105 Introduction to General Laboratory instrumental methods with empha- and Organic Chemistry with To be taken with CH 116. Experi- sis on ultraviolet, visible, atomic Laboratory ments include colligative properties absorption, fluorescence, infrared Fundamentals of general and organ- of solutions, quantitative measure- and nuclear magnetic resonance ic chemistry: atomic structure and ments of chemical reaction rates, spectroscopy; mass spectrometry; properties of compounds, stoi- equilibrium constants, the common gas and liquid chromatography; and chiometry and reactions, energy ion effect, pH, buffers, and electro- potentiometry. Laboratory analysis relationships, states of matter, solu- chemical cells. 1 credit. of samples by methods discussed in tions, hydrocarbons, and classes of the lecture. 4 credits. organic compounds. 4 credits. CH 201–202 Organic Chemistry I and II CH 321–322 Plastics and CH 115 General Chemistry I Prerequisites: CH 116, CH 118. Polymer Chemistry I and II Prerequisite: high school algebra or Common reactions in aliphatic and Prerequisites: CH 116, CH 118, M 109, CH 103, CH 105 or one aromatic chemistry with emphasis CH 202, CH 204. All phases of the unit of high school chemistry or on functional groups and reaction plastics and polymers field, includ- written qualifying exam. Brief mechanisms. CH 203 and CH 204 ing the chemistry involved, meth- review of fundamentals including are taken concurrently with CH ods of production, physical proper- stoichiometry, atomic structure, and 201–202. 3 credits each term. ties, and the uses of specific poly- chemical bonding. Other topics mers. 3 credits each semester. include thermochemistry, gas laws, CH 203–204 Organic Chemistry and an introduction to organic and I and II Laboratory CH 331–332 Physical Chemistry biochemistry. Intended primarily To be taken with CH 201–202. I and II for science/engineering majors. CH Some of the techniques, reactions, Prerequisites: CH 116, PH 205, M 117 is taken concurrently with CH and syntheses commonly employed 203 (may be taken concurrently). 115. 3 credits. in the organic chemistry laboratory Kinetic theory of gases, thermody- are covered on microscale level namics, phase equilibria, transport CH 116 General Chemistry II including qualitative organic analy- and surface phenomena, kinetics, Prerequisites: CH 115, CH 117 or sis and FTIR analysis. 1 credit each quantum mechanics, atomic and the equivalent. Topics include prop- term. molecular spectroscopy. 3 credits erties of solutions; nuclear chem- each semester. istry; rates of chemical reactions; CH 211 Quantitative Analysis chemical equilibria including pH, with Laboratory CH 333–334 Physical Chemistry acid-base, common ion effect, Prerequisites: CH 116, CH 118. I and II Laboratory buffers, and solubility products; Theory and applications of acid- To be taken with CH 331–332. thermodynamics. Problems in each base, solubility, complex-formation, Laboratory training in vacuum line area include environmental applica- and oxidation-reduction equilibria techniques and real-time collection tions. CH 118 is taken concurrent- to quantitative chemical analysis; of temperature, pressure, and spec- ly with CH 116. 3 credits. introduction to statistics and evalu- trophotometric data by microcom- ation of results. Laboratory analysis puter. Experiments include diffu- CH 117 General Chemistry I of samples by gravimetric and volu- sion, velocity, and heat capacities of Laboratory metric methods. 4 credits. gases; calorimetry; phase diagrams To be taken with CH 115. Experi- of mixtures; electro-chemical prop- ments include percent composition, erties, kinetics of fast reactions, Courses 183 enzyme and oscillating reactions; ance of a member of the depart- and reaction mechanisms including rotational-vibrational spectroscopy. ment. A final thesis report is sub- catalysis and photochemistry. 1 credit each semester. mitted. 2 credits. Bioinorganic chemistry and ionic solids will be covered as time per- CH 341 Synthetic Methods in CH 452–455 Special Topics in mits. 3 credits. Chemistry Chemistry Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. CH 599 Independent Study CH 221. A one-semester laboratory In-depth study of topics chosen Prerequisite: consent of instructor. course covering the synthesis and from areas of particular and current Opportunity for the student, under characterization of inorganic and interest to chemistry and chemical the direction of a faculty member, organic compounds. Performance engineering students. 1–4 credits. to explore an area of interest. This of a variety of reactions and chemi- course may be used to do prelimi- cal manipulations with a focus on CH 471 Industrial Chemistry nary work on the topic studied for advanced laboratory techniques: Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 211, Thesis (CH 451). 1–4 credits. handling air-sensitive materials, use CH 221, CH 332. A course to of cryogenic conditions, separation bridge the gap from the academic and purification, isolation of natu- to the industrial world. Topics CRIMINAL JUSTICE ral products, experimental design, include material accounting, energy and safety procedures. A selection accounting, chemical transport, CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal of methods for transition metal, reactor design, process development Justice main-group element, and aromatic and control. 3 credits. Survey of criminal justice system and aliphatic organic syntheses. with emphasis on prosecution, cor- Characterization of compounds by CH 501 Advanced Organic rections, and societal reaction to UV, IR, NMR, mass spectrometry, Chemistry offenders. Retribution, rehabilita- and other instrumental methods. Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204. tion, deterrence, and incapacitation Eight hours of laboratory per week. This course focuses on four topics: serve as generic frames of reference 4 credits. mechanisms of organic chemistry and theoretical points of departure reactions, fundamentals of synthesis for analyzing the dispositional and CH 411 Chemical Literature of complex molecules, organic correctional processes. The course Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, chemistry of biologically important focuses on the process from the CH 332. Acquaints the student molecules, and an introduction to police and prosecution through the with the chemical literature and its medical chemistry. An underlying courts, and from the courts through use. Assignments include library theme throughout this course is the the correctional system. 3 credits. searches and online STN searching. relationship between chemical 1 credit. structure and the function and reac- CJ 102 Criminal Law tivity of organic compounds. 3 The scope, purpose, and definitions CH 412 Seminar credits. of substantive criminal law: crimi- Prerequisite: CH 411. The student nal liability, major elements of CH 521 Advanced Inorganic researches a specific current topic in statutory and common law offenses Chemistry chemical research or applied chem- (with some reference to the Con- Prerequisite: CH 331. Corequisite: istry and presents a formal seminar necticut Penal Code), and signifi- CH 332. Review of atomic struc- to the faculty and students. 1 credit. cant defenses. 3 credits. ture and introduction to group the- CH 451 Thesis with Laboratory ory and symmetry. The chemistry of transition metal complexes and CJ 105 Introduction to Security Prerequisites: CH 202, CH 204, General survey of the major histori- CH 211, CH 221, CH 332. An organometallic compounds with emphasis on bonding and structure, cal, legal, and practical develop- original investigation in the labora- ments and problems of security. tory and/or library under the guid- physical and chemical properties, 184

Course stresses the components, ment facilities such as halfway CJ 221 Juvenile Justice System organization, and objectives of secu- houses and community-based treat- Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 111. rity; the trend toward professional- ment programs. 3 credits. Analysis of stages and decisions ization; the role of security in the made at critical junctures of the public and private sectors and its CJ 210 Ethnic and Gender Issues juvenile justice process. Topics relationship to management. 3 in Criminal Justice include an analysis of Supreme credits. Introduction to issues of diversity Court treatment of juvenile justice within the criminal justice system. issues and the ability of the juvenile CJ 201 Principles of Criminal The course focuses on prejudice justice system to respond to juvenile Investigation and discrimination along with crime. Focus on the processing of Introduction to criminal investiga- other special problems experienced juveniles through the system and tion in the field. Conducting the by women, gays, and various ethnic the special problems unique to crime scene search, interviewing and racial minority groups in deal- juvenile justice. 3 credits. (See also witnesses, interrogating suspects, ing with the criminal justice system. SO 231.) methods of surveillance, and the 3 credits. special techniques employed in par- CJ 226 Industrial Security ticular kinds of investigation. 3 CJ 217 Criminal Procedure I Prerequisite: CJ 105. Concepts of credits. Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102. An security as it integrates with indus- inquiry into the nature and scope trial management systems presented CJ 203 Security Administration of the U.S. Constitution as it relates along with industrial security An overview of security systems to criminal procedures. Areas dis- requirements and standards, alarms found in retail, industrial, and gov- cussed include the law of search and surveillance devices, animate ernmental agencies; the legal frame- and seizure, arrests, confessions, and security approaches, costing, plan- work for security operations; and identification. 3 credits. ning, and engineering. Principles of the administrative and procedural safety practices and regulations, fire processes in security management. CJ 218 Criminal Procedure II prevention, property conservation, 3 credits. and Evidence occupational hazards, and personal Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102. safeguards. 3 credits. CJ 205 Introduction to Forensic Legal doctrines employed in con- Psychology trolling the successive stages of the CJ 250 Scientific Methods in Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 111. This criminal process. Rules of law relat- Criminal Justice course provides an overview of the ed to wiretapping and lineups, pre- Prerequisites: CJ 100; M 109 or M various applications of psychology trial decision-making, juvenile jus- 127. Introduction to the use of sci- to forensic settings. Topics include tice, and trial. 3 credits. entific methods and logic in the criminal investigation and profil- human service professions. Topics ing, personnel selection, dynamics CJ 220 Legal Issues in include science and the scientific of violence and victimology, eye- Corrections approach to problem solving, the witness testimony, trial processes, Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 217, logic of causal inference, problem and a variety of other areas within junior standing. Examination of and hypothesis formulation, the use the criminal and civil justice sys- the legal foundations of correc- of experimental designs, laboratory tems. 3 credits. tional practice and review of methods, survey research methods, recent judicial decisions that are and measurement issues in human CJ 209 Correctional Treatment altering the correctional environ- services. 3 credits. Programs ment. An analysis of the factors Prerequisite: CJ 100. Various treat- and forces that are creating a CJ 251 Quantitative Applications ment modalities employed in the climate of significant reform in in Criminal Justice rehabilitation of offenders. Field corrections. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CJ 250. Introduction visits to various correctional treat- to the use of quantitative analysis Courses 185 through study of the basic statistical and total institutions and examines CJ 333 Police Civil Liability tools and databases used in human their similarities and dissimilarities Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 102, CJ services. Emphasis will be on with particular emphasis on their 217, or consent of instructor. applied applications of quantitative implications for criminal justice. 3 Overview of types of civil liability methods in service delivery systems. credits. lawsuits brought against law 4 credits. enforcement officers. Exploration of CJ 311 Criminology ways to relieve the pressures of this CJ 300 History of Criminal Prerequisites: CJ 100, P 111, SO potential liability. Emphasis placed Justice 113. An examination of principles on negligence and intentional torts. Prerequisite: CJ 100. The develop- and concepts of criminal behavior; 3 credits. ment of the major CJ elements criminological theory; the nature, including police, prisons, proba- extent, and distribution of crime; CJ 345 Police and Investigative tion, and parole. Significant histori- legal and societal reaction to crime. Psychology cal events and philosophical postu- 3 credits. (See also SO 311.) Prerequisite: CJ 205. This course lates as they pertain to this develop- focuses on the functions of the ment. 3 credits. CJ 312 The Police and Crime police psychologist, such as candi- Control date screening, stress management CJ 301 Group Dynamics in Prerequisite: CJ 100. The changing and counseling, hostage negotia- Criminal Justice role, perspectives, and operational tions, critical incident debriefing Prerequisites: CJ 205, P 111. strategies of policing as they relate and fitness-for-duty evaluations. Analysis of theory and applied to the crime control function of the Application of psychological princi- methods in the area of group police. The focus is on innovative, ples to investigation strategies such process. Focus on both individual promising, emerging, or “futuristic” as profiling and forensic hypnosis roles and group development as and often highly controversial are also explored. 3 credits. they relate to criminal justice issues. police practices, programs, and Experiential exercises are included. approaches to law enforcement as CJ 350 Leadership and 3 credits. well as on selective community Management in Human Services crime prevention efforts undertaken Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- CJ 306 Security Problems in conjunction with, under the aus- ing. An in-depth view of leadership Seminar pices of, or independently of the and management skills in a variety Prerequisites: CJ 105, CJ 203. An police department. Special attention of criminal justice and human serv- analysis of special problem areas will be devoted to police brutality, ice settings. Special focus on prob- including college and university the use of deadly force and its con- lem solving and quality control in campuses, hospitals, hotel/motels, sequences, including high-speed agencies. 3 credits. etc. Also, special problems concern- police pursuits. 3 credits. ing computer protection, bank CJ 357 Legal Psychology security, executive personnel pro- CJ 315 Domestic Violence Prerequisite: CJ 205. This course tection, credit cards, case law and Introduction to the study of family focuses on the study of human legal aspects, control of proprietary violence issues. Typology and histo- behavior and cognitions within the information, and white collar ry of family abuse, responses to legal and criminal justice system. crime. 3 credits. family violence, and public policy Special emphasis is given to the issues are the focus of study. Issues contributions of legal and cognitive CJ 310 Criminal Justice in domestic violence, sexual abuse, psychology in understanding the Institutions emotional abuse, elder abuse, child criminal and civil legal system. Top- Prerequisite: CJ 300. Examination abuse, treatment approaches, and ics include eyewitness testimony, of the societal and psychological legal guidelines. 3 credits. jury decision-making, confession implications of various types of evidence, and punishment and sen- institutions. Includes both social tencing. 3 credits. 186

CJ 365 Law, Psychology and the tion of investigation and critical- CJ 413 Victim Law and Service Mental Health System thinking strategies to the problems Administration This class reviews the civil and of child abuse, neglect, and domes- Prerequisite: CJ 411. Introduces criminal law as it relates to mental tic violence. Assessment, decision- the study of crime victims’ legal health issues. Particular emphasis is making, and case management rights and the services available to given to the justification of mental strategies are explored. 3 credits. crime victims within the criminal health law concepts, such as civil justice system and in other settings. commitment and parens patriae CJ 409 Adult Intervention Topics include victim assistance power. Topics include competence Strategies programs from law enforcement to stand trial, insanity, civil com- Prerequisite: CJ 408. A comprehen- through the courts and corrections mitment, sexual predator commit- sive investigation of mental health systems as well as community- ment statutes, confidentiality, duty and correctional systems, including based advocacy and support. This to warn, informed consent, mal- residential and community-based study of victim services is integrat- practice, and issues of expert testi- treatment. Particular attention is ed with a focus on the underlying mony. Legal cases are examined to placed on strategies for dealing with legal structure of crime victim give the students a foundation in resistant clients. Students develop statutory and constitutional rights actual legal case law. Ethical issues critical-thinking skills relating to including notification, participa- and issues of professional responsi- best practices in a variety of set- tion, protection, and financial bility are covered. 3 credits. tings. 3 credits. remedies (e.g., restitution, compensation, and civil litigation) as well CJ 400 Criminal Justice CJ 410 Legal Issues in Private as other rights. Practical program Problems Seminar Security management, evaluation, and Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 300. An Examines legal problems affecting funding issues are incorporated. examination of theoretical and the private security industry and 3 credits. philosophical issues affecting the ways to prevent loss from litigation. administration of justice: the prob- Includes intentional torts, negli- CJ 414 Legal Rights of Crime lems of reconciling legal and theo- gence, agency, contracts and law of Victims retical ideals in various sectors of arrest, search and seizure, and inter- Prerequisite: CJ 100. Introduces the the criminal justice system with the rogation by citizens. 3 credits. study of crime victims’ rights within realities of practice. 3 credits. the justice system. Topics include CJ 411 Victimology victim-witness programs, victim CJ 402 Police in Society Introduction to the principles and impact statements, victim notifica- Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 300. concepts of victimology, analysis of tion laws, compensation schemes, Acquaints students with the major victimization patterns and trends, and victims’ rights legislation. 3 developments and trends of polic- and responses to criminal victimiza- credits. ing in a free society. Emphasis tion. 3 credits. placed on American police and the CJ 420 Advanced Investigative role of the police in a democracy. CJ 412 Substance Abuse and Techniques Further emphasis placed on the Addictive Behavior Prerequisites: CJ 201, CJ 215, CJ examination of the interactions Course provides an overview of 218, and junior/senior standing. An between the police and the commu- drug use and addictive behavior as in-depth study of the principles and nities they serve. 3 credits. they relate to law enforcement and techniques associated with the col- correctional treatment issues; cur- lection and documenting of infor- CJ 408 Child and Family rent estimate is that 80–90 percent mation obtained during an investi- Intervention Strategies of violent crime in the United gation. Addresses the many sources Prerequisites: P 111, P 336, CJ States is correlated with alcohol and of information, utilization of 205, CJ 209, CJ 301. This course drug use. 3 credits. informants, the use of hypnosis, introduces students to the applica- polygraph, advanced strategies for Courses 187 interviews and investigations, and CJ 475 Senior Seminar in includes classroom discussions to provides documentation tech- Forensic Psychology facilitate a better understanding of niques. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CJ 205, CJ 357, CJ the issues presented during the 365, senior standing. This course internship experience. 3 credits. CJ 425 White Collar Crime explores a series of contemporary Investigation rotating research topics in law and CJ 520 Computer Crime: Legal Prerequisite: CJ 201. This advanced psychology that allows students to Issues and Investigation course in white-collar crime investi- take an in-depth examination of a Procedures gation focuses on the history, phi- single area of study. Areas explored Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher losophy, evolution and types of may include jury decision-making in CS 107 or an equivalent course, white-collar crimes. This course models, forensic assessment, wrong- junior or senior standing, and con- examines the various types of white- ful conviction, death penalty, and sent of instructor. An overview of collar offenses and explores how trial consulting. 3 credits. computer crime and the procedures and why such crimes are commit- that forensic computing specialists, ted. The course also explores the CJ 498 Research Project law enforcement investigators, and various laws used to combat such Prerequisite: consent of the depart- prosecutors must invoke to prose- offenses and considers the investiga- ment chair. The student carries out cute computer criminals successful- tive techniques used to identify an original research project in a ly. 3 credits. those engaged in such activity. In criminal justice setting and reports addition, the course explores the the findings. 3 credits. CJ 522 Computers, Technology, profile of the modern white-collar and Criminal Justice Information offender and the role of various fed- CJ 500A Criminal Justice Pre- Management Systems eral law-enforcement agencies Internship Prerequisite: consent of instructor. responsible for investigating white- Prerequisite: junior standing in CJ. An introduction to information sys- collar crime. 3 credits. This course helps students to gain tems used within the criminal jus- full understanding and appreciation tice system. Overview of existing CJ 440 Death Investigation— of the internship experience. Stu- criminal justice information systems Scene to Court dents become acquainted with with implications for future needs. Prerequisites: CJ 201, FOR 215, or work rules in criminal justice agen- Analysis of the impact of science FOR 216 and FOR 415, senior cies and receive guidance in select- and technology on criminal justice standing as criminal justice or ing an internship for their particu- agencies. 3 credits. forensic science major, or consent lar interest. A key issue is extended of instructor. An in-depth study of discussion of criminal justice ethics CJ 523 Internet Vulnerabilities the principles and techniques asso- as related to the various aspects of and Criminal Activity ciated with investigating homicides; the criminal justice system. Stu- Prerequisites: a grade of C or higher suicides; and accidental, natural, or dents are required to complete the in CS 107 or an equivalent course, equivocal deaths. While considering CJ 500A course prior to enrolling a grade of C or higher in CJ 520, the sociological, psychological, and in the CJ 500B internship experi- junior or senior standing, and con- legal aspects typically found in these ence. 3 credits. sent of instructor. This course pro- cases, the process takes the student vides appropriate strategies for the from the scene to the court—crimi- CJ 500B Criminal Justice proper documentation, preparation, nal or civil. 3 credits. Internship and presentation of investigations Prerequisites: CJ 500A and consent involving the Internet, and familiar- CJ 450–459 Special Topics of department chair. Provides field izes students with legal information A study of selected issues of particu- experience with selected federal, that impacts Internet investigations. lar interest to the students and state, or local criminal justice agen- 3 credits. instructor. 3 credits. cies under faculty supervision, guidance, and review. The course 188

CJ 524 Network Security, Data CJ 528 Computer Viruses and CJ 541 Problem Solving: Protection, and Malicious Code Planning, Analysis, and Telecommunication This course addresses theoretical Evaluation Prerequisite: consent of instructor. and practical issues surrounding Prerequisite: senior standing. An A comprehensive introduction to computer viruses. 3 credits. advanced seminar utilizing the skills network security issues, concepts, developed in preceding research and technologies. The core tech- CJ 529 Practical Issues in methods and program evaluation nologies of access control, cryptog- Cryptography courses. The focus is on integrating raphy, digital signatures, authentica- Includes examples of current and and developing an effective yet flex- tion, network firewalls, and net- historical cryptography and stego- ible problem-solving schema for work security services are reviewed nagraphic systems; major types of criminal justice and human service along with issues of security policy cryptosystems and cryptanalytic agencies. Quantitative and qualita- and risk management. 3 credits. techniques and how they operate; tive solutions are stressed to fit the hands-on experience with current appropriate problem. Field prob- CJ 525 Information Systems cryptographic technology. 3 credits. lems will be solicited. 3 credits. Threats, Attacks, and Defenses This course provides an overview of CJ 530 Investigating Financial CJ 555 Crime Prevention the actors, motives, and methods Crimes Through Environmental Design used in the commission of comput- Study of principles and techniques Prerequisite: CJ 100. Analysis of er-related crimes, and describes the associated with investigating finan- theory and applied methods of methods used by organizations to cial crimes. Emphasis on case-study crime prevention using environ- prevent, detect, and respond to approach to understanding financial mental design methods. Experien- these crimes. 3 credits. crimes investigation. 3 credits. tial exercises are included. 3 credits.

CJ 526 Firewall and Secure CJ 535 Global Perspectives on CJ 556 Problem-Oriented Enterprise Computing Crime and Justice Policing This course covers theory and prac- Affords students the opportunity to Prerequisite: CJ 100. An in-depth tices of Internet firewalls and many explore a number of foreign systems examination of problem-oriented of the details and vulnerabilities of with emphasis on policing. Differ- policing, including examination of the IP and embedded protocol sites. ent perspectives of crime problems the SARA model, specialized tac- In the laboratory and online por- will be looked at through the prism tics, and methods of community tion of the course students con- of foreign culture. 3 credits. analysis. 3 credits. struct, deploy, and test a real firewall against common Internet CJ 540 Computer Applications CJ 557 Crime Mapping and attacks. 3 credits. in Research and Program Analysis Evaluation Prerequisite: CJ 100. Survey of GIS CJ 527 Internet Investigations Prerequisites: CJ 250, CJ 251; M research and applications in the and Audit-Based Computer 109 or M 127. An advanced course field of public safety, including Forensics reviewing major statistical packages analysis of hot spots, density pat- Theory and techniques for tracking and models employed in the analy- terns, and forecasts of crime pat- attackers across the Internet and sis of criminal justice and human terns. 3 credits. gaining forensic information from services data. Students learn analytic computer systems. The course techniques using real data sets. Pro- CJ 558 Leadership Issues in includes case studies of Internet- gram evaluation needs are studied Policing based crimes and addresses limits of and tested. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CJ 100. Study of lead- forensic techniques. 3 credits. ership within modern police organizations. Experiential exercises are included. 3 credits. Courses 189

CJ 565 Investigating Wrongful with emphasis on equipment interest. 3 credits. Convictions design. Use of microscopic and Prerequisite: consent of instructor. macroscopic balances, continuity CM 316 Transport Operations II A research-oriented course that and Navier-Stokes principles, and Prerequisite: CM 220, CM 310 or focuses on investigating the circum- turbulent flow theories to develop CM 315. Application of transport stances surrounding how and why a mathematical models of physical phenomena principles to systems particular wrongful conviction may systems with applications in fluid involving momentum, heat, and have occurred in the Connecticut mechanics and thermal energy mass transfer with emphasis on courts. Emphasis is on best prac- transport. Topics include design of equipment design. Topics include tices to prevent future wrongful piping systems, flow instruments, design of staged separation equip- convictions. This course is restricted filters, heat exchangers, evaporators, ment for distillation, extraction and to senior investigative services and others of current interest. Lab- leaching, absorption, and others of majors and graduate students in the oratory work includes experiments current interest. 3 credits. forensic science program. 3 credits. in fluid flow and heat transfer, computer simulation, oral and written CM 321 Reaction Kinetics and CJ 599 Independent Study reports. 4 credits. Reactor Design Prerequisite: consent of department Prerequisite: CM 220. Corequisite: chair. An opportunity for the stu- CM 311 Chemical Engineering M 203. Homogeneous and hetero- dent, under the direction of a facul- Thermodynamics geneous catalyzed and noncatalyzed ty member, to explore and acquire Prerequisite: EAS 224. Applications reaction kinetics for flow and batch competence in a special area of of the first and second laws of ther- chemical reactors. Application of interest. 1–3 credits. modynamics to batch and flow kinetic data to both isothermal and processes important in chemical nonisothermal reactor design. This engineering for homogeneous and course is intended for both chemists CHEMICAL heterogeneous systems, mixtures, and chemical engineers. 3 credits. ENGINEERING and pure materials. Topics include phase and chemical equilibria, CM 401 Mass Transfer CM 220 Process Analysis chemical reactions, thermochem- Operations Prerequisites: CH 116 or EAS 120; istry, thermodynamic properties, Prerequisites: CM 220 or consent EAS 211, EAS 213, M 118. An and miscibility. 3 credits. of instructor; EAS 224. Corequisite: introduction to the profession of M 204. Advanced topics in diffu- chemical engineering and the appli- CM 315 Transport Operations I sion and mass transfer in solids, liq- cation of material and energy bal- Prerequisites: EAS 224, M 203. uids, and gases. Topics include ances to the solution of chemical Application of transport phenome- Fick’s law, mass transfer coefficients, engineering problems. Analysis and na principles to systems involving mass transfer correlation, interphase design of processes using physical momentum, heat, and mass transfer transfer, unsteady state mass trans- property estimation methods, mass with emphasis on equipment fer, adsorption, membrane separa- balances, and energy balances. Typi- design. Use of microscopic and tions, humidification and drying. cal processes include sequences of macroscopic balances, continuity Application to the analysis and mixing, separation, and reaction and Navier-Stokes principles, and design of mass transfer controlled steps. 3 credits. turbulent flow theories to develop process equipment. 3 credits. mathematical models of physical CM 310 Transport Operations I systems with applications in fluid CM 410 Transport Operations II with Laboratory mechanics, thermal energy trans- with Laboratory Prerequisites: EAS 224, M 203. port, and mass transfer. Topics Prerequisite: CM 220, CM 310 or Application of transport phenome- include design of piping systems, CM 315. Application of transport na principles to systems involving filters, heat exchangers, evaporators, phenomena principles to systems momentum, heat, and mass transfer absorbers and others of current involving momentum, heat, and 190 mass transfer with emphasis on the design of process systems. Top- trollers and distributed control sys- equipment design. Topics include ics include cost estimation, hazard tems. 4 credits. design of staged separation equip- and safety analysis, ethical concerns, ment for distillation, extraction and preliminary design techniques, opti- CM 450–459 Special Topics in leaching, absorption, and others of mization, computer-aided design Chemical Engineering current interest. Laboratory work (using ASPEN PLUS), alternative Prerequisite: consent of instructor. includes experiments in mass trans- designs, and technical reports. Intensive study of some aspects of fer, reactor systems, computer sim- Methods include team and individ- chemical engineering not covered ulation, oral and written reports. ual assignments, oral and written in the more general courses. 1–4 4 credits. presentations. 3 credits. credits.

CM 411 Chemical Engineering CM 421 Plant and Process CM 501/502 Senior Project I Laboratory Design and II Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315; Prerequisites: CM 420 and senior Prerequisites: senior standingand CM 316 or CM 410. Laboratory standing. A capstone course in the consent of course instructor (faculty work includes experiments in fluid design of processing plants and adviser) and program director. Stu- flow, heat transfer, mass transfer, equipment, applying principles dent should propose an original, and reactor systems. Focus on from transport operations, thermo- significant problem or theory. The Design of Experiments (DOE), dynamics, kinetics, and economics. investigation should include at least planning, data analysis and presen- Students work individually and in two of the following elements: the- tation, team work, and oral and groups to develop flow sheets, select oretical analysis, mathematical or written reports. Students gain expe- equipment, specify operating condi- computer modeling, optimal design rience using industrial control hard- tions, and analyze designs from methods, and laboratory experi- ware for data acquisition and con- technical, economic, and safety per- mentation. Weekly conferences trol. 3 credits. spectives. Extensive report writing with adviser; final written and oral and oral presentations. 3 credits. report with format to be deter- CM 415 Process Dynamics and mined by faculty adviser. 3 credits Control CM 431 Process Dynamics and per term. Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315 Control with Laboratory or ME 321; EAS 230, M 204. Fun- Prerequisites: CM 310 or CM 315 CM 521 Air Pollution damental principles of chemical or ME 321; EAS 230, M 204. Fun- Fundamentals process dynamics used in the meas- damental principles of chemical Prerequisite: consent of instructor. urement and control of process process dynamics used in the meas- An introduction to the sources of variables such as temperature, pres- urement and control of process air pollution, the transport of sure, and flow rate. Development of variables such as temperature, pres- gaseous and particulate pollutants linear and nonlinear dynamic sure, and flow rate. Development of in the atmosphere on local and process models, stability analysis, linear and nonlinear dynamic global scales, transformations of and control system design using process models, stability analysis, pollutants by atmospheric process- analytical and computer methods. and control system design using es, the impact of pollutants on the Analysis, design, and tuning of analytical and computer methods. environment, the control of sources process loops using computer simu- Laboratory assignments stress the of air pollution, and legislative lations. 3 credits. analysis, design, and tuning of mandates. Introduction to meteoro- process loops using computer simu- logical concepts and computer CM 420 Process Design lations and industrial control equip- transport models. Current issues Principles ment on pilot-scale process equip- such as ozone depletion and global Corequisites: CM 321, CM 410 or ment. Students gain experience warming will also be discussed. CM 316; EAS 232. Study and using industrial control hardware 3 credits. application of principles needed in such as programmable logic con- Courses 191

CM 599 Independent Study tional and written. Culture train- writing television and radio news, Prerequisites: consent of faculty ing through exposure to Chinese news releases, speeches, public serv- supervisor and program director. arts, history, economics, and socie- ice announcements, and film docu- Opportunity for the student, under ty. 3 credits. mentaries. Emphasis is placed on the direction of a faculty member, firsthand practical experience to explore an area of personal inter- CN 204 Chinese Language and assignments and criticism of com- est. Weekly conferences with super- Literature pleted copy. 3 credits. visor; final written (and possibly Prerequisite: CN 201 or consent of oral) report with format to be instructor. Advanced study of Chi- CO 103 Audio in Media determined by faculty supervisor. nese language. Extensive reading of Concerned with sound as used in 1–4 credits. Chinese classical and modern fic- radio, television, and film. Course tion, drama, and poetry. 3 credits. entails lectures, demonstration, and lab practice of sound produc- CHINESE CN 450–459 Special Topics tion and transmission. Laboratory Selected topics of special or current fee; 3 credits. CN 101 Conversational Chinese I interest in the study of Chinese. Oral Chinese for beginners. 3 credits. CO 109 Communication for Emphasis on using Chinese for Management and Business communication in daily life. Teach- Prerequisite: CO 100. Introduction es basic conversational sentences COMMUNICATION to the concepts and skills needed to and vocabulary quickly through communicate effectively in business word substitution and extension CO 100 Human Communication and professional settings. Students practice. Taught in phonetic Eng- Competencies and skills needed to develop communication competen- lish spelling (Chinese spelling sys- communicate effectively in varied cy by focusing on communication tem known as IIan Yu Pin Yin) personal, relational, and profession- activities common to business and with exposure to the simplified al contexts. Communication service organizations. Interpersonal Chinese characters. Incidental refer- process, verbal/nonverbal commu- communication, group and meet- ences to Chinese history, culture, nication, listening, persuasion, con- ing communication, listening skills, and business. Open only to stu- flict management, and group deci- interviewing, speeches, public and dents with no previous knowledge sion-making are studied in interper- instructional presentations, and of Chinese. 3 credits. sonal, public, mass, and organiza- negotiation are stressed. 3 credits. tional settings. Students are assisted CN 102 Conversational Chinese II in developing skills appropriate to CO 114 Production Prerequisite: CN 101 or consent real-life situations. Recommended Fundamentals of instructor. Builds on the Chi- for all students regardless of major. Introduction to theory and tech- nese language skills developed in 3 credits. nique in sound and video media. CN 101 and develops speaking Several team projects will provide a abilities through class practice and CO 101 Fundamentals of Mass fundamental production orientation grammatical drills. Additional Communication in each medium as well as provide Chinese characters studied step by Corequisite: CO 100. Introduction the environment to discuss goals step. 3 credits. to the mass media of newspapers, and objectives of production. Labo- film, magazines, radio, television, ratory fee; 3 credits. CN 201 Chinese Language and trade publications, and public rela- Culture tions. Course emphasizes media’s CO 200 Theories of Group Prerequisite: CN 102 or consent impact on society. 3 credits. Communication of instructor. Advanced study of Prerequisite: CO 100. Focus is on Chinese language, both conversa- CO 102 Writing for the Media the dynamics of communication A study of drills and exercises in and group processes including lead- 192 ership styles, team building, task ic elements of television produc- and organizational communication and maintenance functions, prob- tion. Course provides basic ground- settings are examined. 3 credits. lem-solving and decision-making, ing in the art and craft of the medi- and conflict management. Students um. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. CO 302 Social Impact of Media develop communication skills Prerequisite: CO 101. Examines through class activities designed to CO 214 Elements of Film such problems as regulatory con- maximize effective decision-making Prerequisite: CO 114 or consent of trol of the media, law and ethics, and evaluation. 3 credits. instructor. Stresses the understand- and the behavioral aspects of mass ing of film as a creative form of and interpersonal communication. CO 203 Radio Production communication. Student is intro- Students examine the variety of Prerequisite: CO 103 or consent of duced to basic techniques of media writing and commence instructor. Theory and practice of motion picture production through writing their own media messages. techniques involved in the function lectures, audiovisual activity, and 3 credits. and operation of a radio station. small-group involvement. Laborato- Microphone techniques, engineer- ry fee; 3 credits. CO 306 Public Relations Systems ing operations, transmitter readings, and Practices logging, and programming are CO 220 Film Production I This course makes students aware included. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. Prerequisite: CO 214. Involves the of the depth and sensitivity of the transformation of an original idea role of public relations in today’s CO 205 Intercultural into film: initial analysis, proposed business environment. Orients Communication treatment plan, sequencing, film students to career paths utilizing Prerequisite: CO 100. A theoretical scripting, preproduction planning, communication, journalistic, and and practical survey of intercultural nature of the production process. management skills as well as skills communication processes. This A short film is produced through acquired in business and English course is concerned with the inter- team effort. Laboratory fee; 3 courses. Through lectures/discus- personal dimensions of intercultural credits. sions, case studies, and guest communication and examines the speakers, students learn the histori- distinctive cultural orientations, CO 300 Persuasive cal, theoretical, practical, and tech- behaviors, expectations, and values Communication nical applications of public rela- that affect communication situa- Prerequisite: CO 100. Study of tions. 3 credits. tions. 3 credits. communication as social influence. Analysis of theories of attitude CO 308 Broadcast Journalism CO 208 Introduction to change. The use and effects of com- Prerequisite: CO 102 or consent of Broadcasting pliance-gaining strategies in inter- the instructor. Entails practice in Prerequisite: CO 101. General sur- personal, public, and mass commu- news gathering, editing, writing, vey and background of broadcast- nication contexts. Students develop, and use of news services and ing, cable, pay and premium TV present, and analyze persuasive mes- sources. Includes creating docu- services, and new technologies. sages. 3 credits. mentary and special-event programs Current changes, law, regulation, through film for television news, financing, and public input are CO 301 Communication Theory on-the-spot film and videotape examined. Emphasis is placed on and Research reporting. 3 credits. current standingand future poten- Prerequisite: junior standing. tial of these industries. 3 credits. Acquaints students with the nature CO 309 Public Relations Writing of communication inquiry. Theo- Prerequisite: CO 102. Examines the CO 212 Television Production I ries of communication effects are elements of good writing as applied Prerequisite: CO 114 or consent of surveyed. Research methodologies to the public relations field. Stu- instructor. Introduction to the relevant to advertising, journalism, dents research and identify general mechanics, techniques, and aesthet- broadcast media, public relations, and specialized audience needs and Courses 193 create messages to satisfy those communication principles and CO 410 Management needs. They plan and execute proj- concepts as applied to advertising Communication Seminar ects within selected media such as copy. Emphasis on how consumers Open to all upper-division stu- newspapers, magazines, TV, radio, use media; media planning and dents, regardless of major. Involves and film, as well as speeches for evaluation; copywriting styles; structure and function of commu- public appearances. 3 credits. coordination of visual and verbal nication in organizations. Offers concepts; and the principle prob- practice in understanding and man- CO 310 Pictorial Journalism lems of building, implementing, aging interpersonal differences. The study of photography and and evaluating advertising pro- Emphasizes concepts and principles media design as active observation grams. 3 credits. needed for effective management of and interpretation of events in the organizational communication print media. 3 credits. CO 340 The History of Film processes. 3 credits. A survey of the historical develop- CO 312 Television Production II ment of the film medium. Includes CO 412 Advanced Television Prerequisite: CO 212. An interme- lectures, discussions, and screening Production diate course providing students of films that demonstrate the inter- Prerequisite: CO 312. Essentials of with the opportunity to coordinate relationships between historical budgeting, marketing, and regulato- the many areas of TV production. development and the establishment ry policies and rules. Production Videotape and live production tech- of film as a powerful communica- teams are formed to produce niques are employed. Laboratory tive art form. Laboratory fee; 3 sophisticated local television pro- fee; 3 credits. credits. grams under close supervision. 3 credits. CO 317 Advanced Writing for CO 399 Media Campaigns the Media Examines the role played by mass CO 415 Broadcast Management Prerequisite: CO 102. Planning and media in political campaigning. Stu- Involves administrative and person- writing longer forms of scripts, dents look at historical perspectives nel problems of television and radio emphasizing documentary and dra- and study current trends. FCC laws studio management, broadcast matic writing for production. regarding advertising, lowest unit engineering, local sales, continuity, 3 credits. cost, section 315, and other regula- and programming. Discussions tions are examined. Students view include scheduling and the develop- CO 320 Film Production II videotapes of past political media ment of facilities. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CO 220. The creative campaign examples and have the process involved in translating the opportunity to participate in and CO 420 Communication screenplay into a narrative film is produce hypothetical political media and the Law explored. Narrative form, struc- campaigns. 3 credits. Prerequisite: junior standing. This ture, and production techniques course traces the freedom and con- are examined through examples of CO 400 Communication in trol of the print, broadcast, cable, short and feature-length films. Organizations and telecommunications industries Students produce short narrative Examines communication in formal and their effects on the public. 3 films by team effort. Laboratory organizational contexts such as credits. fee; 3 credits. schools, industry, hospitals, and government. Prepares students to CO 435 Advertising Seminar CO 335 Advertising Media function more effectively in dynam- Prerequisites: CO 335 and senior This course covers the characteris- ic communication systems and to standing. Strategic approaches to tics of major media and the impact solve problems related to the inter- managing an advertising campaign of advertising on the demand for action of organizations with the related to a specific area, topic, or products and services. It provides environment via the interactions of product are developed. Emphasis students with a critical study of people and messages. 3 credits. on market research, determining 194 consumer target markets, media driven programming, graphics, and selection, creation of copy, develop- COMPUTER GUI applications. 3 credits. ment and control of budgets, and SCIENCE evaluation and presentation of CS 212 Intermediate C advertising. 3 credits. CS 107 Computers and Their Programming Applications Prerequisites: CS110, CS 210, or Concepts underlying modern appli- CO 450–459 Special Topics consent of academic adviser and cation of computer systems. Win- Topics in communication of special instructor. Further topics in the C dows, word processing, spread- or current interest. 3 credits. programming language. Problem- sheets, databases, presentation soft- solving methods, algorithm devel- CO 500 Seminar in ware. Not to be taken for credit by opment, and good programming Communication Studies computer science majors. 3 credits. style. Pointers, strings, structured Prerequisite: senior communication data, two-dimensional arrays, files, major. This capstone course inte- CS 110 Introduction to C recursion, dynamic memory alloca- Programming grates current and developing tion, parameter passing mecha- Prerequisite or corequisite: M 115. trends with the individual student’s nisms, and the use of pointers to A first course in computer pro- interest and perspectives. Students process arrays and lists. Basic algo- gramming using the C language; present for discussion and examina- rithms for searching, sorting, and for engineering, computer science, tion issues of interest within a uni- simple numerical analysis. Program- mathematics, and science students. fying theme. 3 credits. ming assignments include both Problem-solving methods, algo- numeric and non-numeric applica- rithm development, and good pro- CO 597 Practicum tions. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CO 301. A course of gramming style. Expressions, functions, libraries, basic types and study designed especially for the CS 214 Computer Organization arrays. Programming assignments supervised practical application of Prerequisite: CS 166 or consent of stress numeric applications. Lecture previously studied theory in a instructor. Fundamentals of com- plus lab, including work with group setting. Done under the puter technology, binary number LEGO Mindstorm™ robots. 4 supervision of a faculty sponsor and systems, data type standards and contact hours; 3 credits. coordinated with a business organi- data type storage requirements, zation. 3 credits. Turing machines, binary logic, and CS 166 Discrete Mathematics for Computing simple “gate” circuits. The five CO 598 Internship Prerequisite: CS 110. A foundation functional units of input, output, Prerequisite: consent of the instruc- course for computer science majors. ALU, control unit, and memory tor. On-the-job learning in selected Introduction to fundamentals, are covered and integrated into a organizations in production, public including logic, sequences, sets, “virtual,” “generic” computing relations, journalism, or advertising. functions, recursion, induction, machine. Progression from 3 credits. proof methods, counting tech- Boolean fundamentals through binary logic to micro-code cre- CO 599 Independent Study in niques, and Big-O notation. 3 credits. ation. Hands-on experience assem- Communication bling and implementing low-level Prerequisites: consent of faculty CS 210 Java Programming programming of a typical comput- member and department chair. ing system. 3 credits. Opportunity for the student, under Prerequisite: CS 110. Introduction the direction of a faculty member, to the Java programming language. Strings, arrays, and vectors. Object- CS 215 Introduction to to explore an area of interest. 1–3 Databases oriented programming concepts credits per semester up to 6 credits. Prerequisite: CS 110. Emphasis on including encapsulation, inheri- comprehending database concepts tance, and polymorphism. Event- and developing a practical level of Courses 195 skill in a current database software lock, memory management, file privacy, databases, data mining, package. An introduction to data system management, resource allo- cryptography, and snooping. Com- modeling and normal forms, intro- cation. 3 credits. puter crime, break-ins, terrorism, duction to Standard Query Lan- and countermeasures. 3 credits. guage (SQL), Query By Example CS 326 Data Structures and (QBE), security, and report gener- Algorithms CS 425 Principles of Computer ation. Students develop and imple- Prerequisites: CS 166, CS 212, CS Graphics ment a modest database project. 226. Data structures: trees, graphs, Prerequisites: M 118, CS 212, CS 3 credits. hash tables. Algorithmic techniques: 226. Development and implemen- divide and conquer, greedy algo- tation of the fundamental algo- CS 226 Data Structures Using rithms, dynamic programming in rithms of computer graphics: 2-D Collections C, recursion, elimination. Algo- viewing, geometric transformations, Prerequisite: CS 210. Intermediate rithms: sorting, searching, shortest clipping, curves, user interaction. program design and debugging in paths. Analysis of the complexity of Introduction to 3-D viewing and Java. The nature and application of algorithms. Programming required. surfaces. Programming projects data structures such as arrays, 3 credits. required. 3 credits. stacks, queues, priority queues, and trees. Evaluation of the perform- CS 350 Human-Computer CS 428 Object-Oriented Design ance of different data structures for Interaction Prerequisites: CS 210, CS 226. An typical applications. Students will Prerequisite: CS 210 or program- object-oriented design methodology write and debug several projects ming experience in C, VB, VB.Net, course. Topics include requirements using Java’s built-in class library; or Java. The study of psychological capture, object-oriented system analy- classes covered include sets, maps, and physiological factors on the sis, design, and implementation. Pri- hash tables, trees, array-based lists, design of the Human-Computer mary emphasis on the UML linked lists, and stacks. 3 credits. Interface (HCI). The influence of methodology, separation of layers, the various input and output design patterns, and the importance CS 247 Network Essentials and devices on the efficacy of the inter- of these in developing a software proj- Technologies action. Evaluation of the interaction ect. Students will design a major Prerequisite: sophomore standing. as a function of the interface group project and implement por- Corequisite: CS 214. A foundation design. Evaluation issues including tions using C++ or Java. 3 credits. in current network technologies for qualities such as learnability, usabili- local area networks (LANs), wide ty, human efficiency, and accuracy. CS 434 Assembly Language area networks (WANs), and the Students will design, implement, Prerequisites: CS 210, CS 214 or Internet. Introduction to the hard- analyze, and evaluate Graphical EE 371. Introduction to assembly ware, software, terminology, com- User Interfaces (GUIs). 3 credits. language programming, including ponents, design, and connections of the hardware instruction set, assem- a network. The OSI model will be CS 416 Social and Professional bly language syntax and features, covered as well as differing topolo- Issues in Computing macros, subprograms, interrupts, gies and protocols for LANs. The Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- I/O conversions. Programming course includes both lectures and ing. A broad look at the capabilities required. 3 credits. hands-on labs. 3 credits. and limitations of computers and the effects of rapid change. Roles CS 440 Programming Laboratory CS 320 Operating Systems and responsibilities of the computer Prerequisites: junior or senior stand- Prerequisite: CS 214 or EE 371. professional in our world; codes of ing in computer science, consent of Corequisite: EE 472. Modern ethics. Complex systems, risks, and faculty supervisor, and approval of operating system concepts includ- system failure. Intellectual property. program coordinator. The student ing interrupts, process and thread Social effects of networks and glob- will write a large program or a series management, concurrency, dead- al communication, outsourcing, of programs. Projects are an exten- 196 sion of the course materials of one tracking, firewalls, trust relation- gies, neural networks, natural lan- of the junior/senior courses. Course ships and authentication, secure guage understanding, and image may be taken repeatedly, up to connections, cryptography, and understanding. Includes the design three times, working in different recent security policy and legisla- and implementation of AI pro- languages or doing more advanced tion. 3 credits. grams. 3 credits. projects. 1 credit. CS 447 Computer CS 504 Senior Project CS 441 Web-Database Communications Prerequisites: senior standing in Application Development Prerequisites: CS 214 or EE 472 computer science, consent of facul- Prerequisites: CS 215 and CS 210 and any one of the following: EAS ty supervisor, and approval of pro- or programming experience in C++, 345, IE 346, M 371, or EE 320. gram coordinator. A project is VB.Net, or Java. Fundamental prin- Problems and solutions in network selected and carried out in conjunc- ciples and techniques for creating design. Layered models, network tion with the faculty adviser. Work network applications with dynamic topology, protocols, virtual circuits is presented at a seminar at the end web pages. Topics include establish- and packet switching, local net- of the term. 3 credits. ing network connections, database works (CSMA, token ring, ether- connectivity, Java Server Pages net), security (DES, public key CS 524 Advanced Databases (JSP), servlets, HTML, XML, crypto-systems), Internet protocols, Prerequisites: CS 215, CS 226, and https, and network security issues. client/server programming, sockets. CS 320. A second course in data- If time permits, attention will also 3 credits. base systems covering advanced be given to JavaScript and interna- topics and new developments in the tionalization. 3 credits. CS 450–469 Special Topics database field. Topics include data- Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- base design methodologies and CS 445 Network Administration ing in computer science. New evaluation, embedded SQL, con- Prerequisite: CS 320. Fundamentals developments or current practices currency control, recovery schemes, of administration of a networked in computer science. 3 credits. security, query processing and opti- computer. Topics include basic mization, and an introduction to duties of a system administrator; CS 472 Script Programming for object-oriented databases. 3 credits. overview of TCP/IP networking; Network Administration file system layouts; user manage- Prerequisite: CS 320. Concepts and CS 526 Object-Oriented ment; network services such as details of writing small programs, Principles and Practice/C++ DNS, NIS, DHCP, file sharing, called scripts, for the Unix and Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 226. The printing, mail, ftp, web, and inter- Windows-server operating systems. C++ language; object-oriented facing different operating systems Security issues in shell scripts, batch design and programming. Protec- on one network; and general securi- file programming, Perl scripts, and tion of privacy, encapsulation of ty issues including prevention Python scripts. Students will write data with relevant functions. through firewalls and secure shells. scripts to administer both comput- Advanced aspects of C++; inheri- Lab exercises use both UNIX and ers and networks. 3 credits. tance, templates, polymorphism, Windows systems. 3 credits. virtual functions, and exception CS 478 Artificial Intelligence handling. Several programming CS 446 Introduction to Prerequisite: CS 226. An introduc- projects in C++. 3 credits. Computer Security tion to the fundamental methods of Prerequisite: CS 320 or consent of artificial intelligence (AI) used in CS 534 Cryptography and Data the instructor. Knowledge of net- problem solving by a computer. Security works desirable. A survey of com- Techniques include heuristic search, Prerequisite: CS 166, CS 210, CS puter and network security issues optimization, genetic algorithms, 320. A survey of cryptographic including types of network attacks, game playing, expert systems, prob- concepts and algorithms and their viruses, intrusion detection and abilistic reasoning, learning strate- application to data security. Tech- Courses 197 niques studied include private key behavior, tracking, obstacle avoid- DH 110 Introduction to Dental cryptosystems, public key cryp- ance, path planning, and communi- Hygiene II tosystems, and hash functions. cation schemes for remote control. Prerequisite: DH 105 or consent- Commonly used algorithms are also Students work individually and in from the instructor. This course is a studied. These might include DES, groups to construct and program continuation of DH 105 and pro- 3DES, AES, IDEA, RSA, Diffie- small mobile robots using Lego vides students with a survey of con- Hellman, MD5, SHA, and DSS. Mindstorms kits. 3 credits. temporary issues encountered by We will also examine how these dental health care professionals. algorithms are used to provide con- CS 590 Internship Emphasis is placed on professional fidentiality, message authentication, Prerequisites: junior standing, standards, health promotion, dis- key exchange, and digital signatures approval of adviser. Student will ease prevention, review of dental in applications such as client-server undertake a supervised work experi- specialties, and ethical issues that authentication, email security, and ence of at least 100 hours, prefer- are encountered by dental hygien- web security. 3 credits. ably in the local computer science ists. 1 credit. industry. 0 credits. CS 536 Structure of DH 214 Oral Facial Structures Programming Languages CS 599 Independent Study Prerequisites: BI 121, sophomore Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 226. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing. This course examines the Computer language components: standing in computer science, con- head and neck region, emphasizing their specification, semantics, sent of faculty supervisor, and the anatomy of oral facial struc- implementation, and internal oper- approval of program coordinator. tures, including the teeth. This ation. The structure, syntax, and (Refer to academic regulations for course also addresses oral histology semantic aspects of several lan- independent study.) Exploration of and embryology. 4 credits. guages are examined. Short pro- an area of interest. Written and oral grams are required in two new lan- presentations are normally DH 215 Radiology guages. 3 credits. required. 3 credits. Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, sophomore standing. This course is CS 547 Systems Programming an extension of the clinical course Prerequisites: CS 212, CS 320 or DENTAL HYGIENE sequence and concentrates on the EE 371. Techniques for UNIX sys- role of radiographs in the diagnosis tems programming in the C lan- DH 105 Introduction to Dental and treatment of oral diseases. The guage. Topics include macro pre- Hygiene I course emphasizes radiographic processors, conditional compilation, Prerequisite: DH 105. This course characteristics and production, low-level interface programming, provides entry-level students with equipment, safety, processing, and UNIX system calls including file an introduction to allied health interpretation. 3 credits. operations and directory operations, education and the profession of process control, interprocess com- dental hygiene. Topics include the DH 220 Dental Hygiene munication, and client-server rou- role of the dental hygienist in the Concepts I tines. Programming projects health-care delivery system; the his- Prerequisite: sophomore standing. required. 3 credits. tory of dental hygiene; the role of DH 220 is the first in a series of professional associations; basic sci- clinical courses; it provides the CS 563 Mobile Robotics entific terminology of the head, foundations of clinical dental Prerequisites: CS 226, CS 320. neck, and oral cavity; introduction hygiene practice. The course focuses Principles of construction and navi- to the caries process and gingival on professionalism, ethical decision- gation of mobile robots. Topics disease process; and oral hygiene making principles, infection con- include locomotion mechanisms, protocols. 1 credit. trol, the impact of tooth accumulat- sensor types and usage, reactive ed deposits, and the development 198 of the knowledge and skills neces- dental hygiene courses. This course tion of patient cases to assess peri- sary for the delivery of dental provides an overview of medica- odontal standing. Clinically, stu- hygiene services. Clinical laboratory tions encountered by health care dents treat patients with a broader fee; 3 credits. workers. Particular attention is scope of oral/physical conditions paid to the impact various medica- while incorporating patient radi- DH 225 Forensic Odontology tions have on dental and dental ographs into the dental hygiene and Crime Scene hygiene treatment. Medications, treatment plan. Clinical laboratory Prerequisite: BI 121–122 or equiva- local anesthetics, and other fee; 3 or 5 credits. lent. This course provides students chemotherapeutic agents utilized with an introduction to the role of in the dental treatment setting are DH 342 Dental Materials dentistry in legal services. Class- emphasized. 3 credits. Prerequisites: junior standing, room presentations/lectures concen- required second-year dental trate on the history of forensics, DH 325 General and Oral hygiene courses. This lecture/labo- identification of human remains, Pathology ratory course provides students DNA and computer technologies, Prerequisites: junior standing and with an understanding of the bio- collection, examination, and repro- required first- and second-year den- materials and techniques utilized in duction of bitemarks, crime scene tal hygiene courses. A survey of preventive, restorative, and surgical investigation, child abuse syn- general pathology with emphasis dental procedures. Emphasis is drome, serial killers, and case stud- on the impact of pathologic condi- placed on the role of the dental ies. Students are required to partici- tions on the oral cavity. Diseases of hygienist in maintaining and evalu- pate in hands-on activities in the the gingiva and periodontium and ating preventive and restorative classroom. 1 credit. the role of the dental hygienist in materials. 3 credits. recognition and referral are empha- DH 240 Dental Hygiene sized. 3 credits. DH 350 Dental Hygiene Concepts II Concepts IV Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, DH 327 Periodontology Prerequisites: junior standing, sophomore standing. This course is Prerequisites: DH 214, DH 220, required second-year dental an extension of DH 220 and focus- sophomore standing. This course hygiene courses. DH 350 is the es on the continuing development provides an in-depth examination fourth course in the clinical course of the didactic, affective, and psy- of periodontal diseases, the sequence. The didactic portion of chomotor skills necessary for com- immune response, and both surgi- the course concentrates on ethical prehensive dental hygiene treat- cal and nonsurgical interventions. decision-making skills, problem- ment. Lecture topics include med- The role of the dental hygienist as solving abilities, treating the medical history, oral inspection, data a periodontal co-therapist is ically compromised patient, and collection procedures, caries emphasized. 3 credits. practice management principles. process, fluoride, oral physiotherapy Clinically, students will have an and chemotherapeutics for the DH 330 Dental Hygiene opportunity to treat more chal- management of caries and peri- Concepts III lenging cases. Clinical laboratory odontal disease, and treatment Prerequisites: junior standing and fee; 5 credits. planning. Classroom presentations required first- and second-year den- concentrate on the dental hygiene tal hygiene courses. DH 330 is a DH 360 Local Anesthesia process of care. Clinical laboratory continuation of the clinical course Prerequisite: junior standing and fee; 4 credits. sequence. Content emphasis is required first- and second-year den- placed on instrument alternatives, tal hygiene courses. This course is DH 320 Pharmacology and Pain professional mechanical oral designed to prepare student dental Management hygiene care, instrumentation theo- hygienists for the safe, effective Prerequisites: junior standing and ry for prevention and control of administration of local anesthesia as required first- and second-year periodontal diseases, and the utiliza- Courses 199 current Connecticut legislation per- the opportunity to interact with a skills gained throughout the dental mits. The course includes the psy- broad spectrum of community hygiene curriculum in an intern- chology of pain management, phar- groups during the field experience ship experience compatible with macology of anesthetic agents, aspect of the course. 4 credits. future career goals. 3 credits. emergency precautions and management, and a review of anatomy DH 460 Advanced Dental DH 468 Dental Hygiene Senior and physiology as they relate to the Hygiene Concepts Project administration of anesthetic agents. Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 325, Prerequisites: DH 423, DH 438, This course includes classroom, lab- DH 342, DH 350, junior standing. junior or senior standing. This oratory, and clinical instruction. The clinical course sequence culmi- course provides the student with Laboratory fee; 2 credits. nates in DH 460; this course pro- the opportunity to design, imple- vides the opportunity for students ment, and present a project that DH 423 Instructional Planning to integrate their skills and didactic enriches existing knowledge and and Media knowledge. Clinical time focuses on contributes to the profession of Prerequisites: junior standing and increasing time efficiency while dental hygiene. Previous and cur- required first- and second-year den- maintaining recognized standards rent course work assists the student tal hygiene courses. This course of care. Didactic content focuses on in the effort. 3 credits. provides dental hygiene students professional credentials, state licens- and practitioners with an overview ing agencies, continuing education, DH 490–499 Special Topics of the instructional planning the role of professional organiza- Prerequisite: dental hygiene major; process. Emphasis is placed on the tions, employment goals, and specifics of course(s) to be deter- steps in the process, the develop- resumé preparation. Clinical labora- mined in consultation with the pro- ment and utilization of media, and tory fee; 5 credits. gram director. Opportunity for the oral presentation skills. 3 credits. student, under the direction of the DH 461 Oral Medicine dental hygiene faculty, to explore an DH 438 Dental Hygiene Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 325, area of interest. 1–3 credits per Research DH 350, junior or senior stand- semester up to 6 credits. Prerequisites: junior or senior ing. Oral Medicine utilizes the standing, required second-year den- content from Anatomy and Physi- tal hygiene courses. This course ology, Pharmacology, Oral Pathol- NUTRITION AND provides dental hygiene students ogy, Dental Hygiene Concepts, DIETETICS with the skills needed to under- and other courses as the basis for stand, interpret, and critique pro- discussing the impact of systemic DI 150 Sports Nutrition fessional literature. Emphasis is conditions on the oral cavity. Med- Review of the principles of nutri- placed on the design of a sound ical history is utilized in a case- tion and exercise with emphasis on research protocol. 3 credits. study approach to address the role counseling the athlete; facts and fal- of the dental hygienist in medical lacies of sports nutrition; energy DH 455 Dental Hygiene Public risk assessment and management. and fluid balance; evaluating sports Health 3 credits. nutrition information in the lay lit- Prerequisites: DH 320, DH 350, erature; appropriate diets for train- DH 325, DH 342, junior standing. DH 462 Dental Hygiene ing; and managing the young per- This course emphasizes the role of Internship son, older adult, and athlete with dental and dental hygiene public Prerequisites: DH 423, DH 438, special needs. Planning meals for health programs in the health care junior or senior standing. This training and competition, as well as delivery system. It stresses the role course provides senior-level dental dietary evaluation using computer- of the dental hygienist in commu- hygiene students with the opportu- ized nutrient analysis, will be nity disease prevention and health nity to apply the knowledge and included. 3 credits. promotion activities. Students have 200

DI 200 Food Science and facility. Prevention of food poison- tional skills for the successful dietet- Preparation with Laboratory ing, legal responsibilities of manage- ics manager. Managing materials, Provides knowledge of food science, ment, food handling, and delivery productivity, financial data, and cooking, and baking principles; systems are discussed for safe and information in a dietetics environ- physiology of taste; components of sanitary practices. Procurement ment are discussed using quality food including color and flavor pig- specifications for food and equip- improvement principles. 3 credits. ments (phytochemicals); applica- ment, facility layout, receiving prin- tion of scientific reactions during ciples, issuing of food items, cost DI 330 Dietetic Practice in preparation and cooking; accurate control, and budget preparation are Today’s Society weighing and measuring skills; also included. 3 credits. Prerequisite: DI 315. Course covers proper tasting and product evalua- medical terminology, interpretation of tion techniques; safe handling of DI 222 Issues and Careers in laboratory values, format of the med- knives, kitchen equipment, and Health Wellness ical record, documenting nutrition food products. Instruction includes An overview of health-care issues care, nutrition screening and assess- sanitary food experimentation and linked to lifestyle, living condi- ment, medical nutrition therapy preparation in food laboratory in tions, physical environment, (MNT), and patient interviewing addition to classroom lectures. Lab- socioeconomic standing, eating and counseling. Includes nutrition oratory fee; 4 credits. behavior, dental health, and rising care protocols for enteral and par- costs of health care. Critical analy- enteral feeding, pediatric care, dia- DI 214 Menu Planning sis of community health and betes, cardiovascular disease, hyper- Principles of meal planning and design, work environment, and eat- tension, pulmonary insufficiency, dys- writing menus for volume food ing behavior, as well as hygiene phagia, cancer, renal disease, obesity, combinations, texture, color, nutri- habits related to wellness. Survey and other diseases with nutritional tion, and cost. The interrelated and preparation for health careers. implications. 3 credits. steps involved in quantity food pro- 4 credits. duction, the delivery of food, and DI 342 Healthy Food the responsibilities of management. DI 315 Nutrition and Disease Preparation 3 credits. Prerequisite: DI 215. Aspects of Emphasizes preparing food accord- diet in treating and preventing vari- ing to today’s healthy eating goals. DI 215 Principles of Nutrition ous symptoms and syndromes, dis- Laboratory strategies include modi- Prerequisite: BI 121. An introduc- eases, inherited errors of metabo- fying recipe content to include nat- tion to nutrition science including lism, and physiological stress condi- ural sources of protein, fat, and car- nutrient interactions, digestion, tions. 3 credits. bohydrate in healthy meals, snacks, absorption, sources of nutrients, sports beverages, etc., while incor- and importance of phytochemicals. DI 326 Principles of Dietetics porating accurate nutrition analysis Energy metabolism, weight control, Management and costing of recipes using the lat- contemporary nutrition issues, and Provides knowledge required to est technology. Discussion of organ- individual nutrition analysis are effectively manage the provision of ic, functional, and genetically engi- included. 3 credits. dietetic services in a food service neered foods. Students design operation, clinical nutrition depart- recipe or food demo projects incor- DI 216 Food Safety, Sanitation, ment, community or ambulatory porating course content. Provides and Procurement nutrition program, private practice knowledge and expertise in creating Students learn principles of food office, or other food/nutrition facili- and redesigning recipes. Incorpo- sanitation, safety, and purchasing. ty. Management principles are dis- rates today’s healthy eating princi- Students also prepare policies and cussed using human resource appli- ples. Emphasis on eating healthy procedures and conduct an in-serv- cations, leadership theories, deci- without increasing costs. Laborato- ice training class for a food service sion-making tools, and organiza- ry fee; 3 credits. Courses 201

DI 350 Nutrition Throughout opportunity for students to gain E 103 Fundamentals the Life Cycle practical work experience in the Designed to increase awareness of Prerequisite: DI 215. This course dietetics field. Students must spend the structure of English. Intensive covers various nutrients required by a total of 130 hours at a field site practice in writing to improve the humans and the roles of the indi- under the supervision of a regis- student’s ability to construct effec- vidual nutrients in determining tered dietician and an additional 20 tive sentences, paragraphs and short growth, development, and health hours of course time devoted to essays. 3 excess credits. 6 class hours during the sequence of events that preparation of a term paper or case per week. (See section titled Devel- comprise the human life cycle. study directly related to their opmental Studies Program on pg. Changes in nutrient needs in rela- practicum experience. This oppor- 21 of this catalog.) tion to physical, physiological, and tunity will help students meet com- psychosocial growth and develop- petencies required for entry into a E 104 Fundamentals ment throughout the life cycle are post graduate internship. 3 credits. For international students. Same discussed. The effects of various course description as E 103. influences on diet during the life DI 599 Independent Study cycle and the nutritional priorities Prerequisite: consent of the pro- E 105 Composition for each stage of the life cycle are gram coordinator. Independent Prerequisite: E 103 or placement by covered. Dietary guidelines for research projects or other approved English department. Analytical health maintenance and disease pre- phases of independent study. 3 study of essays for the purpose of vention throughout the life cycle credits. improving skills of written commu- are included. Also discussed is the nication. Practice in writing in a importance of nutrition on health variety of rhetorical modes with care, public policy, and health care ENGLISH emphasis upon clarity and preci- cost reduction through disease pre- sion. 3 credits. vention. 3 credits. Note: E 105 and E 110 are required by all departments and E 106 Composition DI 405 Community and must be taken during the student’s For international students. Same Institutional Nutrition first year at the University. They are course description as E 105. Emphasizes tools for developing prerequisites for all upper-level, 200 effective dietetic programs in the or above, English courses. E 110 Composition and community. Looks at the organiza- Literature tion and development of action E 101 Academic Reading Prerequisite: E 105 or placement by plans. Develops knowledge of the Reading, analyzing and interpreting the English department. Reading, fundamentals of the political and nonfiction for the purpose of learn- analyzing, and interpreting litera- legislative process. Discusses nutri- ing to comprehend textbooks. 3 ture in three basic genres: fiction, tional problems that may be sec- excess credits. poetry, and drama. Writing of ana- ondary to other health, social, and lytical and critical essays. Theatre economic influences. 3 credits. E 102 Academic Reading and fee for day sections. 3 credits. Speaking DI 450–459 Special Topics Reading, analyzing, and interpret- E 111 Composition and Selected topics in dietetics, health ing nonfiction for the purpose of Literature care, food service management, learning to comprehend textbooks. For international students. Same team concepts, and a variety of cur- Locating and organizing material course description as E 110. rent issues. 3 credits. for public speaking and presenting it with confidence and fluency. E 201 Early World Literature DI 597 Dietetic Practicum Open only to Developmental Bloc Prerequisite: E 110. Selected world An elective course that provides an students. 3 excess credits. classics of prose, poetry, and drama from ancient times through the six- 202 teenth century, written in or trans- selected from a variety of genres E 267 Creative Writing I lated into English. 3 credits. with emphasis on the African- Prerequisite: E 110. Exercises and American experience and heritage. instruction in writing short fiction E 202 Modern World Literature 3 credits. and poetry. Composing, critiquing, Prerequisite: E 110. Selected world and editing skills developed in classics of prose, poetry, and drama E 220 Writing for Business and workshop format. 3 credits. from the seventeenth century to the Industry present, written in or translated Prerequisite: E 110. Intensive prac- E 268 Creative Writing II into English. 3 credits. tice in the various types of writing Prerequisite: E 267. Advanced exer- required of executives, businesspeo- cises and instruction in writing E 211 Early British Writers ple, engineers, and other profession- short fiction and poetry. Compos- Prerequisite: E 110. A study of als, with emphasis on business let- ing, critiquing, and editing skills important British writers from the ters, memos, resumes, internal and refined in workshop format. 3 cred- beginning of literature in English external reports, evaluations and its. through the Neoclassic era. 3 recommendations, descriptions of credits. procedures and processes. 3 credits. E 270 The Advanced Essay Workshop E 212 Modern British Writers E 225 Technical Writing and Prerequisite: E 251 or E 267 or Prerequisite: E 110. A study of Presentation consent of instructor. Variable top- important British writers from the Prerequisite: E 110. Intensive prac- ics selected from travel, nature, sci- Romantic era to the present. 3 tice in the common forms of tech- ence, social critique, and humor. 3 credits. nical writing, with emphasis on credits. technical description, processes, E 213 Early American Writers reports, and manuals. Oral presen- E 275 Popular Lyrics Prerequisite: E 110. A study of tation of written work. 3 credits. Prerequisite: E 110. Popular lyrics important American writers from from the songs of the Jazz age, the Colonial times to the 1850s. 3 E 230 Public Speaking and Depression, and World War II to credits. Group Discussion rock ’n’ roll and the music video Development of proficiency in revolution of today. 3 credits. E 214 Modern American Writers organizing and presenting material Prerequisite: E 110. A study of in speaking, group interaction, con- E 281 Science Fiction important American writers from ference management, and small- Prerequisite: E 110. A survey of the the 1860s to the present. 3 credits. group discussion. 3 credits. development of science fiction during the nineteenth and twentieth E 217 African-American E 251 Narrative Nonfiction centuries. Reading of American, Literature I Prerequisite: E 110. Exploration of English, and European science fic- Prerequisite: E 110. A survey of and practice in writing “the fourth tion novels and short stories. 3 African-American writers from the genre,” creative nonfiction. credits. late 1700s to 1940. Texts selected Emphasis on the short piece, the from a variety of genres with literary memoir, and the personal E 290 The Bible as Literature emphasis on the African-American essay. 3 credits. Prerequisite: E 110. A study of liter- experience and heritage. 3 credits. ary genres in the Bible: narrative, E 260 The Short Story drama, poetry, wisdom literature, E 218 African-American Prerequisite: E 110. A critical study books of prophecy, letters. Exten- Literature II of the best stories of American and sive readings in both the Old and Prerequisite: E 217 or consent of British writers as well as stories, in New Testaments. 3 credits. instructor. A survey of African- translation, of writers of other American writers from the Harlem nationalities. 3 credits. Renaissance to the present. Texts Courses 203

E 300 Writing Proficiency E 390 The Novel in English drama, and fiction, in translation, Examination Prerequisite: E 110. Great novels from one of the following nations: Required of each student after earn- written in English (excluding Russia, France, Germany, or Spain. ing 57 credits (including transfer American novels, which are studied Topic to be announced for each credits). See Writing Proficiency in American literature courses). semester. 3 credits each course. Examination statement, or contact 3 credits. English Department Chair. E 477 American Literature E 392 Poe, Hawthorne, and Between the World Wars E 323 The Renaissance in Melville Prerequisite: E 110. A study of the England Prerequisite: E 110. A study of the achievements of the main figures of Prerequisite: E 110. Major writers poetry and fiction of three major the generation that flourished of the English Renaissance, includ- representatives of the tragic outlook between the two world wars and ing Sidney, Spenser, Donne, and on life in mid-nineteenth century brought about “America’s Coming Milton. 3 credits. American literature. 3 credits. of Age.” Poets Ezra Pound, T.S. Eliot, Robert Frost, Wallace Stevens E 341 Shakespeare E 393 Mark Twain and William Carlos Williams; nov- Prerequisite: E 110. An analysis of Prerequisite: E 110. Major works elists Hemingway, Faulkner, and representative tragedies, comedies, by America’s greatest humorist and Fitzgerald. 3 credits. and history plays. 3 credits. moral spokesman studied through interactive discussions, online E 478 Contemporary American E 353 Literature of the Romantic research, and a portfolio of course Literature Era work. Selections from travel works, Prerequisite: E 110. Intensive study Prerequisite: E 110. Poetry and including Innocents Abroad; the of recent American fiction, nonfic- prose of the major Romantics — major works, including Tom Sawyer tion, poetry, and drama. 3 credits. Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, and Huckleberry Finn; and some Shelley, Keats, Lamb, and Hazlitt short stories and sketches. 3 credits. E 480 Internship — with attention given to the Prerequisite: E 110. A work expe- milieu of the writers, the Continen- E 394 American Humor rience, arranged through the tal background, and theories of Prerequisite: E 110. Intensive study department, that will require the Romanticism. 3 credits. of the history of American humor effective use of written or spoken and its relevance to modern Ameri- English. 3 credits. E 356 Victorian Literature ca, including major humor writers Prerequisite: E 110. Poetry and from Mark Twain to Woody Allen. E 481–498 Studies in English prose from 1830–1900. The works 3 credits. Prerequisite: E 110. Special topics of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, in literature, speaking, or writing. Carlyle, Mill, Newman, Ruskin, E 395 American Realism and 3 credits. and others studied in light of the Naturalism social, political and religious prob- Prerequisite: E 110. Readings in E 599 Independent Study lems of the period. 3 credits. the works of such major realists as Prerequisites: English majors, junior Howells, Twain, and James; and or senior standing, at least a 3.0 E 371 Literature of the important naturalist successors G.P.A.; consent of the instructor Neoclassic Era such as Norris, Crane, and Dreiser. and department chair. Opportunity Prerequisite: E 110. British writers 3 credits. for the student, under the direction of the period 1660–1789, with of a faculty member, to explore an emphasis on Dryden, Pope, Swift, E 406–409 International area of interest. This course must be and Johnson. 3 credits. Literature initiated by the student. 1–3 credits Prerequisite: E 110. Selected poetry, per semester. 204

and control and CAD tools and EAS 211 Introduction to ENGINEERING AND presentation software for technical Modeling of Engineering Systems APPLIED SCIENCE communication of design informa- Prerequisite: EAS 112 or consent of tion. Students gain proficiency in instructor. Corequisites: M 118, EAS 103 Technology in Modern each of these three areas as they PH 150. Modeling of simple engi- Society apply to a series of projects span- neering systems from different Scientific and technological devel- ning the course. 2 credits. fields using empirical laws and the opments and their implications for balance principle for mass, charge, the future of society. Prospects and EAS 112 Methods of Engineering linear momentum, and energy. problems in communications, Analysis Applications include introductory energy sources, automation, trans- Prerequisite: a laboratory science problems in material balances, elec- portation, and other technologies. course. Corequisite: M 117. Stu- tric circuits, fluid mechanics, statics, Use and control of technological dents are introduced to typical thermodynamics and heat transfer. resources for public benefit. 3 problems encountered in various Emphasis is on developing an engi- credits. branches of engineering using a neering approach to problem-solv- case-study approach. They gain ing. 3 credits. EAS 107 Introduction to experience using computer tools to Engineering solve these problems numerically. EAS 213 Materials in Prerequisite: M109 or equivalent. Skill is developed in a spreadsheet Engineering Systems Overview of the problems, per- environment, and the fundamen- Prerequisites: CH 115, EAS 112. spectives, and methods of the engi- tals of programming are presented. Corequisite: EAS 211. Properties, neering profession. Modeling of Applicators involve use descriptive behavior, and application of mate- real-world problems for purposes statistics, regression, interpolation, rials (solid, liquid, and gas) are of optimization, decision-making, logical and numerical functions, studied and demonstrated, with and design. Practical techniques of sets of algebraic, differential, and emphasis on selection and use in problem formulation and analysis. finite difference equations, integra- engineering systems. Topics 3 credits. tion. Students are introduced to include mechanical, electrical, data types, assignment and condi- magnetic, thermal, optical, rheo- EAS 108 Engineering Workshop tional statements, program flow logical, and chemical properties Prerequisite: M 115 (may be taken control, passing parameters, and behavior. 3 credits. concurrently). An introduction to returning values with functions, the use of elementary statistics and arrays. 3 credits. EAS 222 Fundamentals of basic computer modeling for engi- Mechanics and Materials neering problem-solving. Software EAS 120 Chemistry with Prerequisites: EAS 211, EAS 213. packages used may include spread- Applications to Biosystems Corequisite: M 203. Behavior of sheets, databases, math packages, Prerequisites: CH 115/117, E 105, mechanical and structural systems and drafting. 1 credit. EAS 109 (or consent of instructor), under load. Topics include effects M 115. Integrated concepts from and distribution of forces on rigid EAS 109 Project Planning and chemical and life sciences including bodies at rest; kinematics and kinet- Development solutions, equilibrium, kinetics, ics of particles; force systems; shear Prerequisite: M 115 (may be taken thermodynamics, and electrochem- and moment diagrams; force-stress- concurrently). Students develop the istry. Extensive laboratory compo- strain-deformation relationships, skills required to successfully plan nent illustrates the interaction including torsion and combined and implement selected projects between chemical and biological loading; buckling and stability within budgetary and time con- processes. 4 credits. analysis; stress/strain transforma- straints using project management tion; Mohr’s circle. 3 credits. software. Projects use LabVIEW© programming for data acquisition Courses 205

EAS 224 Fluid-Thermal Systems and model fitting, random vari- EC 200 Global Economy Prerequisites: E 105, EAS 211, ables, statistical inferences, one-way Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. EAS 213. Corequisite: M 203. An analysis of variance, prediction and This survey provides an under- expansive study of thermal and flu- tolerance intervals, and control standing of the linkages between ids principles and applications charts. 3 credits. the American economy and the rest including laws of thermodynamics, of the world in a period of basic power cycles, conservation EAS 415 Professional increased globalization. Particular laws, internal and external flows, Engineering Seminar emphasis is placed on understand- and convective heat transfer. 3 Prerequisite: senior standing. ing the various policies of interna- credits. Discussion of topics on profession- tional trade and finance and their al engineering and ethical matters relationship to business. 3 credits. EAS 230 Fundamentals and pertaining to the practice of engi- Applications of Analog Devices neering. This course is intended EC 310 Game Theory Prerequisite: EAS 211 or consent for non-civil engineering majors. Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. of instructor. Corequisite: PH 205. Civil engineering majors take This course gives students an Fundamental principles of analog CE 407. 1 credit. understanding of the relevance of electrical devices as applied to a game theory to strategy. The variety of engineering systems, as EAS 450–459 Special Topics course emphasizes applications of well as hands-on experience on Special topics of selected or current gaming to strategic decision-mak- those devices as applied in various interest in the study of engineering ing in business. 3 credits. engineering disciplines. Applica- and applied science. 3 credits. tions include sensors, transformers, EC 313 Behavioral Economics motors, and transmission lines. 3 Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134. The credits. ECONOMICS course focuses on judgment, the cognitive aspects of decision-mak- EAS 232 Project Management EC 133 Principles of Economics I ing, and their relevance in econom- and Engineering Economics Foundations of economic analysis, ics. The emphasis is on the merging Prerequisites: EAS 109 or knowl- including economic progress, of psychology and economics in edge of the fundamentals of project resources, technology, private enter- understanding how managers make management and familiarity with prise, profits, and the price system. decisions and how decision-making the basic concepts of probability Macroeconomics including national might be improved. 3 credits. and statistics. An introduction to income, employment, and econom- economic analysis with emphasis on ic growth. Price levels, money and EC 314 Public Finance and those concepts directly related to banking, the Federal Reserve Sys- Budgeting project management. Topics include tem, theory of income, employ- Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and analysis of alternatives, project initi- ment and prices, business cycles and junior standing. A general survey of ation, depreciation and taxation, problems of monetary, fiscal, and government finance at the federal, cost estimates, risk and uncertainty, stabilization policy. 3 credits. state, and local levels, including project planning, execution, and government expenditures, principles control. 3 credits. EC 134 Principles of Economics II of taxation, public borrowing, debt Microeconomics including markets management, and fiscal policy for EAS 345 Applied Engineering and market structure and the allo- economic stabilization. 3 credits. Statistics cation of resources. The distribution Prerequisites: M 118 and CS 107 of income, the public economy, the EC 340 Microeconomic Analysis or equivalent. Topics include basic international economy, and selected Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and terminology, data presentation, economic problems. 3 credits. junior standing. Study of commodi- descriptive statistics, curve-surface ty and factor pricing, theory of pro- fitting and correlation, probability duction, cost theory, market struc- 206 tures under perfect and imperfect EC 450–459 Special Topics and social development of each market conditions. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EC 133, and EC 134. chronological division. 3 credits. Coverage of new and emerging top- EC 341 Macroeconomic Analysis ics and appreciation in economics. ED 504 Educational Psychology Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, 3 credits. Content emphasizes the application and junior standing. An investiga- of psychological principles and tion of the makeup of the national EC 598 Internship research results to the teaching- income and an analysis of the fac- Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and learning process. Includes learning tors that enter into its determina- junior standing. On-the-job learn- principles, development, planning tion. The roles of consumption, ing in selected organizations in instruction, evaluating student per- investment, government finance, areas related to the student’s major. formance, classroom management, and money influencing national 3 credits. and motivation. Cannot be used as income and output, employment, a psychology elective. 3 credits. the price level and rate of growth, EC 599 Independent Study and policies for economic stability Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, ED 508 Child Development and growth. 3 credits. and junior standing. Independent A study of the physical, cognitive, research projects or other approved and social development of children, EC 342 International Economics forms of independent study. 3 with special emphasis on major Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and credits. theories and research methods. junior standing. The role, impor- Cannot be used as a psychology tance, and currents of international elective. 3 credits. commerce; the balance of interna- EDUCATION tional payments; foreign exchange ED 509 Adolescent Development and international finance; interna- ED 350 Introduction to A study of the physical, cognitive, tional trade theory; problems of Education and Field Study and social development of adoles- payments adjustment; trade restric- Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- cents, with special emphasis on tions; economic development and ing. This course introduces students major theories and research meth- foreign aid. 3 credits. to the field of education and ods. Cannot be used as a psycholo- includes a field component. Stu- gy elective. 3 credits. EC 425 Decision Making dents focus on the Connecticut Economics and Uncertainty Teaching Competencies and are Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, given a broad overview of school- ELECTRICAL and QA 216. An examination of related issues, including classroom ENGINEERING how risk and uncertainty shape management skills. 3 credits. decision-making. The course EE 155 Digital Systems I exposes students to modern analyt- ED 450–459 Special Topics Fundamental concepts of digital ic tools, such as Monte Carlo simu- Special topics of selected or current systems. Binary numbers, Boolean lation, that can be used to incorpo- interest in the study of education. algebra, combinational logic design rate risk in business strategy and 3 credits. using gates, map minimization public policy. 3 credits. techniques. Use of modular MSI ED 503 Human Growth and components such as adders and EC 440 Economic Development Development multiplexers. Analysis and design of Prerequisites: EC 133, EC 134, and A study of the major aspects of simple synchronous sequential cir- junior standing. Economic prob- human development from concep- cuits, including flip-flops, shift reg- lems of developing countries and tion through adolescence, presenting isters, and counters. Introduction to the policies necessary to induce the important theories and research VHDL. 3 credits. growth. Individual projects methods of the field and tracing the required. 3 credits. physical, cognitive, psychological, Courses 207

EE 201 Introduction to Electrical sequential logic design. This course EE 256 Digital Systems Circuits is intended for non-electrical engi- Laboratory Corequisites: M 118, PH 205. neering majors. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 155. Covers digital Energy effects and ideal circuit ele- systems test instruments. Experi- ments, independent and dependent EE 235 Analog Circuits ments in combinational and intro- sources; Ohm’s Law and Kirchhoff’s Prerequisite: EAS 230 or EE 201. ductory sequential circuits. Software Laws; resistive networks; node and In-depth analysis techniques tools, simulators. Schematic capture mesh analysis; Thevenin and Nor- applied to resistive circuits includ- and introduction to hardware ton Theorems, maximum power ing a review of nodal and mesh description languages. Design of transfer, analysis of first-order net- analysis, Thevenin and Norton the- simple digital circuits. Written and works; introduction of sinusoidal orems, linearity and superposition, oral laboratory reports. 2 credits. steady state, phasors, impedance, maximum power transfer, applica- and admittance. DC and transient tions of operational amplifiers, EE 257 Analog Circuits analysis using SPICE. 3 credits. PSPICE projects, first- and second- Laboratory order networks, mutual inductance Prerequisite: EE 201 or EAS 230. EE 202 Network Analysis and transformers, steady state Laboratory exercises and projects in Prerequisites: EE 201, M 118. power analysis, effective and rms DC and AC circuits including Continuation of EE 201. Analysis values, complex power, power fac- Ohm’s law, Kirchhoff’s laws, mesh and design of networks in sinu- tor, three-phase circuits, power rela- and nodal analysis, Thevenin and soidal steady state. Use of phasors tionships, power factor correction, Norton theorems, capacitance and and phasor diagrams, voltage and sinusoidal frequency analysis, reso- inductance measurements, transient current gain, resonance, watts, nant circuits, simple filter networks, behavior of RLC circuits, opera- VARS, power factor. Average and Laplace transform and its applica- tional amplifiers and applications. RMS values. Maximum power tion to circuit analysis. 3 credits. PSPICE and LabView© are intro- transfer. Mutual inductance, ideal duced; written and oral reports are transformers, Fourier series, use of EE 247 Electronics I required. Laboratory fee; 2 credits. SPICE in steady state analysis and Prerequisite: EE 201 or EAS 230. design. 3 credits. Signals and their frequency spec- EE 302 Systems Analysis trum, amplifiers, circuit models for Prerequisites: EE 201 or EAS 230 EE 212 Principles of Electrical amplifiers, frequency response. and M 204. Continuous-time and Engineering Operational amplifiers, ideal op- discrete-time signal and system Prerequisite: EE 201. This course amps, inverting and noninverting properties; linear difference equa- includes several laboratory exercises configurations, op-amp circuits. tions; the convolution integral and related to topics covered in EE 201 Basic semiconductor concepts, drift convolution sum; the Laplace trans- as well as new topics. The course is currents, the p-n junctions, analysis form; the Z transform; the Fourier equally divided between lectures of diode circuits, Zener diodes. BJT transform of continuous-time sig- and laboratory. Digital logic sys- transistors, physical structure and nals. 3 credits. tems. The binary number system, modes of operation, biasing tech- binary arithmetic, decimal to binary niques, the BJT as an amplifier, EE 306 Electronic Materials and conversion, binary codes, hexadeci- biasing the BJT for discrete circuit Devices mal codes. Boolean algebra, AND, design, analysis of the transistor as a Prerequisite: EE 247. Semi- OR, NAND, NOR and XOR switch. Field-effect transistors, conductor materials including dop- gates. Combinational logic design. structure and physical operation of ing, conduction, diffusion, p-n Multiplexer, rom, decoders, and MOSFETs, voltage-current charac- junction effects. Hall effect and read and write memory. Digital sys- teristics of various FETs. FET cir- quantum theory. Diode current- tems. Sequential logic, latches and cuits at DC, the FET as an amplifi- voltage relation, diode capacitance flip-flops, digital counters, registers, er. 3 credits. and breakdown; FET and BJT 208 operation. Magnetic properties of single stage IC MOS amplifiers, and transfer functions. The stability matter. 3 credits. FET analog switches. Differential of discrete and continuous linear and multistage amplifiers, the BJT systems, Liapunov, root locus, EE 320 Random Signal Analysis differential pair, biasing in BJT Nyquist, feedback; PID control; Prerequisite: EE 302. The elements integrated circuits, actively loaded lead-lag control. 3 credits. of probability theory. Continuous differential pair, MOS differential and discrete random variables. amplifiers and multistage ampli- EE 356 Digital Systems II Characteristic functions and central fiers. Frequency response of ampli- Prerequisite: EE 155 or equivalent. limit theorem. Stationary random fiers, s domain analysis, poles and Course focuses on sequential logic processes, auto correlation, cross zeros, Bode plots, Miller effect, fre- design. Both synchronous and asyn- correlation. Power density spectrum quency response of differential chronous techniques are covered, of a stationary random process. Sys- amplifiers, study of various wide- with an emphasis on controller- tems analysis with random signals. band amplifiers. Output stages and based modular design. Design with 3 credits. power amplifiers, Class A, B, and a hardware description language. AB stages, IC power amplifiers. Advanced topics will be covered as EE 341 Numerical Methods in Analog integrated circuits, complete time permits. Course includes labo- Engineering analysis of 741 op-amp circuits, ratory. 3 credits. Prerequisites: M 203 and a standard CMOS op-amps, D/A and A/D programming language. Topics converter circuits. 3 credits. EE 371 Computer Engineering include solutions of algebraic and Prerequisites: CS 110, EE 155. transcendental equations by itera- EE 349 Electronics Design Introduction to the organization of tive methods; system of linear equa- Laboratory digital computers. Stored program tions (matrix inversion, etc.); inter- Prerequisites: EE 257, EE 348 (may concept, instruction processing, polation, numerical differentiation be taken concurrently). Laboratory memory organization, instruction and integration; solution of ordi- exercises and design projects intend- formats, addressing modes, instruc- nary differential equations. Scientif- ed to give students practical experi- tion sets, assembler and machine ic and engineering applications. 3 ence in analog electronics. Experi- language programming. Input/out- credits. (This course is cross-listed ments include operational ampli- put programming, direct memory with M 338 Numerical Analysis.) fiers, diodes, BJTs, FETs, single and access. Bus structures and control multistage amplifier design as well signals. Course includes laboratory. EE 344 Electrical Machines as open-ended design projects. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 235. PSPICE and LabView© are used; Magnetic fields and magnetic cir- written and oral reports are EE 398 Internship cuits, forces and torques. Theory, required. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Junior standing. A characteristics, operation, testing, partnership consisting of the stu- equivalent circuits, design concepts, EE 355 Control Systems dent, faculty, and employers/organi- and applications of direct current Prerequisite: EE 302. The modeling zations providing exposure to and and alternating current machines of linear and nonlinear physical sys- participation in a working engineer- including transformers, synchro- tems with discrete and continuous ing environment. An internship nous and induction machinery. state space equations. Solutions to translates classroom knowledge to a Design of main dimensions of the discrete and continuous linear professional work environment, and transformer cores, rotors and stators state equation; state transition the student works and learns with and armature windings. 3 credits. matrices; phase variable forms. practicing engineers while gaining Eigenvalues and eigenvectors; Jor- professional experience. A mini- EE 348 Electronics II dan canonical form. Controllability mum of 300 hours performing Prerequisite: EE 247. Review of and observability of discrete and related engineering duties is FETs. Biasing the FET in discrete continuous systems. Relationships required. No credit. circuits, biasing configurations of among controllability, observability, Courses 209

EE 410 Networking I designs, voltage drop and regula- EE 452 Digital Filter Design Prerequisite: Junior standing or tion, capacitors, power factor cor- Prerequisite: EE 302. Techniques consent of instructor. Reference rection and voltage regulation, pro- in the analysis and design of digital models TCP/IP and OSI, transmis- tection, buses, automatic reclosures filters. Digital filters terminology sion media, data link layer issues, and coordination. 3 credits. and frequency response. FIR filter the medium access control sublay- design. IIR digital filter design er, networking devices and topolo- EE 445 Communications including Butterworth, Cauer, and gies, LANs, WANs, lab experi- Systems Chebyshev lowpass, highpass, ments. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 320. The analysis bandpass, and bandstop filters. and design of communications The DFT and IDFT. FFT algo- EE 437 Industrial Power Systems systems. Signal analysis, transmis- rithms. 3 credits. Engineering sion of signals, power density Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 235. spectra, amplitude, frequency and EE 455 Control System Design Study of the components forming a pulse modulation; pulse code Prerequisite: EE 355, working power system, three-phase systems, modulation; digital signal trans- knowledge of Matlab and transmission line modeling and mission. Performance of commu- Simulink, or consent of the design, per unit quantities, model- nications systems and signal to instructor. This course introduces ing of power systems, one-line dia- noise ratio. 3 credits. the student to techniques for the grams, symmetrical components, design and implementation of sequence networks and asymmetri- EE 446 Digital Electronic automatic control systems. Practical cal fault calculations, matrices and Circuits applications of the methods studied matrix algebra. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 247. Analysis and in this course include a space shut- design of digital circuit classes tle, water tank, a space station, EE 438 Electric Power (comparators and logical gates) by blood pressure control, airplane Transmission application of Ebers-Moll transistor lateral dynamics, robot-controlled Prerequisite: EE 437. Power system model (saturation/active/cutoff motorcycle, automobile velocity modeling for fault analysis using regions). Comparators treated as control, six-legged amber, hot ingot sequence networks, bus impedance overdriven differential/operational robot control, milling machine matrix formulation, rake equivalent amplifiers, including bistable control, diesel electric locomotive, method, fault analysis by computer Schmitt trigger. Gates treated for digital audiotape speed control, methods, transmission line ABCD major technologies: resistor-transis- and fly-by-wire control. 3 credits. parameters and distributed parame- tor logic (RTL), transistor-transis- ter analysis, design and perform- tor logic (TTL), and emitter-cou- EE 456 Hardware Description ance using computers, load flow pled logic (ECL). Related integrat- Language analysis, Gauss-Siedel method, ed circuit analysis including inter- Prerequisite: EE 356. General Newton-Raphson method, eco- nal variables and I-O characteris- structure of VHSIC Hardware nomic load sharing, stability design tics. 3 credits. Description Language (VHDL) and analysis using computers and code; entities and architecture in FORTRAN programs. 3 credits. EE 450 Analog Filter Design VHDL; signals, variables, data Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 235. types; concurrent signal assignment EE 439 Electric Power Techniques in the analysis and statements; if, case and loop state- Distribution design of analog filters. First order ments; components; package; func- Prerequisites: EE 344, EE 437. and second order. Design of Butter- tions and procedures; slices; attrib- Structure of electric power distribu- worth, Chebyshev, Bessel-Thomson, utes; generate statement; blocks; tion, distribution transformers, sub- and Cauer lowpass. Lowpass to projects on design of combination- transmission lines, substations, bus band-pass, bandstop and highpass al and sequential circuits using schemes, primary and secondary filter transformations, design, and VHDL. 3 credits. systems, radial and loop feeder sensitivity analysis. 3 credits. 210

EE 457 Design Preparation EE 461 Electromagnetic Theory EE 480 Fiber Optic Prerequisites: EE 349 and the con- Prerequisites: M 203, PH 205. Communications sent of the instructor. This course Basic electromagnetic theory Prerequisite: EE 461. The funda- provides the student time and including static fields of electric mentals of lightwave technology, guidance in selecting a topic for the charges and magnetic fields of optical fibers, LEDs and lasers, senior design course (EE 458), steady electric currents. Fundamen- signal degradation in optical which follows this one. Suitable tal field laws including Coulomb’s fibers. Photodetectors, power design projects may be suggested Law, Gauss’s Law, BiotSavart’s Law, launching and coupling, connec- by the student or the faculty or via and Ampere’s Law. Maxwell’s equa- tors and splicing techniques. industrial contacts. Each student tions, scalar and vector potentials, Transmission link analysis. This carries out a literature search in an Laplace’s equation, and boundary course includes selected laboratory area of interest, prepares a written conditions. Magnetization, polariza- experiments. 3 credits. proposal with a plan of action, tion. 3 credits. obtains approval by the faculty EE 500 Special Topics in project adviser, and makes an oral EE 462 Electromagnetic Waves Electrical Engineering presentation of the project propos- Prerequisite: EE 461. Electro- Prerequisite: instructor’s consent. al. 2 credits. magnetic wave propagation and Special topics in the field of elec- reflection in various structures, trical engineering. 3 credits. EE 458 Senior Design Laboratory including coaxial, two-wire, and Prerequisite: EE 457. A continua- waveguide systems. Transmission EE 599 Independent Study tion of EE 457, this course provides lines. Various modes of propagation Prerequisites: consent of faculty the student with experience at a in rectangular waveguides. The supervisor and approval of depart- professional level with engineering dipole antenna. Linear antenna ment chair. (Refer to academic reg- projects that involve analysis, arrays. 3 credits. ulations for independent study.) design, construction of prototypes, Independent study provides the and evaluation of results. EE 472 Computer Architecture opportunity to explore an area of Design laboratory activities Prerequisite: EE 356. Introduction special interest under faculty super- include the following: Communi- to theory of computing, processor vision. May be repeated. 3 credits. cations/Signal Process Laboratory. design, control unit design, micro- (Prerequisites: EE 445 or EE 450 programming, memory organiza- or EE 452, EE 457.) tion, and survey of parallel proces- ENVIRONMENTAL Control Systems Laboratory. sors. 3 credits. SCIENCE (Pre-requisites: EE 355, EE 457.) EE 475 Embedded Systems, EN 101 Introduction to Digital Design Laboratory. (Prereq- Interfaces, and Buses Environmental Science uisites: EE 356, EE 371, EE 457. Prerequisite: EE 371. Microproces- Today’s environmental problems Corequisite: EE 472 or EE 475.) sors and peripheral devices. Hard- have scientific, social, and political Fiber Optics/Microwave Laborato- ware and software aspects of inter- aspects. This course, which is ry. (Prerequisite: EE 462 or EE facing. Microprocessor-based sys- required for majors and is suitable 480, EE 457.) tem design. Introduction to for non-majors, focuses on the sci- Machines/Power Systems Laborato- advanced topics such as data com- entific aspects but does not ignore ry. (Prerequisites: EE 344, EE 437, munications, memory manage- the other two. The student is intro- EE 457.) ment, and multiprocessing. The duced to the geology, biology, A final report is required both in course is structured around labora- physics, and chemistry behind the writing and as an oral presentation. tory exercises. 3 credits. problems and to the social and 3 credits. political difficulties inherent in dealing with them. Through a combination of lectures, case histories, Courses 211 in-class discussions, and observation instructor. Study of geological sys- instructor. Study of landforms and of the environmental decision-mak- tems important in understanding the processes that produce them, ing process at work, the student the causes of and solutions to envi- including the operation of erosional gains an understanding of the com- ronmental problems. Includes basic and depositional processes in a vari- plex nature of environmental prob- geological principles, examination ety of geologic settings (fluvial, lems and of the choices that must of natural hazards, their causes and coastal, glacial, periglacial, karst, be made in solving them. May be mitigation, and mineral, energy, and arid). Also covers relationship taken concurrently with EN 102 and water resources. Laboratories of landforms and processes to the Environmental Science Laboratory include practical exercises, data col- solution of environmental prob- for laboratory science credit. Envi- lection, problem solving, and case lems. Lectures cover processes and ronmental Science majors and histories. Some weekend field trips laboratories focus on landform minors must take EN 102 concur- may be required. 4 credits. recognition and geomorphic rently. 3 credits. process interpretation using maps EN 502 Environmental Effects of and aerial photographs. Two EN 102 Environmental Science Pollutants required field trips (one 2-day and Laboratory Prerequisites: BI 320, EN 500. one 2 1/2-day) with shared trans- Corequisite: EN 101. A laboratory The demonstrated and suspected portation and costs. Laboratory fee; to accompany EN 101 Introduc- effects of air, water, and other pol- 4 credits. tion to Environmental Science. lutants on natural systems and on Laboratory and field methods of human welfare. Methods of study- EN 527 Soil Science identifying, characterizing, and ing effects. Some weekend field Prerequisite: EN 500/600 or a pre- dealing with environmental con- trips, or acceptable alternative, vious college-level course in physical cepts and problems such as water required. 3 credits. geology/geography or consent of quality, waste disposal, ecosystem instructor. Properties, occurrence, structure and change, population EN 521 Hydrology and management of soil as a natural growth, pesticides, and food pro- Prerequisite: any one of the fol- resource. Covers the chemistry, duction. Some field work required. lowing: a college-level course in physics, morphology, and mineralo- Portions of some laboratory sessions physics, geology, hydraulics, or gy of soils and their genesis and are devoted to discussion. 1 credit. limnology or consent of instruc- classification. Soil properties will be tor. Lectures cover basic hydrolog- related to their role in environmen- EN 320 Introduction to ic theory including nature and tal problem-solving and decision- Environmental Geology chemical behavior of water, pre- making. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EN 101 and intro- cipitation and evapotranspiration, ductory chemistry or physics. An interception, surface water, ground EN 533 Special Topics in Field introduction to geology-related water, water supply and treatment, Geology environmental problems and the and water law. Other topics may Prerequisites: EN 500/600 or a pre- applications of geology to environ- include irrigation, flood control vious college-level course in geolo- mental problem-solving. Topics karst hydrology, and water chem- gy; other prerequisite(s) dependent include an introduction to basic istry. Required labs cover field on specific course topic. Selected physical geology, natural hazards measurement, sampling, and field studies and trips of special (causes and remediation), energy problem-solving techniques. Some interest. Credit varies depending on and mineral resources, waste dispos- weekend fieldwork required. the length of the trip or investiga- al, and the applications of geology Laboratory fee; 4 credits. tion. May be taken more than once. to land use planning. 3 credits. 1–4 credits. EN 525 Geomorphology EN 500 Environmental Prerequisite: EN 500/600 or a pre- Geoscience with Laboratory vious college-level course in physical Prerequisite: M 115 or consent of geology or geography or consent of 212

EN 540 Introduction to EN 543 Application of GIS in Geographical Information Environmental Science FRESHMAN Systems Prerequisite: EN 642 or consent of EXPERIENCE Survey of GIS technology, research, instructor. Application of advanced and applications in natural resource GIS techniques to environmental FE 001 Freshman Experience management, environmental assess- assessment and management con- Seminar ment, urban planning, business, structed around a real-world project This course is required during the marketing and real estate, law from a government agency or non- first semester of study for first- enforcement, public administration, profit organization. Students collab- time, full-time freshman day stu- and emergency preparedness. orate to design and implement the dents. The goal of this team-taught Includes critical evaluation, case complete GIS application, includ- seminar is to give students the tools studies, and computer demonstra- ing definition of project goals, spe- to help them understand and suc- tions. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. cial project needs, and steps neces- ceed in a competitive environment sary for successful completion. Lab- by addressing topics such as aca- EN 541 Geographical oratory fee; 3 credits. demic standards, diversity, time Information System Techniques and stress management, college life and Applications I EN 590 Special Topics in vs. high school, university relation- Prerequisites: working knowledge of Environmental Science ships, responsible human sexuality, PC-based computing and consent Prerequisites depend on the specific exploration of self, alcohol and of instructor/program coordinator. course content. Essentially, the substance abuse, and experiential First of a two-course sequence on course is a study of selected field learning. 1 credit. GIS technology and applications. studies, projects, and/or occasional Laboratory exercises using both trips of special interest. 1–4 credits. raster- and vector-based GIS sys- FINANCE tems. Hardware and software com- EN 598 Internship ponents of GIS; data acquisition, Prerequisite: consent of adviser. An FI 213 Business Finance input, and manipulation; carto- opportunity for fieldwork experi- Prerequisites: A 101, EC 133, QA graphic output; report generation. ence under the supervision of a fac- 216. An introduction to the princi- Laboratory fee; 3 credits. ulty adviser. 3 credits. ples of financial management and the impact of financial markets and EN 542 Geographical EN 599 Independent Study institutions on that managerial Information System Techniques Prerequisites: environmental science function. An analytic emphasis is and Applications II major, consent of the department. placed on the tools and techniques Prerequisite: EN 541 or consent Weekly conferences with adviser. of the investment, financing, and of instructor. Second of a two- Three hours of work per week dividend decision. In addition, the course sequence on GIS technolo- required per credit. Opportunity institutional aspects of financial gy and applications. Laboratory for the student, under the direction markets, including a description of exercises using both raster- and of a faculty member, to explore an financial instruments, are devel- vector-based GIS systems. area of personal interest. A written oped. 3 credits. Advanced GIS techniques; spatial report of the work carried out is analysis and modeling for a variety required. 1–3 credits per semester FI 314 Principles of Real Estate of applications (e.g., environmen- up to 6 credits. Prerequisite: FI 213. An introduc- tal science, business, planning); tion to the fundamentals of real development of GIS systems. estate practice and the essentials of Laboratory fee; 3 credits. real estate business. Emphasis is placed on brokerage, mortgage financing, investments, management, and valuation relative to Courses 213 commercial and industrial real cial markets and institutions, cou- standing unless otherwise specified estate. 3 credits. pled with the role of capital market in course schedule description, and yields as the mechanism that allo- consent of instructor or finance FI 327 Risk and Insurance cates savings to economic invest- coordinator. In-depth coverage of a Prerequisite: FI 213. An examina- ment. 3 credits. selected topic in finance. 3 credits. tion and evaluation of risk in business affairs and the appropriate FI 371 Structuring and Financing FI 597 Practicum methods for handling it from the a New Business Prerequisite: FI 213. A course of viewpoint of the business firm. Prerequisite: FI 213. This course study designed especially for the Emphasis is placed on, and extend- covers the financing requirements supervised practical application of ed consideration devoted to, the for a new business start-up. Stu- previously studied theory in a various forms of insurance coverage. dents learn the process of evaluating group setting. Done under the 3 credits. a venture and structuring the deal supervision of a faculty sponsor and for raising money to finance the coordinated with a business organi- FI 330 Investment Analysis and business. 3 credits. zation. 3 credits. Management Prerequisite: FI 213. An analysis of FI 425 International Finance FI 598 Internship the determinants of valuation for Prerequisite: FI 213. An introduc- Prerequisite: FI 213. On-the-job common stocks, preferred stocks, tion to the theory and determina- learning in selected organizations in bonds, convertible bonds and pre- tion of foreign exchange rates, areas related to the student’s major. ferred stock, stock warrants, and mechanisms of adjustment to bal- 3 credits. puts and calls. Emphasis is placed ance-of-payments disturbance, fixed on the analytic techniques of securi- vs. flexible exchange rates. The FI 599 Independent Study ty analysis, portfolio analysis, and international reserve supply mecha- Prerequisite: FI 213. The student portfolio selection. 3 credits. nism and proposals for reform of undertakes independent research in the international monetary system. finance under the supervision of an FI 341 Financial Decision 3 credits. instructor. The topic and meetings Making are coordinated with the instructor. Prerequisite: FI 330. An examina- FI 429 Corporate Financial Research findings are presented in a tion of the conceptual foundations Management formal paper. 3 credits. underlying portfolio theory, capital Prerequisite: FI 213. A comprehen- market theory, and firm financial sive analysis of the structure of opti- decision-making. Emphasis is mal decisions relative to the func- FORENSIC SCIENCE placed on an integrated analysis of tional areas of corporate financial firm financial decision-making decision-making. Emphasis is FOR 200 Professional Practices under varying conditions of cer- placed on developing an under- in Forensic Science tainty and capital market perfec- standing of the applications and This course is a series of lectures tions. 3 credits. limitations of decision models for exposing the student to an the investment, financing, and divi- overview of the scientific disciplines FI 345 Financial Institutions and dend decisions of the corporation. and a discussion of the basic ana- Markets Topics include firm valuation, capi- lytical laboratory and problem- Prerequisite: FI 213 (may be taken tal budgeting, risk analysis, cost of solving skills necessary in forensic concurrently). An examination of capital, capital structure, and work- science. 1 credit. the relationship between the finan- ing capital management. 3 credits. cial system and the level, growth, FOR 204 Forensic Photography and stability of economic activity. FI 450–459 Special Topics in with Laboratory Emphasis is placed on the theory, Finance Introduction to basic techniques, structure, and regulation of finan- Prerequisites: FI 213, junior-level material, and other aspects of crime 214 scene photographs. Theory and lecture and laboratory. Laboratory collection, and crime scene recon- practice of photographic image for- fee; 3 credits. struction. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. mation and recordings. Laboratory exercises with emphasis on homi- FOR 303 Forensic Science FOR 416 Seminar in Forensic cide, sex offenses, arson, and acci- Laboratory for Non-Majors Science dent photograph techniques. Labo- Prerequisite: FOR 215. Specific Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR ratory fee; 3 credits. examination of topics and laborato- 216. An examination and evalua- ry testing procedures introduced in tion of current issues in the scientif- FOR 215 Introduction to FOR 215. In the classroom, labora- ic analysis of physical evidence in Forensic Science tory procedures are outlined and criminal investigations. Individual No working knowledge of science is discussed. Identification and indi- and group activities relating to pro- required. Topics include the recog- vidualization of evidence, casting of fessional practices of forensic sci- nition, identification, individualiza- hairs and fibers for microscopic ence and the criminal justice sys- tion, and evaluation of physical evi- identification, electrophoretic sepa- tem. 3 credits. dence such as hairs, fibers, chemi- ration of blood enzymes. Laborato- cals, narcotics, blood, semen, glass, ry fee; 3 credits. FOR 450–459 Special Topics soil, fingerprints, documents, A study of selected issues of particu- firearms, and tool marks. 3 credits. FOR 403 Forensic Biology with lar interest to the students and Laboratory instructor. 3 credits. FOR 216 Introduction to Corequisite: BI 306 and consent of Forensic Science for Majors the forensic science faculty. In- FOR 498 Research Project A working knowledge of science is depth examination of blood group- Prerequisite: consent of the depart- required. Topics include the recog- ing procedures for red cells anti- ment chair. The student carries out nition, identification, individualiza- gens, isoenzymes, and serum pro- an original research project in a tion, and evaluation of physical evi- teins; identification and typing of forensic science setting and reports dence such as hairs, fibers, chemi- body fluids and their stains; collec- the findings. 3 credits. cals, narcotics, blood, semen, glass, tion, processing, and handling of soil, fingerprints, documents, biological materials in casework. FOR 502 Forensic Science firearms, and tool marks. 3 credits. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. Internship Prerequisite: junior/senior standing. FOR 227 Fingerprints with FOR 404 Criminalistics with Provides academically supervised, Laboratory Laboratory real-world experience for forensic Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR Prerequisite: consent of the forensic science majors. The internship usu- 216. The genetic and mathematical science faculty. In-depth examina- ally constitutes the only practical theory relating to fingerprints, tion of several subjects in modern experience in an actual casework lab chemical and physical methods criminalistics, including hair and that students have during the foren- used in developing latent finger- fiber analysis and comparison, arson sic science program, and it provides prints, and major systems of finger- accelerants and explosive residues, a valuable asset to the student in print classification. Laboratory fee; glass comparisons, and forensic the job market. 3 credits. 3 credits. chemistry. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. FOR 599 Independent Study FOR 300 Forensic Microscopy FOR 415 Crime Scene Prerequisite: consent of department The theory and techniques of opti- Investigation chair. An opportunity for the stu- cal microscopy required to use the Prerequisite: FOR 215 or FOR dent, under the direction of a facul- microscope for evidence detection, 216. A study of the methods and ty member, to explore and acquire analysis, and evaluation. Microscop- techniques of scientific crime scene competence in a special area of ical methods of analysis and polar- investigation, documentation and interest. 1–3 credits. ized light microscopy are covered in recognition of physical evidence, Courses 215

engine, ladder, and rescue compa- FS 204 Fire Investigation I FRENCH nies. A basic study of the Incident An analysis of fire investigations Command System and its applica- from the viewpoint of the field FR 101–102 Elementary French I tion. Initial evaluation of the prob- investigator. An in-depth study of and II lems confronting first responding determining the cause and origin Stresses pronunciation, aural and units. Outline of particular prob- of fires. Proper protection and reading comprehension, basic con- lems encountered in various types collection of evidence is covered. versation, and the fundamental of occupancies, buildings, and sit- 3 credits. principles of grammar. 3 credits uations. Stress on safety of the each term. operating forces as well as of the FS 205 Fire Protection FR 201–202 Intermediate French public. Standpipe and sprinkler Hydraulics and Water Supply I and II system utilization. Overhauling Prerequisites: FS 102; M127 or Prerequisites: FR 101–102 or operations. 3 credits. M109. This course provides a foun- equivalent. Stresses the reading dation of theoretical knowledge in comprehension of modern prose FS 201 Essentials of Fire order to understand the principles texts and a review of grammar nec- Chemistry and Physics with for the use of water in fire protec- essary for this reading. Students are Laboratory tion and to apply hydraulic princi- encouraged to do some reading in Prerequisite: CH 105/105 L or CH ples to analyze and to solve water their own areas of interest. 3 credits 115/117 as required by a specific supply problems. 3 credits. each term. major. This course explains the theories and fundamentals of how and FS 207 Fire Prevention FR 450–459 Special Topics why fires start, spread and how they This course provides the fundamen- Selected topics of special or current are controlled. The course includes tal information regarding the histo- interest in the study of French. 3 an examination of the chemical ry and philosophy of fire preven- credits. requirements for combustion, the tion, organization and operation of chemistry of fuels and explosive a fire prevention bureau, use of fire mixtures, the various methods of codes, identification and correction FIRE SCIENCE stopping combustion and an analy- of fire hazards, and the relationships sis of the properties affecting fire of fire prevention with built-in fire FS 102 Principles of Fire Science behavior. 4 credits. protection systems, fire investiga- Technology tion, and fire and life-safety educa- Introduction to fire science. Review FS 203 Risk Management and tion. 3 credits. of the role, history, and philosophy Insurance for Fire Science of fire protection in the United Provides a working knowledge of FS 208 Instructor Methodology States. Particular emphasis placed the property and casualty insurance A study of the methods and tech- on identifying fire hazards and find- industry with an emphasis on prop- niques of teaching fire safety and ing appropriate methods of protect- erty and liability coverages. The security to public safety and indus- ing life and property from fire. basic fire insurance policy is studied trial employees. The use and devel- Includes career orientation and dis- in depth. Methods of rating build- opment of visual aids. Actual cussion of current and future prob- ings to promulgate a property teaching demonstrations and prac- lems in fire protection. 3 credits. insurance rate. Various methods of tice. 3 credits. estimating the replacement cost and FS 106 Emergency Scene actual cash value of buildings are FS 209 Occupational Safety and Operations practiced. The concept of HPR Health for the Fire Service The responsibilities and operating (Highly Protected Risk) is studied. This course introduces the basic modes of officers commanding fire 3 credits. concepts of occupational health and department units, including safety as it relates to emergency 216 service organizations. Topics include control of emergencies involving FS 309 Industrial Fire Protection risk identification, evaluation and hazardous materials. The various II control procedures for emergency marking systems used to aid in Prerequisite: FS 102 or consent of organizations and accident investi- identification. 3 credits. instructor. Examination of indus- gation procedures. Upon comple- trial risk used in industry and tion of this course, students should FS 304 Fire Protection Systems process safety management. Fire be able to establish and manage a Prerequisite: FS 102. This course hazard evaluation techniques are safety program in an emergency provides theoretical information discussed utilizing quantitative and service organization. 3 credits. and practical application in the fea- qualitative evaluation methods. tures of design and operation of fire Risk assessments are incorporated FS 301 Building Construction alarm systems, water-based fire sup- using event likelihood, system reli- for Fire Protection pression systems, and portable fire ability, and human error. These are Prerequisite: FS 102. An in-depth extinguishers. 3 credits. used to make cost-effective deci- study of building construction with sions regarding personnel safety, a particular emphasis on how each FS 307 Municipal Fire continuity of operations, and type of construction reacts to con- Administration property protection in industrial ditions present during a fire. Emer- Prerequisites: FS 102, FS 201, FS occupancies. 3 credits. gency responder safety is a key 207. Delineates the fire safety prob- issue. Potential signs of collapse are lem; explores accepted administra- FS 311 Fire Protection Fluids and studied in depth. The codes tive methods for getting work done; Systems involved in building construction covers financial considerations, per- Prerequisites: FS 102, M 109, M and fire/life safety. 3 credits. sonnel management, fire insurance 127. Corequisite: FS 312. Applica- rates, water supply, buildings and tion of the principles of hydraulics FS 302 Chemistry of Hazardous equipment, distribution of forces, to the design phase of automatic Materials communications, legal considera- fire suppression systems. Applica- Prerequisite: FS 201. An in-depth tions, fire prevention, fire investigation of the current codes and stan- study of the chemical and physical tion, emergency medical services, dards with respect to the selection, properties of a wide variety of haz- and records and reports. Designed design, and installation of such sys- ardous materials to enable the stu- for individuals involved in provid- tems. The fundamentals of dent to establish safety measures in ing fire protection and EMS servic- hydraulically calculated automatic a hazardous chemical environment. es in the public or private sector as fire suppression systems are the Basic properties of hazardous mate- well as those in safety or insurance. focus of the course. 3 credits. rials and appropriate handling 3 credits. methods. Explanation of chemical FS 312 Fire Protection Fluids and reactions, toxicity, oxidation, char- FS 308 Industrial Fire Protection I Systems Laboratory acteristics of explosives, plastics, Prerequisite: FS 102 or consent of Corequisite: FS 311. This course resins, and fibers. 3 credits. instructor. Examines fire hazards supplements FS 311 Fire Protec- and potential fire causes in busi- tion Fluids and Systems by provid- FS 303 Process and ness and industry. Provides an ing a more in-depth study of the Transportation Hazards exploration of management and hydraulic principles used in design- Prerequisite: FS 201. A strong organizational principles with ing water-based fire suppression overview of the types and properties emphasis on industrial fire protec- systems. The process of designing of hazardous materials as well as tion equipment, fire brigades, loss and reviewing hydraulic-designed their modes and methods of trans- control programs, life safety, and automatic sprinkler systems, portation, storage, and use. Types OSHA regulations dealing with including the use of computer pro- and hazards of various containers. industry. 3 credits. grams for these purposes. Hands- In-depth study of identification and on testing of fire protection water supplies. 1 credit. Courses 217

FS 313 Fire Investigation II incidents. Includes a review of fer, limits of flammability, flames Prerequisite: FS 204. An advanced national standards and federal regu- and fire plumes, burning of fuels, course geared toward personnel lations impacting emergency inci- flaming combustion, spread of who have or may have statutory dent management. Case studies of flame, flash-over, and production responsibility for fire investigation actual and theoretical incidents are and movement of smoke. 3 credits. in the public sector and for private used to reinforce command and sector persons who conduct or may control concepts. 3 credits. FS 460 Fire Hazards Analysis conduct investigations for insurance Prerequisites: FS 301, FS 304/305, companies or litigation purposes. FS 408 Fire Protection Law FS 311/312. The application of sys- Proper techniques for investigation This course introduces the federal, tems analysis, probability, engineer- of fires and explosions are studied state and local laws that regulate ing economy, and risk management in depth along with the appropriate fire services; national standards techniques to the fire problem. The standards. 3 credits. influencing fire services; standard basic principles of fire growth and of care; tort and liability. Includes spread in a building. Time lines are FS 314 Fire Investigation II a review of relevant court cases. established from the time of igni- Laboratory 3 credits. tion to that of extinguishment. Var- Corequisite: FS 313. Experiments ious methods of modifying the time and practical experience in fire FS 409 Arson for Profit line. 3 credits. investigation with an emphasis on Prerequisite: FS 313/314. An proper investigative techniques. overview of the financial tech- FS 497 Research Project 1 credit. niques needed to investigate Designed to allow fire science arson-for-profit fires with empha- majors to research a topic of spe- FS 325 Fire and Life Safety sis on sources of information, cial interest to the individual stu- Codes identification, and analysis of dent. Development of a student The study of current fire and life financial documents. 3 credits. project and a written report in a safety codes as they relate to the specific area of fire science, with prevention and control of structural FS 425 Fire Protection Plan faculty supervision. 3 credits. fires. 3 credits. Review Prerequisites: FS 301, FS 304/305, FS 498 Research Project I FS 404 Special Hazards Control FS 311/312. The technical and Designed to allow fire science Prerequisite: FS 102. Types of hands-on practical experience nec- majors to research a topic of special industrial processes requiring spe- essary to complete a review of interest to the individual student. cial fire protection treatment such plans, specifications, and shop Development of a student project as heating equipment, flammable drawings for fire/life safety systems. and a written report in a specific liquids, gases, and dusts. Emphasis Systems and topics include con- area of fire science, with faculty on fundamental theories involved, struction; fire resistance rated supervision. 1 credit. inspection methods, determination assemblies; means of egress; occu- of relative hazard, application of pancy classification; emergency sys- FS 499 Research Project II codes and standards, and econom- tems; fire detection, alarm, and Designed to allow fire science ics of installed protection systems. communication systems; automatic majors to research a topic of special 3 credits. and manual extinguishing systems; interest to the individual student. and HVAC systems. 3 credits. Development of a student project FS 405 Emergency Incident and a written report in a specific Management FS 450 Fire Protection Heat area of fire science, with faculty Prerequisite: FS 106. A study of the Transfer supervision. 2 credits. effective organization and manage- Prerequisite: ME 301. The essen- ment of emergency resources at var- tials of fire spread and fire behavior: FS 500 Special Topics ious fire and large-scale emergency the combustion process, heat trans- Selected topics in fire science on a 218 variety of current problems and spe- nar format with full student partici- least 150 hours of substantive cialized areas not available in the pation. 3 credits. involvement with the internship regular curriculum. 3 credits. site are required. 3 credits. FS 599 Independent Study FS 501 Internship Prerequisite: consent of the chair of Prerequisite: consent of the direc- the fire science program. This self- GERMAN tor of the fire science program. study opportunity allows the fire The purpose of the fire science science major to complete a fire sci- GR 101–102 Elementary internship is to provide the student ence course that is not being offered German I and II with real-life work experience. The or that the student is otherwise Stresses pronunciation, aural and student is placed with an agency unable to complete in the tradition- reading comprehension, basic con- (the sponsor), which agrees to pro- al manner. The student must have versation, and the fundamental vide a meaningful work experience sufficient background in the subject principles of grammar. 3 credits for the intern. The intern is to complete the material in a satis- each term. required to spend a minimum of factory manner. 3 credits. 128 hours with the sponsor and GR 201–202 Intermediate prepare a paper outlining the expe- German I and II rience. 3 credits. GLOBAL STUDIES Prerequisites: GR 101–102 or the equivalent. Stresses reading compre- FS 502 Emergency Medical GLS 100 Introduction to Global hension of modern prose texts and Technician Studies a review of grammar necessary for This course prepares the basic As the foundation course of the these readings. Students are encour- emergency medical technician in global studies program, this course aged to read in their own areas of accordance with the U.S. Dept. of provides a comprehensive survey of interest. 3 credits each term. Transportation curriculum and the multiple factors and forces Connecticut EMS guidelines. The shaping the world’s political culture, GR 450–459 Special Topics course provides a survey of emer- actors, and responses to threats to Selected topics of special or current gency medical services including civilization: war, poverty, injustice, interest in the study of German. 3 medical and legal/ethical aspects, pollution, hunger, disease, and dis- credits. role of the EMT, CPR at the order. The course explores values, American Heart Association Basic institutions, and processes among Rescuer Level, patient assessment, cultures, governments, interests, HISTORY care of wounds and fractures, air- and policy outcomes. 3 credits. way maintenance, medical and HS 101 Foundations of the environmental emergencies, patient GLS 450–459 Special Topics in Western World transportation, emergency child- Global Studies Traces the course of western civiliza- birth, and basic extrication. Stu- Selected topics of special or current tion from its earliest beginnings in dents can expect to spend some interest in global studies. 3 credits. the ancient Middle East to the time in practical experiences. Labo- eighteenth century. Includes major ratory fee; 6 credits. GLS 490 Global Studies cultural trends, interactions Internship between society and economy, and FS 510 Senior Seminar This course provides a capstone analysis of the rise and fall of This course integrates current and experience for majors in the global empires. 3 credits. developing knowledge of the behav- studies B.A. program. Interns are HS 102 The Western World in ior of fire with the problems pre- placed in non-governmental Modern Times sented by today’s building construc- organizations with a global focus, Europe and its global impact from tion, building materials, and build- federal or state agencies, and the eighteenth century to the pres- ing codes. This course uses a semi- multinational corporations. At Courses 219 ent. Includes revolutionary move- HS 207 World History Since emergence of Japan as a modern ments, the evolution of mass 1945 nation in the nineteenth and twen- democracy, and the world wars of Survey of major events and trends tieth centuries; its post-World War the twentieth century. 3 credits. since World War II. Advanced II growth into an economic giant; industrial societies are emphasized. and its current evolution. 3 credits. HS 108 History of Science Includes decolonization, East-West The development of science and conflicts, and patterns of economic HS 270 Europe from Renaissance technology from antiquity to the cooperation and competition. 3 Through Enlightenment present, and their impact on society credits. Europe from 1300 to 1800; from and the world. 3 credits. feudal states to nation states. Devel- HS 211 United States to 1865 opment of cultural, political, social, HS 110 American History Since Survey of American social, econom- and economic life; religious unity 1607 ic, political, and diplomatic devel- and religious diversity. 3 credits. A one-semester survey covering opments from colonial times to major topics such as colonial lega- 1865. Not open to those who have HS 306 Modern Technology and cies, the American Revolution, had HS 110. 3 credits. Western Culture nation-state building, sectional ten- The development of the modern sions, urbanization, industrializa- HS 212 United States Since 1865 technological world and its relation- tion, the rise to world power stand- Survey of American history from ship to social, economic, and cul- ing, social and cultural develop- 1865 to the present: institutional tural changes from the Industrial ments, and the post-World War II and industrial expansion, periods of Revolution to the present. 3 credits. era. Not open to those who have reform and adjustment, the U.S. as had HS 211 or HS 212. 3 credits. a world power. Not open to those HS 312 United States in the who have had HS 110. 3 credits. Twentieth Century HS 120 History of Blacks in the The interaction of political, eco- United States HS 260 Modern Asia nomic, social, and intellectual The history and background of The ideological, cultural, and tra- events and their impact on twenti- black people in the United States: ditional political, economic, and eth century America. 3 credits. social, political, and cultural devel- diplomatic history of east, south, opment. 3 credits. and southeast Asia from the six- HS 345 Europe in the teenth century to the present. 3 Nineteenth Century HS 200 History Methods credits. European history from the This seminar acquaints students Napoleonic period to World War I; with the basic procedures, materials HS 262 Modern Chinese History its internal development and world and research tools used by histori- A study of China from 1800, impact. 3 credits. ans. The course also reviews a vari- including the impact of the West ety of approaches used to interpret and Japan; transformation from HS 350 Latin American History history. Topics include the history monarchy to civil war to the Peo- Analyzes the history of colonial of the discipline, how to identify ple’s Republic of China to the pres- Latin America from ancient Ameri- and interpret primary and second- ent time; the Republic of China on ca and pre-contact fifteenth-century ary sources, how to identify the the- Taiwan; the incorporation of Hong Europe to the nineteenth century sis and methodology of secondary Kong into the PRC. 3 credits. independence revolutions and the sources, how to develop a thesis and modern struggles with political compose a research project, how to HS 264 Modern Japanese instability and economic depend- conduct historical research, and History ence. The focus is on how the mix- how to outline and draft an original An analysis of the diverse political, ture of European and New World historical research paper. 3 credits. economic, social, military, and cul- inputs gave rise to unique Latin tural factors that influenced the American cultures. 3 credits. 220

HS 351 Russia and the Soviet course must be initiated by the stu- HTM 210 Applied Techniques in Union dent. 1–3 credits per semester up to the Culinary Arts The development of czarist Russia 6 credits. This course teaches the basic classi- from 1200 to the Revolution of cal cooking techniques, including 1917; the former USSR from 1917 the basic principles of baking, uti- to the present. 3 credits. HOTEL AND lizing a hands-on format. The stu- TOURISM dent applies the theories and princi- HS 353 Modern Britain MANAGEMENT ples acquired in the prerequisite The development of British history course in the context of a profes- from the Restoration of 1660 to the HTM 165 Introduction to sional kitchen environment. The present. Includes Britain’s role in Hospitality and Tourism class emphasizes concepts of effi- international affairs. Special empha- Major elements of tourism are ciency, organization, cleanliness, sis on social and economic topics. 3 examined, including customer trav- and time management. 3 credits. credits. el patterns, transportation systems, major tourism suppliers, and distri- HTM 220 Pastry Making HS 355 Modern Germany bution systems. The role of the hos- Techniques German civilization from the seven- pitality industry is explored in rela- This hands-on course presents the teenth century to the present; its tionship to domestic and foreign basic principles of pastry making in impact on Europe and the world. 3 tourism. 3 credits. the context of a professional envi- credits. ronment. From basic custards to HTM 166 Touristic Geography I complex doughs and batters, stu- HS 381–389 Selected Studies in — The Western Hemisphere dents learn techniques as they create History A study of travel patterns and desti- assorted desserts and plated pastries. Special topics in history dealing nations in the Western Hemisphere. Cake decoration is part of the focus with the modern world. An in- Included are the major highlights of of the course. 3 credits. depth study of vital historical issues. North America, Central America, 3 credits. the Caribbean, South America, and HTM 225 Restaurant the Antarctic. 3 credits. Management HS 446 Europe in the Twentieth Prerequisite: HTM 165. A survey Century HTM 167 Touristic Geography of restaurant operations and the Recent and contemporary Euro- II — The Eastern Hemisphere successful management of food pean history beginning with World In this second course in touristic service operations. Topics include War I. Institutional development geography, the emphasis is on major the manager’s role in restaurant and its changing role in politics. 3 destinations in the Eastern Hemi- operations, the role of managerial credits. sphere — the Middle East, South leadership, staff selection and devel- and East Asia, South Pacific, Pacific opment, effective approaches to HS 491 Senior Seminar Islands, and Africa. The study gives successful client relations, and The undertaking of an independ- the student a well-grounded knowl- approaches to maintaining a quality ent study and research project. edge of these areas. 3 credits. balance between food, service, and Required of history majors in their facilities. 3 credits. senior year. 3 credits. HTM 202 Hospitality Purchasing HTM 226 Front Office HS 599 Independent Study Introduction to the purchasing, Procedures Prerequisites: consent of faculty receiving, and issuing of foods and Students acquire an understanding member and department chair. food items. The identification of of the principles regarding proce- Opportunity for the student, under guides, preparation of specifica- dures and intradepartmental inter- the direction of a faculty member, tions, and cost control procedures actions — which include sales and to explore an area of interest. This are stressed. 3 credits. marketing, housekeeping, mainte- Courses 221 nance (engineering), accounting, HTM 260 Club, Resort, and HTM 305 Wine Appreciation and the food and beverage seg- Casino/Gaming Operations Considers the major wines and ments — while maintaining high Management wine regions of the world, with standards of guest service. Examina- Typical organizational structures, emphasis on American, French, and tion of how various hospitality management techniques, and spe- German wines. Wine tasting is an computer hardware and software cial aspects of operations for pri- integral part of the course. Students applications assist with the above vate clubs, resorts, and casino/ must be 21 years of age. 3 credits. responsibilities. 3 credits. gaming. 3 credits. HTM 307 Cultural HTM 227 Service Management HTM 280 Legal Aspects of Understanding of Food and Introduction to various manage- Hospitality, Tourism, and Private Cuisine ment aspects of guest services, lodg- Clubs The importance of food and cuisine ing, and assisted-care operations as An overview of specific issues and within the context of society. This applied to the hospitality industry. liabilities that the professional course explores the impact of food Staffing, budget preparation, mate- manager faces. Classic and current on the evolution of mankind and rials planning, directing and con- case studies and issues are present- addresses issues relating to the trolling ongoing operations are sig- ed including laws that affect per- importance of food in the political nificant sections of this course. 3 sonal and financial advancement. and economic structure of the credits. 3 credits. world. Questions regarding food supplies and sources as well as ethi- HTM 235 Dining Room HTM 300 Principles of Baking cal questions facing mankind in the Management Prerequisite: HTM 210. The basic near future are examined. Also This course provides the knowledge principles of baking presented with- explored are the influences and per- to fully understand dining room in the context of a professional and ceptions of food in different cul- management as essential to the suc- profit-generating commercial tures and how those perceptions cess of commercial food operations. kitchen environment. Students affect intercultural understanding. Students will practice various serv- demonstrate these principles 3 credits. ice techniques that include Ameri- through hands-on assignments in a can, French, and Russian service professional kitchen lab. 3 credits. HTM 315 Beverage Management standards. They also have the The beverage area is perceived as a opportunity to demonstrate dining HTM 304 Volume Food profit center for hotels and restau- room organization, hospitality Production and Service rants. Themes, decor, and ambiance human resource and marketing This course teaches the basic princi- that enhance the hospitality experi- techniques, and dining thematic ples of volume food production and ence are explored. All management decoration skills. 3 credits. service, which are so critical to the functions are examined; planning, commercial food industry. Students staffing, accounting, marketing, and HTM 250 Lodging Operations prepare meals that are consumed menu development are emphasized. Analysis and evaluation of lodging and analyzed by the public, and Other pertinent topics are dis- operations including assisted-care apply the theories and principles cussed, including liability and facilities, to include rooms, divi- acquired in the prerequisite course licensing issues. 3 credits. sions, food and beverages, sales and in the context of a professional marketing, engineering/mainte- kitchen environment. The class HTM 316 Hospitality Finance nance, human resources, account- emphasizes concepts of efficiency, and Revenue Management ing, and other major functional organization, cleanliness, and time Prerequisites: senior standing and areas. 3 credits. management. 3 credits. consent of department chair. This course takes the experienced hospitality student through the certification process for designation as a 222

Certified Hospitality Account Exec- tourism planning and policy industry and on links of its history utive (CHAE), and includes the process used to develop or modify to current gaming practices. Partic- certification exam as a portion of major tourism destinations. Aspects ular attention is paid to noted casi- the course and final grading of the process include goals and nos in Monte Carlo, Las Vegas, and process. Additionally, Hospitality objectives; the use of environmen- Atlantic City as well as Connecti- Financial and Technology Profes- tal, economic, marketing, topo- cut’s Foxwoods and Mohegan Sun. sionals (HFTP) membership is graphical, and political studies; and 3 credits. included. Topics include investment procedures for monitoring and trends and analysis, lease and pur- control to assure proper planning HTM 380 Resort Operations chase considerations, working capi- and policy implementation. Focus A comprehensive review of resort tal finance, audit and financial on considering both tourism bene- operations. Content covered management, and the CHAE exam fits and costs in assessing net includes the history and develop- preparation. Students are responsi- impacts. 3 credits. ment of resorts, guest services, and ble for the cost and fees required for resort recreation functions. Students the CHAE examination and HFTP HTM 345 Catering and Events are expected to create innovative membership. 3 credits. Management resort facilities and programs. Field A review of concepts germane to trips to local resort properties may HTM 325 Destination catering and event management be required. 3 credits. Marketing and Sales within the context of the hospitality An in-depth study of marketing industry. Topics include themed HTM 410 International Tourism theory and techniques crucial to events, outside services, audio-visual Institutions that run the interna- success in hospitality and tourism and other special effects, on-and tional tourism industry are businesses and an examination of off-premise catering and function reviewed. The relationship between the sales process, the destination life sales, staffing, computer applica- these institutions and various cycle, DMOs, and market segmen- tions in banquet management, and nations is discussed. Participants tation strategies. Students develop a general event planning. 3 credits. become familiar with the policy strategic tourism plan for a hospi- implications of operating in a tality and tourism organization that HTM 360 Corporate Travel multinational political, social, and has a focus on sales. 3 credits. Planning economic environment. 3 credits. As airlines and hotels funnel most HTM 335 Convention and of their energy, services, and ameni- HTM 430 Special-Interest Meeting Planning ties toward the corporate traveler, Tourism As corporate meetings and conven- bidding for a corporate account Investigates the extraordinary and tions continue to increase in the (RFP) and servicing it successfully ever-increasing field of special- worldwide tourism market, one of are exacting arts. Every aspect of the interest tourism. Provides an the newer and more important industry is covered, including overview of the niche that each career paths is that of the profes- automation, cost-cutting strategies, aspect of special-interest tourism sional meeting planner. Included in and professionalism. 3 credits. contributes to the development of the sphere of responsibility are the tourism industry. Adventurous meeting/organization agenda, site HTM 370 Gaming and Casino travel from dog sledding in Green- selection, meal planning, trans- Management land to dugout canoes in the trop- portation, schedule of events, This course provides an introduc- ics, from ballooning in the French break-out sessions, leisure activities, tion to the casino industry and chateaux country and Masai Mara finances, and evaluation. 3 credits. examines its phenomenal growth to heli-hiking and sightseeing in and relationship to tourism and the Rockies. Included also is travel HTM 340 Tourism Planning and community development. Focus is for the disabled and the adventur- Policy on the concepts and definitions er. 3 credits. A comprehensive review of the essential for understanding the Courses 223

HTM 440 International Food, operation, and management of the Buffet and Catering escorted tour. Instruction covers the HUMANITIES Prerequisites: HTM 210, HTM entire process for the tour operator HU 300 The Nature of Science 345. Students gain hands-on from initial contact to finished Prerequisites: E 110, HS 102, a lab- knowledge of planning, organizing, product. During the semester, each oratory science course, and a social preparing, and serving international student plans a tour from begin- science course. Investigates science food in the context of buffet-cater- ning to end, designs and writes the as a human activity, as a social insti- ing service. Several public events brochure, prices the arrangements, tution, and as an instrument for featuring an international theme and shows how to successfully oper- acquiring and using knowledge. and food served in a buffet setting ate the finished product. 3 credits. are planned, created, and prepared The nature of scientific knowledge, by student management teams HTM 597 Practicum the organization of scientific activi- under the supervision of a chef Prerequisite: junior standing. A ty, and the interaction of science instructor. Gastronomy concepts course of study for the supervised with technology and culture. A are studied as they relate to the practical application of previously course about science and the international culture. 3 credits. studied theory in a group setting. process of generating new knowl- Completed under the supervision edge. 3 credits. HTM 445 Advanced Cuisine of a faculty sponsor and coordi- HU 450–459 Special Topics Management and Technique nated with a business organiza- Special topics of selected or current This is the capstone course in food tion. 3 credits. production and service. Students interest in the study of humanities. are provided an opportunity to HTM 598 Internship 3 credits. practice advanced culinary tech- Prerequisites: completion of 600 niques within various international hours of practicum and consent of and domestic cuisine themes. Stu- instructor. Interns are required to INTERNATIONAL dents are divided into manage- complete 400 hours of internship BUSINESS ment teams and develop a meal experience in conjunction with the manual that includes team mission designated internship coordinator. IB 421 Operation of the statements, pre- and post-meal cost The internship experience empha- Multinational Corporation analysis, personnel deployment, sizes supervisory responsibilities Prerequisites: EC 200, FI 213, interaction with the dining room whenever possible. This experience MG 210. Specific problems management teams, standardized is formulated by the faculty, the encountered by multinational recipe creations, and performance designated coordinator, the student, firms. Topics include investment appraisal criteria. Student-man- and an industry professional, — a decisions, environmental scanning, agers prepare a dining experience cooperative effort that helps to planning and control, and the that is offered to paying clientele. ensure the student’s success. The social responsibilities of firms in 3 credits. internship is augmented by written host nations. 3 credits. and oral reports, industry perform- IB 422 International Business HTM 450–459 Special Topics ance evaluations, and faculty over- Negotiations Includes studies of a variety of sight. 3 credits. current topics and specialized areas Prerequisites: EC 200, MG 210. An analysis of the various stages in the field that are not available HTM 599 Independent Study involved in the international busi- as part of the regular curriculum. Prerequisite: consent of department ness negotiating process, beginning 3 credits. chair. Independent research projects with planning and ending with or other approved phases of inde- post-contract adjustments. A survey HTM 470 Tour Design, pendent study. 3 credits. Marketing, and Management and evaluation of the various pri- This course studies the design, mary and secondary sources that 224 negotiators can tap for information in art and design projects through- ID 211 Interior Design I in the negotiating process. 3 credits. out the program. 1 credit. Labora- Prerequisites: ID 110, AT 212, and tory fee; 3 credits. AT 213. In this introductory studio IB 450–459 Special Topics course students explore the ele- Prerequisites: EC 200, junior stand- ID 109 Architectural Drawing I ments and principles of design as ing unless otherwise specified in An introduction to drafting with an they relate to interior environments. course schedule description. Select- emphasis on the use of mechanical The relationship between the built ed topics of special or current inter- drawing tools to accomplish begin- environment and human factors is est in the study of international ning architectural drawings. Skills discussed as it relates to circulation business. 3 credits. are developed in lettering, dimen- and furniture layouts. In addition, sioning, drawing, titling, symbols, the history and criteria that estab- IB 549 Global Business Strategy symbol cross-referencing, line lish interior design as a profession Prerequisite: MK 413. This is a weights, drawing formatting, devel- are explored in detail. Laboratory capstone course in international oping notes and specifications, con- fee; 3 credits. business. Through case analysis, it cept sketching, and reading blue- covers identification and relation prints and construction documents. ID 212 Interior Design II of the elements involved in the The principles of orthographic and Prerequisite: ID 211. A continua- dynamics of a company and its paraline drawing are explored and tion of ID 211 with a focus on pro- international environment. 3 drawings are produced. Laboratory gramming and design using two- credits. fee; 3 credits. dimensional methods of problem- solving and presentation. Residen- IB 598 Internship ID 110 Architectural Drawing II tial and commercial spaces are Prerequisite: EC 200. Supervised Prerequisite: ID 109. A continua- explored using study models and field experience for qualified stu- tion of ID 109 with a focus on finished models, sample boards, dents in areas related to their major. one-point perspective for interior and rendered perspectives for pre- 3 credits. and exterior spaces, furniture and sentations. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. related objects utilizing a variety of IB 599 Independent Study scales and the three-dimensional ID 213 Architectural Drawing III Prerequisite: EC 200. A planned One-Point Perspective Grid system Prerequisite: ID 110. An advanced program of individual study under of drawing. Drawings include course in two-point and multi- the supervision of a member of the sketch concepts, orthographic eval- point perspective drawing of interi- faculty. 3 credits. uations and representations with or and exterior spaces, furniture, multiple one-point perspective and related objects utilizing a vari- views, and sectional perspectives. ety of scales. Drawings include INTERIOR DESIGN Laboratory fee; 3 credits. sketched concepts, orthographic evaluations, and representations ID 100 Portfolio Design ID 200 Portfolio Production I with multiple perspective point Prerequisite: AT 211 or consent of Prerequisite: ID 100. This is a stu- views for each project. Laboratory the instructor. This is a foundation dio course in the application of fee; 3 credits. course in the branding design of a portfolio design branding elements professional portfolio and related to the production of portfolio ID 214 Lighting Design and documents for internships, job pages from art and design projects. Specifications interviews, and career develop- Professional standards and a clear Prerequisite: ID 211 or consent of ment. Branding, logo design, busi- brand identity are applied to the instructor. This course surveys the ness cards, letterhead, and related portfolio for career development use of lighting, both natural and stationery will be designed, cri- and advancement. Laboratory fee; artificial, as a design element in tiqued, and implemented for use 1 credit. planning residential and commercial interiors. The impact of percep- Courses 225 tion, psychology, brightness, color, ID 217 Sketching and Rendering specification, preparation, develop- and daylight are discussed. Interior for Interiors ment, and production of design lighting products including incan- Prerequisite: ID 110 or consent of and construction documents for descent and discharge lamps are instructor. This course advances residential and commercial kitchens studied in detail along with auxil- the student’s basic drawing and and baths are developed in detail. iary equipment, light controls, pho- illustrative skills through the explo- An emphasis is placed on kitchen tometrics, electricity, and luminar- ration of quick sketching and ren- and bath design and the develop- ies. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. dering techniques for architectural ment of accurate descriptive draw- and interior spaces. A variety of ings, notes, specifications, dimen- ID 215 Construction Documents I media are studied, including mark- sioning, and symbols within the Prerequisite: ID 110. This course ers, pastels, color pencils, watercol- construction documents. Building introduces students to the prepara- or, pencil, and pen. Focus is on the codes and ADA issues are explored tion, development, and production application of the media to create as applicable to individual projects. of a complete set of construction visual expression of the exterior Laboratory fee; 3 credits. documents for residential and com- and interior elements. Laboratory mercial interior spaces, including fee; 3 credits. ID 312 Interior Design IV project evaluation and an in-depth Prerequisite: ID 311, ID 313, or understanding of document ID 218 Interior Systems, consent of instructor. Advanced requirements, method applications, Materials, and Codes course in commercial interior blueprint reading, specification Prerequisite: ID 211, ID 215, or design incorporating professional writing, drawing nomenclature, and consent of instructor. This course scope of services including pro- millwork requirements. An empha- explores the design and construc- gramming, conceptual design, sis is placed on the development of tion requirements for interior build- design development, contract doc- accurate descriptive drawing notes, ing elements and environmental uments, contract administration, specifications, dimensionings, and systems. Issues related to interior and evaluation. Focus of the course symbols within the construction finishes, sustainability resources, is on corporate office design, open documents. Building codes and and green design are explored. office systems, and interior prod- ADA issues are explored as applica- Building codes, fire codes, and uct specifications. Laboratory fee; ble to individual projects. Laboratory ADA compliance relative to the 3 credits. fee; 3 credits. built interior environment are studied through the use of construction ID 313 CAD for Interiors I ID 216 Construction Documents II documents and study models. Lab- Prerequisite: ID 212, ID 216 or Prerequisite: ID 215. A continua- oratory fee; 3 credits. consent of instructor. This course tion of ID 215 with an emphasis introduces students to the use of on site measurement and documen- ID 300 Portfolio Production II AutoCAD as a drafting tool for tation of existing conditions and Prerequisite: ID 200. This is a con- floor plans, demolition and new mechanical systems, preparation of tinuation of Portfolio Production I. construction plans, reflected ceiling as-built drawings, oral presentation Students at this level continue to plans, electrical plans, wall eleva- of schematic design schemes, speci- design and complete portfolio pages tions, finish schedules and fications and notes, millwork draw- for their senior portfolio. Laborato- text/notes. The use of AutoCAD as ings, details and sections, and profi- ry fee; 1 credit. a sketching tool for concept devel- ciency, speed, and accuracy in opment is explored. Laboratory fee; preparing construction documents. ID 311 Interior Design III 3 credits. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. Prerequisites: ID 212, ID 216. This course explores the specialized field ID 314 CAD for Interiors II of kitchen and bath design for resi- Prerequisite: ID 313 or consent of dential and commercial interiors. instructor. This course is a contin- All aspects of programming, design, uation of ID 313 with a focus on 226 the use of AutoCAD for the design Issues of marketing, qualifying safety, and welfare issues within and development of retail and designs with manufacturers, con- the interior environment. Labora- restaurant spaces. Students use tracts, and negotiations are tory fee; 3 credits. AutoCAD to develop custom addressed. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. design furniture and cabinetry as ID 412 Interior Design VI well as three-dimensional images of ID 317 Interior Products and Prerequisite: ID 411 or consent of interior spaces in a variety of para- Specifications instructor. Advanced senior-level line views. Laboratory fee; 3 credits. Prerequisite: ID 212 or consent of course in historic preservation, sus- instructor. Examination of interior tainable design, and green design ID 315 History of Architecture textiles and products including incorporating professional scope of and Interiors I fibers, upholstery and window fab- services including programming, This course is an overview of the rics, and wall finishes. Manufactur- conceptual design, design develop- history of design in architecture, ing, measurement, and installation ment, contract documents, con- interiors, and furniture from the methods are explored. Laboratory tract administration, and evalua- ancient era through the end of the fee; 3 credits. tion. Special attention is focused eighteenth century. Lectures, read- on environmental issues and inno- ings, and research focus on the ID 450–459 Special Topics vative design solutions. Laboratory development of major forms, peri- Selected topics of special or current fee; 3 credits. od styles, ornament, and the deco- interest in interior design. 3 credits. rative arts from ancient Egypt, ID 413 Professional Practices for Greece, and Rome through the ID 400 Senior Portfolio Interior Designers Renaissance, Baroque, Rococo, and Prerequisite: ID 300. This Prerequisite: ID 312 or consent of Neoclassical eras. 3 credits. advanced course completes the pro- instructor. Provides fundamental duction of the senior portfolio and understanding of business practices ID 316 History of Architecture incorporates career preparation for the design professional. Survey and Interiors II activities. Job-search documents of business types, professional This course is a continuation of ID such as resumes, cover letters, and counsel and liability, ethics, mar- 315. The course explores the histo- thank-you letters are prepared keting and selling of services and ry of design in architecture, interi- incorporating the student’s brand products, and fee structures. Exam- ors, and furniture from the nine- identity. Interviews and job con- ination and preparation of business teenth century to the present. Styles tracts are explored, and the course forms including letters of agree- examined include nineteenth-centu- culminates in a senior portfolio ment, budget estimates, purchase ry revival styles, Arts and Crafts, Art presentation and interview. Labora- orders, and invoices. Laboratory Deco European, American Mod- tory fee; 1 credit. fee; 3 credits. ernism, and the influence of the Bauhaus. 3 credits. ID 411 Interior Design V ID 450–459 Special Topics Prerequisite: ID 312, ID 314, or Selected topics of special or current ID 318 Furniture Design and consent of instructor. Advanced interest in interior design. 3 credits. Specifications senior-level course in institutional Prerequisites: ID 213, ID 216, ID interior design incorporating pro- ID 598 Internship for Interior 311, and ID 317, or consent of fessional scope of services includ- Design and Allied Fields instructor. This is an advanced ing programming, conceptual Prerequisite: ID 312 or consent of course in furniture design and con- design, design development, con- instructor. Students have the oppor- struction drawings concentrating tract documents, contract adminis- tunity to intern within interior on upholstery, furniture, and manu- tration, and evaluation. Special design, architectural, or allied facturing processes for residential attention is focused on individual design and product industry firms. and commercial furniture markets. user needs with respect to health, Courses 227

Students may seek their own IE 243 Work Design IE 304 Production Control internship site, or the program will Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Prerequisites: IE 243, M 118. The match students with firms appro- Introductory course in the design basic principles that govern the priate to their interests and skills. and evaluation of efficient work design of production control sys- Mentors within the firms provide methods and working environ- tems in an industrial plant. The students with a broad range of ments. Techniques useful in prob- principles used in solving problems learning opportunities. In addition, lem definition; design of alternative of procuring and controlling mate- students maintain weekly email work methods; and evaluation of rials in planning, routing, schedul- journals and research career oppor- alternative designs including ing, and dispatching are considered. tunities. 3 credits (135 internship process charting, operation analy- Familiarizes the student with estab- contact hours). sis, and principles of motion econ- lished and new methods used in omy. Emphasis placed on human this field including MRP, JIT, com- ID 599 Independent Study factors and safety implications of puter-aided process planning, and Prerequisite: senior standing or con- alternative work-method designs. group technology. 3 credits. sent of instructor and department Equitable time standards are devel- chair. Under the direction of a fac- oped for work-method designs IE 311 Quality Assurance ulty member and an outside men- through the use of time-study pro- Prerequisite: junior standing. Quali- tor, the student initiates develop- cedures including stopwatch time ty considerations in product design ment of a capstone project. The study, computerized predeter- and manufacturing; product inspec- purpose of independent study is to mined-time systems, and work tion and process control; total qual- further an area of special interest, to sampling. 3 credits. ity management principles as prepare for graduate school, or to applied to process design, control, meet the Honors Program thesis IE 302 Ergonomics and improvement; product safety requirement. 3 credits (135 project Prerequisite: junior standing. Cov- and liability issues. 3 credits. documented hours). ers basic terminology and application of ergonomic principles to the IE 344 Human Factors workplace. Topics include repetitive Engineering INDUSTRIAL motion injuries, cumulative trauma Prerequisite: SE 347 or equivalent. ENGINEERING disorders, carpal tunnel syndrome, Covers psychological and physio- anthropometry, human error analy- logical aspects of people at work, IE 204 Engineering Economics sis, channel capacity, reaction time, including work physiology, infor- Prerequisites: M 117 and CS 107 human-machine interaction, and mation processing, motor skills and or equivalent. A quantitative analy- current ergonomics news and appli- movement control, signal detection sis of applied economics in engi- cations. 3 credits. theory, and anthropometry with the neering design; the economy study aim of improvements in workplace for comparing alternatives; interest IE 303 Cost Control design. 3 credits. formulae; quantitative methods of Prerequisites: junior standing and comparing alternatives; intangible M 118. Basic analysis of cost con- IE 348 Manufacturing Processes considerations; selection and trol techniques. Designed to give Corequisite: IE 304. Provides a replacement economy for machines members of the management team basic understanding of manufactur- and structures; break-even and min- the underlying rudiments of cost ing processes as applied to conven- imum cost points; depreciation; estimating and control systems. tional manufacturing. Properties of effect of income taxes on the econo- Theory of standard costs, flexible material; machining fundamentals; my; review of current industrial budgeting, and overhead handling tool geometry; surface finish; forces; practices. Promotes logical decisions techniques emphasized by analytical material removal processes; casting, through the consideration of alter- problem solution. Life-cycle cost- forging, and extrusion processes; native courses of action. 3 credits. ing. Value engineering. 3 credits. measurement and inspection; 228 process capability and quality con- IE 437 Metrology and Inspection machining economics and the basic trol; ferrous and nonferrous metals; in Manufacturing principles of the theory of metal chip/type machining processes; Prerequisite: IE 436. The study of cutting and metal working to machining economics in turning, metrology and inspection practices improve manufacturing engineering milling, and drilling. 3 credits. in manufacturing. Emphasis on the operations. Course emphasizes design and development of different design and operation of better tool- IE 408 Systems Analysis types of gauging for inspection in ing for different types of manufac- Prerequisites: senior standing and manufacturing. 3 credits. turing operations. Experimental SE 347 or equivalent. Presents the investigation of metal cutting and analytical and conceptual tech- IE 440 Synchronous metal working methodologies niques upon which systems analy- Manufacturing stressed. 3 credits. sis and development are based, as Prerequisites: IE 204 and IE 304. applications to business and Group technology in design and IE 450–459 Special Topics in industrial fields. Development of manufacturing; manufacturing Industrial Engineering case studies and their application, environment, resources, products, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. oriented to improved designs. 3 constraints, and decisions; synchro- Selected topics of current interest in credits. nized manufacturing operations the field of industrial engineering. 3 and process improvement. 3 credits. credits. IE 414 Engineering Management Prerequisite: senior standing. Pro- IE 443 Facilities Planning IE 460 Computer-Aided vides insight into the elements of Prerequisites: IE 243, IE 304 and Manufacturing the managerial process and develops senior standing. Factors in plant Prerequisites: IE 348 and CS 107 a rational approach to the problems location, design, and layout of or equivalent. Topics covered of managing productive processes equipment. Techniques for obtain- include computer-aided manufac- and the engineering function. ing information essential to the turing (CAM), numerical control Focusing largely on complex prob- development and evaluation of (NC),industrial robot applications, lems of top and middle-level man- alternative facility layout designs are flexible manufacturing systems agement, students investigate the presented with an emphasis on (FMS), group technology (GT), modern tools managers use under environmental and safety considera- integration of CAD/ CAM, com- given circumstances, stressing the tions. Design of departmental areas, puter-aided process planning ongoing activities of management resource allocation and flow, mate- (CAPP), and applications software as part of an integrated, continuous rials handling, storage, and the eco- for manufacturing. 3 credits. process. 3 credits. nomic implications of alternative designs are discussed. Students IE 465 Robotics in IE 436 Quality Control work in small groups on the design Manufacturing Prerequisite: SE 347 or equivalent. of a manufacturing facility to pro- Prerequisite: IE 460. Topics covered Economics of quality control; mod- duce an actual consumer product. include applications of robotics in ern methods used by industry to Project culminates in both written manufacturing, robot classification, achieve quality of product; prevent- and oral presentations of the pro- introduction to a high-level robot ing defects; organizing for quality; posed facility design. CAD tech- language, task planning, and labo- locating chronic sources of trouble; niques are used extensively in the ratory projects with industrial coordinating specifications, manu- development of the final facility lay- robots. 3 credits. facturing and inspection; measuring out. 3 credits. process capability; using inspection IE 498 Internship data to regulate manufacturing IE 448 Advanced Manufacturing Prerequisites: consent of faculty processes; statistical methods; con- Engineering Operations supervisor and approval of depart- trol charts; selection of modern Prerequisites: ME 200 and IE 348. ment chair. Supervised work-project sampling plans. 3 credits. A course for understanding related to industrial engineering Courses 229 with local industries. 3 credits. paper as a social institution and a J 450–459 Special Topics in medium of communication. 3 Journalism IE 504 Senior Project credits. Selected topics in journalism that Prerequisites: senior standing and are of current or special interest. 3 consent of department chair. The J 201 News Writing and credits. student, in conjunction with a fac- Reporting ulty adviser, selects and works on a Prerequisite: CO 102 or consent of J 599 Independent Study project. Results are presented at a instructor. The elements of news, Prerequisites: consent of instructor seminar at the end of the semester. the style and the structure of news and department chair. Opportunity 3 credits. stories, news-gathering methods, for a student, under the direction of copyreading and editing, reporting. a faculty member, to explore an IE 599 Independent Study 3 credits. area of interest. 3 credits. Prerequisite: junior standing. A planned program of individual J 202 Advanced News Writing study under the supervision of a and Reporting BUSINESS LAW faculty member. 3 credits. Prerequisite: J 201. Intensive practice in news writing and reporting. LA 101 Business Law and the 3 credits. Regulatory Environment ITALIAN An overview of the legal system as it J 311 Copy Desk relates to the operation of a busi- IT 101 Elementary Italian I Prerequisite: J 201. Intensive prac- ness. Topics include those relating Stresses pronunciation, oral and tice in copyreading, editing and to the establishment and continuity reading comprehension, basic con- revising, headline writing, photo- of business relationships: contracts, versation, and the fundamental graph selection, page make-up, and sales, partnerships, corporations, principles of grammar. 3 credits. reporting. Regular critiques of the agency law, and business ethics. copy-desk work of major newspa- Other topics are those regulating IT 102 Elementary Italian II pers. 3 credits. business activities: consumer pro- Prerequisite: IT 101 or consent of tection, environmental, employ- instructor. This course builds on J 351 Journalistic Performance ment, and antitrust laws. 3 credits. the skills learned in IT 101. Stresses Prerequisite: J 201. Students follow pronunciation, oral and reading the coverage in the media given to LA 112 Accounting Business Law comprehension, basic conversation, selected topics and prepare to make Prerequisite: LA 101. Law of and the fundamental principles of judgments of the coverage by doing agency, employer/employee, part- grammar through class practice and research and becoming knowledge- nerships, corporations, security and grammar exercises. 3 credits. able about the particular topics. governmental regulation; real and The course stresses analytic reading person property law; creditors’ IT 450–459 Special Topics in and responsible, informed criticism. rights and bankruptcy; wills and Italian 3 credits. trusts. 3 credits. Special topics of selected or current interest in the study of Italian. 3 J 367 Interpretive and Editorial LA 450–459 Special Topics credits. Writing Prerequisite: LA 101. Selected top- Prerequisite: J 201. Practice in the ics in business law of special or cur- writing of considered and knowl- rent interest not covered by an JOURNALISM edgeable commentaries on current existing course. 3 credits. affairs and of interpretive articles J 101 Journalism I based on investigation, research, LA 598 Internship A survey of journalism designed to and interviews. 3 credits. Prerequisite: LA 101. On-the-job acquaint students with the profes- experience of business law in select- sion. Includes the American news- ed organizations. 3 credits. 230

LA 599 Independent Study LG 410 Life Cycle Concepts Prerequisites: LA 101 and junior Prerequisite: LG 320. Introduction LEGAL STUDIES standing. A planned program of to life cycle concepts in product individual study under the supervi- design, quality engineering, field LS 100 Introduction to Legal sion of a faculty member. 3 credits. support, maintenance, training, Concepts and end-use disposal. Techniques Overview of the American legal of life cycle costing and the con- system in the context of historical LOGISTICS struction of life cycle forecasts. underpinnings. Structural make- Product and system warranties, and up, purpose, and functions of the LG 300 Defense Sector Logistics their interface with logistics sup- legal system in American society; Prerequisites: EAS 345 and CS 107 port. 3 credits. distinction between civil and crimi- or equivalent. Introduction to logis- nal law systems. Introduction to tics as practiced in the defense LG 440 Data Management in major civil law substantive areas, industry, the military, and multi- Logistics Systems including torts, contracts and prop- national corporations operating for- Prerequisite: LG 310. Review of erty, legal concepts, and reasoning. eign installations. Overview of the role of data collection, analysis, 3 credits hours. logistics elements, nomenclature, and report generation in logistics techniques, management, and com- systems management. Uses of com- LS 201 Legal Ethics and puter support. Survey of regula- puter-aided management informa- Professional Responsibilities tions, standards, and logistics prod- tion systems, technical data acquisi- Prerequisite: PL 222. Study of legal ucts. Identification of logistics and tion, and software support in logis- ethics, including codes of profes- its place in defense-related systems. tics organizations. Requirements sional responsibility in different 3 credits. for documentation, data renewal, types of organizations and occupa- and the generation of integrated tional settings. Analysis and discus- LG 310 Introduction to Logistics logistics support plans and reports. sion of case studies; role playing. Support Analysis 3 credits. 3 credits. Prerequisite: LG 300. Definition and description of logistics support LG 450–459 Special Topics LS 226 Family Law analysis with reference to MIL- Special topics of selected or current A study of legal relations between STD-1388-lA and derivative interest in the study of logistics. 3 husband and wife including mar- requirements. Survey of integrated credits. riage, annulment, divorce, alimony, logistics support theory and practice separation, adoption, custody and the role of LSA. The role of a LG 490 Logistics Seminar arrangements, and basic procedures logistics support analysis plan, its Upon completion of LG 300, LG of family law litigation. 3 credits. method of construction, and its use 310, LG 320, LG 410, and LG 440 in real systems. 3 credits. students pursuing the certificate in LS 229 Legal Communications logistics are required to take this Familiarization with the kinds of LG 320 Reliability and capstone seminar. Each student legal documents and written Maintainability Fundamentals develops an experiential case study instruments employed by partici- Prerequisite: LG 300. Basic in conjunction with a faculty advis- pants in the legal process. Recogni- description and analysis of the er. This case study draws on materi- tion and understanding of the pur- concepts of reliability and main- al learned in prerequisite courses pose of writs, complaints, briefs, tainability in large high-technology and the student’s work experience. memoranda, contracts, wills, and systems. Introduction to quantita- Each student is required to present motions. 3 credits. tive techniques and quality assur- the case study for critique by col- ance. Strategies for optimizing leagues and industrial engineering LS 238 Civil Procedure I effectiveness and in-service sup- faculty. 1 credit. Prerequisite: LS 100. Study of pro- port. 3 credits. cedural law governing civil legal Courses 231 actions. Includes overview of civil LS 301 Administrative Law and LS 330 Legal Investigation legal actions in state and federal Regulation Examines skills needed to conduct courts with focus on legal principles Study of the basic principles of law investigations that are a routine that affect commencing and main- for government agencies; structure part of the practice of law, such as taining lawsuits. 3 credits. of federal and Connecticut agen- principles of fact-gathering in a cies; and major laws governing wide range of cases (e.g., criminal, LS 239 Civil Procedure II: these agencies, including the state divorce, custody, housing). 3 Litigation and federal Administrative Proce- credits. Prerequisite: LS 238. An examina- dure Acts and Freedom of Informa- tion of civil litigation from com- tion Acts. Overview of the role of LS 350 Global Legal Systems mencement of a lawsuit through legal professionals in administrative This course surveys and compares trial, including pleadings, motions, practice with practical applications. major legal systems in the world, discovery, and evidence. A combi- 3 credits hours. focusing on common law systems nation of theory and practice. 3 of the U.S. and Britain, civil law credits. LS 310 Business Organizations systems of Europe, the laws of the This course studies the various European Union, Islamic law sys- LS 240 Legal Research and types of business organizations, tems, socialistic legal systems, and Writing I including corporations, partner- international law concepts. 3 Prerequisites: LS 100, E 105. An ships, limited liability companies, credits. introduction to legal research and sole proprietorships, and joint ven- writing. Students learn to use pri- tures, and the legal and documenta- LS 401 Alternative Dispute mary and secondary legal authority tion requirements for their forma- Resolution: Models and Practice in the law library and computerized tion, operation, and termination. Study of current models of conflict legal research databases to solve Advantages and disadvantages of resolution, emphasizing mediation legal research problems and assign- different forms of business entities and restorative justice; applications ments. Further study of legal rea- are examined. 3 credits. in legal and organizational settings. soning and case and statutory Using simulations, students learn analysis. 3 credits. LS 326 Real Estate Law basic negotiation and mediation A variety of legal skills in real estate skills. 3 credits. LS 241 Legal Research and law. Special attention given to title, Writing II operations, mortgages, deeds, leases, LS 405 Environmental Law Prerequisites: LS 240, E 110. property taxes, closing procedures Study of environmental law and Through more advanced assign- and documents. 3 credits. regulation at the federal, state, and ments, students further develop local levels. Includes review of legal research, analytic, and writing LS 328 Management and major federal environmental protec- skills. Includes research and analysis Administrative Skills tion laws, state common law proof realistic legal problems with An examination of the procedures tections, local land use controls, preparation of opinion letters, legal and systems necessary to run a law and international law. Role of regu- memoranda, and briefs. 3 credits. office efficiently. Students learn latory agencies and the courts administrative skills such as how to examined. 3 credits. LS 244 Estates and Trusts interview clients, conduct legal cor- An examination of the legal princi- respondence, and maintain legal LS 410 Counterterrorism and the ples and techniques of effective records. Proven management tech- Law estate planning and administration. niques for keeping track of filing This course studies the Patriot Act, Topics covered include inheritance dates and fees, court dockets, and FISA, and other counter-terrorism statutes, preparation and execution calendars are also examined. 3 laws, the balance between security of wills, and record-keeping prac- credits. and protecting constitutional tices. 3 credits. rights, including personal liberty, 232 and how the courts decide these completion of common courses for straight line, and simultaneous lin- cases. Historical context and public the major. Pre-placement classroom ear equations. (Students must suc- policy as well as legal issues are review of professional office proce- cessfully complete M 103 before considered. 3 credits. dures including maintaining legal taking any other course having records and files, handling oral and mathematical content.) Students LS 430 Cyberlaw written communications, ethical who take M 103 will have the total Analysis of special problems arising responsibilities, and time and work- number of credits required for grad- from use of computers and the flow management. The internship uation increased by three. 3 credits Internet. Exploration of topics such placement follows. Regular class (4 to 6 meeting hours per week). as the impact of mass data banks on discussion sessions for analysis, the right to privacy, copyright problem-solving, and skill building M 109 Intermediate Algebra infringement, personal and social are held during the internship Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher security concerns, and the tension placement. 4 credits each semester. in M 103 or placement by the between the First Amendment and department. A review of the funda- protecting vulnerable populations. LS 599 Independent Study mental operations and an extensive 3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of department study of functions, exponents, radi- chair. An opportunity for a student, cals, linear and quadratic equations. LS 450–459 Special Topics under the direction of a faculty Additional topics include ratio, pro- Prerequisite: consent of department member, to explore and acquire portion, variation, progression, and chair. A study of selected issues of competence in a special area of the binomial theorem. This course particular interest to the student interest. 1–3 credits. is intended primarily for students and the instructor. 3 credits. whose program of study requires calculus. Other students might take LS 498 Research Project MATHEMATICS M 127. 3 credits. Prerequisites: senior standing and consent of department chair. The All prerequisites for the following M 115 Pre-Calculus student carries out an original mathematics courses must be strict- Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher research project in a legal setting ly observed unless waived by the in M 109 or placement by the and reports findings. 1–6 credits. Mathematics Department. Students department. Offers the foundation who have successfully completed needed for the study of calculus: LS 500 Pre-Internship any mathematics course may not polynomials, algebraic functions, Prerequisite: junior standing in legal enroll in course prerequisite to the elementary point geometry, plane studies. This course enables stu- completed course without explicit analytic trigonometry, and proper- dents to understand and prepare for consent of the Department. ties of exponential functions. 4 the internship experience. Students credits. explore internship and legal career M 103 Fundamental opportunities, develop job applica- Mathematics M 117 Calculus I tion skills, review professional office Required at the inception of the Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher procedures and ethical responsibili- program of study for all students in M 115 or placement by the ties, and select potential internship (day and evening) who do not show department. This first-year college placements in an area of interest. sufficient competency with funda- course for majors in mathematics, Students are required to complete mental arithmetic and algebra, as science, and engineering is the basic this course prior to enrolling in determined by placement examina- prerequisite for all advanced mathe- LS 501/502. 1 credit. tion. This course covers arithmetic matics. Introduces differential and operations, algebraic expressions, integral calculus for functions of LS 501/502 Legal Studies linear equations in one variable, one variable, including algebraic Internship I and II exponents and polynomials, Carte- and transcendental functions. Prerequisites: senior standing and sian coordinates, equation of a Includes basic rules and properties Courses 233 of limits and derivatives and appli- with CS 166 Discrete Mathematics fields of study. Students are intro- cations of derivatives. Studies the for Computing.) duced to and make use of the com- plane analytic geometry needed for puter package SPSS for data analy- calculus. 4 credits. M 203 Calculus III sis. 4 credits. Prerequisite: a grade of C or high- M 118 Calculus II er in M 118. The calculus of mul- M 301 Geometry from a Modern Prerequisite: a grade of C or higher tiple variables covering three- Viewpoint in M 117. Continuation of first- dimensional topics in analysis and Prerequisite: M 117. A modern year calculus, including the funda- vector analysis, partial differentia- approach to Euclidean geometry mental theorem of calculus, meth- tion, maxima and minima for with emphasis on proofs; basic ods of integration, applications of functions of several variables, line results on lines, planes, angles, poly- the integral, improper integrals, integrals, multiple integrals, spher- gons, circles, spheres; coordinate infinite series, and polar coordi- ical and cylindrical polar coordi- and vector viewpoints. 3 credits. nates. 4 credits. nates. 4 credits. M 303 Advanced Calculus M 121 Algebraic Structures M 204 Differential Equations Prerequisite: M 204. A survey A first course in an orientation to Prerequisite: M 203. The solution course in applied mathematics. Vec- abstract mathematics: elementary of ordinary differential equations, tor calculus: line and surface inte- logic, sets, mappings, relations, including the use of Laplace trans- grals, integral theorems of Green operations, elementary group theo- forms. Existence of solutions, series and Stokes, and the divergence the- ry. Open to all freshmen and soph- solutions, matrix methods, nonlin- orem. Complex variables: elemen- omores. 3 credits. ear equations, and varied applica- tary functions, Cauchy-Riemann tions. 3 credits. equations, integration, Cauchy inte- M 127 Finite Mathematics gral theorem, infinite series, calcu- Prerequisite: M 103 or placement M 227 Mathematics for lus of residues and conformal map- by the department. Functions and Elementary Education Teachers ping. 3 credits. lines, linear systems, linear pro- Prerequisites: M 109 or M 127 or gramming, mathematics of finance, placement by the department. M 304 Using Technology to sets and counting, and an introduc- From the point of view of a teacher Teach Mathematics tion to probability. Numerous this is a review of the mathematics Prerequisites: M 117, CS 210 or applications and an introduction to topics covered in elementary school, MM 301, or consent of depart- computing and computers. This and it covers the mathematical ment. Students are introduced to a course is intended primarily for stu- underpinnings of such topics as variety of technological tools (calcu- dents whose program of study does whole numbers, fractions, number lators, computer software, Internet not require calculus. Students theory, geometry, and measure- resources) useful in improving preparing to take calculus should ment. Problem-solving is an under- mathematics instruction. Students take M 109. 3 credits. lying theme to the course. 3 credits. investigate how technology can effectively be utilized in learning sit- M 166 Discrete Mathematics for M 228 Elementary Statistics uations. Lesson plans are developed Computer Science Prerequisite: M 127. A non-calcu- incorporating technology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CS 110. A foundation lus-based course that includes basic course for computer science majors. probability theory, random variables M 305 Discrete Structures Introduction to fundamentals, and their distributions, estimation Prerequisite: M 118. Corequisite: including logic, sets, functions, and and hypothesis testing, regression M 203. Methods of proof, the inte- induction. Emphasis on the internal and correlation. Emphasis on an gers, induction, prime numbers, computer representations and com- applied approach to statistical theo- recursive algorithms, greatest computational properties of numbers. 3 ry with applications chosen from mon divisors, the Euclidean algo- credits. (This course is cross-listed the biological sciences and other rithm, the fundamental theorem of 234 arithmetic, congruences. 3 credits. the department. Problem-solving M 381 Real Analysis using graph theory and combina- Prerequisite: M 308. Foundation of M 308 Introduction to Real torical methods. Topics include analysis, sets and functions, real and Analysis counting methods, recurrence, gen- complex number systems, limits, Prerequisite: M 204. Sets and func- erating functions, enumeration, convergence and continuity, tions, the real numbers, topology of graphs, trees, coloring problems, sequences and infinite series, and the line, limits, continuity, com- network flows and matchings. Spe- differentiation. 3 credits. pleteness, compactness, connected- cial emphasis on reasoning that ness, sequences and series, the underlies combinatorical problem M 403 Techniques in Applied derivative, the Riemann integral, solving, algorithm development, Mathematics the fundamental theorem of calcu- and logical structure of programs. 3 Prerequisite: M 204. Techniques in lus, sequences and series of func- credits. applied analysis including Fourier tions. 3 credits. series; orthogonal functions such as M 338 Numerical Analysis Bessel functions, Legendre polyno- M 309 Advanced Differential Prerequisites: M 203 and a standard mials, Chebychev polynomials, Equations programming language. Topics Laplace and Fourier transforms; Prerequisite: M 204. Theoretical include solutions of algebraic and product solutions of partial differ- analysis and applications of non-lin- transcendental equations by itera- ential equations and boundary ear differential equations. Phase tive methods; system of linear equa- value problems. 3 credits. plane and space, perturbation theo- tions (matrix inversion, etc.); inter- ry and techniques, series and related polation, numerical differentiation, M 423 Complex Variables methods, stability theory and tech- and integration; solution of ordi- Prerequisite: M 204. For mathe- niques, and relaxation phenomena. nary differential equations. Scientif- matics, science, and engineering 3 credits. ic and engineering applications. 3 students. Review of elementary credits. functions and Euler forms; holo- M 311 Linear Algebra morphic functions, Laurent series, Prerequisite: M 203. Matrices, sys- M 361 Mathematical Modeling singularities, calculus of residues, tems of linear equations and their Prerequisites: M 311, junior stand- contour integration, maximum solutions, linear vector spaces, linear ing. Problem-solving through modulus theorem, bilinear and transformations, eigen values and mathematical model building. inverse transformation, conformal eigenvectors. 3 credits. Emphasis on applications of mathe- mapping, and analytic continua- matics to the social, life, and mana- tion. 3 credits. M 321 Modern Algebra gerial sciences. Topics are selected Prerequisite: M 305 or M 311. from probability, graph theory, M 441 Topology Groups, rings, integral domains, Markov processes, linear program- Prerequisite: M 381 or consent of fields, polynomials. 3 credits. ming, optimization, and game the- department chair. Topics selected ory, simulation. 3 credits. from the following: Hausdorff M 325 Number Theory neighborhood relations: derived, Prerequisite: M 305. Topics are M 371 Probability and Statistics I open, and closed sets; closure; topo- selected from the following: mathe- Prerequisite: M 203. Axiomatic logical space; bases; homeomor- matical induction, Euclidean algo- study of probability: sample spaces, phisms; relative topology; product rithm, integers, number theoretic combinatorical analysis, independ- spaces; separation axioms; metric functions, Euler-Fermat theorems, ence and dependence, random vari- spaces; connectedness and compact- congruences, quadratic residues, ables, distribution functions, ness. 3 credits. and Peano axioms. 3 credits. moment-generating functions, central limit theorem. 3 credits. M 450–453 Special Topics in M 331 Combinatorics Mathematics Prerequisite: M 311 or consent of Selected topics in mathematics of Courses 235 special or current interest. 3 credits. department in advance. A paper dynamics of particles and rigid bod- and/or seminar talk, suitable for ies with emphasis on two-dimen- M 472 Probability and Statistics II presentation to all interested mathe- sional problems. Vector representa- Prerequisite: M 371. Elements of matics faculty, is required. 3 credits. tion of motion in rectangular, polar, the theory of point estimation, and natural coordinates. Impulse- maximum likelihood estimates, the- M 599 Independent Study momentum and work-energy theo- ory of testing hypotheses, power of Prerequisites: consent of faculty rems. Rigid bodies in translation, a test, confidence intervals, linear member and department chair. rotation and general plane motion. regression, experimental design and Opportunity for the student, under 3 credits. analysis of variance, correlation, and the direction of a faculty member, nonparametric tests. 3 credits. to explore an area of interest. This ME 215 Instrumentation course must be initiated by the stu- Laboratory M 473 Advanced Statistical dent. 1–3 credits. Prerequisites: CE 205, E 225 (may Inference be taken concurrently), ME Skills Prerequisite: M 472. This course is Workshop. Laboratory experiments designed to provide an in-depth MECHANICAL introducing equipment and tech- treatment of statistical inference. ENGINEERING niques used to measure force, static Topics include distribution of func- displacement, dynamic motion, tions of one or several random vari- Design elective/required choices are stress, strain, fluid flow, pressure, ables, N-P structure of tests of indicated by (D) following course and temperature. Introduction to hypothesis, properties of “good” title. statistical methods, data acquisition, estimators, and the multivariate data analysis and control using normal distribution. 3 credits. ME 200 Engineering Materials microcomputers. 2 credits. Prerequisite: CH 103. A study of M 481 Linear Models I the properties of the principal engi- ME 222 Methods of Mechanical Prerequisite: M 472. This course is neering materials of modern tech- Design (D) designed to provide a comprehen- nology: steels and nonferrous alloys Prerequisites: CE 205, ME 101. sive study of linear regression. Top- and their heat treatment, concrete, Introduction to the mechanical ics include simple linear regression, wood, ceramics, and plastics. Gives design process including planning, inference in simple linear regres- engineers sufficient background to design phases, methods, and docu- sion, violations of model assump- aid them in selecting materials and mentation. Understanding the tions, multiple linear regression, setting specifications. 3 credits. design problem, planning a project, and the Extra Sum of Squares Prin- concept generation and evaluation, ciple. 3 credits. ME 201 Engineering Graphics design matrix and Pugh’s method. Prerequisites: EAS 107P, EAS 109. Product design and generation, M 482 Linear Models II Orthographic/multiview projec- manufacturing processes, cost esti- Prerequisite: M 481. Continuation tions; isometric, auxiliary, and sec- mation, concurrent design. Product of M 481, with an emphasis on tional views; dimensioning and tol- evaluation. Implementation of experimental design. Topics include erancing practices; working draw- methods via hardware design proj- single-factor designs, two-factor ings; computer-aided drafting and ect. 3 credits. designs, multiple-factor designs, solid modeling using contemporary and randomized block designs. 3 software (e.g., AutoCAD, Solid- ME 300 Rigid Body Dynamics credits. Works). 2 credits. Prerequisite: EAS 222. Planar and 3-D kinematics and kinetics of M 491–499 Department Seminar ME 204 Dynamics rigid bodies. Work-energy methods, A study of a mathematical topic or Prerequisites: M 118, PH 150. impulse-momentum theorem, iner- topics not covered in the above Free-body diagrams, equilibrium of tia tensor, Euler angles, and gyro- courses. Subject of study is forces, friction. Kinematics and scopic motion. 3 credits. announced by the mathematics 236

ME 301 Thermodynamics I strain transformations, Mohr’s cir- ME 330 Fundamentals of Prerequisites: M 118, PH 150. cle. Theories of yielding and failure. Mechanical Design (D) Classical thermodynamics treat- Introduction to the finite element Prerequisite: EAS 222 or consent ment of first and second laws. method of stress analysis and com- of instructor. Review of methods Thermal and caloric equations of puter-aided engineering. 3 credits. of mechanical design. Develop- state. Closed and open systems and ment of fundamental engineering steady flow processes. Absolute ME 308 Applied Elasticity analysis involving static and fatigue temperature, entropy, combined Prerequisites: EAS 222, M 203. failure. Topics include the maxi- first and second laws. Power and Stress and strain tensors. Equilib- mum shear and Von Mises’ theo- refrigeration cycles. 3 credits. rium equations. Transformation ries of static design, safety factor, equations for stress and strain. Soderberg and Goodman diagrams ME 302 Thermodynamics II Principal stresses and maximum for fatigue design, modified Prerequisites: CS 110, M 203 shear stress. Stress-strain relations. endurance limit, reliability analy- (may be taken concurrently), ME Measurement of strain. Theories of sis, statistical considerations, and 301. Extensions and applications yielding and fracture. Introduction stress concentration. Introduction of first and second laws; availabili- to matrix methods of structural to codes and standards. Practical ty, combustion process, ideal gas analysis, the finite element applications. 3 credits. mixtures. Maxwell’s relations. method, and computer-aided engi- HVAC topics. Advanced thermo- neering. 4 credits. ME 343 Mechanisms (D) dynamic cycles. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ME 300. Graphic and ME 315 Mechanics Laboratory analytic methods for determining ME 304 Mechanical Behavior of Prerequisites: EAS 222 or consent displacements, velocities, and accel- Materials of instructor. Laboratory experi- erations of machine components. Prerequisite: ME 200. Detailed ments in mechanics of materials, Applications to simple mechanisms study of elastic and plastic deforma- vibrational analysis, computer-aided such as linkages, cams, gears. tion of materials at room tempera- data acquisition and analysis. Design project. 3 credits. ture and elevated temperatures. Emphasis placed on measurement Dislocation theory and microplas- techniques, report writing, and ME 344 Mechanics of Vibration ticity models considered. 3 credits. error/statistical analysis. 2 credits. Prerequisites: M 204, ME 300. The mathematical relationships ME 305 Engineering ME 321 Incompressible Fluid necessary for solving problems Thermodynamics Flow involving the vibration of lumped Prerequisite: EAS 224. Corequisite: Prerequisites: M 204, EAS 222 or and continuous systems. Damping, M 203. Use of first and second laws consent of instructor. Fluid kine- free and forced motions, resonance, of thermodynamics to investigate matics, continuity equation, vector isolation, energy methods, balanc- processes involving vapors and gases operations. Momentum equation ing. Single, two, and multiple in closed and open systems. Analy- for frictionless flow, Bernoulli equa- degrees of freedom. Vibration sis of vapor and gas power and tion with applications. Irrotational measurement. 3 credits. refrigeration cycles. Exergy analysis, flow, velocity potential, Laplace’s psychometrics, and combustion equation, dynamic pressure and lift. ME 355 Interfacing and Control processes. 4 credits. Stream function for incompressible of Mechanical Devices (D) flows. Rotational flows, vorticity, Prerequisites: EAS 230 or consent ME 307 Solid Mechanics circulation, lift and drag. Integral of instructor. A practical, hands-on Prerequisites: CE 205, M 203. Elas- momentum analysis. Navier-Stokes approach to connecting, monitor- tic behavior of structural elements equation, stress tensor. Newtonian ing, and controling thermo sensors, such as beams, columns, and shafts. fluid. Boundary layer approxima- motors, encoders, and other sensors Stress and strain at a point. Plane tions. 3 credits. and transducers using a PC and a stress and plane strain. Stress and multipurpose expansion board. Courses 237

Topics include hardware connec- problems. Review of design ME 427 Computer-Aided tions, voltage input and output, methodology and basic equations Engineering (D) motor-generator and motor- in thermal sciences. Group design Prerequisite: ME 308 or consent of encoder feedback, stepper motors, studies in each of the three basic instructor. Integration of computers thermal control, and digital switch- areas of heat exchangers, prime into the design cycle. Interactive ing. 3 credits. movers, and piping systems. 3 computer modeling and analysis. credits. Geometrical modeling with wire ME 404 Heat and Mass Transfer frame, surface, and solid models. Prerequisites: M 204, ME 305, ME 415 Thermo/Fluids Finite element modeling and analy- Corequisite: ME 321 or consent of Laboratory sis. Problems solved involving struc- instructor. Conduction in solids, Prerequisites: ME 315, ME 321. tural, dynamic, and thermal charac- solution of multidimensional con- Corequisite: ME 404. A survey of teristics of mechanical devices. 3 duction problems, unsteady con- experiments and laboratory investi- credits. duction, radiation, boundary layer gations covering the areas of fluid and convection. Introduction to mechanics, thermodynamics, heat ME 431 Mechanical Engineering mass transfer. Lectures include transfer, and gas dynamics. Analog Design I (D) occasional demonstrations of con- and digital data acquisition and Prerequisites: ME 330 and senior vection, radiation, heat exchangers. analysis. 2 credits. standing or consent of instructor’s. 3 credits. Basic aspects of power transmission. ME 422 Compressible Fluid Topics include friction train, belt ME 407 Solar Energy Thermal Flow and chain drives, gear drive, plane- Processes (D) Prerequisites: ME 305, ME 321, tary and differential trains. Study of Corequisite: ME 404. Introduction ME 404 or consent of instructor. air and hydraulic components and to the fundamentals of solar energy Compressible fluid flow with analysis of machine elements thermal processes including solar emphasis on one-dimensional duct- including shafts, springs, clutches, radiation, flat plate and focusing ed steady flows with heat transfer, bearings, and gears. In-house and collectors, energy storage, hot water frictional effects, shock waves, and industrial projects in solids and heating, cooling and auxiliary sys- combined effects. Introductory con- thermal/fluids areas. Student groups tem components. Emphasis on the siderations of two- and three- determine problem requirements design and evaluation of systems as dimensional flows. Applications to and objectives and select the best they pertain to commercial and res- propulsive devices. Occasional design alternative. Oral project pre- idential buildings. 3 credits. demonstrations accompany the lec- sentations. Course offered only in tures. 3 credits. Fall semester. 3 credits. ME 408 Advanced Mechanics Prerequisites: M 204, ME 300. ME 426 Turbomachinery (D) ME 432 Mechanical Engineering Plane and spatial motion of parti- Prerequisites: ME 305, ME 321 or Design II (D) cles and rigid bodies, inertia tensor, consent of instructor. Review of Prerequisite: ME 431. Projects initi- relative motion, gyroscopes, central basic thermodynamics and fluid ated in ME 431 are carried to com- force motion. Lagrangian and mechanics. Dimensional analysis; pletion by the same groups. Hamiltonian methods. 3 credits. specific speed; classification of tur- Detailed design drawings and pro- bomachines; cavitation; losses; def- totype construction, testing, and ME 411 Fundamentals of initions of efficiency. Theories of evaluation. Midterm and final oral Thermo/Fluid Design (D) turbomachines; design considera- presentations and comprehensive Corequisites: ME 305, ME 330 or tions for stator blades and rotor written reports. Course offered only consent of instructor. Introduction blades. Computer-aided design. 3 in Spring semester. 3 credits. to the design of specific thermal, credits. heat, and fluid devices and systems as they apply to practical design 238

ME 435 Advanced Mechanical ME 512 Senior Seminar management, and other aspects of Design (D) Open to seniors with coordinator’s the management process are exam- Prerequisites: ME 321, ME 431. approval. Individual oral presenta- ined. 3 credits. Selected advanced topics related to tions of material researched on the design of machine elements topics selected by students and fac- MG 230 Management of Sports such as hydrodynamic theory of ulty at the beginning of the term. Industries lubrication and principles of 3 credits. Prerequisites: MG 120 and sopho- hydraulic machines with applica- more standing. A survey of the tion to hydraulic couplings. 3 ME 599 Independent Study (D) principles of management applica- credits. Prerequisites: consent of faculty ble to the administration of sports supervisor and approval of program enterprises: planning, controlling, ME 438 Systems Dynamics and coordinator. Independent study organizing, staffing, and directing Control provides an opportunity for the stu- various activities necessary for effec- Prerequisite: ME 321. Modeling, dent to explore an area of special tive functioning. 3 credits. analysis, and design of dynamic interest under faculty supervision. systems with feedback. Response 1–3 credits per semester, with a MG 235 Marketing and Public and stability analysis. Methods maximum of 12 credits. Relations in Sports include Routh-Hurwitz, root locus, Prerequisites: MG 120 and sopho- Bode plots, Nyquist stability crite- more standing. This course intro- rion. Design and compensation MANAGEMENT duces students to marketing and methods. Applications in mechani- public relations skills crucial to suc- cal, thermal, electrical systems. Pro- MG 115 Fundamentals of cess in every sports business, and ject. 3 credits. Management examines the unique features of A course in introductory manage- sports marketing and public rela- ME 443 Introduction to Flight ment that explores the basics of tions that set sports apart from Propulsion both theory and practice. Topics are other industries. Students develop a Prerequisite: ME 422 or consent of related to the five functions of man- strategic sports marketing plan that instructor. A senior course designed agement: planning, organizing, includes an emphasis on public for those students who intend to staffing, leading, and controlling. relations. 3 credits. work or pursue further studies in Enrollment limited to nonbusiness the aerospace field. Among the top- majors and/or A.S. business admin- MG 240 Business Ethics and ics covered are detonation and istration students only. 3 credits. Diversity deflagration, introductory one- Prerequisites: E 110 and sophomore dimensional nonsteady gas flows, MG 120 Development of standing. This course introduces basic concepts of turbomachinery, American Sports the student to the complexities of and survey of contemporary A survey of the American sports ethical behavior within the business propulsive devices. Shock tube, industry and how it relates to socie- environment and examines the supersonic wind tunnel, and flame ty: issues and problems in national impact of different demographic propagation demonstrations accom- and international sports activities. groups on various types of organiza- pany the lectures. 3 credits. An analysis of current sports issues tions. 3 credits. and trends. 3 credits. ME 450–459 Special Topics in MG 317 Entrepreneurship and Mechanical Engineering MG 210 Management and New Business Development Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Organization Prerequisite: MG 210. Covers the In-depth study of topics chosen Prerequisite: sophomore standing. entrepreneurial process from con- from areas of particular and current A study of management systems as ception to operation of a new busi- interest to mechanical engineering they apply to all organizations. ness. Concentrates on the character- students. 1–6 credits. Managerial functions, principles of istics of entrepreneurs and the Courses 239 process by which they turn ideas MG 331 Management of Human with management of ongoing busi- into new business. Students also Resources ness that is based on efficiency and learn about the process of new busi- Prerequisite: MG 210. A survey of effectiveness. 3 credits. ness development in the large cor- the industrial relations and the per- poration and study the effect of sonnel management system of an MG 430 Financial Management corporate culture on the success of organization. Manpower planning/ for Sports Administration new ventures. 3 credits. forecasting, labor markets, selection Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 210. and placement, training and devel- Methods and procedures as they MG 320 Sports Industries and opment, compensation, govern- apply to sports administration, tax- the Law ment/employer and labor/manage- ation, purchasing, cost analysis, Prerequisite: MG 120. Legal aspects ment relations. 3 credits. budgeting, and the financial prob- as they relate to professional and lems of dealing with mass media. 3 amateur sports institutions. An MG 350 Management of credits. analysis of legal problems and issues Workforce Diversity confronting the sports manager: Prerequisite: MG 210. This course MG 450–454 Special Topics in suits against the organizational explores issues of social identity, Business structure; safety; collective bargain- social and cultural diversity, and Prerequisites: MG 210 and junior ing and arbitration; and antitrust societal manifestations of oppres- standing unless otherwise specified violations. 3 credits. sion as they relate to the workplace. in course schedule description. Spe- Workforce demographics are rapid- cial studies in business and public MG 325 Sports Facility ly evolving due to changes in administration. Work may include Management birthrates, immigration, legal sys- study and analysis of specific prob- Prerequisites: MG 120, MG 210. tems, social attitudes, and economic lems within units of business or An examination of how sports facil- expansion. Managing businesses government and application of the- ities like coliseums, municipal and and other organizations will require ory to those problems; programs of college stadiums, and multi-purpose not just contemporary knowledge research related to a student’s disci- civic centers are managed. Among and technology but the expertise to pline; or special projects. Several the topics included are financial manage increasing workforce diver- sessions may run concurrently. 3 management of sports facilities, sity. 3 credits. credits. booking and scheduling events, box office management, staging and MG 415 Multinational MG 457 Family Business event production, personnel man- Management Management agement, concessions and merchan- Prerequisite: MG 210. An analysis Prerequisite: MG 210. Provides a dising management. 3 credits. and examination of management fundamental understanding of fam- and organizational behavior against ily business management, including MG 327 Business Planning a background of diversified cultural historical and theoretical rudiments, Prerequisite: MG 317. Covers the systems. 3 credits. transition stages, conflict resolution, elements of planning for a new family systems, and succession. business. Identifies the goals, objec- MG 417 Managing an Case studies of classic family busi- tives and strategies that an entrepre- Entrepreneurial Venture nesses are used for discussion and neur must articulate for fulfillment Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 317. analysis. 3 credits. of that entrepreneurial dream. The Covers the principles of managing a main focus of the course is to high- growing entrepreneurial business. MG 467 Franchising light the milestones toward success Students learn how to anticipate Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 210. of the new venture. 3 credits. and deal with problems peculiar to Covers the franchising operation a growing business. The emphasis is from both the franchiser’s and fran- on innovation, creativity, and man- chisee’s perspectives. Provides the aging opportunities, in contrast student with a framework to evalu- 240 ate the feasibility of extending a MG 550 Business Policy A study of the principal compre- new business into a franchise and Prerequisites: FI 213, MG 210, hensive marketing models that the potential profitability of engag- MK 200. An examination of orga- focus on buyer decision processes. ing in a franchise operation. 3 nizational policies from the view- Topics include brand switching credits. point of top-level executives; devel- decisions, measures of media effec- opment of analytic frameworks for tiveness, market segmentation, and MG 475 Sports Event achieving the goals of the total other marketing techniques. 3 Management organization. Discussion of cases credits. Prerequisite: MG 120 and junior and development of oral and writ- standing. This course helps students ten skills. 3 credits. MK 302 Organizational to develop the skills necessary to Marketing manage virtually any aspect of a MG 597 Practicum Prerequisite: MK 200. Practices and sporting event, including contin- Prerequisite: junior standing. A policies in the distribution of indus- gency planning, logistics, working course of study designed especially trial goods, including purchasing, with vendors, financing, ticketing for the supervised practical applica- market analysis, channels of distri- and admissions, seating design and tion of previously studied theory in bution, pricing, competitive prac- controls, sponsor and supplier a group setting. Completed under tices, and operating costs. 3 credits. agreements, risk management and the supervision of a faculty sponsor insurance, marketing events and and coordinated with a business MK 307 Advertising and licensed merchandise, finding spon- organization. 3 credits. Promotion sorship, working with governmental Prerequisite: MK 200. The design, agencies, and scheduling tourna- MG 598 Internship management, and evaluation of the ments and matches. Focuses on Prerequisite: MG 320 or MG 210. various communications programs events ranging from cycling and On-the-job experience in selected involved in marketing and public running races to the Super Bowl organizations in management. 3 relations. 3 credits. and the World Series. A require- credits. ment is that students be directly MK 316 Sales Management involved with organizing a sports MG 599 Independent Study Prerequisite: MK 200. The manage- event during the semester. 3 credits. Prerequisite: MG 210. Independent ment of a sales organization: study on a project of interest to the recruiting, selecting, training, super- MG 512 Contemporary Issues in student under the direction of a fac- vising, motivating, and compensat- Business and Society ulty member designated by the ing sales personnel. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MG 210 and senior department chair. 3 credits. standing. A rigorous examination MK 321 Retail Management of competing concepts of the role Prerequisite: MK 200. Survey of of business in society. A capstone, MARKETING the problems and opportunities in integrative course relating the firm the retail distribution field, includ- to its environment, including MK 200 Principles of Marketing ing a basic understanding of buy- issues arising from aggregate social, Prerequisite: sophomore standing. ing, selling, and promotion of the political, legal, and economic fac- The fundamental functions of mar- retail consumer market. 3 credits. tors. 3 credits. keting involving the flow of goods and services from producers to con- MK 326 Overview of E-Commerce MG 520 Current Issues in sumers. Marketing methods of pro- Prerequisites: MK 200 and junior Human Resource Management motion, pricing, product decisions, standing. A review of issues in e- Prerequisites: MG 210, MG 331. and distribution channels. 3 credits. commerce. Technologies available Examines research findings and cur- for digitalization and transmission rent literature relevant to issues MK 205 Consumer Behavior are surveyed. Different uses of affecting personnel functions in the Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Internet, intranets, extranets, and organization. 3 credits. Courses 241 web pages are discussed. B2B sales MK 515 Marketing Management MM 311 Advanced Multimedia and supply chain management are Prerequisites: MK 200 and senior Prerequisite: MM 301. This course introduced. Available security and standing. The analysis, planning, begins by covering the advanced payment systems are compared. and control of the marketing effort elements of multimedia. Hardware The impacts of e-commerce and e- within the firm. Emphasis on case and software tools are described in tail on business structure, channel analysis. A marketing capstone detail. Students are then introduced conflicts, and alliances are intro- course. 3 credits. to the step-by-step creative and duced. 3 credits. organizing process that results in a MK 597 Practicum finished multimedia project: the MK 402 Marketing of Services Prerequisite: MK 200 and senior technology, user interface design, Prerequisite: MK 200. The market- standing. A course of study and graphic production techniques. ing of services, including service- designed especially for the super- The course emphasizes such topics based market planning, marketing vised practical application of previ- as how to structure information, mix, core marketing strategies and ously studied theory in a group set- how to anticipate user experience, trends, and the essential differences ting. Completed under the supervi- and how to generate visually com- between product and service-based sion of a faculty sponsor and coor- pelling interfaces. 3 credits. marketing. 3 credits. dinated with a business organization. 3 credits. MM 312 Website Creation MK 413 International Marketing Prerequisite: MM 301 or consent of Prerequisites: EC 133, MK 200. MK 598 Internship instructor. An introduction to web Applied marketing decision-making Prerequisite: MK 200. Supervised page creation and design. This in international firms. The develop- field experience for qualified stu- course addresses some of the most ment of marketing strategy and dents in areas related to their major. important topics for website design- techniques in foreign markets. 3 credits. ers: site evaluation and design, con- Study of key multinational market- tent, structure, layout, and audi- ing skills, especially research, prod- MK 599 Independent Study ence. 3 credits. uct policy, pricing, promotion, and Prerequisite: MK 200. A planned distribution. 3 credits. program of individual study under MM 401 Multimedia Seminar the supervision of a member of the Prerequisite: MM 311. This course MK 442 Marketing Research in faculty. 3 credits. covers more advanced elements of the Global Environment multimedia. Current technical Prerequisites: MK 200, QA 216. advances and artistic trends are dis- Research as a component of the MULTIMEDIA cussed in detail. Students are rein- marketing information system. troduced to the creative and organ- Research design, sampling methods, MM 301 Introduction to izing process that results in a fin- data interpretation, and manage- Multimedia ished multimedia project, and they ment of the marketing research The three goals of this course are become familiar with some of the function. 3 credits. (1) to provide students with the software tools (HTML editors) necessary multimedia background used to design and implement an MK 450–459 Special Topics and theory; (2) to discuss the basic interactive web page. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MK 200 and junior building blocks of multimedia — standing. Coverage of new and text, images, animation, video, and MM 450 Special Topics in emerging topics and applications in sound; and (3) to teach the practi- Multimedia marketing theory and practice. The cal elements of making multimedia Study of selected topics of special or format may include both traditional and the use of authoring software. current interest. 3 credits. classroom activities and innovative 3 credits. group projects. 3 credits. 242

well as with computer simulations function of the major groups and MARINE BIOLOGY of ocean currents, tides, waves, and their adaptation to the marine envi- other oceanographic phenomena. ronment. The laboratory section MR 101 Introduction to Marine 4 credits. includes exercises in lower plant Biology taxonomy and morphology. Experi- An introduction to the field of MR 260 Marine Vertebrate ments in plant physiology and field marine biology and the marine Zoology with Laboratory trips to study intertidal plant com- environments of southern Con- Prerequisite: BI 122 or BI 254. A munities are included. Laboratory necticut. Students learn basic survey of marine vertebrate phyla, fee; 4 credits. marine sampling techniques and focusing on taxonomy, evolutionary basic organism identification. Stu- relationships, structure and func- MR 320 Marine Pollution dents also explore the different tion, physiological adaptations, and Prerequisite: MR 300. A classifica- components of the marine envi- life modes. Laboratory includes real tion of the different forms of pollu- ronment, in particular Long Island and virtual examination of the tion in the marine environment. Sound. This course is intended for structure and anatomy of represen- The fate and transport of different marine biology majors and other tative taxa from the phyla, laborato- pollutants are discussed as are the students interested in learning ry experiments, and observations on effects of pollutants on coastal and about the field. Students are the behavioral responses of certain open marine ecosystems. 3 credits. required to have hip waders. 1 organisms to environmental stim- credit. uli. 4 credits. MR 330 Coastal Resources and Management MR 102 Seminar in Marine MR 300 Marine Ecology with Prerequisite: MR 300. Examination Biology Laboratory of natural coastal resources, human An introduction to careers and Prerequisites: BI 250, BI 320. uses and alterations, federal and research topics in marine biology. Investigation of ecological structure international regulations shaping Every week students explore new and dynamics in marine and estuar- activities in the coastal zone, and scientific questions in marine biol- ine habitats at organismal, popula- coastal management at the interna- ogy and learn about potential tion, community, and ecosystem tional, federal, state, and local lev- occupations within the field. This levels. Geographic aspects and els. Some weekend field classes may course is intended for marine biol- human interactions with marine be required. 3 credits. ogy majors and other students ecosystems are also considered. interested in learning about ongo- Designed around specific topics MR 331 Marine Conservation ing issues in the field of marine covered in lecture, the laboratory and Restoration biology. 2 credits. includes investigation of different Prerequisite: MR 300. An investiga- types of estuarine and coastal habi- tion into the conservation of MR 200 Oceanography with tats, field and laboratory tech- marine resources and the science of Laboratory niques, and design of basic and habitat recovery and restoration. Prerequisites: BI 121–122 or BI applied marine ecological investiga- Topics include fisheries conserva- 253–254, Math 109 or higher, and tions. Some required weekend field tion, case studies of restored coastal high school chemistry. This course classes. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. habitats, assessment procedures, investigates the major aspects of and evaluation of ecological func- physical, geological, chemical, and MR 310 Marine Botany with tion in restored habitats. 3 credits. biological oceanography. Human Laboratory impacts on the ocean environment Prerequisites: BI 122 or BI 254; MR 410 Marine Aquaculture and are considered as well. The labora- MR 200. A survey of plant and Biotechnology tory component provides hands-on algae taxa inhabiting the marine Prerequisite: MR 300. An examina- experience with marine sampling, and estuarine environment. tion of marine aquaculture and the mapping, and measurements, as Emphasis is placed on the form and use of marine resources in develop- Courses 243 ing biotechnological products. The MR 590 Special Topics MU 125 Elementary Music history of aquaculture and current Selected topics of special or current Theory aquaculture practices throughout interest in the study of marine biol- A one-semester introduction to the the world are reviewed. Lectures ogy. 3 credits. basic principles of music, primarily are augmented by visits to com- for students who wish to gain mercial establishments and aqua- MR 599 Independent Study insight into the fundamental struc- culture research laboratories. The Prerequisites: marine biology tures and workings of the art form. second portion of the course focus- major, consent of the department. Music majors who have not suc- es on the development of marine Weekly conferences with adviser. cessfully passed the department biotechnology, marine products, Opportunity for the student, placement examination must enroll and the relationship between aqua- under the direction of a faculty in MU 125 and MU 126. Topics culture and marine biotechnology. member, to explore an area of per- include notation, scales, key signa- Some required weekend field class- sonal interest. A written report is tures, time signatures, staff recogni- es. 3 credits. required. 3 credits. tion, intervals, and triads. Non- music majors are not required to MR 420 Marine Biogeochemistry enroll in the laboratory. 3 credits. with Laboratory MUSIC Prerequisites: CH 115–118, MR MU 126 Elementary Music 300. A comprehensive study of the MU 106 Chorus Theory Laboratory biogeochemistry of marine waters Styles of group singing; survey of Exercises in sight-singing, solfége, and sediments. Emphasis is on bio- choral music literature from around melodic and rhythmic dictation, geochemical cycling of key elements the world. 3 credits. and music notation. Should be in marine and estuarine ecosystems taken concurrently with MU 125. and their role in global processes. MU 111 Introduction to Music 1 credit. Chemical analysis and field collec- Basic forms and styles of music in tion techniques together with the Western world; music apprecia- MU 150–151 Introduction to experimentation into the partition- tion. 3 credits. Music Theory I and II ing of chemical species among sedi- Fundamentals of music: notation; ment, water, and biota are conduct- MU 112 Introduction to World physical and acoustical foundations; ed in the laboratory portion of the Music harmony and melody; modality, class. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. Non-Western musical styles, their tonality, atonality; consonance and cultures and aesthetics; music of dissonance; tension; introductory MR 501–502 Senior Project in the indigenous cultures of the composition; and ear training. 3 Marine Biology I and II Americas and the advanced musics credits each term. Prerequisites: marine biology of the Near East and Far East; major, senior standing. Individ- emphasis on India, the Orient, MU 175–176 Musicianship ual/group-based research in marine Southeast Asia, Africa, and I and II biology. Students develop specific Indonesia. 3 credits. Prerequisites: MU 111 or MU 112; research projects, conduct literature MU 150. Development of practical searches, plan and conduct experi- MU 116 Performance skills essential to performers and ments, analyze the data, and pres- Open to all students interested in ensemble directors: ear training, ent their findings in a written ensembles or private instruction. sight-singing, dictation, transcrip- report and at a student conference Students with adequate scholastic tion, arranging, notation, score at the end of the second semester. standing may carry this course for writing. 3 credits each term. 3 credits each semester. credit in addition to a normal program. 1–8 credits; maximum 3 MU 198–199 Introduction to credits per semester. American Music I and II Music of the North American con- 244 tinent from the Puritans to the MU 261 Introduction to the MU 311–312 Multitrack present day; both European and Music Industry Recording I and II non-European musical traditions, An introduction to the music Prerequisite: MU 301. Two-semes- with emphasis on twentieth-century industry from the artist’s point of ter course in the technique and developments. 3 credits each term. view. Provides guidance to musi- methodology of multitrack studio cians and/or songwriters trying to and live recording. Includes detailed MU 201–202 Analysis and break into the record industry. Top- study of multiple tracking, mixing History of European Art Music I ics include overview of the music consoles, microphones, tape and II industry, songwriting and publish- recorders, signal processors, studio Prerequisites: MU 150, MU 151. ing, the copyright law, music licens- procedures, sound synthesis, MIDI The growth of Western art music ing, artist management, agents and and digital audio. Also emphasizes from its beginnings to the present attorneys, and recording contracts. the use of computers in the record- day. Analysis of musical master- 3 credits. ing studio. Laboratory fee; 3 credits pieces on a technical and conceptu- per semester. al basis. 3 credits each term. MU 299 Problems of Music Music as an art form throughout MU 321 Sound Synthesis/MIDI MU 211 History of Rock the world. Music aesthetics and its Prerequisite: MU 301. A study of Study of rock music as a musical relationship to the performance and the use of synthesizers, drum tradition and as a social, political, composition of music. 3 credits. machines, sound modules, and and economic phenomenon. computers in the recording studio. Ethno-musicological and historical MU 300 Studies in Music I Using a combination of lecture examination of rock from its pre- Area studies in music and its parent /demonstrations as well as lab 1955 roots to the present. 3 credits. culture. Cultural theory as related hours, students explore the physics to the music; instruments of the of sound, sound synthesis, instru- MU 221 Film Music area and their etymologies; per- ment control, Musical Instruments Designed for both music and com- formance practices; the social role Digital Interface (MIDI), and munication majors. Introduction of music, both art and folk. Areas computers. Special emphasis is to the art, science, and history of offered depend on availability of placed on current sequencing, musical scores in film. Class work staff: China, Japan, the Near East, notation, and printing software. includes viewing and analysis of the Indian subcontinent, Africa, 3 credits. films with significant cuing and an American Indian, Afro-American, introduction to the musical reper- Latin American, the Anglo-Celtic MU 322 Sound System Design toire available to the filmmaker. 3 tradition, and others. 3 credits. and Maintenance credits. Prerequisite: MU 311. This course MU 301 Recording covers the basics of sound system MU 250–251 Theory and Fundamentals troubleshooting and maintenance. Composition I and II Prerequisites: CO 103; PH 100 or Topics include sound systems, the Investigation of music theory in PH 150. A study of the fundamen- decibel, reading specs and diagrams, various parts of the world, includ- tals of sound recording technique basic electronics, cabling, and test ing the Western art tradition. Exer- and methodology: acoustics, basic equipment. 3 credits. cises in the composition of music electronics, the decibel, magnetism, within these theoretical constructs. microphones, microphone place- MU 350 Studies in Music II Ear training and keyboard harmo- ment, tape recorders, tape formats, Area studies in musical forms; their ny. 3 credits each term. mixers, signal processing and moni- history, evolution, and resultant toring systems. This course also metamorphoses; performance prac- emphasizes the importance of tices and extant forms. Areas sound aesthetics and ethics in the offered depend upon availability of sound recording process. 3 credits. staff. 3 credits. Courses 245

MU 361 Production, Promotion, ment staff and a faculty adviser. to explore an area of personal inter- and Distribution Preparation and presentation of an est. This course must be initiated by Prerequisite: MU 261. An overview instrumental or vocal performance the student. 1–3 credits per semes- of the music industry from the indicating sufficient proficiency to ter, with a maximum of 12 hours. record company’s perspective. Pro- warrant the awarding of a degree in vides guidance to music enthusiasts music. 3 credits. who want to become record com- PSYCHOLOGY pany executives, sales managers, MU 450 Special Topics in Music producers, etc. Topics include Study of selected topics of special or P 111 Introduction to record company administration; current interest. 3 credits. Psychology business aspects of record produc- Understanding human behavior. tion; promotion, publicity, and dis- MU 461–462 Internship in the Motivation, emotion, learning, tribution; recording studio manage- Music Industry I and II personality development, and ment; radio station programming Prerequisites: MU 361 and MU intelligence as they relate to nor- and management; music videos; the 362. The purpose of this course is mal and deviant behavior. Apply- retail music store. 3 credits. to provide the student with ing psychological knowledge to advanced on-the-job training via everyday personal and societal MU 362 Legal Issues, placement as an apprentice/intern problems. 3 credits. Copyrights, and Contracts in music industry companies such Prerequisite: MU 261. A compre- as recording studios, radio stations, P 205 Introduction to Forensic hensive overview of the legal proce- music stores, and record companies. Psychology dures, timings, and agreements used 3 credits each term. Prerequisites: CJ 100, P111. This in the music industry. Includes course provides an overview of the detailed study of the current copy- MU 500–502 Seminars in various applications of psychology right law, publishing contracts, Advanced Research to forensic settings. Topics include licensing, the manager and/or agent Prerequisite: consent of instructor. criminal investigation and profil- agreement, the record company Bibliographical studies of major ing, personnel selection, dynamics contract, AFM and AFTRA agree- world music areas; investigation of of violence and victimology, eye- ments, and ethical considerations in current and historical musicological witness testimony, trial processes, the music industry. 3 credits. theories; analysis and criticism of and a variety of other areas within musicological area literatures. 3 the criminal and civil justice sys- MU 401–402 Recording credits each term. tems. 3 credits. Seminar/Project I and II Prerequisite: MU 312. Each stu- MU 550 Studies in Urban Ethnic P 212 Business and Industrial dent completes a professional-quali- Music Psychology ty recording production or research Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Prerequisite: P 111. Psychological and development project. Work The music tradition of inner-city principles and research as they may consist of internship or co-op ethnic groups; emphasis on the apply to the problems of working experience in a professional record- operation of the oral tradition in with people in organizations. ing studio. Seminar also includes the preservation of cultural values Analysis of problems and decisions presentations on areas of profession- and customs as evidenced through in this use of human resources, al interest such as career opportuni- music. Classroom discussion is bal- including selection and placement, ties and new development in studio anced by field research in the urban criterion measurement, job design, technique and technology. Labora- vicinity. 3 credits. and motivation. 3 credits. tory fee; 3 credits each term. MU 599 Independent Study P 216 Psychology of Human MU 416 Advanced Performance Opportunity for the student, under Development Prerequisites: consent of the depart- the direction of a faculty member, Prerequisite: P 111. Human devel- 246 opment over the life cycle — from today’s society, drug abuse and about the world. Furthermore, the conception through death: the addiction, the treatment of addic- course illustrates how the mind’s changing societal and institutional tion, and the use of psychoactive mental representations of objects framework; key concepts and theo- drugs in treating psychological dis- and events serve as the basis for retical approaches; understanding orders. 3 credits. learning and memory, pattern development through biography; recognition, the use of language, child rearing and socialization here P 301 Statistics for the and our ability to reason and solve and abroad. 3 credits. Behavioral Sciences problems. 3 credits. Prerequisite: M 127. Concepts and P 218 Sensation and Perception assumptions underlying statistical P 315 Human and Animal Prerequisite: P 111.This course methods essential to design and Learning examines how humans process the interpretation of research on Prerequisite: P 111. Different types stimuli that surround them (sensa- human subjects. Fundamental of human and animal learning. tion) and how the brain interprets descriptive and inferential methods. Learning as an adaptive mecha- these stimuli (perception). Further- This course includes training in the nism. Psychological principles more, it explores how our interpre- use of a computer statistics pro- underlying learning. Practical appli- tations and our responses to envi- gram. 4 credits. cations of learning principles. 3 ronmental stimuli are influenced by credits. our experiences, culture, physiology, P 305 Experimental Methods in emotional state, and the social situ- Psychology P 316 The Psychology of Health ation. 3 credits. Prerequisite: P 301. Methods of and Sports designing and analyzing psychologi- Prerequisite: P 111. The role of psy- P 220 Psychology of Language cal experiments. The scientific chological factors in the cause and and Reading method as applied to psychology. prevention of physical illness. The Prerequisite: P 111. This course Consideration of research tech- modification of unhealthful behav- introduces students to the princi- niques, experimental variables, iors. The study of stress and the ples of how humans acquire and design problems, and data analysis. management of stress, particularly understand language. It examines This course includes training in the during athletic competition. The the mental processes involved in use of a computer statistics pro- nature of pain and pain manage- different forms of language use gram. 3 credits. ment. The role of emotion in ath- (e.g., speech, conversation, writing, letic performance. The use of psy- and thought) with a special focus P 306 Psychology Laboratory chology in athletic performance on the processes involved in reading Prerequisite: P 305. Group and enhancement. Threats to the health comprehension. Furthermore, the individual experiments to be carried of athletes. 3 credits. course includes an examination of out by students. Research tech- some of the difficulties often niques for studying learning, moti- P 321 Social Psychology encountered when processing lan- vation, and concept formation. Prerequisites: P 111, SO 113. The guage, including aphasia and Data analysis and report writing. 3 interdependence of social organiza- dyslexia. 3 credits. credits. tions and behavior. The interrelationships between role systems and P 261 Drugs and Behavior P 312 Cognitive Psychology personality; attitude analysis, devel- Prerequisites: P 111 and BI Prerequisites: P 111. This course opment, and modification; group 121–122. This course introduces introduces students to the impor- interaction analysis; social con- the student to the relationship tant psychological theories concern- formity; social class and human between drugs (legal and illegal) ing the way in which the human behavior. 3 credits. (Same course as and human behavior. The main mind perceives, interprets, process- SO 320) topics include the role of drugs in es, stores, and retrieves information Courses 247

P 330 Introduction to P 345 Police and Investigative P 360 Cognitive Neuroscience Community Psychology Psychology Prerequisite: P 111 and BI Prerequisite: P 111. Key concepts of Prerequisite: P 205. This course 121–122. This course explores the community psychology/community focuses on the functions of the neurological underpinnings related mental health. Community prob- police psychologist such as candi- to cognitive processes and their lems, needs, and resources. The date screening, stress management associated behaviors. Specifically, helping relationship. Intervention and counseling, hostage negotia- the course focuses on the brain’s techniques. Programming services. tions, critical incident debriefing role in complex human behaviors Understanding behavioral differ- and fitness for duty evaluations. such as attention, body move- ences. Careers in community psy- Application of psychological princi- ment, consciousness, emotions, chology. 3 credits. ples to investigation strategies such decision-making, formation and as profiling and forensic hypnosis retrieval of memories, and the P 331–332 Undergraduate will also be explored. 3 credits. production and understanding of Practicum I and II in language. 3 credits. Community/Clinical Psychology P 350 Human Assessment Corequisite: P 330 or consent of Prerequisite: P 301. Basic principles P 361 Behavioral Neuroscience instructor. Supervised field experi- of measurement, applied to prob- Prerequisites: P 111; BI 121 and BI ence in community psychology/ lems of the construction, adminis- 122. Endocrinological, neural, sen- mental health settings. Exploration tration, and interpretation of stan- sory, and response mechanisms of service delivery. Development of dardized tests in psychological, edu- involved in learning, motivation, basic repertoire of helping skills. cational, and industrial settings. 3 adjustment, emotion, and sensa- Behavioral log. Project reporting. credits. tion. 3 credits. Understanding helping roles at individual, small-group, and institu- P 351 Behavior Therapies P 365 Law, Psychology and the tional levels. 1–6 credits, with a Prerequisite: P 111. Principles of Mental Health System maximum of 3 credits per semester. therapeutic behavior management. This class reviews the civil and Alteration of maladaptive behavior criminal law as it relates to mental P 336 Abnormal Psychology patterns in institutional, neighbor- health issues. Particular emphasis is Prerequisite: P 111. Psychological hood, home, educational, and social given to the justification of mental and organic factors in personality settings by operant and respondent health law concepts, such as civil disorganization and deviant behav- reinforcement techniques. Habit commitment and parens patriae ior. Psychodynamics and classifica- management in oneself and in one’s power. Topics include competence tions of abnormal behavior. Disor- children. 3 credits. to stand trial, insanity, civil com- ders of childhood, adolescence, and mitment, sexual predator commit- old age. Evaluation of therapeutic P 357 Legal Psychology ment statutes, confidentiality, duty methods. 3 credits. Prerequisite: P 205. This course to warn, informed consent, mal- focuses on the study of human practice and issues of expert testi- P 341 Psychological Theory behavior and cognitions within the mony. Legal cases are examined to Prerequisite: P 111. Contemporary legal and criminal justice system. give the students a foundation in theory in psychology. Emphasis on Special emphasis is given to the actual legal case law. Ethical issues those theories which have most contributions of legal and cognitive and issues of professional responsi- influenced thinking and research psychology in understanding the bility are covered. in sensation, perception, learning, criminal and civil legal system. Top- motivation, and personality. 3 ics includes eyewitness testimony, P 370 Psychology of Personality credits. jury decision-making, confession Prerequisites: P 111, junior stand- evidence, and punishment and sen- ing. Theory and method in the tencing. 3 credits. understanding of normal and deviant aspects of personality; theo- 248 ries of Freud, Jung, Rogers, neo- PA 404 Public Policy Analysis Freudians, and others. 3 credits. PUBLIC Using the public perspective, exam- ADMINISTRATION ines the nature of the public policy P 375 Foundations of process from policy formation Clinical/Counseling Psychology PA 101 Introduction to Public through policy termination. Major Administration Prerequisite: P 336. Course reviews emphasis on the techniques com- The nature of and problems the humanistic, psychoanalytic, and monly used in analyzing public pol- involved in the administration of behaviorist views on the emergence icy, including cost/benefit analysis public services at the federal, state, and treatment of psychopathology. and comparison of expected and regional, and local levels. 3 credits. The fit between theory and tech- actual outcomes. An opportunity to nique is explored. 3 credits. gain hands-on experience in the PA 302 Public Administration Systems and Procedures analysis and evaluation of public P 475 Senior Seminar in policy. 3 credits. Psychology and Law The major staff management func- Prerequisites: P 205, P 357, P 365, tions in government and in non- profit agencies: planning, budget- PA 405 Public Personnel senior standing. This course Practices ing, scheduling, and work analysis. explores a series of contemporary Study of the civil service systems of 3 credits. rotating research topics in law and the federal, state and local govern- psychology that allow students to ments, including a systematic take an in-depth examination of a PA 305 Institutional Budgeting and Planning review of the methods of recruit- single area of study. Areas explored Budgeting as an institutional plan- ment, evaluation, promotion, dis- may include jury decision-making ning tool, as a cost control device, cipline, control, and removal. 3 models, forensic assessment, wrong- and as a program analysis mecha- credits. ful conviction, death penalty, and nism is stressed. Attention is given trial consulting. 3 credits. to the salary expense budget, the PA 408 Collective Bargaining in the Public Sector revenue budget, the capital budget, P 480–484 Special Topics in Analysis of collective bargaining in and the cash budget. 3 credits. Psychology the public sector, with emphasis on Selected topics of special or current legislation pertaining to government interest. 3 credits. PA 307 Urban and Regional Management employees. 3 credits. Methods and analysis of decision- P 599 Independent Study making related to urban and PA 450–459 Special Topics Prerequisites: consent of faculty regional problems. Topics include Selected topics of special or current member and department chair. housing, land use, economic interest in the field of public man- Opportunity for the student, under development, transportation, pol- agement. 3 credits. the direction of a faculty member, lution, conservation, and urban to explore an area of personal inter- PA 490 Public Health renewal. 3 credits. est. This course must be initiated by Administration the student after conferring with An examination of public health PA 308 Health Care Delivery the faculty member who has agreed Systems activities, including public health to supervise the project. 1–3 credits. An examination of the health care organization, environmental delivery systems in the U.S., includ- health, disease control, use of ing contemporary economic, orga- information systems, and social nizational, financing, manpower, services. 3 credits. cost, and national health insurance issues. 3 credits. Courses 249

PA 512 Seminar in Public +PH 101 Energy — Present and nomena, and sound. Laboratory Administration Future fee; 4 credits. Selected topics related to public Prerequisite: M 109, M 127 or administration are chosen for study equivalent math competency. PH 203 The Physics of Music in depth. 3 credits. Intended primarily for business and and Sound with Laboratory liberal arts students. Explores the Prerequisites: PH 100 or PH 103 PA 597 Practicum nature, role, and economic impact or PH 150 or equivalent. A second- Prerequisite: junior standing. A of energy in our society. Topics semester course in physics for music course of study designed especially include the nature and growth of and sound-recording majors and for the supervised practical applica- energy consumption, physical limits others with a special interest in tion of previously studied theory in to energy production and con- music, acoustics, or sound and a group setting. Completed under sumption, environmental effects, hearing. Study of the physics the supervision of a faculty sponsor and comparisons of energy alterna- underlying such things as the pro- and coordinated with a business tives. Special emphasis on the tech- duction of sound by musical instru- organization. 3 credits. nical, environmental, and economic ments, electromagnetic storage and aspects of nuclear power as well as reproduction of sound, human PA 598 Internship energy sources of the future such as hearing, and acoustics of concert Prerequisite: consent of the coordi- fast-breeder reactors, fusion, solar, halls and other spaces. Integrated nator. Monitorial field experience and geothermal power. 3 credits. laboratory experiments provide with public and not-for-profit agen- hands-on experience of these phe- cies. Minimum of 3 credits. PH 103–104 General Physics I nomena. Laboratory fee; 4 credits. and II with Laboratory PA 599 Independent Study Prerequisite: M 109, M 127 or PH 205 Electromagnetism and Independent study on a project of equivalent math competency. Pri- Optics with Laboratory interest to the student under the marily for life-science majors with Prerequisites: PH 150, M 118. direction of a faculty member no calculus background. Basic con- Basic concepts of electricity and approved by the department chair. cepts of classical physics: funda- magnetism: Coulomb’s law, electric 3 credits. mental laws of mechanics, heat, field and potential, Gauss’s law, electromagnetism, optics, and con- Ohm’s law, Kirchoff’s rules, capaci- servation principles. Introduction to tance, magnetic field, Ampere’s law, PHYSICS modern physics: relativity and Faraday’s law of induction, quantum theory; atomic, nuclear, Maxwell’s equations, electromagnet- “+” denotes courses offered on an and solid-state physics. Application ic waves. Fundamentals of optics: “as needed” basis. of the physical principles to life sci- light, laws of reflection and refrac- ences. Laboratory fee; 4 credits per tion, interference and diffraction PH 100 Introductory Physics semester. phenomena, polarization, gratings, with Laboratory lenses and optical instruments. Lab- Prerequisite: M 109/M 127 or PH 150 Mechanics, Heat, and oratory fee; 4 credits. equivalent math competency. A Waves with Laboratory one-semester introduction to the Prerequisite: M 117. Introductory PH 207 Engineering Physics science of physics primarily for course for physical science and Prerequisites: one full year of non- liberal arts, business, and hospital- engineering majors. Kinematics, calculus physics with laboratories, ity/tourism students. The course Newton’s laws, conservation princi- two semesters of calculus. A one- provides a broad, algebra-based ples for momentum, energy, and semester course primarily for engi- understanding of the basic laws of angular momentum. Thermal neering transfer students who had a nature, their application to our physics. Basic properties of waves, one-year non-calculus physics everyday lives, and their impact simple harmonic motion, superpo- sequence in a two-year college or on our technological society. Lab- sition principle, interference phe- technical schools. All the major top- oratory fee; 4 credits. 250 ics of PH 150–PH 205 are covered tions; dynamics of rigid body PH 450 Special Topics in Physics with an ample use of calculus. PH motion; and an introduction to Study of selected topics of special or 207 should not be used as a techni- Lagrangian and Hamiltonian for- current interest. 3 credits. cal elective. 4 credits. malism. 3 credits. +PH 451 Elementary Quantum PH 211 Modern Physics PH 303 Radioactivity and Mechanics Prerequisite: PH 205. Modern Radiation Prerequisite: PH 211 or consent of physics fundamentals. Twentieth Prerequisite: a college chemistry instructor. An elementary treatment century developments in the theo- course or consent of instructor. of nonrelativistic quantum mechan- ry of relativity and the quantum Intended for students in occupa- ics. Schrodinger’s equation, with its theory. Atomic, nuclear, solid- tional safety and health, fire science, applications to atomic and nuclear state, and elementary particle forensic science, and related fields as structure; collision theory; radia- physics. 3 credits. well as for science and engineering tion; introductory perturbation the- students with interest in this area. ory. 3 credits. +PH 270 Thermal Physics Topics include the nature of radia- Prerequisite: PH 103 or PH 150. tion and radioactivity; the interac- +PH 470 Theory of Relativity Basic thermodynamics and its tion of radiation with matter; bio- Prerequisite: PH 211 or consent of applications. Major emphasis on logical effects of radiation; detection instructor. Introduction to Ein- the efficiency of energy conversion and measurement of radiation; stein’s theory of relativity: special and utilization. Topics include the shielding considerations; dosimetry; theory of relativity; Lorentz trans- laws of thermodynamics, entropy, and standards for personal protec- formations, relativistic mechanics efficiency of heat engines, solar tion. 3 credits. and electromagnetism. General energy, the energy balance of the theory of relativity: equivalence earth, energy systems of the future, +PH 401 Atomic Physics principle, Einstein’s three tests, economics of energy use. 3 credits. Prerequisite: PH 211. Structure and graviton, black hole, and cosmolo- interactions of atomic systems gy. 3 credits. +PH 280 Lasers including Schrodinger’s equation, Prerequisite: PH 205. Laser theory, atomic bonding, scattering and PH 599 Independent Study holography, construction, and mean free path, radiative transi- Prerequisites: consent of faculty application to latest engineering tions, and laser theory. 3 credits. member and department chair. and scientific uses. 3 credits. Opportunity for the student, under +PH 406 Solid-State Physics the direction of a faculty member, +PH 285 Modern Optics Prerequisite: PH 211. Introduction to explore an area of personal inter- Prerequisite: PH 205. Introduction to the physics of solids with emphasis est. This course must be initiated by to optical theories. Topics on the on crystal structure, lattice vibrations, the student. 1–3 credits. latest developments in optics. band theory, semiconductors, mag- Application to life sciences and netism and superconductivity. engineering. 3 credits. Applications to semiconductor PHILOSOPHY devices and metallurgy. 3 credits. +PH 301 Analytical Mechanics PL 101 Introduction to Prerequisites: PH 150, M 204, or +PH 415 Nuclear Physics Philosophy consent of instructor. This is an Prerequisite: PH 211 or consent of The nature of reality and how it intermediate-level course in New- instructor. Elementary nuclear may be known, according to the tonian mechanics. Selected topics physics. Nuclear structure, natural great thinkers of the Occident and include the formulation of the cen- radioactivity, induced radioactivity, the Orient. 3 credits. tral force problem and its applica- nuclear forces and reactions, fission tion to planetary motion and to and fusion, reactors, and topics of PL 205 Classical Philosophy scattering; theory of small oscilla- special interest. 3 credits. The origins of philosophy and the Courses 251 continuing influence of classical financial gain, and ethical responsi- political system. Constitutional thought on the development of bility. 3 credits. foundations, the political culture, ideas. 3 credits. Congress, the Presidency, the judi- PL 356 Philosophy of Art cial system, political parties, interest PL 206 Modern Philosophy: Corequisite: a course in one of the groups, news media, individual lib- Descartes to the Present arts or junior or senior standing. erties, federalism, and the policy- Philosophical theories that have Comparative study of beliefs in making process. 3 credits. dominated the modern age. Focus cultures around the world about on a central figure of the period. 3 art, beauty, and aesthetics. Topics PS 122 State and Local credits. include definitions of art, natural Government and Politics beauty versus artifice, the nature Problems of cities, revenue sharing, PL 210 Logic of aesthetic experience, cultural community power structures, wel- Modern symbolic logic and its relativism, and the value of art in fare, public safety, the state political applications. 3 credits. an age of science and globaliza- party, big-city political machines, tion. 3 credits. interest groups, state legislatures, PL 215 Nature of the Self the governor, the mayor, courts, Investigation of personal identity, PL 450–459 Special Topics in and judicial reform. 3 credits. human nature, and the mind from Philosophy ancient, modern, Western, and Study of selected topics of special or PS 203 American Political Eastern perspectives. 3 credits. current interest. 3 credits. Thought Pre-Revolutionary and Revolu- PL 222 Ethics PL 599 Independent Study tionary political thought; classical How shall one live? Critical exami- Opportunity for the student, under conservatism, liberalism, Jacksonian nation of answers proposed by clas- the direction of a faculty member, democracy, civil disobedience, social sic and modern philosophers of the to explore an area of interest. This Darwinism, progressive individual- major world traditions. 3 credits. course must be initiated by the stu- ism, and pluralism. 3 credits. dent. 1–3 credits. PL 240 Philosophy of Science PS 205 The Politics of the Black and Technology Movement in America Scientific method; the logic of sci- POLITICAL The political development of the entific explanation; the application SCIENCE Black Movement in America of science to practical problems and emphasizing ideological, legal, and questions peculiar to the social sci- “+” denotes Institute of Law and cultural perspectives. 3 credits. ences. 3 credits. Public Affairs courses. PS 216 Urban Government and PL 250 Philosophy of Religion PS 101 Introduction to Politics Politics An examination of some philo- A basic course introducing stu- A study of the urban political sophical notions used in religious dents to the discipline of political process. Structures and organiza- discourse, such as meaning, truth, science and its subjects: political tions of urban governments, deci- faith, being, God, and the sacred. theory, law, national government, sion-making, public policy, the 3 credits. international relations, compara- “urban crisis,” crime and law tive government, and political enforcement, party politics and PL 333 Professional Ethics economy. 3 credits. elections, taxation and spending Prerequisite: junior or senior stand- patterns, environmental problems, ing or consent of instructor. What PS 121 American Government management of urban develop- does it mean to be a professional? and Politics ment. 3 credits. This course examines the relation- A basic study of the American ship among technical competence, 252

PS 222 United States Foreign theory made by various schools of PS 261 Modern Political Analysis Policy jurisprudence (e.g., positivism, legal Introduction to political analysis, An examination of the global for- realism). 3 credits. including quantitative and qualita- eign policy of the United States tive techniques, systems and data and of the process of policy-mak- +PS 231 Judicial Behavior analysis, role and group theory, and ing involving governmental and Examination of the American court simulations and projections using non-governmental actors. A review system as a political policy-making computerized models. 3 credits. of the political, economic, military, body. Topics considered include the and cultural tracks of policy. 3 structure of the judicial system; the PS 281 Comparative Political credits. influence of sociological and psy- Systems: Asia chological factors on judicial behav- Traditional and modern political +PS 224 Public Attitudes and ior; and the nature and impact of and social structures of China, Public Policy the judicial decision-making Japan, Korea, and other Asian A study of the sources of mass process. 3 credits. states, including the function of the political attitudes and behavior and political system within each coun- their effects upon public policy. The PS 232 The Politics of the First try. 3 credits. course examines the techniques for Amendment influencing opinion, including Prerequisite: PS 121. Examination PS 282 Comparative Political propaganda and mass media com- of the political implications of the Systems: Europe munications. 3 credits. First Amendment freedoms of Political characteristics of modern speech, press, and religion; Supreme European states. Emphasis on polit- +PS 228 Public Interest Groups Court adaptation of the First ical, social, and economic institu- Examination of group institutions Amendment to changing political tions and structures. Special atten- of the American political culture. and social conditions. 3 credits. tion to European integration and Emphasis on the legal nature, pur- the European Union; changes in pose, and function of each opera- PS 241 International Relations Eastern Europe and the former tional organization in the political Forces and structures operating in USSR. 3 credits. process. 3 credits. the modern nation-state system; the foreign policy process; decision- PS 283 Comparative Political +PS 229 Legal Communications making process; the impact of Systems: Latin America Familiarization with the kinds of decolonization on traditional inter- Political modernization, develop- legal documents and written instru- state behavior; economic and politi- ment in Latin America, political ments employed by participants in cal developments since World War institutions, national identity, the legal process. Recognization and II. 3 credits. leadership, integration, political understanding of the purpose of socialization, and political ideolo- writs, complaints, briefs, memoran- PS 243 International Law and gies. 3 credits. da, contracts, wills, and motions. 3 Organization credits. Prerequisite: PS 241. Traditional PS 285 Comparative Political and modern approaches to interna- Systems: Middle East +PS 230 Anglo-American tional law and organization. Major Analysis of the Arab and non-Arab Jurisprudence emphasis on the contribution of states in the region with particular Surveys ideas about the nature of law and organization to the estab- attention to the political systems, law. Legal philosophers examined lishment of a world law and world violence, and the problems of tradi- include Plato, Aristotle, St. Thomas peace. The League of Nations sys- tion vs. modernity. 3 credits. Aquinas, John Austin, William tem and the United Nations system Blackstone, Benjamin Cardozo, are analyzed. 3 credits. PS 304 Political Parties L.A. Hart, and Oliver Wendell Prerequisite: PS 121. Voting and Holmes. The contribution to legal electoral behavior, nominations and Courses 253 campaign strategy, pressure groups, campaign, including issue develop- affairs, paying special attention to political party structure, and func- ment, voter registration, canvassing, ideological and infrastructure deter- tions of the party system in the media usage, fundraising, schedul- minants. 3 credits. American political community. 3 ing, and campaign data. 3 credits. credits. PS 390 Political Modernization +PS 341 Campaign Comparative analysis of political PS 308 Legislative Process Management: Structure and change and development. Political Prerequisite: PS 121. Legislative Organization transition, political integration, process in the American political Exploration of the structure, organ- and nation building; institutional system: legislative function; leader- ization, and management of the developments; political parties; ship, norms, folkways and executive campaign operation, and the han- military elites; youth; intellectuals; relations. Selection and recruitment dling, roles, and tasks of the cam- the bureaucracy; economic devel- of candidates; the committee sys- paign personnel. 3 credits. opment; and political culture. 3 tem; lobbyists; and decision-mak- credits. ing. 3 credits. +PS 344 Campaign Management: Survey Research, +PS 415 Internship in Legal and PS 309 The American Presidency Polling, and Computers Public Affairs The role of the President as com- A study of the uses and interpreta- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. mander-in-chief, legislative leader, tion of survey research, polling Students have the opportunity to party leader, administrator, manager projects, and computer techniques work as paraprofessionals in legisla- of the economy, director of foreign and their application to political tures, government agencies, and policy, and advocate of social jus- campaigns. 3 credits. party organizations and to share tice. Nature of presidential deci- their experiences with other interns sion-making, authority, power, +PS 346 Campaign in legal and public affairs. 3 credits. Management: Financing and influence, and personality. 3 credits. Election Laws +PS 450 Campaign Exploration of the methods used PS 331 Theory and the Supreme Management: Internship to finance a political campaign; Court Actual work experience in cam- the nature of campaign costs; the An examination of the ways in paign management. 3 credits. role of political action committees; which the Supreme Court exercises the effects of campaign finance judicial review with particular PS 461 Political Theory: Ancient laws; and the technical aspects and emphasis on the various theories of and Medieval political implications of election review as they have evolved from Foundations of Western political laws at the federal, state, and local John Marshall to the present. 3 thought from the Greek, Roman, levels. 3 credits. credits. and medieval experiences as they apply to the total discipline of polit- PS 332 Constitutional Law PS 350 Public Policy: U.S. ical science. 3 credits. National Security Prerequisite: PS 121. Principles and The development and operation of concepts of the United States Con- PS 462 Political Theory: Modern U.S. military and national security stitution as revealed in leading deci- and Contemporary policy from George Washington to sions of the Supreme Court and the A continuation of the study of the present, with major emphasis process of judicial review. 3 credits. political thought from the High on the twentieth century and post- Middle Ages to contemporary theo- World War II era. 3 credits. +PS 340 Campaign rists. 3 credits. Management: Procedures and Operations PS 355 Terrorism PS 494–498 Special Topics in A study of the procedures and oper- Examination of the modern appli- Political Science ations of the contemporary political cations of terrorism in international Special studies on a variety of cur- 254 rent problems and specialized areas A course in elementary probability of service and production system in the field not available in the reg- and statistical concepts and theory, designs and performance evalua- ular curriculum. 3 credits per with emphasis on data analysis and tion. Topics include operations course. presentation; probability theory; strategy, staff and production sched- sampling distributions; statistical uling, Just-in-Time and time-based PS 499–500 Senior Seminar in inference; z-test, t-test, and chi- competition, project management, Political Science I and II square test; and simple and multi- and the role of technology in serv- Prerequisite: consent of department ple regression analysis. 3 credits. ice and manufacturing operations. chair. Capstone course in which 3 credits. students use the tools of their disci- QA 328 Quantitative Techniques pline to examine a selected prob- in Management QA 428 Forecasting for Decision- lem. May be conducted as a pros- Prerequisites: QA 216 and junior Making eminar. Required of all political sci- standing. An introduction to quan- Prerequisite: QA 216. Review of ence majors. 3 credits per term. titative techniques in management. different approaches to forecasting Topics include linear programming, used by management at different PS 599 Independent Study assignment problems, transporta- levels of decision-making. Tech- Directed research on special topics tion algorithms, network and niques include smoothing and to be selected in consultation with inventory models, and decision the- decomposition, causal and judg- the department chair and a spon- ory. 3 credits. mental methods. Computer appli- soring faculty member. 3 credits. cations and modeling are empha- QA 343 Management sized. 3 credits. Information Systems QUANTITATIVE Prerequisite: QA 216. This course QA 450–459 Special Topics ANALYSIS provides methodology of the Prerequisite: QA 216. Coverage of design, analysis, and evaluation of new and emerging topics and appli- QA 118 Business Mathematics management information systems cations in quantitative analysis. 3 Prerequisite: M109 or successful (MIS). Topics include organization- credits. completion of qualifying placement al implications of information tech- test by the Mathematics Depart- nology, planning and control sys- QA 480 Project Management ment. This course is designed to tems, implementation of an inte- Prerequisite: QA 216. Survey of improve the quantitative reasoning grated system, technical treatment management techniques applicable skills of business students. It proof MIS management, and applica- to a wide variety of business-related vides an introduction to two tion of computers via computer project types. Emphasis on the important knowledge bases: linear packages in business environments. project management cycle, includ- functions and systems, and the fun- 3 credits. ing selecting, scheduling, budget- damentals of the derivative and ing, and controlling projects. integration and their uses in busi- QA 350 Quantitative Techniques Desired qualifications and roles of ness decision-making. The focus of Prerequisites: QA 216 and junior project managers. Extensive use of the course is on the application of standing. Advanced applications of project management software. 3 these mathematical concepts to per- quantitative techniques to the solu- credits. sonal business, management, mar- tion of business problems. Topics keting, and finance issues. Excel include classical optimization tech- QA 597 Practicum spreadsheet applications are used niques, nonlinear programming, Prerequisite: junior standing. A extensively throughout the course. topics in mathematical program- course of study designed especially 3 credits. ming, and graph theory. 3 credits. for the supervised practical application of previously studied theory in QA 216 Business Statistics QA 380 Operations Management a group setting. Completed under Prerequisite: QA 118 or equivalent. Prerequisite: QA 216. Basic review the supervision of a faculty sponsor Courses 255 and coordinated with a business “+” denotes courses offered at the and organization of development organization. 3 credits. discretion of the department. projects; life cycle and testing; system engineering management; risk QA 598 Internship +SC 111–112 Physical Science I and standards; needs analysis; con- Prerequisite: QA 216. Supervised and II cepts exploration and definition; field experience for qualified stu- The meaning of scientific concepts developing of requirements; system dents in an area related to opera- and terms and their relation to development planning; and functions management or quantitative other areas of learning and to daily tional specification. Case studies analysis. 3 credits. living. Development and unity of and plant tours are integrated in the physical science as a field of knowl- course topics. 3 credits. QA 599 Independent Study edge. Includes astronomy, physics, Prerequisites: QA 118, QA 216, chemistry, and geology. 3 credits SE 346 Probability Analysis and junior standing. Independent per semester. Prerequisite: M 203. Develops the research projects or other theory of probability and related approved forms of independent *SC 126 Astronomy applications. Covers combinations study. 3 credits. An introduction to present con- and permutations, probability cepts concerning the nature and space, law of large numbers, ran- evolution of planets, stars, galaxies, dom variables, conditional proba- RUSSIAN and other components of the uni- bility. Bayes’ Theorem, Markov verse. The experimental and obser- chains, and stochastic processes. 3 RU 101–102 Elementary Russian vational bases for these concepts are credits. I and II examined. 3 credits. Stresses pronunciation, aural and SE 347 Statistical Analysis reading comprehension, basic con- +SC 135 Earth Science Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS 107 versation, and the fundamental A dynamic systems approach to or equivalent. Provides an introduc- principles of grammar. 3 credits phenomena of geology, oceanogra- tion to the application of statistical per term. phy, and meteorology. Emphasis on techniques to engineering prob- interrelations of factors and process- lems. Measures of central tendency RU 201–202 Intermediate es and on importance of subject and dispersion, estimation, hypoth- Russian I and II matter to human affairs. Suitable esis testing, correlation and regres- Prerequisites: RU 101–102 or the for non-science as well as science sion, and elementary analysis of equivalent. Stresses reading compre- majors. 3 credits. variance. 3 credits. hension of modern prose texts and a review of grammar necessary for SC 450 Special Topics SE 402 Operations Research this reading. Students are encour- Selected topics of special or current Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS 107 aged to read in their own areas of interest in the study of science. 3 or equivalent. The operations interest. 3 credits per semester. credits. research area is oriented to various mathematical methods for solving RU 450–459 Special Topics certain kinds of industrial prob- Selected topics of special or current SYSTEM lems. Topics covered are linear pro- interest in the study of Russian. 3 ENGINEERING gramming, including simplex credits. method; transportation and assign- SE 288 System Engineering ment problems; queuing; dynamic Concepts and Principles programming; simulation. 3 credits. SCIENCE Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Introduction to system engineering; SE 403 Operations Research II “*” denotes courses usually sched- system thinking; structure of mod- Prerequisite: SE 402 or equivalent. uled every other academic year. ern systems; development process Advanced coverage of Bayesian 256 statistics, utility and game theory, SE 441: Supply Chain and process of system design and devel- logistics and distribution, schedul- Logistics Management opment to create a product or serving theory, graph theory, and sto- Prerequisite: senior standing. The ice. Includes stages of conceptual, chastic processes. Includes applica- process of planning, implementing, preliminary, and detail design and tions in manufacturing and service and controlling flow and storage of development; system testing, evalu- industries. 3 credits. goods, services, and related infor- ation and validation. Also addresses mation from point to point of con- design issues of reliability, maintain- SE 407 Reliability and sumption with the customer ability, human factors, serviceability, Maintainability requirements in mind. Topics producibility and disposability. Prerequisite: SE 346 or equivalent. include fundamentals of logistics Team projects and extensive use of Reliability measures: hazard models and e-logistics, information systems software. 3 credits. and product life; reliability func- and e-commerce, inventory con- tion; static reliability models; infer- cepts and management, material SE 498 System Engineering ence theory and reliability compu- flow and transportation manage- Design Project I tation; dynamic reliability models; ment, warehousing and material Prerequisite: SE 488 and consent of and reliability design examples. 3 handling, the type and use of elec- department. The first course in a credits. tronic media in the daily functions two-course year-long design project. of supply chain management, and With a faculty adviser, the student SE 428 Six Sigma Quality global logistics. 3 credits. works with two or more members Planning on an industry-sponsored project. Prerequisite: SE 347 or consent of SE 449 Lean Principles and Includes project scoping and defini- instructor. Improving quality and Practices tion; needs assessment and analysis; reducing cost through the use of Prerequisites: SE 441 or consent of risks, standards and human factors statistical methods; statistical instructor. Concepts of lean pro- evaluation; conceptual design; process control and basic experi- duction, Japanese production sys- developing requirements, functional mental design techniques; well tems, push vs. pull production sys- specification, and simulation of the known quality systems, including tems, benchmarking and evalua- conceptual design; testing and vali- concept and methodology of six tion schemes, schedule manage- dation. Work is presented through sigma (a quality management pro- ment, overcoming bottlenecks, and both a formal report and at a gram). DMAIC process, ISO stan- performance and productivity department seminar. Work contin- dards, quality project manage- improvement techniques applica- ues to the follow-up course, SE ment, and commonly utilized six ble to service and manufacturing 499. 3 credits. sigma tools are the focus of this systems. Workforce issues (affairs) course. Plant tours and six sigma including union acceptance, pro- SE 499 System Engineering implementation cases are includ- ductivity, workforce education, Design Project II ed. 3 credits. training, and compensation. 3 Prerequisite: SE 498 and consent of credits. department. Continuation of SE SE 435 Simulation and 498. With faculty and industry Applications SE 450–459 Special Topics advisers, student continues to work Prerequisites: SE 346 and CS 107 Prerequisite: consent of instructor. on the industry-sponsored project or equivalent. Corequisite: SE 402. Selected topics of current interest in for end-delivery. Includes detailed Techniques for modeling of a sys- the field of system engineering. 3 design requirements and develop- tem (business or scientific/engineer- credits. ment, operational feasibility, sys- ing) using computer simulation. tems models and prototype devel- Simulation principles are empha- SE 488 System Engineering opment, testing, evaluation and val- sized. Student exercises and design Design Process idation, operational feasibility, relia- projects are run using a modern Prerequisite: SE288, SE347, bility and other characteristics, simulation package. 3 credits. SE407. Corequisite: SE 403. The preparation of life-cycle value cost, Courses 257 and packaging for final delivery to such as alcoholism, crime, mental tion of research data. 3 credits. customer. Work is presented illness, and sexual behavior. 3 cred- through both a formal report and at its. SO 310 Primary Group a department seminar. 3 credits. Interaction SO 218 The Community Prerequisite: SO 113. Exploration SE 599 Independent Study Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of of communication in group Prerequisite: junior standing. A instructor. The community and its process. Building a group and ana- planned program of individual provisions for health, education, lyzing group structure and interac- study under the supervision of a recreation, safety, and welfare. The- tion; the ways people communicate member of the faculty. 3 credits. oretical concepts of community, emotionally and intellectually. 3 plus ethnographic studies of small- credits. scale human communities. Intro- SOCIOLOGY duces students to fundamental con- SO 311 Criminology cepts of community. 3 credits. Prerequisites: P 111, SO 113. An SO 113 Sociology introduction to the principles and The role of culture in society, the SO 220 Physical Anthropology concepts of criminology. Analysis of person, and personality; groups and and Archaeology the social context of criminal group behavior; institutions; social An introduction to the study of behavior, including a review of interaction and social change. 3 human evolution and of present criminological theory, the nature credits. physical variations among and distribution of crime, the soci- humankind. Includes geologic time, ology of criminal law, and the socie- SO 114 Contemporary Social primate evolution, and early tal reactions to crime and criminals. Problems humans and their culture. 3 credits. 3 credits. (See also CJ 311.) Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of instructor. The major problems that SO 221 Cultural Anthropology SO 312 Marriage and the Family confront the present social order; A systematic study of the culture of Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of the methods now in practice or preliterate and modern societies and instructor. The formation, func- being considered for dealing with of cultural change. Includes analysis tioning, and dissolution of relation- these problems. 3 credits. of religion, economics, language, ships in contemporary American social and political organization, society are examined from an SO 115 Women in Society and urbanization. 3 credits. applied sociology perspective. 3 An overview of women’s role in the credits. social system. Discussion includes SO 231 Juvenile Delinquency myths and realities of sex differ- Prerequisites: SO 113, P 111. An SO 313 Sociology of Sport ences. Areas covered include analy- analysis of delinquent behavior in Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of sis of the relationships of women to American society; examination of instructor. A study of the relation- the economy, the arts, and the sci- the theories and social correlates of ships among sports, culture, and ences, and how these affect the delinquency and the sociolegal society. Emphasis is on both ama- behavior of women in the contem- processes and apparatus for dealing teur and professional sports and porary world. 3 credits. with it. 3 credits. (See also CJ 221.) their impact on the larger social order. Course examines sports from SO 214 Deviance SO 250 Research Methods a comparative and historical per- Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of Prerequisite: sophomore standing. spective but also focuses on prob- instructor (offered in the Spring The student develops the concepts lems confronting the world of semester only). Centered around necessary for selection and formula- sports in contemporary American deviance as a social product. The tion of research problems in social society. 3 credits. problematic nature of the stigmati- science, research design and tech- zation process is explored in areas niques, and analysis and interpreta- 258

SO 315 Social Change bers of this society as they age. An instructor. Classic sociological theo- Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of examination of age stratification ries of organization with emphasis instructor. Sources, patterns, and and the resultant problems of on the concepts of bureaucracy, sci- processes of social change with ageism, prejudice, and discrimina- entific management, human rela- examination of classical and mod- tion. Systematic review of major tions, and decision theory. The rele- ern theories of major trends and theoretical framework and research vance of these ideas to concrete developments, as well as studies of studies; emphasis on the application organization contexts; e.g., civil perspectives on microlevels of of sociological theory and research service, business, social movements change in modern society. 3 credits. in the field of aging. 3 credits. and political parties, charitable institutions, and hospitals. 3 credits. SO 320 Social Psychology SO 337 Human Sexuality Prerequisites: P 111, SO 113. The Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of SO 400 Minority Group interdependence of social organiza- instructor. A scientific study of Relations tions and behavior. The interrela- human sexual behavioral patterns, Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of tionships between role systems and social class attitudes, and cultural instructor. An interdisciplinary personality; attitude analysis, devel- myths. Topics include reproductive analysis of minority groups with opment, and modification; group systems, sexual attitudes and behav- particular attention paid to those interaction analysis; social conform- ioral patterns, abortion and sexual regional, religious, and racial factors ity; social class and human behav- laws, and variations in sexual func- that influence interaction. Designed ior. 3 credits. (See also P 321.) tioning. 3 credits. to promote an understanding of subgroup culture. 3 credits. SO 321 Social Inequality SO 340 Medical Sociology Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of SO 413 Social Theory instructor. Organization of social instructor. An analysis of a major Prerequisites: nine credits in sociol- class: standing, power, and process social institution, the health care ogy. An analysis of the develop- of social mobility in contemporary field. Emphasis placed on socio- ment of sociology in the nineteenth society. Social stratification: its cultural aspects of the field; gener- and twentieth centuries with par- functions and dysfunctions as it al overview of the organization ticular emphasis on the theories of relates to the distribution of oppor- and delivery of health care servic- Comte, Durkheim, Simmel, tunity, privilege, and power in soci- es, and current problems and Weber, Marx, deTocqueville, and ety. 3 credits. issues. 3 credits. others. 3 credits.

SO 331 Population and Ecology SO 350 Social Survey Research SO 418 Public Opinion and Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of Prerequisite: P 301 or M 228. Social Pressure instructor. Societal implications of Introduction to the logic of social Prerequisites: SO 113, P 111. An population changes and trends; science by a survey research project. intensive analysis of the nature and impact of humans as social animals Emphasis on the use of computer development of public opinion on natural resources, cultural values, software in analyzing large data sets. with particular consideration of the and social structures; influence on Topics include theory development, roles, both actual and potential, of environmental ethics. 3 credits. survey design, sampling, methods communication and influence. 3 of data collection, and statistical credits. SO 333 Sociology of Aging analysis of social science data. This Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of course is part of the technology SO 440 Undergraduate Seminar instructor. The sociological phe- component of the University Core Prerequisite: consent of department nomena connected with aging in Curriculum. 3 credits. chair. A detailed examination of America. Discussion of the connec- selected topics in the field of sociol- tions between personal troubles and SO 390 Sociology of ogy and a critical analysis of perti- social issues encountered by mem- Organizations nent theories with emphasis on Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of modern social thought. 3 credits. Courses 259

SO 441 Sociology of Death and course must be initiated by the stu- poverty? Focus on how the different Suicide dent. 1–3 credits. economic, political, psychological, Prerequisite: SO 113 or consent of and sociological arrangements of instructor. A confrontation with society and its social institutions individual mortality and an aca- SPANISH create conditions which stimulate demic investigation of phenomena and necessitate differing social wel- such as funerals, terminal illness, SP 101–102 Elementary Spanish fare responses. 3 credits. and crisis intervention, among I and II many others. 3 credits. Focuses on the fundamental princi- SW 340 Group Dynamics ples of grammar. Extensive vocabu- Prerequisite: consent of instructor. SO 450 Research Seminar lary and pronunciation exercises. In Designed for students who seek to Prerequisite: P 301 or M 228. The SP 102 aural comprehension and develop their leadership skills in student develops and carries out an pronunciation are tested by oral working with groups of various original research project in social examination. 3 credits per semester. types. Explores cognitive and science, reporting this procedure to behavioral mastery of a range of the class. 3 credits. SP 201–202 Intermediate complex variables for role effective- Spanish I and II ness, including a working knowl- SO 451–455 Special Topics in Prerequisites: SP 101–102 or equiv- edge of personal, group, and orga- Sociology, Social Services, alent. Stresses the reading compre- nizational dynamics; professional Anthropology hension of modern prose texts and skills of facilitation; and values of Prerequisites: SO 113, SO 221, or a review of grammar necessary for one’s professional identity. 3 credits. consent of instructor. Special topics this reading. Students are encour- in sociology, anthropology, or social aged to read in their own areas of SW 401–402 Field Instruction I welfare on a variety of current prob- interest. 3 credits per semester. and II lems and specialized areas not avail- Supervised experience relevant to able in the regular curriculum. 3 SP 450–459 Special Topics specific aspects of social services in credits. Selected topics of special or current human service agencies, institu- interest in the study of Spanish. 3 tions, and organizations at the local, SO 501–502 Practicum I and II credits. state, and federal levels. Seminars to Prerequisite: consent of department assist students with the integration chair. Field experience in sociology SP 599 Independent Study of theoretical knowledge and field or anthropology. Seminars in con- Prerequisite: consent of faculty techniques through lectures and junction with this experience before member and department chair. class presentations. Students are off-campus fieldwork is undertaken. Opportunity for the student, under required to spend eight hours a Contact during the fieldwork expe- the direction of a faculty member, week in the field. 3 credits each rience and guidance by the mentor to explore an area of interest. This semester. provide an opportunity for under- course must be initiated by the stu- standing group and individual dent. 1–3 credits. SW 415–416 Methods of dynamics and their repercussions. Intervention I and II Follow-up seminars and a paper are Basic social work theory in con- required. 1–6 credits. SOCIAL WELFARE junction with practice of skills to help students begin to develop pro- SO 599 Independent Study SW 220 Introduction to Social fessional techniques for intervention Prerequisites: consent of instructor Services at both the macro and micro levels and department chair. Opportunity Course explores two basic questions of practice. 3 credits each semester. for the student, under the direction from a historical perspective: Why of a faculty member, to explore an are people poor, and how have soci- SW 450–459 Special Topics area of personal interest. This eties responded to the conditions of Special topics of selected or current 260 interest in the study of social wel- T 342 Play Directing fare. 3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Fundamentals of directing, staging SW 599 Independent Study techniques, working with actors, Prerequisite: consent of instructor. and direction of a one-act play for Designed to permit students to pur- workshop presentation. 3 credits. sue specific areas of interest that may not be available in the regular T 450 Special Topics curriculum. 1–3 credits. Selected topics of special or current interest in the study of theatre. 3 credits. THEATRE ARTS T 491–492 Production T 131 Introduction to the Practicum I and II Theatre Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Play analysis from a literary stand- Practicum in various areas of the- point and as it relates to special atre: acting, directing, administra- problems of the actor, director, tion, technical theatre, and design. designers, and backstage personnel. Will be directly related to depart- Practical work in all phases within mental productions. 3 credits each. the classroom. Fall semester. 3 credits. T 599 Independent Study Opportunity for the student, under T 132 Theatrical Style the direction of a faculty member, Study of dramatic genres and the- to explore an area of interest. This atrical conventions through script course must be initiated by the stu- and critical reading, as well as prac- dent. 3 credits. tical work in class. Spring semester. 3 credits.

T 241 Early World Drama and Theatre Dramatic literature in theatrical contexts from Classical Greece through Restoration England. 3 credits.

T 242 Modern World Drama and Theatre Dramatic literature in theatrical contexts from Realism through the present. Includes ethnic drama. 3 credits.

T 341 Acting Developing of acting skills for the stage through games, improvisation, and scene study. 3 credits. Board, Administration, and Faculty 261 BOARD, ADMINISTRATION, AND FACULTY

BOARD OF GOVERNORS

Mary J. Barneby, Executive Director, UBS Private Wealth Management Philip H. Bartels, Vice Chairman, Attorney, Shipman & Goodwin, LLP Philip Batchelor, retired, former Senior Vice President, Prudential Securities Samuel S. Bergami, Jr., Chairman, President, Alinabal Incorporated Kenneth W. Biermacher, Director, Kane Russell Coleman & Logan, PC, Dallas, T.X. Gail L. Brekke, former Director of Distribution and Special Projects, LIN Television Corporation William L. Bucknall, Jr., retired, former Senior Vice President Human Resources & Organization, United Technologies Corporation Frank P. Carrubba, retired, former Executive Vice President and Chief Technical Officer, Royal Philips Electronics William J. Chowanec, President, Young & Company, Pasadena, C.A. K. Oni Chukwu, Chief Financial Officer, Triple Point Technology, Inc. Kenton J. Clarke, President and CEO, Computer Consulting Associates Ralph F. DellaCamera, Jr., Managing Member and Chief Investment Officer, DellaCamera Capital Partners, New York, N.Y. Richard J. Deslauriers, M.D., President and CEO, Doctors Research Group, Inc. Heidi S. Douglas, CEO and President, Mystic MD, Inc. Richard C. Flath, President, Flath & Associates Management Consultants, Inc. Colin J. Foster, CEO and President, Optherion, Inc. Armando Garcia, Vice President Systems Assurance, IBM Corporation, Somers, N.Y. Jeffery P. Hazell, President, Boston Lobster Feast Restaurants and Bar Harbor Lobster Co., Inc., Orlando, F.L. Paul D. Landino, Development Agent, Subway-Subcon, Inc. Robert M. Lee, Executive Vice President, The Lee Company Thomas K. Lewis, Jr., retired, former Chairman and CEO, APEX 262262

Patrick G. O’Brien, President and CEO, MCM Engineering, Inc., Burlingame, C.A. James C. Reilly, Principal, The Reilly Group, South Salem, N.Y. Janice K. Sussman, Internet marketing distributor, Boca Raton, F.L. Patricia B. Sweet, Director of External Relations for Connecticut, Achievement First Stephen P. Tagliatela, Co-Owner, Saybrook Point Inn and Spa Michael W. Toner, Executive Vice President Marine Systems Group, General Dynamics, Falls Church, V.A. Douglas D. Watts, retired, former Chief Financial Officer, Breed Technologies, Inc.

EMERITUS BOARD Robert Alvine, Chairman and CEO, i-Ten Management Corporation Henry E. Bartels, retired, former President, MMRM Industries, Subsidiary of Insilco Corporation Roland M. Bixler, retired, former President and Co-Founder, J-B-T Instruments, Inc. Isabella Dodds, Co-Chair, Friends of the UNH Library Orest T. Dubno, Chief Financial Officer, Lex Atlantic Corporation John E. Echlin, Jr., retired, former Account Executive, Paine Webber John Aaron Frey, Chairman of the Board, Hershey Metal Products, Inc. Robert M. Gordon, retired, former President, Raybestos-Manhattan Jean M. Handley, Principal, Handley Consulting Henry C. Lee, Chief Emeritus of the Division of Scientific Services, State of Connecticut Department of Public Safety Mark S. Levy, President, Honeywell Fire Solutions Group Robert J. Lyons, Sr., retired, former Chairman of the Board, The Bilco Company Herbert H. Pearce, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, H. Pearce Company Charles E. Pompea, retired, former Chair, Board of Directors, Primary Steel, Inc. M. Wallace Rubin, retired, former Chairman, Wayside Furniture Shops, Inc. Francis A. Schneiders, retired, former President, Enthone-OMI, Inc. R. C. Taylor III, retired, former President, Tay-Mac Corporation Reuben W. Vine, President, Railroad Salvage Stores Robert F. Wilson, retired, former Chairman, Wallace International Silversmiths, Inc. Board, Administration, and Faculty 263

EMERITUS FACULTY Joseph J. Arnold, Professor Emeritus, Industrial Engineering B.S., M.S., Southern Connecticut State College M. Hamdy Bechir, Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering B.C.E., Cairo University; M.A.Sc., University of Toronto; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Srilekha Bell, Professor Emeritus, English B.A., M.A., University of Madras, India; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Alfred D. Bradshaw, Professor Emeritus, Sociology B.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University Robert P. Brody, Professor Emeritus, Marketing B.A., Wesleyan University; M.B.A., University of Chicago; D.B.A., Harvard University Ralf Carriuolo, Professor Emeritus, Music B.A., Yale University; M.M., Hartt School of Music; Ph.D., Wesleyan University Satish Chandra, Professor Emeritus, Law and International Business B.A., University of Delhi; M.A., Delhi School of Economics; L.L.B., Lucknow Law School, India; L.L.M., J.S.D., Yale University Joseph B. Chepaitis, Professor Emeritus, History A.B., Loyola College; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University William S. DeMayo, Professor Emeritus, Accounting B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.B.A., New York University; C.P.A. Peter J. Desio, Professor Emeritus, Chemistry B.S., Boston College; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire Edward Downe, Professor Emeritus, Finance B.A., Bowling Green State University; M.A., Ph.D., New School for Social Research; A.P.C., New York University Faith Eikaas, Professor Emeritus, Sociology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University Lynn W. Ellis, Professor Emeritus, Management B.E.E., Cornell University; M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology; D.P.S., Pace University Donald Fridshal, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics B.E.E., M.S., New York University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Joseph M. Gangler, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics B.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., Columbia University 264264

Brad Garber, Professor Emeritus, Occupational Safety and Health B.S., M.S., Drexel University; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley William S. Gere, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Industrial Engineering B.M.E., M.S.I.E., Cornell University; M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University Robert A. Glen, Professor Emeritus, History B.A., University of Washington; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley Darrell Horning, Professor Emeritus, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S., South Dakota School of Mines; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois Arnold Hyman, Professor Emeritus, Psychology B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; M.S., City College of New York; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati Thomas A. Johnson, Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice B.S., M.S., Michigan State University ; D.Crim., University of California, Berkeley Phillip Kaplan, Professor Emeritus, Economics B.A., University of Massachusetts; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University Thomas Katsaros, Professor Emeritus; Global Studies, History, and Political Science B.A., M.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., New York University Gerald J. Kirwin, Professor Emeritus, Electrical Engineering B.S., Northeastern University; M.S.E.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Syracuse University Ross M. Lanius, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering B.S.C.E., University of Delaware; M.S., University of New Haven; M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut Joel H. Marks, Professor Emeritus, Philosophy B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut John C. Martin, Professor Emeritus, Civil Engineering B.E., M.E., Yale University Paul Marx, Professor Emeritus, English B.A., University of Michigan; M.F.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., New York University David A. Maxwell, Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice M.A., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; B.B.A., J.D., University of Miami Elizabeth J. Moffitt, Professor Emeritus, Visual and Performing Arts B.F.A., Yale University; M.A., Hunter College David J. Morris, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Marketing B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Board, Administration, and Faculty 265

Judith Neal, Professor Emeritus, Management B.S., Quinnipiac College; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University L. Craig Parker, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice A.B., Bates College; M.Ed., Springfield College; Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo Douglas Robillard, Professor Emeritus, English B.S., M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Wayne State University Gerald D. Robin, Professor Emeritus, Criminal Justice B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania Warren J. Smith, Professor Emeritus, Management and Quantitative Analysis B.S., University of Connecticut; M.B.A., Northeastern University Burton C. Staugaard, Professor Emeritus, Science and Biology, A.B., Brown University; M.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Kantilal K. Surti, Professor Emeritus, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.E., University of Gujarat, India; M.E.E., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Ward Theilman, Professor Emeritus, Economics B.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois Bruce Tyndall, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics B.A., M.S., University of Iowa Elisabeth van Dyke, Professor Emeritus, Tourism and Travel Administration B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University Shirley Wakin, Professor Emeritus, Mathematics B.A., University of Bridgeport; M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Thomas C. Warner, Jr., Professor Emeritus, Mechanical Engineering B.E., Yale University; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology H. Fessenden Wright, Professor Emeritus, Science and Biology A.B., Oberlin College; M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University

ADMINISTRATION

OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT

Steven H. Kaplan, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., President Gayle S. Tagliatela, B.S., M.B.A., Executive Assistant to the President and University Secretary 266266

Evelyn R. Miller, Assistant to the President and to the Chairman of the Board Joanne Roy, Executive Secretary

OFFICE OF THE PROVOST/SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AND STUDENT AFFAIRS David P. Dauwalder, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Provost and Senior Vice President for Academic and Student Affairs Silvia I. Hyde, Executive Assistant to the Provost and Vice President for Academic and Student Affairs Marilou McLaughlin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., President, UNH Foundation Ira H. Kleinfeld, B.S., M.S., Eng.Sc.D., Associate Provost for Graduate Studies, Research, and Faculty Development Gordon R. Simerson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Associate Provost for Undergraduate Studies, Accreditation, and Assessment Janice P. Sanderson, Assistant to the Provost Susan B. Turner, B.G.S., M.P.H., Administrative Operations Analyst

OFFICE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Vincent Mangiacapra, B.S., M.S., Associate Vice President for Information Technology and Chief Information Officer Gregory Bartholomew, Director of Networking/Systems Operation Joseph Gleason, B.S., Director of Administrative Computing Lisa Scranton, Senior Administrative Assistant Alan MacDougall, B.A., Director of Academic Computing John Mitchell, M.P.A., Telecommunications Systems Administrator

MARVIN K. PETERSON LIBRARY Hanko H. Dobi, B.A., M.L.S., University Librarian Anne O’Connor, B.A., M.A., M.L.S., Head of Access Services and Reference Marion Hamilton Sachdeva, B.A., M.S.L.S., Head of Technical Services Robert Belletzkie, A.L.B., M.L.S., Reference Librarian Christine Archambeault, B.L.A., M.L.S., Reference Librarian Board, Administration, and Faculty 267

ACADEMIC SERVICES Kathryn H. Cuozzo, B.S., M.S., Director of Academic Services Rosalie S. Swift, B.S., Coordinator of Academic Services; University Ombudsperson

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES

Ronald H. Nowaczyk, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Dean Angela J. Flynn, Assistant to the Dean Vladimir Shpitalnik, B.F.A., M.F.A., Director, Seton Art Gallery

DEPARTMENT CHAIRS/DIRECTORS Roman Zajac, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Biology and Environmental Science Sandra D’Amato-Palumbo, B.S., M.P.S., R.D.H., Director, Dental Hygiene Rosa A. Mo, B.S., M.S., R.D., Chair, Division of Health Professions Paulette L. Pepin, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Education Donald M. Smith, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, English Brett McCormick, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director, Global Studies Ronald H. Nowaczyk, B.A., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Acting Chair, Global Studies, History, and Political Science James Uebelacker, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Mathematics Guillermo E. Mager, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Visual and Performing Arts

GRADUATE PROGRAM DIRECTORS AND COORDINATORS Eva Sapi, B.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Cellular and Molecular Biology Phyllis Gwatkin, B.S., M.S., C.A.G.S., Chief Certification Officer, Education Nicholas Maiorino, B.S., Fifth Year Certificate, M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Coordinator of Interns, Education Michael A. Morris, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Arts in Community Psychology Suzanne Murphy, B.A., M.A., M.S., P.D., C.A.G.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Director of Student Teaching, Education Rosa A. Mo, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., R.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Human Nutrition Stuart D. Sidle, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Arts in Industrial/Organizational Psychology 268268

Roman N. Zajac, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Graduate Environmental Science Program

FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES Jerry L. Allen, Associate Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences, B.S., Southeast Missouri State College, M.S. and Ph.D., Southern Illinois University- Carbondale John Arabolos, Assistant Professor and Professional-in-Residence, Visual and Performing Arts, B.A., University of Hartford; M.A., Pratt Institute of Design James Ayers, Lecturer, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., Purdue University Robert C. Boles, Lecturer, Communication, Film and Theatre B.F.A., New York University, M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence College David Brubaker, Lecturer, Philosophy B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.F.A., Art Institute of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Illinois W. Amory Carr, Assistant Professor, Psychology B.A., Morehouse College; Ph.D., Fordham University; M.A., John Jay College of Criminal Justice Maurice Cayer, Lecturer, Psychology B.A., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., New York University Albert G. Celotto, Assistant Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.M., Western Connecticut State College; M.M., Indiana University School of Music Georgia Chavent, Assistant Professor, Nutrition and Dietetics B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Columbia University; R.D., Medical College of Virginia John Ciochine, Lecturer, Education B.S., Southern Connecticut State College; M.A., Sixth Year Certificate, Fairfield University Carmela Cuomo, Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.A., Adelphi University; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University Sandra D’Amato-Palumbo, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene B.S., University of Bridgeport; M.P.S., Quinnipiac College R. Laurence Davis, Professor, Earth and Environmental Science A.B., A.M., Washington University; Ph.D., University of Rochester Board, Administration, and Faculty 269

Wesley J. Davis, Senior Lecturer, English B.A., M.A., Southern Connecticut State University Lawrence J. DeNardis, Professor, Political Science B.S., College of the Holy Cross; M.A., Ph.D., New York University James W. Dull, Professor, Political Science B.A., Wilkes College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.Phil., Ph.D., Columbia University Richard J. Farrell, Senior Lecturer, English B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., University of Virginia; M.Phil., Yale University Natalie J. Ferringer, Professor, Political Science B.S., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia Roger Fiondella, Lecturer, Mathematics B.A., Sacred Heart University; M.S., University of Bridgeport; Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State University Nina Flay, Lecturer, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., Finch University of Health Sciences/Chicago Medical School Jose Garcia-Leon, Assistant Professor, Music B.A., Binghamton University; M.M., D.M.A., Manhattan School of Music Matthew Griffiths, Associate Professor, Physics B.S.C., Ph.D., University of Edinburgh Gwen Grosso, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene A.S., Hudson Valley Community College; B.S., University of New Haven; M.S., University of Bridgeport Alexandria E. Guzman, Assistant Professor, Psychology B.S., Seton Hall University; M.S., Fordham University; M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton Ali A. Jafarian, Professor, Mathematics B.S., Tehran University, Iran; M.S., Pahlavi (Shiraz) University, Iran; Ph.D., University of Toronto Todd Jokl, Assistant Professor, Graphic Design, Department of Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Yale University; M.F.A., University of Connecticut Mark Kacerik, Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene B.S., M.S., University of Bridgeport Michael G. Kaloyanides, Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Ph.D., Wesleyan University 270270

Steven H. Kaplan, Professor, English B.A., University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., Eberhard-Karls Universitat (Germany) Murray Krugman, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Wesleyan University; J.D., Vermont Law School Tara L’Heureux-Barrett, Assistant Professor, Psychology B.A., State University of New York College at Plattsburgh; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut Stephen Listro, Lecturer, English B.S., M.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.F.A., University of Miami; Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania Guillermo E. Mager, Associate Professor, Visual and Performing Arts B.S., M.A., Ph.D., New York University Victor Markiw, Lecturer, Visual and Performing Arts B.M., Hartt School of Music; M.F.A., State University of New York at Purchase Conservatory Brett McCormick, Assistant Professor, Global Studies, History and Political Science; B.A., SUNY Stony Brook; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University Marc H. Mehlman, Associate Professor, Mathematics B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Riverside Teal Mercer, Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene A.S., University of Bridgeport; B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.P.H., University of Connecticut Rosa A. Mo, Lecturer, Nutrition and Dietetics B.S., College of the Holy Spirit; M.S., Ed.D., Columbia University; R.D., Yale-New Haven Hospital Michael A. Morris, Professor, Psychology B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Boston College Suzanne Murphy, Lecturer, Education B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Yale University; M.S., P.D., Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State University Ronald H. Nowaczyk, Professor, Psychology B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio Paulette L. Pepin, Associate Professor, Education B.A., Western Connecticut State University; M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University Board, Administration, and Faculty 271

Renee Prajer, Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene B.S., M.S., University of Bridgeport Judi Randi, Associate Professor, Education M.A., Wesleyan University; M.L.S., Southern Connecticut State University; C.A.S., Fairfield University; Ed.D., Teachers College of Columbia University Steven Raucher, Professor, Communication, Film and Theater A.A., Queensborough Community College, CUNY; B.A., Queens College; M.S., Brooklyn College, City University of New York; J.D., Bridgeport School of Law at Quinnipiac College; Ph.D.,Wayne State University; Erik Rosenthal, Professor, Mathematics B.A., Queens College, City University of New York; M.S., State University of New York at Albany; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley Michael J. Rossi, Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Xavier University; Ph.D., University of Kentucky Diane Russo, Lecturer, English B.A., Manhattan College; M.A., Indiana State University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina Joshua H. Sandman, Professor, Political Science B.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University Eva Sapi, Associate Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Vorosmarty Gymnasium; Ph.D., Eotvos Lorand University (Hungary) Ramesh Sharma, Professor, Mathematics B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Banaras Hindu University, India; Ph.D., University of Windsor Stuart D. Sidle, Assistant Professor, Psychology B.A., The American University; M.A., Ph.D., DePaul University Gordon R. Simerson, Professor, Psychology B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University Saion K. Sinha, Associate Professor, Physics B.S., M.S., Indian Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Kentucky David E. E. Sloane, Professor, English B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke University Donald C. Smith, Professor, Communication, Film and Theater B.A., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., Emerson College; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Donald M. Smith, Professor, English A.B., Guilford College; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University 272272

Louise M. Soares, Professor, Education B.A., M.A., Boston University; Ph.D., University of Illinois Christy A. Somerville, Assistant Professor, Art and Interior Design B.S., M.A., California State University, Long Beach Edmund N. Todd, Associate Professor, History B.A., M.A., University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania James W. Uebelacker, Professor, Mathematics B.A., LeMoyne College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University Charles L. Vigue, Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.A., M.S., University of Maine; Ph.D., North Carolina State University Henry E. Voegeli, Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.A., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island W. Thurmon Whitley, Professor, Mathematics B.S., Stetson University; M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University Brenda Williams, Professor, Education, English B.A., Howard University; M.A., Ph.D., Washington University Bradley Woodworth, Lecturer, History B.A., Brigham Young University; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Indiana University Roman N. Zajac, Professor, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Tufts University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut

FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION John Arabolos, Registered Interior Designer Georgia Chavent, Registered Dietitian, American Dietetic Association; Certified Dietitian/Nutritionist, Connecticut Sandra D’Amato-Palumbo, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut R. Laurence Davis, Professional Geologist, New Hampshire, South Carolina, Kentucky; Certified Professional Geologist, American Institute of Professional Geologists; Certified Professional Hydrogeologist, American Institute of Hydrology; Certified, Wilderness First Aid Gwen Grosso, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Robert J. Hoffnung, Clinical Psychologist, Connecticut Mark Kacerik, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Murray Krugman, Law License, State of Vermont Board, Administration, and Faculty 273

Teal Mercer, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Rosa A. Mo, Registered Dietitian, American Dietetic Association; Certified Dietitian/ Nutritionist, Connecticut Denis Ouimette, Licensed Architect, Connecticut, Province of Quebec Registered Interior Designer, Connecticut Renee Prajer, Registered Dental Hygienist, Connecticut Christy Somerville, Registered Interior Designer, Connecticut

PRACTITIONERS-IN-RESIDENCE Norman Abell, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., Villanova University; D.P.M., Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine Margaret Antenucci, English B.A., M.A., Ohio State University Roger Arnold, Visual and Performing Arts, Recording Studio Manager B.A., University of New Haven Pamela Asmus, English B.A., Albertus Magnus College; M.A., Wesleyan University; Ph.D., Brown University Brian Bellamy, Philosophy and Sociology B.A., Morehouse College; M.A., Yale University Patricia Bello, English B.S., Central Connecticut State University; M.S., University of Bridgeport James Bonnefond, Visual and Performing Arts B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University; M.A., William Patterson University Kimberly Browe, English B.A., M.Ed., University of Florida Daniel DePodesta, Biology and Environmental Science B.S.E.E., University of New Haven; M.B.A., Quinnipiac University Gary Fetzer, Political Science B.A., Eastern Connecticut State University; M.S., Columbia University Ramon Funcia, Modern Languages D.S., French Alliance (Havana); Fifth Year Certificate, University of Havana (Cuba) Yasir Hamed, Modern Languages B.A., Beirut Arab University; M.S., Hamilton University; M.Ed., American Intercontinental University 274274

Robert Law, Education B.S., Quinnipiac College; M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State University Patricia Maiorino, Education B.A., Marymount College; M.S., Sixth Year Certificate, Southern Connecticut State University Dennis McGough, Psychology B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., University of New Haven; Ph.D., Union Institute in Cincinnati Anthony Melillo, Biology and Environmental Science B.S., University of Connecticut; M.S., University of New Haven George Muench, Physics B.S.E., University of Central Florida; M.S., Ph.D., Clarkson University Denis R. Ouimette, Architecture and E-Media B.A., University of Montreal; M.S., Quinnipiac University David Perry, Education B.A., University of Connecticut; M.S.Ed, Hofstra University; Ed.D., Columbia University Holly Salmon, Education B.A., Purdue University; M.A., University of North Texas Neil Sherman, Education B.A., University of Toronto; M.B.A., University of Delaware Joseph Smolinski, Fine Art B.F.A., University of Wisconsin; M.F.A., University of Connecticut Edward Waggoner, Philosophy and Sociology B.A., Willamette University; M.A.R., M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University Matthew Wranovix, History B.A., Rice University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University Chien Yu, Modern Languages B.A., Beijing Foreign Languages University; B.A., Davidson College; M.B.A., Wake Forest University

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS

Richard A. Highfield, B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., Dean Selene Loughlin, B.A., Assistant to the Dean Board, Administration, and Faculty 275

DEPARTMENT CHAIRS Robert E. Wnek, B.S.B.A., J.D., L.L.M., C.P.A., Chair, Accounting Ben Judd, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Marketing Kamal Upadhyaya, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Chair, Economics and Finance Gil B. Fried, B.S., M.A., J.D., Chair, Sports Management/Hospitality and Tourism William S. Y. Pan, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., Chair, Management Charles N. Coleman, B.A., M.B.A., Chair, Public Administration

GRADUATE PROGRAM DIRECTORS AND COORDINATORS Linda Carlone, B.A., M.S., Director, Executive M.B.A. and Graduate Cohort Programs Charles N. Coleman, B.A., M.P.A., Coordinator, Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.), Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.), Master of Science in Health Care Administration, and Master of Science in Labor Relations Allen L. Sack, Ph.D., Director, Management of Sports Industries Programs

FACULTY OF THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS Peter I. Berman, Professor, Finance A.B., Cornell University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University Gregory J. Blosick, Lecturer, Economics and Finance B.S., Bucknell University; M.B.A., University of New Haven; Ph.D., Ohio State University Wentworth Boynton, Associate Professor, Finance B.A., Colby College; A.M., Brown University; M.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Rhode Island Tony Carter, Professor, Management B.A., Hofstra University; M.B.A.,Wagner College Graduate School of Business; J.D., University of Denver, College of Law Maurice Cayer, Lecturer, Management B.A., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., New York University Charles N. Coleman, Assistant Professor, Public Management B.A., University of Maryland; M.P.A., West Virginia University Cynthia Conrad, Associate Professor, Public Management B.A., Southern Illinois University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington Alireza Daneshfar, Associate Professor, Accounting B.A., National University; M.S., Tehran University; Ph.D., Concordia University 276276

David P. Dauwalder, Professor, Management B.S., Northern Arizona University; M.A., Ph.D., Arizona State University Demissew D. Ejara, Associate Professor, Finance B.A., Addis Ababa University; M.B.A., University of Texas-Pan America; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Dale M. Finn, Associate Professor, Management B.S., M.Ed., University of Delaware; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Gil B. Fried, Professor, Sports Management B.S., California State University–Sacramento; M.A., J.D., Ohio State University Martin A. Goldberg, Associate Professor, Accounting B.A., Clark University; M.S., Boston University; J.D., University of Connecticut; L.L.M., New York University George T. Haley, Professor, Marketing B.A., B.B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin Usha C. V. Haley, Professor, College of Business B.A., Elphinstone College, Bombay; M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana–Champaign; M.Phil., Ph.D., Stern School, New York University Richard A. Highfield, Professor, Economics and Finance B.A., Stanford University; M.B.A., Santa Clara University; Ph.D., University of Chicago Ben B. Judd, Professor, Marketing B.A., University of Texas; M.S., Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington Michael Kublin, Professor, College of Business B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Indiana University; M.B.A., Pace University; Ph.D., New York University Scott G. Lane, Associate Professor, Accounting B.S.B.A., University of Massachusetts at Lowell; M.S., Texas A & M University; Ph.D., University of Kentucky Jiajuan Liang, Associate Professor, Quantitative Analysis B.S., M.S., Nankai University, PRC; Ph.D., Hong Kong Baptist University Ming-Lun Lee, Assistant Professor, Department of Sports Management/Hospitality and Tourism Management B.S., Chung-Shan Medical College, Taiwan; M.S., Purdue University; M.S., DePaul University Linda R. Martin, Professor, Quantitative Analysis B.A., Regis College; Ph.D., University of South Carolina Board, Administration, and Faculty 277

Robert G. McDonald, Associate Professor, Accounting B.S., City College of New York; M.B.A., New York University; C.M.A., C.I.A., C.F.A., C.P.A. Pawel Mensz, Associate Professor, Management and Quantitative Analysis B.S., M.E., M.S., Warsaw Polytechnic; Ph.D., Systems Research Institute of the Polish Academy of Sciences Mary Miller, Lecturer, Accounting B.S., M.B.A., University of New Haven; C.P.A. Juline Mills, Associate Professor, Department of Sports Management/Hospitality and Tourism Management B.S., University of the West Indies, Kingston, Jamaica; M.S., University of North Texas; Ph.D., Purdue University Abbas Nadim, Professor, Management B.A., Abadan Institute of Technology, Iran; M.B.A., University of California–Berkeley; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania William S. Y. Pan, Professor, Quantitative Analysis B.S., National Cheng Kung University, Taiwan; M.B.A., Auburn University; Ph.D., Columbia University John J. Phelan, Associate Professor, Economics B.S., M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., George Washington University Anshuman Prasad, Professor, Management B.A., University of Delhi; M.B.A., University of Jamshedpur; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Christina Reis, Associate Professor, Management B.S., University of Canada–Ottawa; Graduate Academic Certificate, Harvard University; Ph.D., Univeristy of London, U.K. Robert Rainish, Professor, Finance B.A., City College, New York; M.B.A., Bernard M. Baruch College; Ph.D., City University of New York Armando Rodriguez, Associate Professor, Economics B.S., Ph.D., University of Texas Michael Rolleri, Associate Professor, Accounting B.S., University of Bridgeport; M.B.A., University of Connecticut; C.P.A. Subroto Roy, Associate Professor, Marketing M.S., Birla Institute of Technology and Science; Postgraduate Diploma, Institute of Rural Management, India; Ph.D., University of Western Sydney, Australia 278278

Allen L. Sack, Professor, Management and Sociology B.A., University of Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University Steven J. Shapiro, Associate Professor, Economics and Finance B.A., University of Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University Kamal Upadhyaya, Professor, Economics B.A., Tribhuvan University, Nepal; M.A., Thammasat University, Thailand; Ph.D., Auburn University Cheng Lu Wang, Professor, Marketing and International Business B.A., Shanghai Teacher’s University; M.A., Southeast Missouri State University; Ed.S., University of Georgia; Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Jack Werblow, Professor, Public Administration B.A., Cornell University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati Robert E. Wnek, Professor, Tax Law, Accounting and Business Law B.S.B.A., Villanova University; J.D., Delaware Law School of Widener University; L.L.M., Boston University School of Law; C.P.A.

TAGLIATELA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Barry J. Farbrother, B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., C.Eng., Dean M. Ali Montazer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean Barbara Hayslip, Assistant to the Dean

DEPARTMENT CHAIRPERSONS W. David Harding, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Ali Golbazi, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering and Computer Science Gregory P. Broderick, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Department of Mechanical, Civil and Environmental Engineering Michael A. Collura, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chair, Multidisciplinary Engineering Systems Division

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS W. David Harding, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Chemical Engineering Arthur S. Gow, B.S., Ph.D., Chemistry Board, Administration, and Faculty 279

Gregory P. Broderick, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Civil Engineering Bijan Karimi, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Computer Engineering Alice E. Fischer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Computer Science Ali Golbazi, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Electrical Engineering Samuel D. Daniels, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., General Engineering David Eggert, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Information Technology John J. Sarris, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Mechanical Engineering M. Ali Montazer, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., System Engineering Jean Nocito-Gobel, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., First Year Engineering Program

GRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS Tahany Fergany, B.S.E.E., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Computer Science Bouzid Aliane, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Electrical Engineering Barry J. Farbrother, B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., C.Eng., Coordinator, Master of Science in Engineering Management (M.S.E.M.) Agamemnon D. Koutsospyros, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Environmental Engineering Alexis N. Sommers, B.M.E., M.S., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Industrial Engineering Konstantine C. Lambrakis, B.S.E.E., M.S.M.E., Ph.D., Coordinator, Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering

FACULTY OF THE TAGLIATELA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING William R. Adams, Associate Professor, Computer Science B.S.E.E., M.S., University of New Haven; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Bouzid Aliane, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S.E.E., Ecole Polytechnique d’Alger; M.S.E.E., Ph.D., Polytechnic Institute of New York Carl Barratt, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.Sc., University of Bristol, England; Ph.D., University of Cambridge, England Gregory P. Broderick, Professor, Civil Engineering B.S., M.S., Northeastern University; Ph.D., University of Texas 280

Barun Chandra, Associate Professor, Computer Science B.S., St. Stephen’s College; M.S., Colorado State University; M.S., University of Rochester; Ph.D., University of Chicago Michael A. Collura, Professor, Chemical Engineering B.S., Lafayette College; M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University Samuel D. Daniels, Associate Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Boston University Eddie Del Valle, Lecturer, Chemistry B.S., Inter American University of Puerto Rico; M.S., Pontifical Catholic University of Puerto Rico David Eggert, Associate Professor, Computer Science B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of South Florida Barry J. Farbrother, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.Sc. (Hons), Ph.D., University of Hertfordshire, United Kingdom Tahany Fergany, Professor, Computer Science B.S.E.E., Cairo University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut Alice E. Fischer, Professor, Computer Science B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University Andrew J. Fish, Jr., Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S.E.E., Worcester Polytechnic Institute; M.S., University of Iowa; M.S., St. Mary’s University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut Ali M. Golbazi, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S., Detroit Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Wayne State University Arthur S. Gow III, Associate Professor, Chemistry and Chemical Engineering B.A., Muhlenberg College; B.A., B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University John G. Haggerty, Lecturer, Department of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering B.S., Boston College; Ph.D., Dartmouth College W. David Harding, Professor, Chemical Engineering B.S., M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., Northwestern University Tiffany Hesser, Lecturer, Chemistry A.S., Middlesex Community College; B.S., M.S., University of New Haven Bijan Karimi, Professor, Electrical and Computer Engineering B.S., Aryamehr University of Technology, Iran; M.S., Ph.D., Oklahoma State University Board, Administration, and Faculty 281

Ira H. Kleinfeld, Professor, Industrial Engineering B.S., M.S., Eng.Sc.D., Columbia University Agamemnon D. Koutsospyros, Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering B.S., M.S., National Technical University, Athens; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of New York; Ph.D., Polytechnic University Konstantine C. Lambrakis, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.S.E.E., M.S.M.E., University of Bridgeport; Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Eddie D. Luzik, Associate Professor, Chemistry B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College M. Ali Montazer, Professor, Industrial Engineering, Associate Dean B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University at Buffalo: State University of New York Jean Nocito-Gobel, Associate Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering B.S., Manhattan College; M.S., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Ismail Orabi, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.S., Helwan University, Egypt; M.S., State University of New York at Buffalo; Ph.D., Clarkson University Stephen M. Ross, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.E., New York University; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University Michael J. Saliby, Professor, Chemistry B.S., Union College; Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton John J. Sarris, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.A., Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., Tufts University Nancy Savage-Ortins, Assistant Professor, Chemistry B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute; Ph.D., Ohio State University Pauline M. Schwartz, Professor, Chemistry B.S., Drexel University, M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan Alexis N. Sommers, Professor, Industrial Engineering B.M.E., Cornell University; M.S., Rutgers University; Ph.D., Purdue University Richard M. Stanley, Professor, Mechanical Engineering B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University David J. Wall, Professor, Civil and Environmental Engineering B.S.C.E., M.S.C.E., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 282

FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION Gregory P. Broderick, EIT, Massachusetts Michael A. Collura, Professional Engineer, Pennsylvania Samuel D. Daniels, Professional Engineer, Connecticut Barry J. Farbrother, C.Eng., United Kingdom; Eur. Ing., European Economic Community W. David Harding, Professional Engineer, Indiana Agamemnon D. Koutsospyros, Professional Engineer, Greece Jean Nocito-Gobel, EIT, New York Amy Thompson, Assistant Professor, Multidisciplinary Engineering Systems B.S., M.S., University of Rhode Island David J. Wall, Professional Engineer, Connecticut, Pennsylvania

HENRY C. LEE COLLEGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND FORENSIC SCIENCES Richard H. Ward, B.S., M.Crim., D.Crim., Dean William M. Norton, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., J.D., Associate Dean

DEPARTMENT CHAIRS/DIRECTORS James J. Cassidy, B.A., J.D., Ph.D., Director, Master of Science in Criminal Justice Mario T. Gaboury, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., J.D., Chair, Criminal Justice Department Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., B.S., M.S., Chair, Fire Science and Professional Studies Department Donna Decker Morris, B.S., J.D., Director, Legal Studies Timothy Palmbach, B.S., M.S., J.D., Chair, Forensic Science Department William L. Tafoya, B.S., M.P.A., Ph.D., Director, National Security and Public Safety

GRADUATE PROGRAM COORDINATORS Sorin Iliescu, B.S.M.E., M.S., Coordinator, Master of Science in Fire Science James O. Matschulat, A.B., M.B.A., Coordinator, Master of Science in National Security and Public Safety Timothy Palmbach, Coordinator, Master of Science, Forensic Science Board, Administration, and Faculty 283

FACULTY OF THE HENRY C. LEE COLLGE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND FORENSIC SCIENCES James M. Adcock, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., Lambuth College; M.P.A., Jacksonville State University; Ph.D., University of South Carolina Katherine M. Brown, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., University of Texas at Austin; M.A., Ph.D., Sam Houston State University James J. Cassidy, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., California State University; J.D., Villanova School of Law; Ph.D., Hahnemann University Graduate School Howard J. Cohen, Professor, Occupational Safety and Health B.A., Boston University; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Michigan Heather Coyle, Assistant Professor, Forensic Science B.S., State University of New York at Plattsburg; M.S., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire Ernest W. Dorling, Senior Lecturer, Criminal Justice M.P.A., Troy State University, European Campus Nelson Dunston, Assistant Professor, Fire Science B.A., St. Mary’s College of Maryland; M.S., University of Maryland College Park Leila Dutton, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., Siena College; M.S., Old Dominion University; Ph.D., University of Rhode Island Mario T. Gaboury, Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University; J.D., Georgetown University Law Center Azriel Gorski, Associate Professor, Forensic Science M.S., The Bloomsburg State College; Ph.D., The Hebrew University of Jerusalem Howard A. Harris, Professor, Forensic Science A.B., Western Reserve University; M.S., Ph.D., Yale University; J.D., St. Louis University Law School Sorin Iliescu, Assistant Professor, Fire Science B.S.M.E., University of Bucharest, Romania; M.S., University of New Haven Robert D. Keppel, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice M.E., Seattle University; Ph.D., University of Washington–Seattle 284

Michael P. Lawlor, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University of London, England; J.D., George Washington University National Law Center; State Representative, Connecticut Henry C. Lee, Professor, Forensic Science B.A., Taiwan Central Police College; B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; M.S., Ph.D., New York University Peter Massey, Lecturer, Forensic Science B.S., Eastern Connecticut State College; M.S., University of New Haven Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., Assistant Professor, Fire Science B.S., M.S., University of New Haven James O. Matschulat, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice and National Security M.B.A., St. John’s University, A.B., Colgate University Daniel K. Maxwell, Instructor, Criminal Justice M.S., M.P.A., University of New Haven Virginia M. Maxwell, Lecturer, Forensic Science B.Sc., Liverpool University, England; D.Phil., The Queen’s College, Oxford University James Monahan, Associate Professor, Criminal Justice B.S., University of New Haven; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University Lynn Hunt Monahan, Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon Donna Decker Morris, Associate Professor, Legal Studies B.S., Tufts University; J.D., Yale Law School Fadia Narchet, Assistant Professor, Forensic Science B.S., Barry University; M.S., Ph.D., Florida International University William M. Norton, Professor, Criminal Justice B.S., Louisiana State University; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi; M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law Martin J. O’Connor, Associate Professor, Fire Science B.A., University of New Haven; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law; M.Div., Yale Divinity School Timothy Palmbach, Associate Professor, Forensic Science B.S., M.S., University of New Haven; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law David Schroeder, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., University of California, Irvine; M.A., University of Hull; M.Phil., Ph.D., The Graduate School of the City of New York Board, Administration, and Faculty 285

Christopher M. Sedelmaier, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.S., The College of New Jersey; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University Frederick P. Smith, Professor, Forensic Science B.A., Antioch College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh William L. Tafoya, Professor, Criminal Justice and National Security B.S., San Jose State University; M.P.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of Maryland Tracy L. Tamborra, Assistant Professor, Criminal Justice B.A., M.S., University of New Haven Bruce J. Varga, Lecturer, Fire Science B.S., Southern Connecticut State University; M.S., University of New Haven Richard H. Ward, Professor, Criminal Justice B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; M.Crim., D.Crim., University of California–Berkeley

CLINICAL INSTRUCTOR Joseph Polio, Criminal Justice B.S., M.S., University of New Haven

FACULTY PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE AND ACCREDITATION James Cassidy, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut; Attorney at Law, Connecticut Nelson Dunston, Hazardous Materials Technician, HAZWOPER Certification Mario T. Gaboury, Attorney at Law, Connecticut Robert E. Massicotte, Jr., State of Connecticut Certified Hazardous Materials Inspector, Certified Fire Investigator, Certified Fire Code Inspector, Certified Fire Officer, Hazardous Materials Technician, Safety Officer, National Fire Academy, Executive Fire Officer James Monahan, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut Lynn Hunt Monahan, Licensed Psychologist, Connecticut Donna Decker Morris, Attorney at Law, Connecticut; American and Connecticut Bar Associations; Certified Mediator William M. Norton, Attorney at Law, Connecticut, Georgia; Georgia Bar Association 286

PRACTITIONERS-IN-RESIDENCE William H. Carbone, Criminal Justice B.A., Providence College; M.P.A., University of New Haven; Executive Director, Court Support Services Division, Judicial Branch, State of Connecticut Martin Looney, Criminal Justice B.A., Fairfield University; M.A., University of Connecticut; J.D., University of Connecticut School of Law; State Senator, Connecticut David San Pietro, Forensic Science B.S., John Jay College of Criminal Justice; M.S., Hunter College/CUNY Maximilian Thiel, Criminal Justice B.A., St. Mary’s University; Deputy Chief of Police, Waterford, Connecticut

OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR ENROLLMENT MANAGEMENT Dennis Nostrand, B.A., M.A., Vice President for Enrollment Management Linda Morris, Executive Secretary

ATHLETICS Deborah Chin, B.S.E., M.S., Director of Athletics

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS Kevin J. Phillips, B.S., B.A., Director of Undergraduate Admissions Pauline M. Hill, Director of Operations Stephan D. Brown, Jr., B.S., Associate Director Felecia A. Edwards, B.S., Assistant Director Jeffrey R. Gootman, B.S., Assistant Director Shauntel J. Hampton, B.S., Assistant Director Whitney L. Kolwicz, B.A., Associate Director Alick Letang, B.A., M.B.A., M.S., Associate Director Melissa N. Laskowski, B.S., M.B.A.., Associate Director Gilbert R. Rogers III, B.S., Assistant Director Stephanie Romano, B.S., MBA, Assistant Director Terrence Greaves, B.S., Admissions Counselor Monique Bolt, A.S., Admissions Representative Board, Administration, and Faculty 287

INTERNATIONAL ADMISSIONS Joseph F. Spellman, B.S., M.A., Director of International Admissions Karen M. Ludington, Associate Director Ashraf Zawaideh, B.S., Assistant Director

FINANCIAL AID Karen M. Flynn, B.A., M.A., Director, Financial Aid Christopher Maclean, B.A., M.A., Associate Director, Financial Aid Daniel Brewer, B.A., Assistant Director Maryann Giovanni, B.S., Assistant Director Jill Stone, B.A., Assistant Director Bambi-Lynne Bush, Counselor

GRADUATE ADMISSIONS Eloise M. Gormley, B.A., M.S., Director of Graduate Admissions Marcus Hanscom, B.S., Assistant Director Michael Wnek, B.A., Counselor

GRADUATE RECORDS Virginia D. Klump, Graduate Registrar Michaela H. Apotrias, Assistant Registrar Alice P. Perrelli, Assistant Registrar

UNDERGRADUATE RECORDS Nancy A. Baker, B.S., M.S., Undergraduate Registrar Sally A. Belbusti, Assistant Registrar

UNIVERSITY MARKETING AND PUBLICATIONS Sandra V. Abbagnaro, A.S., Director of Operations Barbara J. Hoyt, B.A., B.F.A., Graphic Designer Susan L. Pranulis, B.S., M.S., Manager of Publications Ruth M. Somers-Phillips, B.A., M.S., Website Assistant/Advertising Copywriter Gregory Soltesz, B.S., Web Developer 288

CAMPUS BOOKSTORE Cheryl Cartier, Manager

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE Arthur D. Goon, B.S., M.S., Dean of University College Jane C. Sangeloty, B.A., Assistant Dean of University College, Director of Continuing and Professional Studies Michelle Mason, M.S., M.B.A., Assistant Dean of University College, Director of Southeastern Campus Ellen Buley, B.S., Enrollment Advisor, Center for Adult and Professional Studies Richard J. Farrell, B.A., M.A.Phil., Enrollment Adviser, Center for Adult and Professional Studies Kathleen M. Farren, B.B.A., Associate Director of Adult Student Services and Special Projects Eloise M. Gormley, B.A., M.S., Director of Graduate Admissions Susan Griswold, B.S., Assistant Director, Center for Adult and Professional Studies Marcus Hanscom, B.S., Assistant Director of Graduate Admissions Richard Laria, B.S., M.B.A., Director of Graduate Cohort Program Recruitment Jessica Linicus, B.A., M.A., Assistant Direcor of Recruitment, Southeastern Campus Monica Sutcliffe, B.A., Marketing Assistant, Southeastern Campus Andre Yap, B.A., M.S., M.B.A., Director of CUBED Rosemary deWarga, Executive Secretary Michael Wnek, B.A., Graduate Admissions Counselor

OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR FACILITIES Julia K. Parker, Vice President for Facilities University Police Henry A. Starkel, B.S., M.S., Chief University Dining Services Bryan Davis, General Manager Board, Administration, and Faculty 289

OFFICE OF STUDENT AFFAIRS Associate Provost and Dean of Students Rebecca D. Johnson, B.A., M.A., Dean Frederic Baker, B.A., M.S., Ed.D, Assistant Dean of Students Marie Jackowicz, Executive Secretary Residential Life Patricia Christiano, B.A., M.S., Director Rebecca Kitchell, B.A., M.Ed. Assistant Director Counseling Center Deborah Everhart, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director Shannon Jackson, B.A., M.A., M.A. Psyd, M.S. Ed., Staff Psychologist Disability Services and Resources Linda Copney-Okeke, B.S., M.A., Director Health Services Paula Cappuccia, R.N., Director Martha DeMennato, R.N., Assistant Director Judith Deshpande, B.S.N., M.S.N., A.P.R.N., BC-Part-time International Services Offices Andrea Hogan, B.A., M.S., Director International Relations Wanda Tyler, B.S., M.A., Director Student Activities Gregory Overend, B.S., M.A., Director Lisa Saverese, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Director

OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR FINANCE George S. Synodi, B.S., M.B.A., Vice President for Finance and Treasurer of the University Donna M. Cerami, Assistant to the Vice President for Finance Deborah Flonc, B.S., Budget Coordinator Patrick M. Torre, B.S., M.B.A., Associate Vice President for Finance Donald F. Barton, B.A., M.B.A., Controller Vincent J. Lugo, B.S., Associate Controller Marc P. Maniatis, B.S., M.S., Director of Student Accounts and Risk Manager David Roberts, B.A., Director of Purchasing 290

OFFICE OF THE VICE PRESIDENT FOR UNIVERSITY ADVANCEMENT Catherine Spinelli, B.S., Executive Director of Leadership Gifts and Campaign Planning Timothy R. Stanton, B.A., J.D., Associate Vice President for Advancement Operations Jacqueline Koral, B.A., M.A., Director of Development Virginia Zawoy, B.A., Director of Development Christopher Lukowski, M.A., M.B.A., Associate Development Officer Scott Davis, B.S., Director of the Annual Fund Marya Neary, B.A., Annual Fund Officer Carl Pitruzzello, B.S., MBA, Director of Advancement Services Michelle Norman, Coordinator of Research and Prospect Management Ellen Criscuolo, Data Communications Specialist Andrea Lender, A.S., Administrative Secretary II Judi Yale, A.S., B.S., Development Project Coordinator Jennifer Pjatak, B.S., Director of Alumni Relations Paula Mortali, B.S., Alumni Relations Associate Heather Alpaugh, B.S., Alumni Relations Associate Juli Roebuck, B.A., Associate Vice President for Communications and Government Relations Jane Gordon, B.A., Director of Advancement Communications Julie Winkel, Director of Media Relations

DEPARTMENTS AND SERVICES FOR STUDENTS Athletics Deborah Chin, B.S.E., M.S., Director of Athletics Audiovisual Services Paul Falcone, B.S., M.B.A., Coordinator Bursar’s Office Marc P. Maniatis, B.S., M.S., Director of Student Accounts and Risk Manager Campus Bookstore Dawn Cronin, Manager Campus Card Alan MacDougall, B.A., Director of Academic Computing Campus Police Henry A. Starkel, B.S., M.S., Chief Board, Administration and Faculty 291

Career Services Christine Montgomery-Boronico, Ph.D., Director Center for Learning Resources Kathryn H. Cuozzo, B.S., M.S., Director Counseling Center Deborah Everhart, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director Danielle I. Moreggi, B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Assistant Director/PIR Dining Services Bryan Davis, General Manager Disability Services and Resources Linda Copney-Okeke, B.S., M.A., Director Financial Aid Karen M. Flynn, B.A., M.A., Director of Financial Aid Health Services Paula Cappuccia, R.N., Director International Student Services Andrea Hogan, B.A., M.S., Director Intercultural Relations Wanda Tyler, B.S., M.A., Director Office of Academic Services Kathryn H. Cuozzo, B.S., M.S., Director Registrar Nancy A. Baker, B.S., M.S., Undergraduate Registrar Residential Life Patricia Christiano, B.A., M.S., Director Rebecca Kitchell, B.A., M.Ed., Assistant Director Student Activities Greg Overend, B.S., M.A., Director Study Abroad Christine Montgomery-Boronico, Ph.D., Director UNH Website

Veterans’ Affairs Officer Virginia D. Klump, Graduate Registrar WNHU Radio Station Henry K. Yaggi III, B.A., General Manager 292 UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2008–2009

FALL SEMESTER 2008

August Tuition and residence charges due Friday, Aug. 1 Residence halls open for new students at 10 a.m. Sunday, Aug. 24 Orientation Sunday–Tuesday, Aug. 24–26 Residence halls open for returning students Tuesday, Aug. 26 Classes begin Wednesday, Aug. 27

September Labor Day–no classes Monday, Sept. 1 Last day to add a course Wednesday, Sept. 10

October Last day to drop a course Friday, Oct. 10 No classes Monday–Tuesday, Oct. 13–14 Last day to petition for January graduation Wednesday, Oct. 15

November Residence halls close at 10 a.m. Wednesday, Nov. 26 Thanksgiving weekend–no classes Wednesday–Saturday, Nov. 26–29

December Wednesday Dec. 10 classes on Monday schedule/Classes end Wednesday, Dec. 10 Reading day Thursday, Dec. 11 Exams begin Friday, Dec. 12 Exams end Thursday, Dec. 18 Last day of the semester Thursday, Dec. 18 Residence halls close at 10 a.m. Friday, Dec. 19

January 2009 Commencement, 2 p.m. Saturday, Jan. 17, 2009 Academic Calendar 293

INTERSESSION 2009

January Classes begin Monday, Jan. 5 Martin Luther King Day–no classes Monday, Jan. 19 Classes end Friday, Jan. 23

SPRING SEMESTER 2009

January Tuition and residence charges due Friday, Jan. 2 Residence halls open for new students Thursday, Jan. 22 Orientation Friday, Jan. 23 Residence halls open for returning students Sunday, Jan. 25 Classes begin Monday, Jan. 26

February Last day to add a course Thursday, Feb. 5 Presidents' Day–no classes Monday, Feb. 16

March Last day to petition for May graduation Monday, Mar. 2 Last day to drop a course Friday, Mar. 13 Residence halls close at 5:30 p.m. Friday, Mar. 13 Spring Recess–no classes Monday–Saturday, Mar. 16–21 Classes resume Monday, Mar. 23

April No classes Friday, Apr. 10

May Tuesday, May 12 classes on Friday schedule/Classes end Tuesday, May 12 Reading day Wednesday, May, 13 Exams begin Thursday, May 14 Exams end Wednesday, May 20 Last day of the semester Wednesday, May 20 Residence halls close at 10 a.m. Thursday, May 21 Commencement, 10 a.m. Saturday, May 23 294 Academic Calendar 294

SUMMER SESSIONS 2009

May First Summer Session classes begin Thursday, May 21 Memorial Day–no classes Monday, May 25

June Last day to petition for August awarding of degrees Monday, June 15

July Thursday, July 2 classes on Monday/Wednesday schedule/ First Summer Session ends Thursday, July 2 Second Summer Session classes begin Monday, July 6

August Second Summer Session ends Thursday, Aug. 13 Index 295 INDEX

Athletics ...... 26 Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, A Attendance Regulations ...... 47 Department of...... 124 Chemistry and Chemical Engineering .122 Absence, Leave of ...... 46 Chemistry and Forensic Science Club .127 Academic Advising ...... 18, 38 Chemistry Courses (CH) ...... 181 Academic Calendar ...... 292 B Chi Epsilon ...... 141 Academic Credit ...... 39 Bachelor’s Degrees ...... 12 Chinese Courses (CN) ...... 191 Academic Honesty ...... 47 Bachelor’s Degree Core Requirements . .15 Civil, and Environmental Engineering, Academic Regulations ...... 39 Bartels Hall ...... 31 Department of Mechanical, ...... 138 Academic Requirements, Beckerman Recreation Center, Civil Engineering ...... 139 Financial Aid ...... 56 David A...... 27 Civil Engineering Courses (CE) . . . . .178 Academic Services, Office of...... 21 Biochemistry Concentration ...... 70 Civil Engineers, American Academic Support Systems ...... 21 Bioengineering ...... 147 Society of ...... 141 Academic Standing and Progress ...... 41 Biology and Environmental Science, Class (student class level) ...... 41 Academic Worksheets ...... 41 Department of ...... 69 Class, Dropping/Adding a ...... 45 Accounting Courses (A) ...... 172 Biology Courses (BI) ...... 175 Class, Withdrawal from a ...... 45 Accounting, Department of ...... 108 Biotechnology, B.S...... 71 Clubs and Organizations ...... 28 Accreditation ...... 9 Black Studies ...... 81 College of Arts & Sciences ...... 65 Adding a Class ...... 45 Board, Administration, and Faculty . .261 College of Business ...... 105 Administration ...... 265 Board Fees ...... 52 College of Criminal Justice and Forensic Admission to the University ...... 34 Board of Governors ...... 261 Sciences, The Henry C. Lee ...... 151 Admission Procedures ...... 35 Bookstore, see Campus Bookstore College of Engineering, Tagliatela . . . .119 Full-Time Admissions ...... 34 Business Administration Courses (BA).175 College Work Study Program ...... 58 New Full-Time Students/ Business Law Courses (LA) ...... 229 Colleges of the University...... 10 Freshmen ...... 35 Business, College of ...... 105 Commencement, see Graduation Full-Time Transfer Students . . . . .35 Communication Certificates ...... 77 International Students ...... 35 Communication Courses (CO) ...... 191 Part-Time Admissions ...... 37 C Communication, Film and Theater, Degree Seeking ...... 37 Department of (Arts & Sciences) . . .75 Non-Degree Seeking...... 37 Calendar, Academic ...... 292 Community-Clinical Psychology ...... 95 Admission, Policy ...... 34 Campaign Management, see Computer Engineering Courses (CEN) 181 Adult and Professional Studies, Public Policy Computer Engineering ...... 129 Center for...... 167 Campus Card ...... 22 Computer Engineering, and Computer Advanced Placement ...... 40 Campus Facilities ...... 29 Science, Department of Electrical, . 127 Aid, Financial ...... 55 Campus Recreation...... 27 Computer Facilities ...... 29 Alpha Phi Sigma-Alpha Tau Chapter .153 Campus Security Act ...... 14 Computer Science Courses (CS) . . . . .194 Alumni Audits ...... 38 Campus Bookstore ...... 31 Computer Science, Department of Alumni Magazine, University...... 23, 32 Career Services Center ...... 23 Electrical, Computer Alumni Relations ...... 31 Center for Adult Engineering and ...... 127 American Society of Civil and Professional Studies ...... 167 Computer Science (Mathematics) . . . . .91 Engineers, Student Chapter ...... 141 Center for Dispute Resolution ...... 32 Computer Science ...... 131 American Society of Mechanical Center for Learning Resources ...... 21 Connecticut Independent Colleges Engineers, see ASME Center for Family Business ...... 32 Student Grant Program ...... 57 Applied Mathematics ...... 92 Center for the Study of Crime Victims’ Coordinated Course ...... 39 Arabic Courses (AR)...... 173 Rights, Remedies, and Resources . . .33 Core Curriculum ...... 15 Art, B.A...... 101 Certificates ...... 12 Corrections ...... 154 Art Courses (AT) ...... 173 Changes ...... 45 Counseling Center ...... 24 Arts and Sciences, College of ...... 65 Changing a Major ...... 45 Councils (Student Government) ...... 28 ASCE, see American Society Charger Bulletin, The ...... 23, 28 Courses (Descriptions) ...... 171 of Civil Engineers Charger Gymnasium ...... 27 Coursework Expectations ...... 47 ASME (American Society of Chariot, The ...... 28 Courses Available at Other Colleges . . .39 Mechanical Engineers) ...... 144 Chemical Engineering ( ...... 122 Credit, Academic ...... 39 Associate’s Degrees ...... 12 Chemical Engineering Club ...... 125 Credit by Examination ...... 40 Associate’s Degree Core Requirements . .18 Chemical Engineering Courses (CM) .189 Credit, Transfer ...... 39 Athletic Facilities ...... 27 Chemistry (Arts and Sciences) ...... 74 Credit, Ways of Earning ...... 39 Athletic Grants-in-Aid ...... 58 Chemistry (Engineering) ...... 126 Crime Analysis ...... 154 296

Crime Analysis Certificate ...... 156 Expenses, Tuition, Fees and ...... 50 Global Studies, History, and Political Criminal Justice Certificates ...... 156 Experiential Education, Office of . . . .168 Science ...... 81 Criminal Justice Club ...... 153 External Credit Examinations ...... 40 Global Studies ...... 81 Criminal Justice Courses (CJ) ...... 183 Global Studies Courses (GLS) ...... 218 Criminal Justice, Department of . . . . .153 Government, Student ...... 28 Curricula, University ...... 15 F Grade Point Average ...... 43 CWSP, see College Work Study Program Grade Reports ...... 43 Facilities, Athletic ...... 27 Grading System ...... 42 Facilities, Campus ...... 29 Graduate Degrees ...... 13 D Faculty ...... 267 Graduate School ...... 11 Family Educational Rights Graduation Fees ...... 52 Dean’s List ...... 44 & Privacy Act (FERPA) ...... 13 Graduation Criteria ...... 48 Degrees Offered by the University Fees and Expenses, Tuition ...... 50 Grants ...... 57 (see also Programs of Study listing on Field Experiences ...... 40 Grants-in-Aid (University pages 6-7) ...... 12 Film and Theater, Department of and Athletic) ...... 57, 58 Dental Hygiene ...... 86 Communication (Arts & Sciences) . .75 Graphic Design ...... 101 Dental Hygiene Courses (DH) ...... 197 Finance ...... 109 Gymnasium ...... 27 Developmental Studies Program . . .20, 21 Finance Courses (FI) ...... 212 Dietetics, see Nutrition and Dietetics Finance, Department of Econimoics and Dietetics, General Courses (DI) . . . . .199 (Business) ...... 109 Disabilities Services and Resources . . . .24 Financial Aid ...... 55 H Dismissal/Readmission Procedure . . . . .44 Fire and Occupational Safety ...... 165 Hazardous Materials Certificate . . . . .166 Dining Services ...... 26 Fire Administration ...... 163 Health Professions ...... 86 Dispute Resolution concentration . . . .160 Fire/Arson Investigation Health Services Center ...... 25 Diversity policy ...... 13 Certificate ...... 163, 166 History and Political Dropping/Adding a Class ...... 45 Fire Prevention Certificate ...... 166 Science, Global Studies ...... 81 Drug Policy ...... 14 Fire Protection Engineering ...... 164 History Courses (HS) ...... 218 Fire Science ...... 162 History, Department of ...... 81 Fire Science and Professional Studies, History (of the University) ...... 10 E Department of ...... 162 Honors ...... 49 Fire Science Club ...... 162 Honors Program ...... 18 Economics Courses (EC) ...... 205 Fire Science Courses (FS) ...... 215 Hospitality and Tourism Management, Economics and Finance, Department of Fire Science Technology ...... 164 Department of Sports (Business) ...... 109 Foreign Students, see Management, ...... 114 Education, Department of ...... 78 International Students Hotel and Tourism Management Education Courses ...... 206 Forensic Computer Investigation Courses (HTM) ...... 220 Electrical, Computer Engineering, and Certificate ...... 156 Hotel and Restaurant Computer Science, Department of .127 Forensic Psychology ...... 154 Management, B.S...... 115 Electrical Engineering ...... 134 Forensic Science ...... 158 Housing, see Residential Life Electrical Engineering Courses (EE) . .206 Forensic Science Club, Chemistry and .127 Humanities Courses (HU) ...... 223 ELS Language Center ...... 168 Forensic Science Courses (FOR) . . . . .213 Employment, Student ...... 23, 58 Fraternities and Sororities ...... 28 Engineering and Applied Science French Courses (FR) ...... 215 I Courses ...... 204 Freshman Experience Course (FE) . . .212 IEEE, see Institute of Electrical and Engineering, College of ...... 119 Freshman Experience Seminar . . . . .20, 22 Electronics Engineers Engineering Tuition Differential . . . . .50 Full-time Students, Academic Standing Independent Study ...... 40 English Courses (E) ...... 201 and Progress ...... 41 Industrial Engineering ...... 150 English, Deparment of ...... 79 Industrial Engineering Courses (IE) . .227 Entrepreneurship, Minor in ...... 112 Industrial Fire Protection ...... 166 Environmental Engineering, Department G Information Protection and Security of Mechanical, Civil, and ...... 138 Certificate ...... 157 Environmental Science Program ...... 72 General Biology ...... 71 Information Technolgy ...... 136 Environmental Science Courses (EN) .210 General Engineering ...... 145 Institute of Electrical and Evening Accelerated Business General Psychology ...... 95 Electronics Engineers ...... 131, 136 Program ...... 106 General Studies, A.S...... 68 Institute of Law and Evening Student Council ...... 29 German Courses (GR) ...... 218 Public Affairs, The ...... 161 Event Management, Tourism and . . . .115 Intercollegiate Athletics ...... 26 Index 297

Intercultural Relations, Office of ...... 25 Marine Biology ...... 73 Payments ...... 53 Interior Design ...... 102 Marine Biology Courses (MR) ...... 242 Pell Grants ...... 57 Interior Design Courses (ID) ...... 224 Marketing, Department of ...... 113 Performing Arts, Department of International Business ...... 110 Marketing Courses (MK) ...... 240 Visual and ...... 97 International Business Courses (IB) . .223 Mass Communication Certificate . . . . .77 Perkins Loan Program ...... 58 International Credential Mathematics Courses (M) ...... 232 Peterson Library, Marvin K ...... 30 Assessment and Services ...... 168 Mathematics, Department of ...... 90 Phi Alpha Theta ...... 83 International Justice and Security . . . .154 Matriculation ...... 41 Philosophy ...... 84 International Services ...... 25 Meal Plans ...... 26,52 Philosophy (of the University) ...... 10 International Student Measles ...... 25 Philosophy Courses (PL) ...... 250 Acceptance Fee ...... 50 Mechanical Engineering, B.S...... 141 Physics Courses (PH) ...... 249 International Students, Mechanical Engineering Physics, Department of ...... 93 Admission Procedure ...... 35 Courses (ME) ...... 235 Placement ...... 34 Internships and Employer Mechanical, Civil, and Environmental Placement, Advanced ...... 40 Relations Office ...... 23 Engineering, Department of ...... 138 PLUS, see Parent Loans for Intersession ...... 293 Mechanical Engineers, American Society Undergraduate Students Intramural Programs (Sports) ...... 28 of (Student Chapter), see ASME Police, University ...... 22 Investigative Services ...... 155 Minor ...... 42 Political Science Courses (PS) ...... 251 Italian (IT) ...... 229 Minority Affairs, see Intercultural Relations Political Science, Department of ...... 81 Modern Language Study ...... 80 Political Science, Global Studies, Modern Languages ...... 83 History and ...... 81 J-K Multidisciplinary Engineering Prearchitecture (Interior Design) . . . . .103 Journalism Certificate ...... 77 Systems ...... 144 Premedical/Predental/Preveterinary . . . .70 Journalism Courses (J) ...... 229 Multimedia Courses (MM) ...... 241 Private Security Certificate ...... 157 Juvenile and Family Justice ...... 155 Multimedia/Web Creation Studies . . . .97 Probation and Dismissal ...... 44 Music ...... 97 Procedure, Dismissal/Readmission . . . .44 Music Industry ...... 99 Professional Studies, Center for L Music and Sound Recording ...... 99 Adult and ...... 167 Music Courses (MU) ...... 243 Professional Studies, Department of Laboratory Fees ...... 52 Fire Science and ...... 162 Language Center, ELS ...... 168 Proficiency Examination, Writing . . . . .49 Late payment fees ...... 52 N Programs of Study, Listing ...... 6 Law Enforcement Administration . . . .155 Programs, Major Aid (Financial) ...... 57 Law Enforcement Science New Students, Admission Procedure . . .35 Psi Chi Honor Society ...... 94 Certificate ...... 157 Newspaper (The Charger Bulletin) . . . .28 Psychology Club ...... 94 Learning Resources, Center for ...... 21 Nondiscrimination Statement ...... 13 Psychology Courses (P) ...... 245 Leave of Absence ...... 46 Nutrition and Dietetics ...... 88 Psychology, Department of ...... 93 Legal Studies ...... 158 Nutrition and Dietetics Courses . . . . .199 Psychology, Forensic ...... 154 Liberal Studies, B.A...... 67 Public Administration ...... 116 Library, Marvin K. Peterson ...... 30 Public Affairs Concentration ...... 159 Literary Club ...... 80 O Public Affairs, The Institute Loans ...... 58 Occupational Safety, Fire and ...... 165 of Law and ...... 161 Logistics Certificate ...... 150 Off-Campus Activities ...... 28 Public Administration Courses (PA) . .248 Logistics Courses (LG) ...... 230 Office of Academic Services ...... 21 Public Policy (Campaign Legal Studies Courses (LS) ...... 168 Organizations, Clubs and ...... 28 Management) ...... 85 Publications (Student) ...... 28 M P Major ...... 42 Q Paralegal Studies Certificate ...... 161 Major Aid Programs ...... 57 Paralegal Studies Concentration . . . . .160 Quantitative Analysis Courses (QA) . .254 Major, Changing a ...... 45 Parent Loans for Undergraduate Make-up Policy ...... 48 Students (PLUS) ...... 58 Management Courses (MG) ...... 238 Parking Permits ...... 22 Management, Department of ...... 110 Part-time Students Academic Management of Sports Standing and Progress ...... 41 Industries...... 111, 115 298

Student Right-to-Know and Campus R Security Act ...... 14 V Student Services ...... 22 Radio, WNHU ...... 29 Varsity Sports ...... 27 Student Status, Transfer of Readmission Procedure ...... 44 Victim Services Administration ...... 156 Full-time ...... 41 Recording Facilities ...... 98 Victim Services Certificate ...... 157 Part-time ...... 41 Recreation Center, Visual Arts ...... 100 Study Abroad ...... 169 David A. Beckerman ...... 27 Visual and Performing Arts, Summer Sessions ...... 294 Refund Policy, Residence Hall ...... 54 Department of ...... 97 Supplemental Educational Refund Policy, Tuition ...... 53 Opportunity Grant (SEOG) ...... 57 Registration ...... 38 System Engineering ...... 148 Repetition of Work ...... 45 System Engineering Courses (SE) . . . .255 W Research and Professional Facilities . . . .32 Residence Hall Fee and Ways of Earning Credit ...... 39 Withdrawal Policies ...... 54 Web Creation Studies, Multimedia/ . . .97 Residency Requirement ...... 48 T Withdrawal from a Class ...... 45 Withdrawal from the University ...... 46 Residential Life ...... 26 Tagliatela College of Engineering . . . .119 WNHU Radio ...... 29 Restaurant Management, Hotel and . .115 Theatre Arts ...... 77 Work, Repetition of ...... 45 Return of Title IV Funds ...... 56 Theatre Arts Courses (T) ...... 260 Work-Study Program ...... 58 Room Fees ...... 52 Theater, Department of Communication, Worksheets, Academic ...... 41 Rubella ...... 25 Film, and (Arts & Sciences) ...... 75 Writing Proficiency Examination . . . . .49 Russian Courses (RU) ...... 255 Theatre Productions ...... 77 Tourism and Event Management . . . . .115 Tourism Management, Department of S Sports Management, Y Hospitality and ...... 114 Satisfactory Progress ...... 43 Yearbook (The Chariot) ...... 28 Transfer Credit for Writing Courses . . .80 Scholarships ...... 59 Transfer of Credit to the University . . . .39 School, Graduate ...... 11 Transfer of Student Status ...... 42 Science Courses (SC) ...... 255 Transfer Students, Admission Procedure 35 Security Act, Campus ...... 14 Tuition Differential ...... 50 Seamless Five-Years BS/MS in Electrical Tuition Management Services ...... 58 and Computer Engineering ...... 128 Tuition Refund Policy ...... 53 Smoke-Free Policy ...... 14 Tuition, Fees, and Expenses ...... 50 Social Welfare Courses (SW) ...... 259 Tutoring, see Center for Learning Society of Fire Protection Resources Engineers (SFPE) ...... 162 Sociology Courses (SO) ...... 257 Sociology, Department of ...... 96 Sororities, Fraternities and ...... 28 U Sound Recording, Music and ...... 99 Undeclared Major ...... 68 Southeastern Connecticut, UNH . . . .168 Undergraduate Degrees ...... 12 Spanish Courses (SP) ...... 259 Undergraduate Student Government Sports (Intramural and Varsity) ...... 27 Association (USGA) ...... 28 Sports Management, Hospitality University Advancement, Office of . . . .31 and Tourism Management, University Alumni Magazine ...... 23, 32 Department of ...... 114 University College ...... 167 Stafford Student Loans (SSL) ...... 58 University Core Curriculum ...... 15 State Scholarships ...... 58 University Community ...... 21 Statistics (Mathematics) ...... 92 University Dining Services ...... 26 Student Activities ...... 26 University Grants-in-Aid ...... 57 Student Activity Fee ...... 50 University Mission ...... 8 Student Center (Bartels Hall) ...... 31 University Vision ...... 8 Student Employment ...... 23, 58 University Guiding Principles ...... 8 Student Government ...... 28 University Values ...... 8 Student Loans ...... 58 University Philosophy ...... 10 Student Omsbudsman ...... 24 University Policies ...... 13 Student Publications ...... 28 299

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______300

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______301

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______302

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______303

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______304

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______305

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______306

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______307

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______308

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______309

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______310

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______311

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______312

Notes

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______

______INFORMATI ON DI RECTORY

President Career Services Center Registrar, Undergraduate Maxcy Hall Kaplan Hall South Campus Hall 203-932-7276 203-932-7342 203-932-7301 Provost & Vice President Center for Learning Resources Registrar, Graduate for Academic Affairs Maxcy Hall South Campus Hall Maxcy Hall 203-932-7215 203-932-7308 Stadiu m 203-932-7267 College of Arts and Sciences Residential Life DellaCamera Ralph F. Academic Services Office Maxcy Hall Bixler Hall Maxcy Hall 203-932-7256 203-932-7076 203-932-7237 Disability Services College of Business Admissions, Undergraduate & Resources Maxcy Hall Bayer Hall Sheffield Hall 203-932-7120 203-932-7319 VOICE/TDD; 203-932-7332 Tagliatela College Admissions, International Center for Graduate & of Engineering Undergraduate Adult Student Services Buckman Hall Bayer Hall Echlin Hall 203-932-7168 203-932-7320 203-931-2907 Henry Lee College Admissions, International Financial Aid of Criminal Justice & Graduate Maxcy Hall Forensic Science Gatehouse 203-932-7315 South Campus Hall 203-932-7441 203-932-7472 Health Services Admissions, Graduate Sheffield Hall Student Activities Gatehouse 203-932-7079 Bartels Hall 203-932-7440 203-479-4582 International Services Office Alumni Office Bartels Hall UNH Southeastern New Hall 203-932-7475 New London, CT 203-932-7270 (860) 701-5454 M.K. Peterson Library Athletic Department 203-932-7197 Veterans Affairs Charger Gymnasium South Campus Hall 203-932-7016 Intercultural Relations 203-932-7304 Bartels Hall Busar’s Office 203-932-7427 Maxcy Hall 203-932-7217

Call toll-free 1-800-DIAL-UNH and ask for the four-digit extension required, or contact us on the web at: www.newhaven.edu Jc^kZgh^in d[ Jc^kZgh^ind[CZl=VkZc

2008-2010 CZl=VkZc Undergraduate Catalog Undergraduate Catalog 2008-2010

CALL TOLL FREE 1.800.DIAL UNH ADMISSIONS OFFICE Undergraduate 203.932.7319 WEB 300 Boston Post Road West Haven, Connecticut 06516 www.newhaven.edu